Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2014.

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Entegra Financial Corp.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

North Carolina   6036   56-0306860

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

220 One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

(828) 524-7000

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Mr. Roger D. Plemens

President and Chief Executive Officer

220 One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

(828) 524-7000

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

Iain MacSween, Esq.    Joel E. Rappoport, Esq.
Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P.    Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP
230 N. Elm Street, Suite 2000    607 14th Street, NW, Suite 900
Greensboro, North Carolina 27401    Washington, DC 20005
(336) 373-8850    (202) 508-5800

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   x

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amount
to be
Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
per Share
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, no par value per share

  5,686,750 shares   $10.00   $56,867,500(1)   $7,325

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

[LOGO]

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

(Proposed Holding Company for Macon Bank, Inc.)

Up to 4,945,000 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

Entegra Financial Corp., a North Carolina corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale in connection with the conversion of Macon Bancorp from the mutual to the stock form of organization, and the merger of Macon Bancorp with and into Entegra Financial Corp. Entegra Financial Corp. is an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We expect that our common stock will be listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ENFC” upon conclusion of the offering. There is currently no public market for our common stock.

We are offering up to 4,945,000 shares of common stock for sale. We may sell up to 5,686,750 shares of common stock to reflect regulatory considerations, changes in market and financial conditions, and/or demand for the common stock that would increase our pro forma market value in excess of $49.5 million (4,945,000 shares multiplied by the $10.00 purchase price per share) without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 3,655,000 shares in order to complete the offering.

We are offering the shares in a “subscription offering” to eligible depositors and borrowers of Macon Bank, Inc., the banking subsidiary of Macon Bancorp. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering.” We also may offer for sale shares not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering through a “syndicated offering” managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

All shares are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. You will not pay any commission for your purchases. The minimum number of shares you may order is 25 shares. Unless increased, the maximum number of shares that may be ordered by any person in the subscription offering, the community offering or the syndicated offering is 30,000 shares, and, no person, together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 50,000 shares in the offering. The offering is expected to expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [                    ]. Upon notice to you on or before             , we may extend this expiration date to no later than             . Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 5,686,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 3,655,000 shares. If the offering is extended beyond [            ], or the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 5,686,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 3,655,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. Funds received during the offering will be held in a segregated account at Macon Bank and will earn interest calculated at Macon Bank’s tier 1 statement savings rate, which is currently 0.05% per annum.

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is not required to purchase any shares that are being offered for sale. Purchasers will not pay a commission to purchase shares in the offering. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that following the offering it intends to make a market in the common stock, but is under no obligation to do so.

 

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of your investment. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page     .

 

 

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum      Adjusted
Maximum
 

Number of shares

     3,655,000         4,300,000         4,945,000         5,686,750   

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 36,550,000       $ 43,000,000       $ 49,450,000       $ 56,867,500   

Estimated offering expenses (excluding selling agent fees and expenses)

     1,010,000         1,010,000         1,010,000         1,010,000   

Estimated selling agent fees and expenses (1)(2)

     462,906         539,500         616,094         704,177   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 35,077,094       $ 41,450,500       $ 47,823,906       $ 55,153,233   

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 9.60       $ 9.64       $ 9.67       $ 9.70   

 

(1)   Assumes all shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings and excludes reimbursable expenses and selling agent fees. For information regarding compensation to be received by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., see “Pro Forma Data” on page      and “The Conversion – Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” on page     .
(2)   If all shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated offering, excluding shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees or members of their immediate families, for which no selling agent commissions would be paid, the maximum selling agent fees and expenses would be approximately $1.94 million at the minimum, $2.30 million at the midpoint, $2.65 million at the maximum, and $3.06 million at the adjusted maximum. See “The Conversion and Offering — Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” on page      for a discussion of the fees to be paid to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and other Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms in the event that all shares are sold in a syndicated offering.

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

For assistance, please call the Stock Information Center, toll free, at (    )     -     .

The date of this prospectus is [                    ] .


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     23   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     38   

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     42   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     43   

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

     45   

MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

     46   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     47   

CAPITALIZATION

     49   

PRO FORMA DATA

     51   

OUR BUSINESS

     56   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     69   

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     107   

TAXATION

     123   

OUR MANAGEMENT

     124   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     146   

THE CONVERSION

     147   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF ENTEGRA

     171   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     175   

EXPERTS

     177   

LEGAL MATTERS

     177   

REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

     178   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     178   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary highlights material information in this prospectus. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In this prospectus, the terms “Bancorp” or “Macon Bancorp” mean Macon Bancorp, a North Carolina chartered mutual holding company; “Entegra” means Entegra Financial Corp., a North Carolina corporation; and “Bank” or “Macon Bank” mean Macon Bank, Inc., Bancorp’s North Carolina chartered bank subsidiary. Terms such as “we, “our,” and “us” refer collectively to Bancorp, Entegra and the Bank, unless the context indicates another meaning; and “you” and “your” refer to subscribers of Entegra’s common stock.

The Companies

Entegra. This offering is being made by Entegra, a North Carolina corporation organized in 2011 as “Macon Financial Corp.” and renamed “Entegra Financial Corp.” in 2014. Entegra will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Macon Bank upon completion of this offering and the mutual-to-stock conversion of Macon Bancorp. Other than matters of an organizational nature, Entegra has not engaged in any business to date.

Macon Bancorp. Macon Bancorp is a North Carolina chartered mutual holding company headquartered in Franklin, North Carolina. It was organized in 1997, when the Bank converted from a mutual savings bank to a stock savings bank, and owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank. Bancorp has one non-bank subsidiary, Macon Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust, formed in 2003 to facilitate the issuance of trust preferred securities. On a consolidated basis, as of December 31, 2013, Bancorp had total assets of $784.6 million, total loans of $521.9 million, total deposits of $684.2 million and total equity of $32.5 million. As a mutual holding company, Bancorp has no shareholders and is controlled by the depositors and borrowers of the Bank.

Pursuant to the terms of our plan of conversion, Macon Bancorp will merge with and into Entegra and, in doing so, will convert from a mutual form of organization to a stock form of organization. Upon the completion of the conversion, Bancorp will cease to exist, and the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra.

Macon Bank. Macon Bank is a North Carolina chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Franklin, North Carolina. It was organized in 1922, as a North Carolina chartered mutual savings and loan association. In 1992, it converted to a North Carolina chartered mutual savings bank. In 1997, upon the formation of Bancorp, it converted to a North Carolina chartered stock savings bank. Macon Bank has one subsidiary, Macon Services, Inc., which holds real estate for investment.

Our Executive Offices. Our executive offices are located at 220 One Center Court, Franklin, North Carolina 28734 and the telephone number at this address is (828) 524-7000. Our website address is www.maconbank.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

 

1


Table of Contents

For questions regarding the conversion or the offering, please call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (        )         -             , Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

Our Business

Overview. The Bank was organized as a mutual savings and loan association, or “thrift,” for the primary purpose of promoting home ownership through mortgage lending, financed by locally gathered deposits. Surviving the Great Depression of the 1930’s, we remained a single-office bank until we opened a second office in downtown Murphy, North Carolina in 1981. Between 1993 and 2002, we added eight more branches in North Carolina, including a second office in Franklin, one in each of Highlands, Brevard, Sylva, Cashiers and Arden, and two in Hendersonville. In 2007, we opened two more branches in Columbus and Saluda, North Carolina.

We have 11 branches located throughout the western North Carolina counties of Cherokee, Henderson, Jackson, Macon, Polk and Transylvania, which we consider our primary market area. Our business consists primarily of accepting deposits from individuals and small businesses and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in loans secured by real estate, including commercial real estate loans, one- to four-family residential loans, construction loans, home equity loans and lines of credit. We also originate commercial business loans and invest in investment securities. Through our mortgage loan production operations we originate loans for sale in the secondary markets to Fannie Mae and others, generally retaining the servicing rights in order to generate servicing income, supplement our core deposits with escrow deposits and maintain relationships with local borrowers. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts, and individual retirement accounts.

We also regularly extend loans to customers located in neighboring counties, including Buncombe, Clay, Haywood, Rutherford and Swain in North Carolina; Fannin, Rabun, Towns and Union in Georgia; and Cherokee, Greenville, Oconee, Pickens and Spartanburg in South Carolina, which we consider our secondary market area.

The primary economic drivers of our primary market area are tourism and a vacation and retirement home industry. This area has numerous small- to mid-sized businesses, which are our primary business customers. These businesses include agricultural producers, artisans and specialty craft manufacturers, small industrial manufacturers, and a variety of service oriented industries. The largest employers in Macon County include Drake Software, a national tax software provider, based in Franklin.

A new casino and hotel complex is currently under construction in Cherokee County. The casino and hotel, which will be operated by Caesars Entertainment Corp., are projected to create additional employment directly, and indirectly through increased economic activity in the area.

In addition to successfully building our branch network and growing our core deposits, we have created an infrastructure that will accommodate future growth. One of our core strengths has been our successful mortgage loan operation, through which we originate and sell mortgage loans in the secondary markets to Fannie Mae and others. In 1999, we opened a call center to better and more efficiently serve our customers. In 2001, we consolidated our corporate headquarters, loan processing and training facilities into a single 36,000 square foot building in Franklin.

 

2


Table of Contents

We focus upon continual improvement of our level of service and overall efficiencies through the use of technology, offering online banking for retail customers, which we market as Macon eCom ; online banking for businesses, which we market as Macon eCorp ; mobile banking; remote deposit capture; and mobile deposit capture. We also provide investment services through an affiliation with an independent broker/dealer firm, merchant credit card services for business customers, and ATM services.

We are committed to supporting our local communities and offering personal, one-on-one service to our customers. Our employees, officers and directors personally know many of our customers, live within the communities we serve, and play key roles in community organizations. In addition, we sponsor numerous local community events and strive to be a good corporate citizen in all of the communities that we serve. We believe we have a loyal base of employees. Our employees have an average of over nine years’ service with the Bank. More than one in four of our employees have served the Bank for over 15 years. We believe that this employee-service commitment is critical to maintaining personal relationships with our customers. Such longevity of service is exemplified by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Roger D. Plemens, who has served the Bank since 1978, in various capacities, including as a mortgage officer, a manager of mortgage lending, and the chief lending officer. Our guiding principle is simple. We are committed to maintaining our culture of community banking and focused upon bringing value to our customers through innovations, technology, products and services of the 21 st century.

Recent History. Along with other community banks in western North Carolina, we experienced rapid expansion in the period leading up to the onset of the recession in 2007, based on the growth enjoyed by the local housing market and economy, and increases in real estate values as a consequence of the attractiveness of our markets as retirement and second home destinations. The majority of our loan growth during this period was represented by construction and development loans, many of which were collateralized by retirement and vacation developments. As a consequence, we and other community banks serving western North Carolina developed a high concentration of construction and development loans.

As compared with the United States generally, the effects of the recession in western North Carolina were amplified and lengthened by the region’s greater reliance on tourism and retirement and vacation real estate development. Unemployment in the region increased to record levels and both residential and commercial real estate values were adversely impacted. Our market concentration in western North Carolina, coupled with our high concentration of construction and development loans, resulted in our experiencing prolonged elevated levels of loan defaults and non-performing assets, significant loan loss provisions, large loan losses and increased expense as we managed our troubled assets. As a consequence, between 2009 and 2011, we recorded aggregate net losses of $48.0 million, our capital declined and we reduced our total assets by $203.8 million in the aggregate.

This led to increased scrutiny from our banking regulators. In 2010, the Bank and Bancorp, respectively, entered into a memorandum of understanding, or MOU, with their respective banking regulators; followed, in 2012, by a consent order and written agreement, respectively. See the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Agreements” on page     .

 

3


Table of Contents

Aggressive Action. We have aggressively sought to address these regulatory concerns and resolve the asset quality difficulties brought on by the recession. As illustrated by the following table, since December 31, 2009, we have:

 

    reduced our acquisition and development loans from $190.9 million to $64.9 million;

 

    reduced our total non-performing assets from $44.3 million to $26.1 million;

 

    reduced our real estate owned, or REO, from $22.8 million to $10.5 million; and

 

    charged off an aggregate of $58.8 million, or 7.62% of our total loans as of December 31, 2009.

 

     As of or for the Year Ended December 31  
     2013     2012      2011     2010     2009  

Total Assets

   $ 784,554        769,939         874,706        1,021,777        1,078,537   

Total loans

     521,874        560,724         615,549        715,504        771,738   

Acquisition and development loans

     64,927        76,788         112,926        151,894        190,893   

Real estate owned

     10,506        19,755         16,830        21,511        22,829   

Total deposits

     684,226        675,098         750,832        798,419        790,408   

Brokered deposits

     11,528        23,236         78,590        152,920        191,760   

Total capital

     32,518        42,294         43,484        65,968        81,631   

Provision for loan losses

     4,358        7,878         24,116        18,926        21,851   

REO valuation and loss on sale

     4,256        3,292         6,681        5,127        8,690   

REO expense

     1,356        2,156         2,332        870        738   

Net income

     (415     933         (25,980     (14,258     (7,787

Non-performing assets

     26,133        37,482         58,379        81,993        44,267   

Net charge-offs

   $ 4,981        9,714         24,601        19,503        17,246  

We believe our aggressive efforts to date have been successful. Except for one of the elevated capital requirements, which we anticipate we will satisfy once the conversion is completed, we believe that we are generally in compliance with the consent order and written agreement.

Recent Improvements in Market Conditions. We have recently observed an improvement in the economic condition of our primary market area. As reflected in the following tables, our market is experiencing a significant decline in levels of unemployment, and a rise in household income.

 

     Unemployment Rate  
     12/31/2013     12/31/2012     12/31/2011     12/31/2010     12/31/2009  

Cherokee, NC

     9.00     12.80     12.90     12.60     15.50

Henderson, NC

     4.90        7.20        7.60        7.50        8.80   

Jackson, NC

     5.80        9.60        9.40        8.80        9.40   

 

4


Table of Contents

Macon, NC

     7.30         11.10         11.30         10.30         11.40   

Polk, NC

     4.60         7.80         7.70         7.50         8.90   

Transylvania, NC

     6.60         10.10         9.60         9.00         10.00   

North Carolina

     6.60         9.50         9.80         9.70         10.90   

United States

     6.70         7.80         8.50         9.30         9.90   

Source: SNL

 

     Median Household Income  
     2013      2012      2011  

Cherokee, NC

   $ 37,906       $ 35,188       $ 31,495   

Henderson, NC

     47,465         42,990         39,997   

Jackson, NC

     37,922         36,366         37,593   

Macon, NC

     38,969         36,738         36,173   

Polk, NC

     39,573         42,520         42,005   

Transylvania, NC

     38,758         37,735         38,822   

North Carolina

     44,373         42,900         42,941   

United States

     51,314         50,157         50,227   

Source: SNL

Market Share. We have significant competition in our primary and secondary market areas. We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, finance companies, credit unions and other financial services companies. Many of our larger commercial bank competitors have greater name recognition and offer certain services that we do not. However, we believe that our long-time presence in our primary market area and focus on superior service distinguish us from our competitors, many of whom operate under different names or are under different leadership as a consequence of the effects of the recent recession and a series of acquisitions and mergers.

 

5


Table of Contents

Between 2000 and 2013, we increased our share of the combined deposits of all banks and thrifts operating in our primary market area from 9.49% in 2000 to 15.2% in 2013, and now lead all but one of our competitors in total deposits within our primary market area. The following tables show our deposit market share within the Bank’s primary market area, as of June 30, 2013, the most recent publicly reported figures.

 

             

Institution

Headquarters

State/Country

    Total
Active
Branches
2000
    Total
Active
Branches
2013
    Total
deposits  (1)
2000
    Total
Deposit
Market
Share
2000
    Total
deposits  (1)
2013
    Total
Deposit
Market
Share
2013
 

Total Deposit

Rank 2013

                             

(thousands)

         

(thousands)

       
      Institution   Institution City                                          
  1     

First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company (2)

  Raleigh     NC        20        15      $ 462,981        17.4   $ 830,036        18.6
  2     

Macon Bank

  Franklin     NC        9        11        250,605        9.4        678,050        15.2   
  3     

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

  Sioux Falls     SD        8        8        379,125        14.2        511,674        11.5   
  4     

United Community Bank

  Blairsville     GA        —          10        —          —          455,884        10.2   
  5     

Mountain 1st Bank & Trust Company (2)

  Hendersonville     NC        —          6        —          —          413,762        9.3   
  6     

PNC Bank, N.A.

  Pittsburgh     PA        5        7        205,193        7.7        300,411        6.7   
  7     

HomeTrust Bank

  Clyde     NC        —          3        —          —          267,130        6.0   
  8     

TD Bank, N.A.

  Toronto     Canada        —          7        —          —          242,270        5.4   
  9     

Branch Banking and Trust Company

  Winston-
Salem
    NC        1        5        27,843        1.0        158,850        3.6   
  10     

Bank of America, N.A.

  Charlotte     NC        4        4        144,960        5.4        151,300        3.4   

 

(1)   Total deposits represent the six counties in which Macon Bank has branches.
(2)   On January 1, 2014 Mountain 1st Bank & Trust Company merged with and into First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company.

Source - FDIC

 

6


Table of Contents

The following table shows our deposit market share in each county within our primary market area, as of June 30, 2013, the most recent publicly reported figures.

 

Deposit Market Share by County  
As of June 30, 2013  

County

   Deposit Market
Share Rank
     Market
Share
 

Cherokee County

     4         11.7

Henderson County (1)

     6         5.3   

Jackson County

     3         19.4   

Macon County

     1         38.0   

Polk County

     2         17.5   

Transylvania County

     4         12.8   

 

(1)   After giving effect to the merger of Mountain 1st Bank & Trust Company with and into First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company.

Source - FDIC

Operating Strategy and Reasons for the Conversion

We have developed an operating strategy to reposition the Bank so that it may return to sustained profitability and explore opportunities for growth. We need a significant amount of capital to execute this strategy, and cannot raise this level of capital as a mutual financial institution. We have considered current market conditions and the amount of capital needed in deciding to conduct the conversion at this time, and have established the following four-part operating strategy in order to effectively and efficiently use the proceeds from the offering.

Pursue Opportunities in Existing Markets.

Organic growth. We are well-established in our primary market area, with a 38.0% deposit market share in Macon County and a 15.2% share in our primary market area. We believe that we have a solid platform from which we can increase our existing market share and grow into adjacent areas. We have experience opening offices in new markets, having successfully entered new markets in the 1990’s and 2000’s. We are already making loans in a number of adjacent counties, some of which have similar demographics to our primary market area. We will consider opportunities as they arise to open loan production offices or branch offices in adjacent markets, particularly markets in which we have lending experience.

Capitalize on market disruption. The recession has adversely affected our competitor community banks in western North Carolina. Since 2007, many of our competitors have undergone changes in name, management or ownership. We believe that these changes, coupled with resulting key personnel changes, reorganizations and branch closures have been disruptive to many of their existing customer relationships, and that many customers and bankers are dissatisfied with their bank. By contrast, during this period we have maintained stable customer relations through our long-serving employees and established branch network, as evidenced by our leading deposit market share.

 

7


Table of Contents

We believe that we have a unique opportunity to attract new customers and hire additional experienced personnel from our competitors. We believe that we have the appropriate infrastructure and management depth to accommodate future growth, including our use of technology, mortgage loan production operations, call center, and corporate headquarters with centralized loan processing and training facilities.

Diversify Geography and Product Mix and Explore Growth Opportunities.

Increase our small and middle market commercial banking business. We believe that we can enhance our franchise value by increasing our focus on small and middle market businesses. Our current loan portfolio is heavily dependent on real estate in western North Carolina, and the majority of the Bank’s noninterest income is the result of our residential mortgage banking business and retail customer service fees. Our goal is to expand our commercial banking services to small- and medium-sized businesses to further diversify our risk profile and increase our noninterest income by attracting additional commercial deposit accounts and adding additional lines of business, including SBA lending and commercial banking.

Explore lending opportunities in larger, contiguous markets. We are located in close proximity to a number of larger markets with attractive growth opportunities, including Asheville and Charlotte, North Carolina, and Greenville, South Carolina. Many of these markets have a high number of small business and private banking customers. In addition to diversifying our customer mix, these markets would provide geographic diversification for our lending collateral.

Continue to Improve Asset Quality. While asset quality has improved significantly over the last several years, at December 31, 2013 classified (including substandard loans, real estate owned and real estate held for investment) and nonperforming assets remain elevated, at $60.0 million and $26.1 million, respectively (down from highs of $134.7 million and $82.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010). Although we believe that the majority of losses from defaults and problem assets are behind us, resolution of the remaining classified and nonperforming assets is likely to result in some level of additional losses. Additionally, for so long as we remain subject to a consent order and a written agreement with our banking regulators we will be subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny and restrictions on our business. As soon as possible following the conversion, we will seek to demonstrate to our banking regulators that we have fully complied with the requirements of these regulatory agreements and that they should be terminated. If we are successful and the regulatory agreements are terminated, we will be able to pursue certain attractive business opportunities that are currently prohibited, such as the establishment of loan production offices. See the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Agreements” on page     .

Improve Profitability.

Continue to reduce problem asset expenses and losses. As illustrated in the table below, the Bank has experienced a declining level of loan loss provisions and losses from the valuation and sale of real estate owned, or REO. Based on the reduced level of problem assets, the Bank expects this declining trend of expenses and losses to continue.

 

8


Table of Contents
     2013      2012      2011  

Provision for loan losses

   $ 4,358       $ 7,878         24,116   

REO valuation and loss on sale

     4,256         3,292       $ 6,681   

Real Estate Owned Expense

     1,356         2,156       $ 2,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,970       $ 13,326         33,129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Grow net interest income . Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is dependent on a combination of volume, mix and interest rates of interest earning assets and liabilities. As illustrated in the table below, during 2013, the benefit from an improvement in interest rate spread was more than offset by a reduction in volume. With the benefit of additional capital, we intend to increase loan volumes in the future which will have a positive impact on our level of net interest income. As discussed above, we intend to diversify our current geography and product mix by expanding our commercial banking operations in markets outside of western North Carolina.

 

     2013 (1)     2012 (1)  

Improved interest rate spread

   $ 1,098        2,473   

Lower net earning asset levels

     (1,641     (3,199
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impact

   $ (543     (726
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Calculated on a tax-equivalent basis

Deferred tax asset . As of December 31, 2013, we had a deferred tax asset of $26.8 million, gross of a $22.6 million deferred tax valuation allowance. Over time, to the extent we are successful in achieving a consistent level of earnings, we may be able to reduce some or all of the deferred tax valuation allowance, which will further improve our earnings in the period of the reversal, and our financial condition. For additional information see “            ” on page     .

Continue history of strong core earnings . Our headquarters in western North Carolina provides a low cost environment for operating many of the core functions of the Bank. In addition, we carefully monitor and control our spending and heavily utilize technology to drive efficiencies. These actions have generally resulted in a core efficiency ratio under 70% as illustrated in the table below. While our level of core operating expenses will increase as a public company, planned growth in net interest income and noninterest income as discussed above will help to mitigate any increase in our efficiency ratio.

Our operating expense discipline, combined with our focus on maintaining a healthy net interest margin, has resulted in core earnings of $9.7 million and $10.0 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, as detailed in the table below. We utilize a core efficiency ratio and core earnings measurement as a means of measuring our operating expenses and earnings prior to the effect of credit-related costs and non-recurring gains and losses. For additional information on the use of these measurements, which are not calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” on page     .

 

9


Table of Contents
     2013     2012     2011  

(Dollars in thousands)

      

Core efficiency ratio

     68.1     65.4     70.5

Core earnings, before taxes

   $ 9,672      $ 9,954      $ 6,888   

For further information about our reasons for the conversion and offering, please see “The Conversion – Reasons for the Conversion” on page     .

Terms of the Conversion and the Offering

Under the plan of conversion, Bancorp will merge with and into Entegra, and, in doing so, will convert from a mutual form of organization to a stock form of organization. Upon the completion of the conversion, Bancorp will cease to exist, and the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra. In connection with the conversion, Entegra is offering between 3,655,000 and 4,945,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors and borrowers of the Bank in a “subscription offering,” and, if shares remain available, to the general public in a “community offering.” To the extent shares remain available after the community offering, we may also offer for sale, shares of common stock to the general public in a “syndicated offering,” managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased up to 5,686,750 to reflect regulatory considerations, changes in market and financial conditions, and/or demand for the common stock. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 5,686,750 or decreased to less than 3,655,000 or the offering is extended beyond [            ], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders.

The purchase price of each share of common stock to be issued in the offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

    First, to eligible depositors of the Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $100.00 as of the close of business on December 31, 2012.

 

    Second, to eligible depositors of the Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $100.00 as of the close of business on [supplemental eligibility date].

 

    Third, to other eligible depositors and borrowers of the Bank as of the close of business on [Voting Record Date for Special Meeting] .

 

10


Table of Contents

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale in a “community offering” to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons residing in Buncombe, Clay, Cherokee, Graham, Haywood, Henderson, Jackson, Macon, Polk, Swain and Transylvania Counties, North Carolina, and Rabun County, Georgia. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering as we may determine at any time. If shares remain available for sale following the subscription offering or community offering, we also may offer for sale shares of common stock through a “syndicated offering” managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated offering.

To ensure a proper allocation of stock, each subscriber eligible to purchase stock in the subscription offering must list on his, her or its stock order form all loans and/or deposit accounts in which he, she or it had an ownership interest at the applicable eligibility date(s). Failure to list all loans and accounts, or providing incorrect information, could result in the loss of all or part of a subscriber’s stock allocation. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first, in the order of priority, to subscribers in the subscription offering before any shares are allocated in the community offering and, in turn, the syndicated offering.

For a detailed description of the offering, including share allocation procedures, please see “The Conversion” on page     .

How We Determined the Offering Range

The amount of common stock that we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Entegra assuming the conversion and the offering are completed. RP Financial, LC, our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of February 14, 2014, this market value ranged from $36.6 million to $49.5 million, with a midpoint of $43.0 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale ranges from 3,655,000 shares to 4,945,000 shares. We may sell up to 5,686,750 shares of common stock (up to a market value of $56.9 million) because of demand for shares or changes in market conditions. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

The appraisal is based in part on Macon Bancorp’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings institutions that RP Financial, LC, considers comparable to us.

The appraisal peer group consists of the following 10 companies, with the asset sizes as of December 31, 2013, unless otherwise stated.

 

Company Name and Ticker Symbol

   Exchange      Headquarters    Total
Assets
 
                 (in millions)  

United Community Financial Corp. (UCFC)

     NASDAQ       Youngstown, OH    $ 1,756  (1)  

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc. (HTBI)

     NASDAQ       Asheville, NC    $ 1,629   

 

11


Table of Contents

Pulaski Financial Corp. (PULB)

     NASDAQ       Saint Louis, MO    $ 1,294   

Franklin Financial Corp. (FRNK)

     NASDAQ       Glen Allen, VA    $ 1,075   

ASB Bancorp Inc (ASBB)

     NASDAQ       Asheville, NC    $ 733   

First Savings Financial Group (FSFG)

     NASDAQ       Clarksville, IN    $ 687   

First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. (FCLF)

     NASDAQ       Edwardsville, IL    $ 647  (1)  

Cheviot Financial (CHEV)

     NASDAQ       Cheviot, OH    $ 587   

United Community Bancorp (UCBA)

     NASDAQ       Lawrenceburg, IN    $ 512   

Wayne Savings Bancshares (WAYN)

     NASDAQ       Wooster, OH    $ 410   

 

(1)   Figures as of September 30, 2013.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Entegra (on a pro forma basis) and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Ratios for the peer group are based on equity and earnings as of or for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 (or the last twelve months for which data are available) and stock price information as of February 14, 2014. Ratios for Entegra are based on equity as of December 31, 2013 and net income for the year ended December 31, 2013. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 27.4% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 31.9% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis.

 

     Price-to-Earnings
Multiple
    Price to
Book Value
    Price to Tangible
Book Value
 

Entegra (pro forma):

      

Maximum, as adjusted, of offering range

     NM     66.14     66.14

Maximum of offering range

     NM     62.70        62.70   

Midpoint of offering range

     NM     59.17        59.17   

Minimum of offering range

     NM     54.95        54.95   

Peer group companies:

      

Average

     20.23        88.13     93.57

Median

     18.24        86.30        92.06   

 

* Not meaningful

Our Board of Directors carefully reviewed RP Financial’s appraisal report, including the methodology and assumptions used by RP Financial, and determined that the valuation range was reasonable and adequate. The purchase price of $10.00 per share was determined by our Board of Directors, taking into account that the common stock should be offered in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the common stock and the desired liquidity in the common stock after the offering.

RP Financial will update the independent appraisal prior to the completion of the conversion. If the estimated appraised value, including offering shares, changes to either below $36.6 million or above $56.9 million, we will resolicit persons who submitted stock orders, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. See “The Conversion – Share Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” on page     .

 

12


Table of Contents

The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value. You should not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal described above means that, after the conversion and the offering, our shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, including a comparison of selected pro forma pricing ratios compared to pricing ratios of the peer group, see “The Conversion – Share Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” on page     .

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25. Generally, no individual may purchase more than 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock in any single category of the offering, i.e. , the subscription offering, the community offering or the syndicated offering; or 50,000 shares ($500,000) of common stock in all categories of the offering. If any of the following persons purchases shares of common stock, then, unless the maximum purchase limitations are increased, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 50,000 shares ($500,000):

 

    your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;

 

    most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior management position; or

 

    other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

See the detailed descriptions of “acting in concert” and “associate” in “The Conversion – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” on page             .

We may decrease or increase the purchase limitations at any time with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 4.99%, this limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for common stock exceeding 4.99% shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering. See “The Conversion – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” on page     .

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

    delivering a personal check, money order or bank draft made payable to “Entegra Financial Corp.”; or

 

13


Table of Contents
    authorizing us to withdraw funds from the types of deposit accounts with the Bank permitted on the stock order form.

We will not lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not submit a check drawn on a Macon Bank line of credit to pay for shares of common stock. Please do not submit cash.

You can subscribe for shares of common stock in the offering by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment or authorization to withdraw from one or more of your Macon Bank deposit accounts, so that it is received (not postmarked) before 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], which is the expiration of the offering period. You may submit your stock order form by mail using the order reply envelope provided or by overnight courier to our Stock Information Center, at the address indicated on the order form. We will not accept faxed order forms. Other than our Stock Information Center, we will not accept stock order forms at our banking offices.

Personal checks will be immediately cashed, so the funds must be available within the account when your stock order form is received by us. Subscription funds submitted by check or money order will be held in a segregated account at Macon Bank until completion or termination of the offering. We will pay interest calculated at the Bank’s tier 1 statement savings rate from the date those funds are received until completion or termination of the offering. Withdrawals from certificate of deposit accounts to purchase common stock in the offering may be made without incurring an early withdrawal penalty. All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts with the Bank must be available within the deposit accounts at the time the stock order form is received. A hold will be placed on the amount of funds designated on your stock order form. Those funds will be unavailable to you during the offering; however, the funds will not be withdrawn from the accounts until the offering is completed and will continue to earn interest at the applicable contractual deposit account rate until the completion of the offering.

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account or other retirement account. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your individual retirement account held at the Bank or other retirement accounts held at the Bank to purchase our common stock, the applicable funds must first be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before [expiration date], the expiration of the offering period, for assistance with purchases using funds from any retirement account held at the Bank or any retirement account that you may have elsewhere . Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the offering may depend on time constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the brokerage firm or institution where your funds are held.

See “– Procedure for Purchasing Shares” on page      for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the offering.

 

14


Table of Contents

Deadline for Orders of Common Stock

The deadline for purchasing shares of common stock in the offering is 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [            , 2014] . Your stock order form, with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time on [            , 2014] .

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [            , 2014] , whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

See “– Procedure for Purchasing Shares” on page 129 for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the offering.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings or in any syndicated offering will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and offering or the next business day. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described above in “– Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering.” It is possible that until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 3,655,000 shares of common stock, we may take the following steps to issue the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range:

 

    increase the maximum purchase limitations; and/or

 

    extend the offering beyond [            , 2014] , so long as we resolicit subscriptions that we have previously received in the offering.

If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount, will be given the opportunity to increase their subscription up to the then-applicable limit.

 

15


Table of Contents

Possible Change in the Offering Range

RP Financial will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. Without further notice to you, the number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased up to 5,686,750 to reflect regulatory considerations, changes in market and financial conditions, and/or demand for the common stock. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $36.6 million or above $56.9 million, then we may:

 

    terminate the offering and promptly return all funds;

 

    extend the offering beyond [extension date], so long as we resolicit subscriptions that we have previously received in the offering;

 

    set a new offering range; or

 

    take such other actions as may be permitted (or not prohibited) by the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period. If a subscriber does not respond during the period, his, her or its stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest calculated at the Bank’s tier 1 statement savings rate, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time and for any reason prior to the special meeting of voting members that is being called to vote upon the conversion, and at any time after member approval, and any required approval of the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest calculated at the Bank’s tier 1 statement savings rate, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

We intend to invest up to 85% of the net proceeds from the offering in the Bank as capital and retain the remainder of the proceeds for future use.

 

16


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes how we intend to use the net proceeds from the offering, based on the sale of shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range:

 

     Minimum     Midpoint     Maximum    

Adjusted

Maximum

 
     (3,655,000 shares)     (4,300,000 shares)     (4,945,000 shares)     (5,686,750 shares)  
     Amount     % of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     % of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     % of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     % of Net
Proceeds
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Offering proceeds

   $ 36,550        $ 43,000        $ 49,450        $ 56,867     

Less: offering expenses

     (1,473       (1,550       (1,626       (1,714  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net offering proceeds

     35,077        100.0     41,450        100.0     47,824        100.0     55,153        100.0

Use of net proceeds:

                

Proceeds contributed to Macon Bank

   $ 29,815        85.0   $ 33,160        80.0   $ 35,868        75.0   $ 38,607        70.0

Proceeds remaining for Entegra

   $ 5,262        15.0   $ 8,290        20.0   $ 11,956        25.0   $ 16,546        30.0

Subject to receiving any necessary regulatory approvals, we may use the funds we retain to invest in securities issued by the U.S. Government, U.S. Government agencies and/or U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities and equities, collateralized mortgage obligations and municipal securities; to resume payment of dividends on our trust preferred securities, as well as previously deferred dividends and interest; to pay cash dividends to shareholders; to repurchase shares of our common stock; and for other general corporate purposes. Initially, we do not intend to pay cash dividends, and, under current federal regulations, subject to limited exceptions, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the conversion. The Bank may use the proceeds it receives from Entegra to strengthen its capital position; to fund new loans; to repay borrowings; to invest in securities issued by the U.S. Government, U.S. Government agencies and/or U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities and equities, collateralized mortgage obligations and municipal securities; to expand its banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches, or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies; and for other general corporate purposes.

 

17


Table of Contents

We do not have any other current plans, intentions or understandings concerning investments, dividends, share repurchases or other specific uses of the funds. Nor do we currently have any plans, agreements or understanding to make any acquisitions or material dispositions.

Please see the section entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” on page      for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

You may not sell or transfer your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. When completing your stock order form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all loans and deposit accounts, giving all names on each loan and account and the account number at the applicable eligibility record date. Your failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your subscription rights.

Purchases by Officers and Directors

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 220,000 shares ($2.2 million) of common stock in the offering, or 6.0% of the shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range. The purchase price paid by our directors and executive officers for their shares will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers” on page      for more information on the proposed purchases of our shares of common stock by our directors and executive officers.

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Shareholders Following the Conversion

We intend to adopt the following benefit plans and employment agreements:

Future Stock-based Benefit Plans . We intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion and offering. We will submit these plans to our shareholders for their approval. If we implement the plans within one year after the conversion, the plans must be approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by our shareholders. If we implement the plans more than one year after the conversion, they must be approved only by a majority of the total votes cast. If we implement the plans within one year after the conversion, we intend to grant stock options in an amount up to 7% of the number of shares sold in the offering and restricted stock awards in an amount equal to 3% of the shares sold in the offering. Stock options will be granted at an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant date. Shares of restricted stock will be awarded at no cost to the recipients. We will incur additional compensation expense as a result of these plans. See “Pro Forma Data” on page             for an illustration of the effects of these plans. The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and restricted stock awards if the plans are adopted after one year from the date of the completion of

 

18


Table of Contents

the conversion. We have not yet determined when we will present the plans for shareholder approval and we have not yet determined the number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under these plans. The plans will comply with all applicable Federal Reserve regulations.

Potential Dilution And Increased Compensation Costs Related To Stock-based Benefit Plans . The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate value of grants that are expected to be available under the proposed stock-based benefit plans (assuming the stock-based benefit plans are implemented within one year following completion of the conversion). The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and restricted stock awards if the plans are adopted more than one year after completion of the conversion.

The table shows the dilution to shareholders if all these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market.

 

Plan

   Minimum
Number of
Shares
     Adjusted
Maximum
Number of
Shares
     As % of
Outstanding
Shares
Issued in the
Conversion (1)
    Dilution
Resulting if
we issue new
Shares for
Stock Ben.
Plans
    Value of
Grants at
Minimum (2)
     Value of
Grants at
Adjusted
Maximum (2)
 
                               (Dollars in Thousands)  

Restricted Stock Awards

     109,650         170,603         3.0     2.91   $ 1,097       $ 1,706   

Stock Option

     255,850         398,073         7.0     6.54     852         1,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 
     365,500         568,676         10.0     9.09   $ 1,949       $ 3,032   

 

(1)   The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.
(2)   The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.33 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0%; an expected option life of 10 years; a risk-free interest rate of 3.04%; and a volatility rate of 15.82% based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions. The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model.

We may fund our plans through open market purchases rather than new issuances of common stock; however, Federal Reserve regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the conversion, except to fund the grants of restricted stock under the anticipated stock-based benefit plans or, with prior regulatory approval, under extraordinary circumstances.

The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value (the closing market price of shares of common stock of Entegra) as of the date grants are made. The following table presents the total

 

19


Table of Contents

value of all shares to be available for awards of restricted stock under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares for the plan are purchased or issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of grant.

 

Share Price

    109,650 Shares
Minimum
    129,000 Shares
Midpoint
    148,350 Shares
Maximum
    170,603 Shares
Adjusted-Maximum
 
      ($000)     ($000)     ($000)     ($000)  
$ 8.00        877        1,032        1,187        1,365   
$ 10.00        1,097        1,290        1,484        1,706   
$ 12.00        1,316        1,548        1,780        2,047   
$ 14.00        1,535        1,806        2,077        2,388   

The grant-date fair value of the stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based, in part, on the closing price of shares of common stock of Entegra on the date the options are granted. The fair value will also depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option-pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the stock options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the range of market prices for the shares are $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.

 

Exercise Price

    Grant Date Fair
Value Per Option
    255,850 Options
Minimum
    301,000 Options
Midpoint
    346,150 Options
Maximum
    398,073 Options
Adjusted-Maximum
 
            ($000)     ($000)     ($000)     ($000)  
$ 8.00      $ 2.66        681        801        921        1,059   
$ 10.00      $ 3.33        852        1,002        1,153        1,326   
$ 12.00      $ 4.00        1,023        1,204        1,385        1,592   
$ 14.00      $ 4.66        1,192        1,403        1,613        1,855   

Employment Agreements; Severance and Non-Competition Agreements . Upon completion of the conversion, we intend to enter into employment and change of control agreements with Roger D. Plemens, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Ryan M. Scaggs, our Chief Operating Officer, and David A. Bright, our Chief Financial Officer; and severance and non-competition agreements with Carolyn H. Huscusson, our Chief Retail Officer, Bobby D. Sanders, II, our Chief Credit Administration Officer, Laura W. Clark, our Chief Risk Officer, and Marcia J. Ringle our Corporate Secretary. See “Our Business – Executive Compensation” and “Our Business – Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion” on page      for a further discussion of these agreements, including their terms and potential costs, as well as a description of other benefits arrangements. In addition, for further information with respect to the expenses related to the stock-based benefit plans, see “Risk Factors – The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest and increase our costs, which will reduce our income,” on page      and “Our Business – Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion” on page     .

 

20


Table of Contents

Market for Common Stock

We expect that our common stock will be listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ENFC.” After shares of our common stock begin trading, you may contact a stock broker to buy or sell shares. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 offering price, and brokerage firms typically charge commissions related to the purchase or sale of securities. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. currently intends to make a market in the shares of our common stock, but is under no obligation to do so. See “Market for Common Stock” on page    .

Our Policy Regarding Dividends

Following completion of the offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. Under the terms of the written agreement, we may not declare or pay any dividends without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. Initially, we do not intend to pay any cash dividends following the offering. The payment and amount of any future dividend payments will depend upon a number of factors. For further information, see “Our Policy Regarding Dividends” on page     .

Tax Consequences

As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Entegra, Bancorp, the Bank, or persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering. See “The Conversion – Material Income Tax Consequences” on page      for additional information.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering

We cannot complete the conversion and the offering unless:

 

    the plan of conversion is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by Bancorp’s voting members. A special meeting of voting members to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion has been set for [            , 2014] ;

 

    we have received and accepted orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and

 

    we receive all requisite regulatory approvals to complete the conversion and the offering, including approvals from the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, which was signed into law on April 5, 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and believe that we will continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” for five years from the completion of the stock offering.

 

21


Table of Contents

As an “emerging growth company,” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. As of December 31, 2013, there is not a significant difference in the presentation of our financial statements as compared to other public companies as a result of this transition guidance.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company” we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal control over financial reporting, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) hold non-binding shareholder votes regarding annual executive compensation or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger or similar corporate transaction, (iv) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (v) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. However, we will also not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosures so long as we remain a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

22


Table of Contents

How You Can Obtain Additional Information

Our branch office personnel may not assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or the offering, please call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (    )     -     , Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF [            , 2014], NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS OR TWO DAYS, RESPECTIVELY, PRIOR TO [            , 2014].

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our shares of common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

The Bank is subject to a Consent Order and Bancorp is subject to a Written Agreement, which require elevated capital ratios and other actions; failure to comply with the terms of the Regulatory Agreements may result in adverse consequences. In 2012, the Bank entered into a Stipulation to the Issuance of a Consent Order with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (“Commissioner,” and together with the FDIC, the “Bank Supervisory Authorities”) agreeing to the issuance of a consent order (the “Consent Order”). Also in 2012, Bancorp entered into a written agreement (the “Written Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (“FRB”).

In accordance with the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank has agreed to, among other things, (i) submit a written capital plan, (ii) reduce classified assets, (iii) reduce lines of credit subject to adverse classification, (iv) maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of not less than 8.0%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 11.0%, (v) reduce concentrations of credit, (vi) establish and maintain a fully funded allowance for loan losses, and (vii) not accept, renew, or rollover any brokered deposits, without the prior regulatory approval. In addition, the Bank must obtain regulatory approval prior to paying any dividends to Bancorp. The Consent Order will remain in effect until modified, terminated, lifted, suspended or set aside by the Bank Supervisory Authorities.

Under the Written Agreement, Bancorp has agreed to, among other things, (i) not declare or pay any dividends, including payments on its trust preferred securities, without the prior approval of the FRB, (ii) not directly or indirectly take dividends or any other form of payments representing a reduction in capital from the Bank without the prior written approval of the FRB, (iii) not, directly or indirectly, incur, increase, or guarantee any debt without the prior written approval of the FRB, (iv) preserve its cash assets and not dissipate those assets except for the benefit of the Bank, and (v) take appropriate steps to ensure that the Bank complies with any order, or other supervisory action entered into with the Bank’s federal and state regulators. The Written Agreement will remain in effect until modified, terminated, lifted, suspended or set aside by the FRB.

 

23


Table of Contents

Bancorp and the Bank have taken and continue to take prompt and aggressive action to respond to the issues raised in the Consent Order and the Written Agreement (together, the “Regulatory Agreements”). A material failure to comply with the terms of the Regulatory Agreements could subject Bancorp or the Bank to additional regulatory actions, and further regulation, which may have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock. For additional information regarding the Regulatory Agreements, see “Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Agreements” on page     .

We must raise sufficient capital to comply with the elevated capital requirements of the Consent Order. The resulting capital cushion may not be sufficient to absorb additional loan losses and maintain such compliance. As part of the Consent Order, the Bank Supervisory Authorities require the Bank to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of not less than 8.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 11.0%. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 7.02%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 11.97%. Even though we expect the Bank to exceed these higher capital requirements after the offering, its capital cushion may not be sufficient to cover future losses. At the minimum offering, the Bank’s pro forma total risk-based capital ratio is expected to be 17.38%, reflecting a capital cushion of $33.0 million in excess of the required capital level. Any increased provision expenses to fund its allowance for loan losses and increased real estate liquidation expenses will negatively impact the Bank’s capital cushion. If the Bank’s capital cushion is impacted such that its capital ratios do not comply with the requirements of the Consent Order, the Bank Supervisory Authorities could take additional enforcement action against the Bank, including the imposition of monetary penalties, as well as further operating restrictions.

We may not be able to utilize all of our deferred tax asset. As of December 31, 2013, we had a gross deferred tax asset of $26.8 million. We have established a valuation allowance for our net deferred tax asset to reduce its net carrying value to $4.2 million. Our ability to use our deferred tax asset, including the reversal or partial release of the valuation allowance, is dependent on our ability to generate future earnings within the operating loss carry-forward periods, which are generally 20 years. Some or all of our deferred tax asset could expire unused if we are unable to generate taxable income in the future sufficient to utilize the deferred tax asset, or we enter into transactions that limit our right to use it. If a material portion of our deferred tax asset expires unused, it could have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock. Our ability to realize the deferred tax asset is periodically reviewed and the valuation allowance is adjusted accordingly.

Our estimate for losses in our loan portfolio may be inadequate, which would cause our results of operations and financial condition to be adversely affected. We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for possible loan losses charged to our expenses and represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within our existing portfolio of loans. Our allowance for loan losses amounted to $14.3 million at December 31, 2013, as compared to $14.9 million at December 31, 2012. The level of the allowance reflects management’s estimates and judgments as to specific credit risks, evaluation of industry concentrations, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio, which have been increasing in light of recent economic conditions. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan

 

24


Table of Contents

losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires management to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. In addition, we anticipate that bank regulatory agencies will review our allowance for loan losses during our next examination, and may require an increase in the provision for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs. Any such increases may have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock.

Our commercial real estate loans generally carry greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2013, we had commercial real estate loans of $155.6 million, or 29.7% of total loans. These types of loans generally have higher risk-adjusted returns and shorter maturities than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Also, many of our borrowers have more than one of these types of loans outstanding. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. Further, loans secured by commercial real estate properties are generally for larger amounts and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Payments on loans secured by these properties are often dependent on the income produced by the underlying properties which, in turn, depends on the successful operation and management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans is subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the local economy. If loans that are collateralized by commercial real estate become troubled and the value of the collateral has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses which would in turn adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. While we seek to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, there can be no assurance that these measures will protect against credit-related losses.

Our significant concentration of construction financing may expose us to a greater risk of loss and hurt our earnings and profitability. At December 31, 2013, we had other construction and land loans of $64.9 million, or 12.4 % of total loans and one-to four-family residential construction loans of $9.0 million or 1.7% of total loans outstanding to finance construction and land development. These loans are dependent on the successful completion of the projects they finance, however, in recent years many construction and development projects in our primary market area have not been completed in a timely manner, if at all.

Construction financing typically involves a higher degree of credit risk than financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the bid price and estimated cost (including interest) of construction. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the project. If the estimate of the value proves to be inaccurate, we may be confronted, at or prior to the maturity of the loan, with a project whose value is insufficient to assure full repayment. When lending to builders, the cost of construction breakdown is provided by the builder, as well as supported by the appraisal. Although our underwriting criteria are designed to evaluate and minimize the risks of each construction loan, there can be no guarantee that these practices will safeguard against material delinquencies and losses to our operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

Repayment of our commercial business loans is primarily dependent on the cash flows of the borrower, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. We offer different types of commercial loans to a variety of small- to medium-sized businesses, and intend to increase our commercial business loan portfolio in the future. The types of commercial loans offered are business lines of credit and term equipment financing. Our commercial business loans are primarily underwritten based on the cash flow of the borrowers and secondarily on the underlying collateral, including real estate. The borrowers’ cash flow may be unpredictable, and collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Some of our commercial business loans are collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other business assets, and the liquidation of collateral in the event of default is often an insufficient source of repayment because accounts receivable may be uncollectible and inventories may be obsolete or of limited use. As of December 31, 2013, our commercial business loans totaled $8.3 million, or 1.6% of our total loan portfolio.

Our high level of home equity loans and line of credit lending may expose us to increased credit risk. At December 31, 2013, we had home equity loans and lines of credit of $56.8 million, or 10.9% of total loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit typically involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Equity line lending allows customer to access an amount up to his, her or its line of credit limit for the term specified in their agreement. At the expiration of the term of an equity line, a customer may have the entire principal balance outstanding as opposed to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan where the principal is disbursed entirely at closing and amortizes throughout the term of the loan. We cannot predict when and to what extent our customers will access their equity lines. While we seek to minimize this risk in a variety of ways, including attempting to employ conservative underwriting criteria, there can be no assurance that these measures will protect against credit-related losses.

We continue to hold and acquire a significant amount of other real estate, which has led to increased operating expenses and vulnerability to additional declines in real property values. We foreclose on and take title to real estate serving as collateral for many of our loans as part of our business. Real estate owned by us and not used in the ordinary course of our operations is referred to as “real estate owned” or “REO.” At December 31, 2013, we had REO with an aggregate book value of $10.5 million, and real estate held for investment of $2.5 million compared to $19.8 million and $0.0 million at December 31, 2012, respectively. We obtain appraisals prior to taking title to real estate and periodically thereafter. However, in the event of a deterioration in real estate prices in our market areas, there can be no assurance that such valuations will reflect the amount which may be paid by a willing purchaser in an arms-length transaction at the time of the final sale. Moreover, we cannot assure investors that the losses associated with REO will not exceed the estimated amounts, which would adversely affect future results of our operations.

The calculation for the adequacy of write-downs of our REO is based on several factors, including the appraised value of the real property, economic conditions in the property’s sub-market, comparable sales, current buyer demand, availability of financing, entitlement and development obligations and costs and historic loss experience. All of these factors have caused significant write-downs in recent years and can change without notice based on market and economic conditions. Elevated levels of non-performing assets indicate that REO balances will continue to be significant for the foreseeable future. Higher REO balances have led to greater expenses as we incur costs to manage and dispose of the properties. We expect that our earnings will continue to be negatively affected by various expenses associated with REO, including personnel costs, insurance and

 

26


Table of Contents

taxes, completion and repair costs, valuation adjustments and other expenses associated with property ownership, as well as by the funding costs associated with assets that are tied up in REO. Moreover, our ability to sell REO is affected by public perception that banks are inclined to accept large discounts from market value in order to quickly liquidate properties. Any material decrease in market prices may lead to further REO write-downs, with a corresponding expense in our statement of operations. Further write-downs on REO or an inability to sell REO properties could have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock. Furthermore, the management and resolution of non-performing assets, which include REO, increases our costs and requires significant commitments of time from our management and directors, which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. The expenses associated with REO and any further property write-downs could have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could hurt our business. A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 97.7% of our loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. A weakening of the real estate market in our market areas could result in an increase in the number of borrowers who default on their loans and a reduction in the value of the collateral securing their loans, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our profitability and asset quality. If we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values, our results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock could be adversely affected.

Concentration of collateral in our primary market area may increase the risk of increased non-performing assets. Our primary market area consists of the western North Carolina counties of Cherokee, Henderson, Jackson, Macon, Polk and Transylvania. At December 31, 2013, approximately $426.7 million, or 81.5%, of our loans were secured by real estate located within our primary area. A decline in real estate values in our primary market area would lower the value of the collateral securing loans on properties in this area, and may increase our level of non-performing assets.

Income from secondary mortgage market operations is volatile, and we may incur losses with respect to our secondary mortgage market operations that could negatively affect our earnings. A key component of our existing business is to sell in the secondary market longer term, conforming fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that we originate, earning non-interest income in the form of gains on sale. When interest rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall and may reduce the number of loans we can originate for sale. Weak or deteriorating economic conditions also tend to reduce loan demand. Although we originate, and intend to continue originating, loans on a “best efforts” basis, and we sell, and intend to continue selling, most loans in the secondary market with limited or no recourse, we are required, and will continue to be required, to give customary representations and warranties to the buyers relating to compliance with applicable law. If we breach those representations and warranties, the buyers will be able to require us to repurchase the loans and we may incur a loss on the repurchase that could negatively affect our earnings.

 

27


Table of Contents

Future changes in interest rates could reduce our profits. Our ability to make a profit largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between:

 

    the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and

 

    the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

Timing differences that can result from our interest-earning assets not repricing at the same time as our interest-bearing liabilities can negatively impact our net interest income. In addition, the amount of change in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities can also vary and present a risk to the amount of net interest margin earned. We generally employ market indexes when making portfolio loans in order to reduce the interest rate risk in our loan portfolio. Those indexes may not move in tandem with changes in rates of our funding sources, depending on market demand. As part of our achieving a balanced earning asset portfolio and earning acceptable yields, we also invest in longer term fixed rate municipal securities and in securities which have issuer callable features. These securities could reduce our net interest income or lengthen the average life during periods of high interest rate volatility. We also employ forecasting models to measure and manage the risk within stated policy guidelines. Notwithstanding these tools and practices, we are not assured that we can reprice our assets commensurately to interest rate changes in our funding sources, particularly during periods of high interest rate volatility. The difference in the timing of repricing our assets and liabilities may result in a decline in our earnings.

Our total loan balance may decline, which may negatively impact our net interest income. At December 31, 2013, our non-owner occupied commercial real estate and other construction and real estate loans totaled $138.3 million, or 26.4%, of our total loan portfolio. Since mid-2007, we have sought to reduce our concentration in these higher risk loan categories. In the future, we intend to increase our focus on small- to medium-sized business customers. As we seek to change the mix of our loan portfolio and reduce our higher risk loan concentrations, it is possible that our total loan balance may decline, which in turn may negatively impact interest income.

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability. Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market areas, we compete with credit unions, commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, which could affect our ability to grow and remain profitable on a long-term basis. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market areas. If we must raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected. For additional information see “Our Business – General” on page     .

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of continuing technological changes and increasing consolidation. Technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-

 

28


Table of Contents

banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.

We are subject to extensive regulation and oversight, and, depending upon the findings and determinations of our regulatory authorities, we may be required to make adjustments to our business, operations or financial position and could become subject to formal or informal regulatory action. We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, including examination by federal and state banking regulators. Federal and state regulators have the ability to impose substantial sanctions, restrictions and requirements on us if they determine, upon conclusion of their examination or otherwise, violations of laws with which we must comply or weaknesses or failures with respect to general standards of safety and soundness, including, for example, in respect of any financial concerns that the regulators may identify and desire for us to address. Such enforcement may be formal or informal and can include directors’ resolutions, memoranda of understanding, consent orders, civil money penalties and termination of deposit insurance and bank closure. Enforcement actions may be taken regardless of the capital levels of the institutions, and regardless of prior examination findings. In particular, institutions that are not sufficiently capitalized in accordance with regulatory standards may also face capital directives or prompt corrective actions. Enforcement actions may require certain corrective steps (including staff additions or changes), impose limits on activities (such as lending, deposit taking, acquisitions, paying dividends or branching), prescribe lending parameters (such as loan types, volumes and terms) and require additional capital to be raised, any of which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The imposition of regulatory sanctions, including monetary penalties, may have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations and/or damage our reputation. In addition, compliance with any such action could distract management’s attention from our operations, cause us to incur significant expenses, restrict us from engaging in potentially profitable activities and limit our ability to raise capital. See “Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Agreements” on page     .

Financial reform legislation enacted by Congress and resulting regulations have increased, and are expected to continue to increase our costs of operations. In 2010, Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). This law has significantly changed the structure of the bank regulatory system and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations. Although some of these regulations have been promulgated, many additional regulations are expected to be issued in 2014 and thereafter. Consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

The Dodd-Frank Act created new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “Bureau”) with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. It also has examination and enforcement authority

 

29


Table of Contents

over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

It is difficult to quantify what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations have had on the Bank to date and what impact yet to be written regulations will have on us in the future. However, it is expected that at a minimum these measures will increase our costs of doing business and increase our costs related to regulatory compliance, and may have a significant adverse effect on our lending activities, financial performance and operating flexibility.

We will become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares. In July 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and the FDIC approved new rules that will substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Bank. The final rule implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be effective for the Bank and Entegra on January 1, 2015, and revises the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The new minimum capital requirements will be: (i) a new common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. These rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

The application of more stringent capital requirements for the Bank could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions constraining us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.

We initially will not pay dividends or repurchase our common stock after the offering. Under the Written Agreement, we may not declare or pay any dividends or repurchase our common stock, without the prior approval of the FRB. Following the conversion and offering, we initially will not pay dividends on our common stock and will not repurchase our common stock, which may negatively impact our stock price. Under current federal regulations, subject to certain exceptions, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion. Further, Federal Reserve policy generally limits our ability to repurchase stock. For further information, see “Our Policy Regarding Dividends” on page     .

We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations and we could be harmed by the loss of their services. We are dependent upon the services of our management

 

30


Table of Contents

team. Our strategy and operations are directed by the executive management team. Any loss of the services of our President and Chief Executive Officer or other members of our management team could impact our ability to implement our business strategy, and have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock.

The fair value of our investments could decline. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 88.1% of our investment portfolio was designated as available-for-sale. Unrealized gains and losses in the estimated value of the available-for-sale portfolio must be “marked to market” and reflected as a separate item in shareholders’ equity (net of tax) as accumulated other comprehensive income. Shareholders’ equity will continue to reflect the unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) of these investments. The fair value of our investment portfolio may decline, causing a corresponding decline in shareholders’ equity.

Continued or further declines in the value of certain investment securities could require write-downs, which would reduce our earnings. Our securities portfolio includes securities that have declined in value due to negative perceptions about the health of the municipal securities sector. A prolonged decline in the value of these or other securities could result in an other-than-temporary impairment write-down which would reduce our earnings.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Liquidity is essential to our business. Our ability to implement our business strategy will depend on our ability to obtain funding for loan originations, working capital, possible acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, securities sold under repurchase agreements, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. From time to time we rely on deposits obtained through intermediaries, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other wholesale funding sources to obtain the funds necessary to manage our balance sheet.

Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general, including a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. To the extent we are not successful in obtaining such funding, we will be unable to implement our strategy as planned which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in accounting standards could affect reported earnings. The accounting standard setters, including the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that governs or will govern, following the conversion, the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively.

 

31


Table of Contents

The FASB is moving forward with its proposal to change the manner in which the allowance for credit losses is established and evaluated from the concept of incurred losses to that of expected losses. The effect of this change in accounting standard on our financial position and results of operations has not been quantified; however, if it results in a material increase in our allowance and future provisions for credit losses, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with our lending activities. A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations of enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other external events could significantly impact our business. Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue, and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery plans and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock.

Risks Related to the Offering

Our ability to realize our deferred tax asset and deduct certain future losses could be limited if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). Section 382 of the Code may limit the benefit of both net operating losses incurred to date and future “built-in-losses” which may exist at the time of an “ownership change” for federal income tax purposes. A Section 382 “ownership change” occurs if a shareholder or a group of shareholders who are deemed to own at least 5% of our common stock increase their ownership in aggregate by more than 50% over their lowest ownership percentage within a testing period which is generally a rolling three-year period. If an “ownership change” occurs, Section 382 would impose an annual limit on the amount of losses we can use to reduce our taxable income equal to the product of the total value of our outstanding equity (potentially subject to certain adjustments) immediately prior to the “ownership change” and the federal long-term tax-exempt interest rate in effect for the month of the “ownership change.” A number of special rules apply to calculating this limit. The completion of this offering could cause us to experience an “ownership change” if more than 50% of the shares sold in the offering are sold to persons who are not members of Macon Bancorp. Even if we do not experience an “ownership change” immediately following the closing of the offering, the conversion and the offering

 

32


Table of Contents

materially increase the risk that we could experience an “ownership change” in the future. In order to reduce the likelihood that future transactions in our common stock will result in an “ownership change”, we could adopt a shareholder rights plan to provide an economic disincentive for any person or group to become an owner, for relevant tax purposes, of 4.99% or more of our common stock. The relevant calculations under Section 382 are technical and highly complex. If an “ownership change” were to occur, it is possible that the limitations imposed could cause a net increase in our federal income tax liability and cause federal income taxes to be paid earlier than if such limitations were not in effect. An ownership change could also eliminate a portion of the federal tax loss carryforward if the limitation is low and causes our net operating losses to expire unutilized. Any such “ownership change” could have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock.

We have broad discretion in using the net proceeds of the offering. Our failure to effectively use such proceeds could reduce our profits. We intend to contribute up to 85% of the net proceeds to the Bank to strengthen its capital position. Subject to the terms of the Written Agreement requiring FRB approval, if it has not then been terminated, we may use the remaining net proceeds to pay dividends to shareholders, resume payments of dividends on our trust preferred securities, as well as previously deferred dividends and interest, repurchase shares of our common stock, purchase investment securities, make further investments in the Bank, acquire other financial services companies or for other general corporate purposes. Subject to the terms of the Consent Order, if it has not then been terminated, and any other required regulatory approvals, the Bank may use the proceeds it receives to fund new loans, establish or acquire new branches, purchase investment securities, reduce a portion of our borrowings, or for general corporate purposes. We have not identified specific amounts of proceeds for any of these purposes and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively could reduce our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the proceeds and we cannot predict how long we will require to effectively deploy the proceeds.

The future price of our common stock may be less than the purchase price in the offering. If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them at or above the purchase price in the offering. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering is determined by an independent, third-party appraisal. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. Following the completion of the offering, our aggregate pro forma market value will be based on the market trading price of the shares, and not the final, approved independent appraisal, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.

Our return on equity will be low following the conversion and the offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock. Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. Following the conversion and the offering, we expect our consolidated equity to be between $66.5 million at the minimum of the offering range and $86.0 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Based upon our pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2013, and these pro forma equity levels, our return on equity would be -0.47% and -0.28% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to leverage the additional capital

 

33


Table of Contents

we receive from the stock offering. Although we will be able to increase net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be negatively affected by higher expenses from the costs of being a public company and added expenses associated with the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income and noninterest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to remain low, which may reduce the value of our shares of common stock.

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income. Our current intention is to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans after the stock offering that would award participants shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock. The number of shares of restricted stock or stock options reserved for issuance under any initial stock-based benefit plan will not exceed 3% and 7%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares, if these plans are adopted within 12 months after the completion of the conversion. We may grant shares of common stock and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the conversion and the offering. Assuming a $10.00 per option exercise price and an estimated grant-date fair value of the options utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis of $3.33 per option granted, with the value amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with the stock options would be $0.2 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. In addition, assuming that all shares of restricted stock are awarded at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with restricted stock awarded under a stock-based benefit plan would be $0.2 million at the adjusted maximum. However, if we grant shares of common stock or options in excess of these amounts, such grants would increase our costs further. The shares of restricted stock granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be expensed by us over their vesting period at the fair market value of the shares on the date they are awarded.

We have never issued capital stock and there is no guarantee that a liquid market will develop. We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ENFC,” subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions, including the presence of at least three registered and active market makers. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. While we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in shares of our common stock, we may not be able to obtain such commitments. This would result in our common stock not being listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market, which could reduce the liquidity of our common stock.

We will need to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements. This will increase our operating expenses. In connection with the offering, we are becoming a public company. Following the conversion, federal securities laws and regulations of the SEC will require that we file annual, quarterly and current reports and that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. These obligations will increase

 

34


Table of Contents

our operating expenses and could divert our management’s attention from our operations. Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and the related rules and regulations of the SEC will require us to certify the adequacy of our internal controls and procedures, which will require us to upgrade our accounting and reporting processes, and hire additional accounting, internal audit and/or compliance personnel, which will increase our operating costs.

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest and increase our costs, which will reduce our income. We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans, no sooner than six months after the offering, which will allow participants to be awarded shares of common stock (at no cost to them) or options to purchase shares of our common stock, following the offering. Any awards of common stock will be expensed by us over their vesting period at the fair market value of the shares on the date they are awarded. These stock-based benefit plans will be funded through either open market purchases of shares of common stock and/or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including, but not limited to, applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of the stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. Although our current intention is to fund these plans with stock repurchases, we may not be able to conduct such repurchases. If we do not repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans, then shareholders would experience a reduction in their ownership interest, which would total 9.1% in the event newly issued shares are used to fund stock options or awards of shares of common stock under these plans in an amount equal to 7% and 3%, respectively, of the shares issued in the stock offering. We may grant shares of common stock and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the conversion and the offering.

We may adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the conversion and the offering. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the conversion and the offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would further increase our costs. If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the completion of the stock offering, then grants of shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans may exceed 3% and 7%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “– Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to shareholders in excess of that described in “– The implementation of stock-based benefit plans will dilute your ownership interest.” Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to shareholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such a plan will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Our current intention is to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion.

We intend to enter into employment and severance and non-competition agreements with certain of our officers, all of which may increase our compensation costs or increase the cost of acquiring us. We intend to enter into employment agreements with Roger D. Plemens, our President and Chief Executive Officer; Ryan M. Scaggs, our Chief Operating Officer; and David A. Bright, our Chief Financial Officer; and severance and non-

 

35


Table of Contents

competition agreements with Carolyn H. Huscusson, our Chief Retail Officer; Bobby D. Sanders, II, our Chief Credit Administration Officer; Laura W. Clark, our Chief Risk Officer; and Marcia J. Ringle our Corporate Secretary. In the event of termination of employment of all seven of these persons other than for cause, or in the event of certain types of termination following a change in control, as set forth in the agreements, and assuming the agreements were in effect, the agreements provide for cash severance benefits that would cost up to approximately $2.5 million in the aggregate.

Bancorp has outstanding subordinated debentures, which will rank senior to our common stock. Bancorp has issued $14.4 million in subordinated debentures in connection with the issuance of trust preferred securities by its trust subsidiary. These debentures will rank senior to shares of our common stock. As a result, we must make dividend payments on the trust preferred securities before any dividends can be paid on the common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the trust preferred securities must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on the common stock. Interest expense on the subordinated debentures was $0.5 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. In order to preserve capital, as required by the Written Agreement, Bancorp has deferred payment of dividends on the trust preferred securities since December 30, 2010, and we do not intend to seek FRB approval to resume paying dividends until after the offering closes. As of December 31, 2013, the amount of accrued and unpaid interest was $1.6 million. If we do not resume payment of dividends on the trust preferred securities including payment of any deferred dividends and applicable interest, no dividends may be paid on the common stock. If we do not resume payment of dividends on the trust preferred securities including payment of any deferred dividends and applicable interest, before December 2015, we will be considered to be in default, at which point the holders of our trust preferred securities could declare all principal and deferred interest due and payable.

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws may prevent or impede the holders of our common stock from obtaining representation on the Board of Directors and may impede any takeovers of us; this may negatively affect our stock price. Provisions in our articles of incorporation, as amended and restated, (our “Articles”) and bylaws, as amended and restated, (our “Bylaws”) may prevent or impede holders of our common stock from obtaining representation on our Board of Directors and may make takeovers of us more difficult. For example, it is anticipated that following our first annual meeting of shareholders our Board of Directors will be divided into three staggered classes. A classified board of directors makes it more difficult for shareholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur. Our Articles include a provision that for three years following the conversion, no person will be entitled to vote any shares of our common stock in excess of 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Our Articles and Bylaws restrict who may call special meetings of shareholders and how directors may be removed from office. Additionally, in certain instances, a supermajority vote of our shareholders may be required to approve a merger or other business combination with a large shareholder, if the proposed transaction is not approved by a majority of our directors. See “Restrictions on Acquisition of Entegra – “Anti-takeover” effects of Entegra’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws” on page     .

A significant percentage of our common stock will be held or controlled by our directors and executive officers and benefit plans. Our Board of Directors and executive officers intend to purchase in the aggregate approximately 6.02% and 4.45% of our common stock at the minimum and maximum of the offering range,

 

36


Table of Contents

respectively. These purchases, together with the potential acquisition of common stock through the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt will result in ownership by insiders of the Bank and Entegra of approximately 14.5% of the total shares issued in the offering at the maximum and approximately 16.0% of the total shares issued in the offering at the minimum of the offering range. The ownership by executive officers and directors could result in actions being taken that are not in accordance with other shareholders’ wishes, and could prevent any action requiring a supermajority vote under our Articles and Bylaws (including the amendment of certain protective provisions of our Articles and Bylaws discussed immediately above).

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors. We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including the additional level of review of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period. Taking advantage of any of these exemptions may adversely affect the value and trading price of our common stock.

We have elected to delay the adoption of new and revised accounting pronouncements, which means that our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies. As an “emerging growth company,” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

Our common stock will not be FDIC insured. Our common stock is not a savings or deposit account or other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency and is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, holders of our common stock may lose some or all of their investment.

 

37


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The summary financial information presented below is derived in part from our Consolidated Financial Statements. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes beginning on page F-1. The information at December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is derived in part from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements that appear in this prospectus.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

          

Total assets

   $ 784,554      $ 769,939      $ 874,706      $ 1,021,777      $ 1,078,537   

Cash and cash equivalents

     34,316        25,362        14,601        18,048        34,344   

Investment Securities

     176,472        131,091        190,750        216,797        193,577   

Loans receivable, net

     507,623        545,850        598,839        698,309        753,966   

Bank owned life insurance

     19,961        19,479        18,943        18,315        17,701   

FHLB stock, at cost

     2,724        2,437        6,490        10,979        12,288   

REO

     10,506        19,755        16,830        21,511        22,829   

Deposits

     684,226        675,098        750,832        798,419        790,408   

FHLB advances

     40,000        25,000        52,400        128,400        178,400   

Junior subordinated debt

     14,433        14,433        14,433        14,433        14,433   

Total equity

     32,518        42,294        43,484        65,968        81,631   
     For the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Selected Operating Data:

          

Interest and dividend income

   $ 31,257      $ 34,274      $ 39,483      $ 47,326      $ 56,020   

Interest expense

     6,988        9,635        14,572        20,451        26,115   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     24,269        24,639        24,911        26,875        29,905   

Provision for loan losses

     4,358        7,878        24,116        18,926        21,851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses

     19,911        16,761        795        7,949        8,054   

Noninterest income (excluding gain on sale of investments)

     6,031        4,920        4,714        5,024        6,876   

Gain on sale of investments

     358        3,294        1,635        1,665        1,416   

Noninterest expense (excluding REO operations, valuation and loss)

     20,628        19,605        22,737        19,194        20,796   

REO operations, valuation and loss

     5,612        5,448        9,013        5,997        9,428   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     60        (78     (24,606     (10,553     (13,878

Income tax expense (benefit)

     475        (1,011     1,374        3,705        (6,091
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (415   $ 933      $ (25,980   $ (14,258   $ (7,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents
     At or for the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data (1) :

          

Performance Ratios:

          

Return on average assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)

     (0.05 )%      0.11     (2.77 )%      (1.33 )%      (0.70 )% 

Return on average equity (ratio of net income to average equity)

     (1.01     2.19        (46.42     (17.59     (8.68

Tax equivalent net interest rate spread

     3.30        3.19        2.78        2.59        2.67   

Tax equivalent net interest margin

     3.40        3.30        2.92        2.79        2.96   

Efficiency ratio (1)

     85.59        76.26        101.57        75.05        79.13   

Core efficiency ratio (2)

     68.08        65.35        70.49        60.17        56.54   

Noninterest expense to average total assets

     3.37        3.07        3.38        2.35        2.72   

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     110.47        108.75        108.57        110.06        111.68   

Tangible equity to tangible assets (3)

     4.14        5.49        4.97        6.46        7.57   

Average equity to average assets

     5.27        5.23        5.96        7.56        8.09   

Asset Quality Ratios:

          

Non-performing loans to total loans (4)

     2.99     3.16     6.75     8.45     2.78

Non-performing assets to total assets (5)

     3.33        4.87        6.67        8.02        4.10   

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     91.19        83.91        40.22        28.43        82.90   

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     2.73        2.65        2.71        2.40        2.30   

Net charge-offs to average loans

     0.93        1.66        3.67        2.61        2.17   

Loan loss provision/ net charge-offs

     87.49        81.10        98.03        97.04        126.70   

Capital Ratios (Bank level only):

          

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     11.97     11.49     10.29     12.18     13.36

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     10.70        10.22        9.02        10.91        12.10   

Tier I capital (to average assets)

     7.02        7.16        6.16        7.63        8.55   

Capital Ratios (Company):

          

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     11.79     11.31     10.25     12.18     13.38

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     10.52        10.04        8.98        10.92        12.12   

Tier I capital (to average assets)

     6.90        7.03        6.13        7.64        8.57   

Other Data:

          

Number of offices

     11        11        11        11        11   

Full time equivalent employees

     185        169        163        175        179   

 

(1) The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
(2) The core efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense excluding loss on real estate owned, real estate owned expense, and FHLB advance prepayments, divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, excluding gain on sale of investments.
(3) MSR’s are included in tangible assets
(4) Non-performing loans include non-accruing loans, loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing interest.
(5) Non-performing assets include non-performing loans and real estate owned.

 

39


Table of Contents

The following table shows the differences between the efficiency ratio calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and the core efficiency ratio calculated on a non-GAAP basis for the periods indicated:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

(Dollars in thousands)

          

Efficiency ratio - GAAP

     85.59     76.26     101.57     75.05     79.13

Non interest expense - GAAP

   $ 26,240      $ 25,053      $ 31,750      $ 25,191      $ 30,224   

Effect to adjust non interest expense:

          

Losses on sale and valuation of real estate owned

     4,256        3,292        6,681        5,127        8,690   

Real estate owned expense

     1,356        2,156        2,332        870        738   

FHLB advance prepayment

     —          287        1,854        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core non interest expense - non GAAP

   $ 20,628      $ 19,318      $ 20,883      $ 19,194      $ 20,796   

Non interest income - GAAP

   $ 6,389      $ 8,214      $ 6,349      $ 6,689      $ 8,292   

Effect to adjust non interest income:

          

Gain on sale of investments

     358        3,294        1,635        1,665        1,416   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core non interest income - non GAAP

   $ 6,031      $ 4,920      $ 4,714      $ 5,024      $ 6,876   

Net interest income - GAAP

     24,269        24,639        24,911        26,875        29,905   

Net effect to adjust core efficiency ratio

     17.51     10.91     31.08     14.88     22.59

Core efficiency ratio

     68.08     65.35     70.49     60.17     56.54

The core efficiency ratio above excludes the effects of valuation losses and losses from the sale of REO and REO expenses from the maintenance of properties while held as REO. The core efficiency ratio also excludes gains from the sale of investment and FHLB prepayment fees that resulted from restructuring to our balance sheet.

 

40


Table of Contents

The following table shows the differences between income (loss) before taxes calculated in accordance with GAAP and income (loss) before taxes calculated on a non-GAAP basis for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Income (loss) before taxes - GAAP

   $ 60        (78     (24,606

Effect to adjust income (loss) before taxes:

      

Provision for loan losses

   $ 4,358        7,878        24,116   

Gain on sale of investments

     (358     (3,294     (1,635

Real estate owned operations

     1,356        2,156        2,332   

Real estate owned valuation

     4,093        2,089        6,042   

Loss on real estate owned

     163        1,203        639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net adjustment to income (loss) before taxes

   $ 9,612        10,032        31,494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core income (loss) before taxes - non-GAAP

   $ 9,672        9,954        6,888   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core income (loss) before taxes excludes the provision for loan losses, gain on sale of investments, and REO operations, loss on sale and valuation expenses. The purpose of this non-GAAP measurement is to illustrate the core level of profitability before the impact of credit related losses and the impact of net non-recurring gains from the sale of investments.

 

41


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “may” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

    statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

    statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We are under no duty to and do not take any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

    our failure to comply with the terms of the Regulatory Agreements;

 

    the effect of the requirements of the Regulatory Agreements to which we are subject and any further regulatory actions;

 

    our failure to secure the timely termination of the Regulatory Agreements;

 

    general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

    credit quality deterioration which could cause an increase in the provision for credit losses;

 

    competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;

 

    adverse changes in the securities markets;

 

    changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

    our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

    our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities, if any;

 

    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

42


Table of Contents
    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, FASB, the SEC and the PCAOB;

 

    changes in our key personnel, and our compensation and benefit plans;

 

    changes in our financial condition or results of operations that reduce capital available to pay dividends; and

 

    changes in the financial condition or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page      .

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

We intend to invest up to 85% of the net proceeds from the offering in the Bank as capital and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering.

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes how we intend to use the net proceeds from the offering, based on the sale of shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range:

 

     Minimum     Midpoint     Maximum    

Adjusted

Maximum

 
     (3,655,000 shares)     (4,300,000 shares)     (4,945,000 shares)     (5,686,750 shares)  
           % of Net           % of Net           % of Net           % of Net  
     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Offering proceeds

   $ 36,550        $ 43,000        $ 49,450        $ 56,867     

Less: offering expenses

     (1,473       (1,550       (1,626       (1,714  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net offering proceeds

     35,077        100.0     41,450        100.0     47,824        100.0     55,153        100.0

Use of net proceeds:

                

Proceeds contributed to Macon Bank

   $ 29,815        85.0   $ 33,160        80.0   $ 35,868        75.0   $ 38,607        70.0

Proceeds remaining for Entegra

   $ 5,262        15.0   $ 8,290        20.0   $ 11,956        25.0   $ 16,546        30.0

The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses of the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses, specifically the commission payable to Sandler O’Neill, would increase if more shares of common stock are sold in a community or syndicated offering to investors other than our officers, directors or employees that are not otherwise eligible to participate in the subscription offering.

Subject to receiving any necessary regulatory approvals, over time we intend to use the proceeds we retain from the offering:

 

    to resume payment of dividends on our trust preferred securities, as well as previously deferred dividends and interest;

 

    to invest in securities issued by the U.S. Government, U.S. Government agencies and/or U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities and equities, collateralized mortgage obligations and municipal securities;

 

    to pay cash dividends to shareholders;

 

44


Table of Contents
    to repurchase shares of our common stock; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

Under current Federal Reserve regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following completion of the conversion and offering, except to fund equity benefit plans other than stock options or, with prior regulatory approval, when extraordinary circumstances exist. Also, under the Regulatory Agreements, we are currently restricted from paying cash dividends to our shareholders, repurchasing shares of our common stock and paying dividends on our trust securities. See Supervision and Regulation” for a discussion of these and additional regulatory restrictions on our use of the net proceeds. For a discussion of our dividend policy and regulatory matters relating to the payment of dividends, see “Our Policy Regarding Dividends.”

We have not quantified our plans for use of the offering proceeds for any of the foregoing purposes. Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.

The Bank intends to use the net proceeds it receives from the offering as follows:

 

    to strengthen its capital position;

 

    to fund new loans;

 

    to repay borrowings;

 

    to invest in mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, and debt securities issued by the U.S. Government, U.S. Government agencies and/or U.S. Government sponsored enterprises;

 

    to expand its banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches, or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

The Bank has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for any of the foregoing purposes. Our short-term and long-term growth plans anticipate that, upon completion of the offering, we will experience growth through increased lending and investment activities and, possibly, acquisitions. We currently have no understandings or agreements to establish or acquire new branches, or acquire other banks, thrifts, or other financial services companies. Additionally, there can be no assurance that we will be able to consummate any acquisition.

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

Notwithstanding the completion of the offering, our Board of Directors may not declare dividends on our shares of common stock, unless and until we have resumed paying dividends on our trust preferred securities and have paid previously deferred dividends and interest, and, if the Written Agreement has not been terminated, we

 

45


Table of Contents

receive the prior approval of the FRB. Upon satisfying these conditions, our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock subject to statutory and regulatory requirements generally applicable to bank holding companies. However, initially we do not intend to pay cash dividends.

In determining whether to pay a cash dividend in the future and the amount of such cash dividend, our Board of Directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including capital requirements, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that the Written Agreement will be terminated following the conversion, or that if not terminated, the FRB will approve either payments for our trust preferred securities or dividends on our common stock. Pursuant to Federal Reserve regulations, we may not make a distribution that would constitute a return of capital during the three years following the completion of the conversion and offering. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. We will file a consolidated federal tax return with the Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our shareholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes.

Pursuant to our Articles, we are authorized to issue preferred stock. If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof could have a priority over the holders of our shares of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. For a further discussion concerning the payment of dividends on our shares of common stock, see “Description of Our Capital Stock – Common Stock” on page       . Initially, dividends we can declare and pay will depend upon the proceeds retained from the offering, the earnings received from the investment of those proceeds and prior approval of the FRB or termination of the Written Agreement. In the future, dividends will depend in large part upon receipt of dividends from the Bank, because we expect to have limited sources of income other than dividends from the Bank. A regulation of the Commissioner imposes limitations on “capital distributions” by savings institutions. See “Supervision and Regulation – Restrictions on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions” on page       .

Any payment of dividends by the Bank to us that would be deemed to be drawn out of the Bank’s bad debt reserves, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by the Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. The Bank does not intend to make any distribution to us that would create such a tax liability.

MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our shares of common stock. We expect that our shares of common stock will be listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ENFC,” subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions, including the presence of at least three registered and active market makers. Sandler O’Neill has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. While we will attempt, before completion of the offering, to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in shares of our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.

 

46


Table of Contents

The development and maintenance of a public market, having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness, depends on the presence of willing buyers and sellers, the existence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of shares of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which shares of our common stock can be sold. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the shares of common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. You should have a long-term investment intent if you purchase shares of our common stock and you should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the shares of common stock.

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At December 31, 2013, Bancorp and the Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital ratios to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. However, pursuant to the Consent Order, the Bank is required to maintain elevated capital levels. At December 31, 2013, the Bank did not satisfy one of the elevated capital levels required by the Consent Order. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of the Bank at December 31, 2013, and the pro forma regulatory capital of the Bank after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price. The table assumes the receipt by the Bank of up to 85% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” on page     .

 

                 Pro Forma at December 31, 2013  
    

Actual, as of

December 31, 2013

   

Minimum

(3,655,000 Shares)

   

Midpoint

(4,300,000 Shares)

   

Maximum

(4,945,000 Shares)

   

Adjusted Maximum

(5,686,750 Shares)

 
     Amount     Percent
of Assets  (1)
    Amount      Percent
of Assets
    Amount      Percent
of Assets
    Amount      Percent
of Assets
    Amount      Percent
of Assets
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Capital and retained earnings under GAAP

                        

Bank level

   $ 47,487        6.06   $ 76,206         9.38   $ 79,357         9.73   $ 81,872         10.00   $ 84,388         10.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage (2)

   $ 54,775        7.02   $ 83,494         10.33   $ 86,645         10.68   $ 89,160         10.95   $ 91,676         11.23

Requirement

     62,380        8.00     64,678         8.00     64,930         8.00     65,131         8.00     65,332         8.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Excess (Deficit)

   ($ 7,605     -0.98   $ 18,816         2.33   $ 21,715         2.68   $ 24,029         2.95   $ 26,344         3.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

Tier I risk-based (2)

   $ 54,775         10.70   $ 83,494        16.12   $ 86,645        16.71   $ 89,160        17.18   $ 91,676        17.65

Requirement

     40,968         8.00     41,428        8.00     41,478        8.00     41,518        8.00     41,559        8.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess (Deficit)

   $ 13,807         2.70   $ 42,066        8.12   $ 45,167        8.71   $ 47,642        9.18   $ 50,117        9.65
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based (3)

   $ 61,274         11.97   $ 89,993        17.38   $ 93,144        17.96   $ 95,659        18.43   $ 98,175        18.90

Requirement

     56,331         11.00     56,963        11.00     57,032        11.00     57,088        11.00     57,143        11.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess (Deficit)

   $ 4,943         0.97   $ 33,030        6.38   $ 36,112        6.96   $ 38,571        7.43   $ 41,032        7.90
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net proceeds contributed by the Bank

        $ 29,815        $ 33,160        $ 35,868        $ 38,607     

Less: common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (4)

          (1,097       (1,290       (1,484       (1,706  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase in GAAP and regulatory capital

        $ 28,718        $ 31,870        $ 34,384        $ 36,901     

 

(1)   Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of adjusted average total assets of $779.8 million. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets of $512.1 million.
(2)   As part of the Consent Order, the Bank Supervisory Authorities require the Bank to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of not less than 8.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 11.0%. The Bank Supervisory Authorities do not have a specific tier 1 risk-based requirement; the table assumes an 8% requirement consistent with tier 1 leverage capital ratio. See note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of minimum capital requirements.
(3)   Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk-weighting.
(4)   Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 3% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As Entegra accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plans, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to noninterest expense. Implementation of the stock stock-based benefit plans will require shareholder approval. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans will be provided by Entegra.

 

48


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents our historical consolidated capitalization at December 31, 2013 and our pro forma consolidated capitalization after giving effect to the conversion and the offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

49


Table of Contents
           As of December 31, 2013  
(Dollars in thousands)                               
Shares Sold in Offering:    Actual, as of
December 31,
2013
    Minimum
3,655,000
Price of
$10.00
per share
    Midpoint
4,300,000
Price of
$10.00
per share
    Maximum
4,945,000
Price of
$10.00
per share
    Maximum
as Adjusted
5,686,750
Price of
$10.00

per share
 

Deposits (1)

   $ 684,226      $ 684,226      $ 684,226      $ 684,226      $ 684,226   

Borrowings

     54,433        54,433        54,433        54,433        54,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowed funds

   $ 738,659      $ 738,659      $ 738,659      $ 738,659      $ 738,659   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

          

Common stock, no par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; assuming shares outstanding shown (2)

     —          —          —          —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     —          35,077        41,450        47,824        55,153   

Retained earnings

     39,994        39,994        39,994        39,994        39,994   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (7,476     (7,476     (7,476     (7,476     (7,476

Common stock acquired by stock-based

benefit plans (2)

     —          (1,097     (1,290     (1,484     (1,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 32,518      $ 66,498      $ 72,678      $ 78,858      $ 85,965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s equity as % of pro forma assets

     4.14     8.12     8.81     9.49     10.26

 

(1)   Does not reflect any reduction in deposits caused by withdrawals for purchase of shares in the offering. No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of common stock pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plans. If these plans are implemented within 12 months following the completion of the stock offering, an amount up to 7% and 3% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options and for issuance as restricted stock awards, respectively. See “Management of Entegra Financial Corp.”
(2)   Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 3% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As Entegra accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plans, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to noninterest expense. Implementation of the stock stock-based benefit plans will require shareholder approval. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans will be provided by Entegra.

 

50


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

The following tables summarize our historical data and pro forma data at and for the year ended December 31, 2013. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

    75% of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering, 25% of the shares will be sold in the community offering, and no shares will be sold in a syndicated offering;

 

    220,000 shares of common stock will be purchased by our directors, officers and employees or members of their immediate families;

 

    Sandler O’Neill will receive a fee equal to (i) 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares sold in the subscription offering, and (ii) 1.75% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares sold in the community offering, except that no fee will be paid with respect to shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees or members of their immediate families; and

 

    Total expenses of the offering, other than fees and expenses to be paid to Sandler O’Neill, are estimated to be $1,010,000.

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income at and for the year ended December 31, 2013, as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at an assumed interest rate of 1.75% (1.23% on an after-tax basis). This represents the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note as of December 31, 2013, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits.

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and shareholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or shareholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of shareholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 3% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period. We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 7% of our outstanding shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that shareholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.33 for each option. In addition

 

51


Table of Contents

to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 15.8% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 0%, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk-free interest rate of 3.04%. Because there is currently no market for our shares of common stock, the assumed expected volatility is based on the SNL Securities index for all publicly-traded thrift institutions and their holding companies. The dividend yield reflects the average dividend yield for publicly traded thrifts.

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 7% and 3%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the conversion and the offering. In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the conversion and the offering.

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” on page     , we intend to contribute up to 85% of the net proceeds from the offering to the Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds. We will seek regulatory approval to use a portion of the net proceeds to pay the deferred dividends and applicable interest on our trust preferred securities, and will retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

The pro forma table does not give effect to:

 

    withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering;

 

    our results of operations after the offering; or

 

    changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the offering.

The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the offering at the date on which the offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma shareholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease shareholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market values. Pro forma shareholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to shareholders if we liquidated. Pro forma shareholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion or tax bad debt reserves in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

 

52


Table of Contents
     At or for the year ended December 31, 2013  
     Minimum
3,655,000
$10.00
per share
    Midpoint
4,300,000
$10.00
per share
    Maximum
4,945,000
$10.00
per share
    Adjusted
Maximum
5,686,750
$10.00
per share (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 36,550      $ 43,000      $ 49,450      $ 56,867   

Less expenses

     (1,473     (1,550     (1,626     (1,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net investable proceeds

   $ 35,077      $ 41,450      $ 47,824      $ 55,153   

Less: Common stock purchased by Recog. Plans

     (1,097     (1,290     (1,484     (1,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net cash proceeds

   $ 33,981      $ 40,160      $ 46,340      $ 53,447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013

        

Consolidated net (loss)

        

Historical

   ($ 415   ($ 415   ($ 415   ($ 415

Pro forma income on net proceeds

     416        492        568        655   

Pro forma RRP adjustment (2)

     (154     (181     (208     (239

Pro forma options adjustment (New Options) (3)

     (158     (185     (213     (245
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net (loss)

     (311     (289     (268     (244
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share net (loss)

        

Historical

   ($ 0.11   ($ 0.10   ($ 0.08   ($ 0.07

Pro forma income on net proceeds

     0.11        0.11        0.11        0.12   

Pro forma RPP adjustment

     (0.04     (0.04     (0.04     (0.04

Pro forma options adjustment (New Options)

     (0.04     (0.04     (0.04     (0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net (loss) per share

   ($ 0.08   ($ 0.07   ($ 0.05   ($ 0.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net earnings (loss) per share

     NM        NM        NM        NM   

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculation

     3,655,000        4,300,000        4,945,000        5,686,750   

 

53


Table of Contents
     At or for the year ended December 31, 2013  
     Minimum
3,655,000
$10.00
per share
    Midpoint
4,300,000
$10.00
per share
    Maximum
4,945,000
$10.00
per share
    Adjusted
Maximum
5,686,750
$10.00
per share (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

At December 31, 2013

        

Shareholders’ equity:

        

Historical

   $ 32,518      $ 32,518      $ 32,518      $ 32,518   

Estimated net proceeds

     35,077        41,450        47,824        55,153   

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans

     (1,097     (1,290     (1,484     (1,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma shareholders’ equity

   $ 66,499      $ 72,678      $ 78,858      $ 85,965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity per share

        

Historical

   $ 8.90      $ 7.56      $ 6.58      $ 5.72   

Estimated net proceeds

     9.60        9.64        9.67        9.70   

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans

     (0.30     (0.30     (0.30     (0.30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma shareholders’ equity per share

   $ 18.20      $ 16.90      $ 15.95      $ 15.12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma shareholders’ equity per share

     54.95     59.17     62.70     66.14

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

     3,655,000        4,300,000        4,945,000        5,686,750   

 

(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2)  

If approved by Entegra shareholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 3% of the shares to be sold in the offering (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Shareholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Entegra or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by Entegra. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-

 

54


Table of Contents
  based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the year, and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective tax rate of 30%. Assuming shareholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock equal to 3% of the shares sold in the offering are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, shareholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 2.9%.
(3)   If approved by Entegra shareholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 7% of the shares to be sold in the offering (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Shareholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.33 per option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year option vesting period and 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to non-qualified options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 30%. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and shareholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming shareholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 7% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, shareholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 6.5%.

 

55


Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

The Companies

Entegra. This offering is being made by Entegra, a North Carolina corporation organized in 2011 as “Macon Financial Corp.” and renamed “Entegra Financial Corp.” in 2014. Entegra will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Macon Bank upon completion of this offering and the mutual-to-stock conversion of Macon Bancorp. Other than matters of an organizational nature, Entegra has not engaged in any business to date.

Macon Bancorp. Macon Bancorp is a North Carolina chartered mutual holding company headquartered in Franklin, North Carolina. It was organized in 1997, when the Bank converted from a mutual savings bank to a stock savings bank, and owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank. Bancorp has one non-bank subsidiary, Macon Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust, formed in 2003 to facilitate the issuance of trust preferred securities. On a consolidated basis, as of December 31, 2013, Bancorp had total assets of $784.6 million, total loans of $521.9 million, total deposits of $684.2 million and total equity of $32.5 million. As a mutual holding company, Bancorp has no shareholders and is controlled by the depositors and borrowers of the Bank.

Pursuant to the terms of our plan of conversion, Macon Bancorp will merge with and into Entegra and, in doing so, will convert from a mutual form of organization to a stock form of organization. Upon the completion of the conversion, Bancorp will cease to exist, and the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra.

Macon Bank. Macon Bank is a North Carolina chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Franklin, North Carolina. It was organized in 1922, as a North Carolina chartered mutual savings and loan association. In 1992, it converted to a North Carolina chartered mutual savings bank. In 1997, upon the formation of Bancorp, it converted to a North Carolina chartered stock savings bank. Macon Bank has one subsidiary, Macon Services, Inc., which holds real estate for investment.

Our Executive Offices. Our executive offices are located at 220 One Center Court, Franklin, North Carolina 28734 and the telephone number at this address is (828) 524-7000. Our website address is www.maconbank.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

General

Overview. The Bank was organized as a mutual savings and loan association, or “thrift,” for the primary purpose of promoting home ownership through mortgage lending, financed by locally gathered deposits. Surviving the Great Depression of the 1930’s, we remained a single-office bank until we opened a second office in downtown Murphy, North Carolina in 1981. Between 1993 and 2002, we added eight more branches in North Carolina, including a second office in Franklin, one in each of Highlands, Brevard, Sylva, Cashiers and Arden, and two in Hendersonville. In 2007, we opened two more branches in Columbus and Saluda, North Carolina.

We have 11 branches located throughout the western North Carolina counties of Cherokee, Henderson, Jackson, Macon, Polk and Transylvania, which we consider our primary market area. Our business consists

 

56


Table of Contents

primarily of accepting deposits from individuals and small businesses and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in loans secured by real estate, including commercial real estate loans, one- to four-family residential loans, construction loans, home equity loans and lines of credit. We also originate commercial business loans and invest in investment securities. Through our mortgage loan production operations we originate loans for sale in the secondary markets to Fannie Mae and others, generally retaining the servicing rights in order to generate servicing income, supplement our core deposits with escrow deposits and maintain relationships with local borrowers. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts, and individual retirement accounts.

We also regularly extend loans to customers located in neighboring counties, including Buncombe, Clay, Haywood, Rutherford and Swain in North Carolina; Fannin, Rabun, Towns and Union in Georgia; and Cherokee, Greenville, Oconee, Pickens and Spartanburg in South Carolina, which we consider our secondary market area.

The primary economic drivers of our primary market area are tourism and a burgeoning vacation and retirement home industry. This area has numerous small- to mid-sized businesses, which are our primary business customers. These businesses include agricultural producers, artisans and specialty craft manufacturers, small industrial manufacturers, and a variety of service oriented industries. The largest employers in Macon County include Drake Software, a national tax software provider, based in Franklin.

A new casino and hotel complex is currently under construction in Cherokee County. The casino and hotel, which will be operated by Caesars Entertainment Corp., are projected to employ create additional employment directly and through increased economic activity in the area.

We have recently observed an improvement in the economic condition of our primary market area, which suffered during the recession. As reflected in the following tables, our market is experiencing a significant decline in levels of unemployment, and a rise in household income.

 

     Unemployment Rate  
   12/31/2013      12/31/2012      12/31/2011      12/31/2010      12/31/2009  
     (%)      (%)      (%)      (%)      (%)  

Cherokee, NC

     9.00         12.80         12.90         12.60         15.50   

Henderson, NC

     4.90         7.20         7.60         7.50         8.80   

Jackson, NC

     5.80         9.60         9.40         8.80         9.40   

Macon, NC

     7.30         11.10         11.30         10.30         11.40   

Polk, NC

     4.60         7.80         7.70         7.50         8.90   

Transylvania, NC

     6.60         10.10         9.60         9.00         10.00   

North Carolina

     6.60         9.50         9.80         9.70         10.90   

United States

     6.70         7.80         8.50         9.30         9.90   

Source: SNL

 

57


Table of Contents
     Median Household Income  
   2013      2012      2011  
     ($)      ($)      ($)  

Cherokee, NC

     37,906         35,188         31,495   

Henderson, NC

     47,465         42,990         39,997   

Jackson, NC

     37,922         36,366         37,593   

Macon, NC

     38,969         36,738         36,173   

Polk, NC

     39,573         42,520         42,005   

Transylvania, NC

     38,758         37,735         38,822   

North Carolina

     44,373         42,900         42,941   

United States

     51,314         50,157         50,227   

Source: SNL

Market Share. We have significant competition in our primary and secondary market areas. We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, finance companies, credit unions and other financial services companies. Many of our larger commercial bank competitors have greater name recognition and offer certain services that we do not. However, we believe that our long-time presence in our primary market area and focus on superior service distinguish us from our competitors, many of whom operate under different names or are under different leadership as a consequence of the effects of the recent recession and a series of acquisitions and mergers.

 

58


Table of Contents

Between 2000 and 2013, we increased our share of the combined deposits of all banks and thrifts operating in our primary market area from 9.4% in 2000 to 15.2% in 2013, and now lead all but one of our competitors in total deposits within our primary market area. The following tables show our deposit market share within the Bank’s primary market area, as of June 30, 2013, the most recent publicly reported figures.

 

Total
Deposit
Rank
2013

             Institution
Headquarters
State/
Country
   Total
Active
Branches
2000
     Total
Active
Branches
2013
     Total
deposits (1)
2000
     Total
Deposit
Market
Share
2000
    Total
deposits (1)
2013
     Total
Deposit
Market
Share
2013
 
                                  (thousands)            (thousands)         
     Institution    Institution City                                              

1

  

First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company  (2)

   Raleigh    NC      20         15       $ 462,981         17.4   $ 830,036         18.6

2

  

Macon Bank

   Franklin    NC      9         11         250,605         9.4        678,050         15.2   

3

  

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

   Sioux Falls    SD      8         8         379,125         14.2        511,674         11.5   

4

  

United Community Bank

   Blairsville    GA      —           10         —           —          455,884         10.2   

5

  

Mountain 1st Bank & Trust Company (2)

   Hendersonville    NC      —           6         —           —          413,762         9.3   

6

  

PNC Bank, N.A.

   Pittsburgh    PA      5         7         205,193         7.7        300,411         6.7   

7

  

HomeTrust Bank

   Clyde    NC      —           3         —           —          267,130         6.0   

8

  

TD Bank, N.A.

   Toronto    Canada      —           7         —           —          242,270         5.4   

9

  

Branch Banking and Trust Company

   Winston-Salem    NC      1         5         27,843         1.0        158,850         3.6   

10

  

Bank of America, N.A.

   Charlotte    NC      4         4         144,960         5.4        151,300         3.4   

 

(1)   Total deposits represent the six counties in which Macon Bank has branches.
(2)   On January 1, 2014 Mountain 1st Bank & Trust Company merged with and into First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company.

Source - FDIC

The following table shows our deposit market share in each county within our primary market area, as of June 30, 2013, the most recent publicly reported figures.

 

Deposit Market Share by County  
As of June 30, 2013  

County

   Deposit Market
Share Rank
   Market
Share
 

Cherokee County

   4      11.7

Henderson County (1)

   6      5.3   

Jackson County

   3      19.4   

Macon County

   1      38.0   

Polk County

   2      17.5   

Transylvania County

   4      12.8   

 

(1)   After giving effect to the merger of Mountain 1st Bank & Trust Company with and into First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company.

Source - FDIC

 

59


Table of Contents

In addition to successfully building our branch network and growing our core deposits, we have created an infrastructure that will accommodate future growth. One of our core strengths has been our successful mortgage loan operation, through which we originate and sell mortgage loans in the secondary markets to Fannie Mae and others. In 1999, we opened a call center to better and more efficiently serve our customers. In 2001, we consolidated our corporate headquarters, loan processing and training facilities into a single 36,000 square foot building in Franklin.

We focus upon continual improvement of our level of service and overall efficiencies through the use of technology, offering online banking for retail customers, which we market as Macon eCom ; online banking for businesses, which we market as Macon eCorp ; mobile banking; remote deposit capture; and mobile deposit capture. We also provide investment services through an affiliation with an independent broker/dealer firm, merchant credit card services for business customers, and ATM services.

We are committed to supporting our local communities and offering personal, one-on-one service to our customers. Our employees, officers and directors personally know many of our customers, live within the communities we serve, and play key roles in community organizations. In addition, we sponsor numerous local community events and strive to be a good corporate citizen in all of the communities that we serve. We believe we have a loyal base of employees. Our employees have an average of over nine years’ service with the Bank. More than one in four of our employees have served the Bank for over 15 years. We believe that this employee-service commitment is critical to maintaining personal relationships with our customers. Such longevity of service is exemplified by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Roger D. Plemens, who has served the Bank since 1978, in various capacities, including as a mortgage officer, a manager of mortgage lending, and the chief lending officer. Our guiding principle is simple. We are committed to maintaining our culture of community banking and focused upon bringing value to our customers through innovations, technology, products and services of the 21 st century.

 

60


Table of Contents

Lending Activities

Our primary lending activities are the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. Our largest category of loans is one- to four-family residential mortgage loans followed by commercial real estate, and other construction and land loans. At December 31, 2013, our top 25 relationships represented a lending exposure of $92.1 million with the largest single relationship totaling $9.8 million. These loans are primarily for commercial business purposes and collateralized by real estate, primarily commercial, and construction and land development loans.

One- to Four-Family Residential Mortgage Loans. At December 31, 2013, $225.5 million, or 43.1%, of our total loan portfolio consisted of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. We offer fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities generally up to 30 years. We generally sell 15- and 30-year fixed loans in the secondary market.

Our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans originated for sale are underwritten according to Fannie Mae underwriting guidelines. When these loans are sold into the secondary market, we generally retain the servicing rights. We refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, which is generally $417,000 for single-family homes. Loans in excess of $417,000 (referred to as “jumbo loans”) may be originated for retention in our loan portfolio. We generally underwrite jumbo loans in the same manner as conforming loans.

We will originate loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80% for sale into the secondary market. We require private mortgage insurance for loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%. Subject to satisfactory underwriting, we will occasionally make loans with a loan-to-value ratio as high as 89% for retention in our loan portfolio, in which case we may not require private mortgage insurance.

We generally retain the servicing rights on loans sold in the secondary market in order to generate cash flow, supplement our core deposits with escrow deposits, and maintain relationships with local borrowers.

Other than our loans for the construction of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans (described under “– One-to Four-Family Residential Construction, Other Construction and Land, and Consumer Loans”) and home equity loans and lines of credit (described under “– Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit”), presently we do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans (where the borrower pays only interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan) on one- to four-family residential properties.

We do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower may pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. At December 31, 2013, $155.6 million, or 29.7%, of our loan portfolio, consisted of commercial real estate loans. Properties securing our commercial real estate loans primarily comprise business owner-occupied properties, small office buildings and office suites, and income-producing

 

61


Table of Contents

real estate. At December 31, 2013, our largest commercial real estate loan had a principal balance of $4.5 million and was secured by a first mortgage on a multi-tenant shopping center. This loan was performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2013.

In the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, we generally lend up to the lesser of 80% of the appraised value or purchase price of the property. We base our decision to lend primarily on the economic viability of the property and the creditworthiness of the borrower. In evaluating a proposed commercial real estate loan, we emphasize the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a preferred ratio of 1.25x), computed after deduction for an appropriate vacancy factor and reasonable expenses. Individuals owning 20% or more of the business and/or real estate are generally required to sign the note as co-borrowers under the note or to provide personal guarantees. We require title insurance, fire and extended coverage casualty insurance, and, if appropriate, flood insurance, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying property. Almost all of our commercial real estate loans are generated internally by our loan officers.

Commercial real estate loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Commercial real estate loans, generally, have greater credit risks compared to the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans we originate, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions not within the control of the borrower or lender could affect the value of the underlying collateral or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate than residential properties.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit. At December 31, 2013, $56.8 million or 10.9% of our loan portfolio consisted of home equity loans and lines of credit. In addition to traditional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, we offer home equity loans and lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary or secondary residence. Our home equity loans and lines of credit are currently originated with fixed or adjustable rates of interest. Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally underwritten with the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. For a borrower’s primary residence, home equity loans and lines of credit may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing mortgage loan, while the maximum loan-to-value ratio on secondary residences is 70% when combined with the principal balance of the existing mortgage loan. We require appraisals or internally prepared real estate evaluations on home equity loans and lines of credit. At the time we close a home equity loan or line of credit, we record a deed of trust to perfect our security interest in the underlying collateral.

Home equity loans and lines of credit entail greater credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2013, we had total home equity line commitments of $101.2 million with $56.8 million, or 56.2%, advanced. First lien home equity lines balances accounted for 37.8% of the total amount advanced. At December 31, 2013, $0.7 million of our home equity loans and lines of credit were past due 30 days or more.

 

62


Table of Contents

Commercial Loans. At December 31, 2013, $8.3 million, or 1.6%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans. We make various types of secured and unsecured commercial loans to customers in our market areas in order to provide customers with working capital and for other general business purposes. The terms of these loans generally range from less than one year to a maximum of 10 years. These loans bear either a fixed interest rate or an interest rate linked to a variable market index. We seek to originate loans to small- to medium-sized businesses with principal balances between $150,000 and $750,000; however, we also originate government-guaranteed Small Business Administration, or SBA, loans with higher balances with the intent of selling the guaranteed portion into the secondary market. SBA lending to date has been immaterial.

Commercial credit decisions are based upon our credit assessment of each applicant. We evaluate the applicant’s ability to repay in accordance with the proposed terms of the loan and we assess the risks involved. Individuals owning 20% or more of the business and/or real estate are generally required to sign the note as co-borrowers or provide personal guarantees. In addition to evaluating the applicant’s financial statements, we consider the adequacy of the primary and secondary sources of repayment for the loan. Credit agency reports of the applicant’s personal credit history supplement our analysis of the applicant’s creditworthiness. In addition, collateral supporting a secured transaction is analyzed to determine its marketability. Commercial business loans generally have higher interest rates than residential loans of similar duration because they have a higher risk of default with repayment generally depending on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the sufficiency of any collateral.

At December 31, 2013, our largest commercial real estate loan had a principal balance of $6.0 million and was secured by a first mortgage on single family residential real estate, as well as additional residential building lots, balance of $0.8 million and was secured primarily by business inventory. At December 31, 2013, both of these loans were performing in accordance with their respective terms.

One- to Four-Family Residential Construction, Other Construction and Land, and Consumer Loans. At December 31, 2013, our portfolio included $9.0 million of one- to four-family residential construction loans or 1.7% of our loan portfolio. Other construction and land loans comprised $64.9 million, or 12.4% of our loan portfolio. Consumer loans totaled $3.7 million, or 0.7% of our loan portfolio, and included automobile and other consumer loans. We make construction loans to owner-occupiers of residential properties, and to businesses for commercial properties. In the past, we made loans to developers for speculative residential construction; however, following the recession we virtually eliminated speculative construction lending. At December 31, 2013, $2.6 million, or 0.5% of our loan portfolio consisted of loans to developers for speculative residential construction. Advances on construction loans are made in accordance with a schedule reflecting the cost of construction, but are generally limited to an 80% loan-to-value ratio based on the appraised value upon completion. Repayment of construction loans on non-residential properties is normally attributable to rental income, income from the borrower’s operating entity or the sale of the property. Repayment of loans on income-producing property is normally scheduled following completion of construction, when permanent financing is obtained. We typically provide permanent mortgage financing on our construction loans for income-producing property. Construction loans are interest-only during the construction period, which typically does not exceed 12 months, and convert to permanent, fully-amortizing financing following the completion of construction.

 

63


Table of Contents

Generally, before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by a state-certified or state-licensed appraiser. We review and inspect properties before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan.

Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loans depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimated construction cost is inaccurate, additional funds beyond the amount originally committed may be advanced in order to ensure the completion of the construction and protect the value of our investment in the property. Construction loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs.

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Participations and Servicing. All residential loans that we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures, which incorporate standard Fannie Mae underwriting guidelines, as applicable. We originate both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans. Our loan origination and sales activity may be adversely affected by a rising interest rate environment that typically results in decreased loan demand. Most of our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans are originated by our loan officers.

Historically, we have sold most of our 15-year and longer residential loans to Fannie Mae or non-government purchasers. During the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, we sold $63.1 million, $41.1 million, and $19.7 million, respectively, of conforming residential loans, primarily with terms of 15 years and longer. We sell our loans with the servicing rights retained on residential mortgage loans, and have no immediate plans to change this practice.

At December 31, 2013, we were servicing residential loans owned by others with a principal balance of $241.2 million. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, contacting delinquent borrowers, supervising foreclosures, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. We retain a portion of the interest paid by the borrower on the loans we service as consideration for performing these servicing activities.

At December 31, 2013, we were servicing commercial loan participations having a gross loan amount of $29.8 million, of which $15.5 million was retained by us and $14.3 million was owned by our co-participants. From time to time, we have participated in loans originated by other financial institutions that service and remit payments to us. At December 31, 2013, the unpaid balance of these loans was $3.3 million.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by the Bank Board. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and value of the collateral that will secure the loan. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s employment and credit history and information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our policies and loan approval limits are established by the Bank Board. Loans in amounts up to individual loan authority limits set annually by management and the Bank Board can be approved by designated individual officers or officers acting together pursuant to our loan policy. Relationships in excess of these amounts require the approval of the Officers Loan Committee, Executive Loan Committee, or Directors Loan Committee within the authority limits set by the Bank Board. The Bank Board may approve loans up to the internal loans-to-one-borrower policy limit of $7.5 million, which is below the Bank’s regulatory loans-to-one-borrower limit of $10.4 million as of December 31, 2013.

We require appraisals or internally prepared evaluations of all real property securing one- to four-family residential and commercial real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. All appraisers are state-licensed or state-certified, and our practice is to have local appraisers approved on an annual basis by the Bank Board. Internal evaluations are prepared only by individuals possessing the necessary skill and experience to meet regulatory competency requirements. Evaluations are reviewed by staff who report directly to Chief Risk Officer to ensure independence from the loan production process.

Investments

The Bank’s ALCO Committee consists of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Chief Credit Administration Officer, Chief Retail Officer, Director of Financial Reporting, and such other members as are from time to time designated. The ALCO Committee is primarily responsible, subject to the ultimate approval of the Bank’s Board, for implementing our investment policy. The general investment strategies are developed and authorized by the ALCO Committee in consultation with the Bank Board. The ALCO Committee is responsible for the execution of specific investment actions by our Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer, for all sales, purchases, or trades executed in the investment portfolio. The Chief Operating Officer, and Chief Financial Officer may approve transactions of up to $10 million. The Chief Operating Officer may jointly approve transactions above $10 million within the scope of the investment policy. All our investment transactions are periodically reported to the ALCO Committee and the Bank Board. The investment policy is reviewed annually by the ALCO Committee, and any changes to the policy are subject to approval by the full Bank Board. The overall objectives of our investment policy are to maintain a portfolio of high quality and diversified investments to maximize interest income over the long term and to minimize risk, to provide collateral for borrowings, to provide additional earnings when loan production is low, and, when appropriate, to reduce our tax liability. The policy dictates that investment decisions give consideration to the safety of principal, liquidity requirements and interest rate risk management.

Our current investment policy permits investments that meet certain quality guidelines in direct U.S. Government obligations and securities, U.S. Government agencies, municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate issues, certain commercial paper, agency structured notes, and bank owned life insurance. We do not presently hold securities classified as “trading.” In accordance with ASC Topic 802-10-35-01 investment securities “available-for-sale” are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices of like or similar securities, if available, and these securities are classified as Level 1 or Level 2. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions and are classified as Level 3.

 

65


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2013, our securities portfolio consisted of securities classified as “available-for-sale” with a carrying value of $155.5, million and securities classified as “held-to-maturity” with a carrying value of $21.0 million. Our securities portfolio at December 31, 2013, consisted primarily of securities with the following carrying values: $25.6 million of municipal obligations; $3.5 million of U.S. Government and agency obligations; $39.4 million in structured U.S. Government agency obligations; $84.4 million of mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies; $18.1 million in SBA securities; $3.0 million of collateralized mortgage obligations; $1.9 million in commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies; and $0.6 million in a Community Reinvestment Act investment fund. We also held $20.0 million in bank owned life insurance.

See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Conditions and Results of Operations – Investment Securities” on page          for a discussion of the recent performance of our securities portfolio.

We purchase mortgage-backed securities insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or the Government National Mortgage Association. We invest in quality securities to obtain yields higher than we can receive from holding in overnight cash or other short term cash accounts, and to meet our Asset/Liability objectives which focus on liquidity and interest rate risk in our portfolio as a whole.

Mortgage-backed securities are securities issued in the secondary market that are collateralized by pools of mortgages. Certain types of mortgage-backed securities are commonly referred to as “pass-through” certificates because the principal and interest of the underlying loans is “passed through” to investors, net of certain costs, including servicing and guarantee fees. Mortgage-backed securities typically are collateralized by pools of one- to four-family or multifamily mortgages, although we invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities backed by one- to four-family mortgages. The issuers of such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors. The interest rate on the security is lower than the interest rates on the underlying loans to allow for payment of servicing and guaranty fees. Government National Mortgage Association, a U.S. Government agency, and government sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, either guarantee the payments or guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest to investors. Mortgage-backed securities are more liquid than individual mortgage loans since there is an active trading market for these securities. In addition, mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our borrowings. Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. Current prepayment speeds determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause amortization or accretion adjustments.

Many of our securities have call provisions that allow for issuers of the securities, or the underlying borrowers to either redeem or prepay the obligations. This call/prepayment risk can effectively shorten the life of our portfolio should rates decline, and represents a risk of a decline in the overall yield of our portfolio should such an instance occur.

 

66


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for our investment and lending activities. Our primary outside borrowing source is the FHLB of Atlanta. We have in the past used both brokered deposits and internet generated deposits to fund loan growth and to manage interest rate risk. As required by the Consent Order, our current practice is to repay brokered deposits as they mature, and not roll them over for additional terms. Our additional sources of funds are scheduled loan payments, maturing investments, loan repayments, security repurchase agreements, retained earnings, income on other earning assets and the proceeds of loan sales.

Deposits. We accept deposits primarily from within our primary market area. As noted, we have also used brokered and internet deposits as a source of funds. We rely on our competitive pricing and products, convenient locations and quality customer service to attract and retain deposits. Our branch network is well established in our primary market area. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposit accounts consist of savings accounts, certificates of deposit, regular checking accounts, money market accounts and individual retirement accounts.

Interest rates paid, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are revised on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market interest rates, liquidity requirements and our deposit growth goals.

Borrowings. Our borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB of Atlanta. At December 31, 2013, FHLB advances totaled $40.0 million, or 5.3%, of total liabilities. At December 31, 2013, we had access to additional FHLB advances of up to $53.4 million using collateral that is currently pledged. Advances from the FHLB of Atlanta are secured by our investment in the common stock of the FHLB of Atlanta, securities in our investment portfolio, and approved loans in our one- to four-family residential and commercial loan portfolios. At December 31, 2013, we had $148.1 million of qualifying unpledged securities which could be pledged as collateral for additional advances. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Conditions and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” on page         .

 

67


Table of Contents

Properties

We operate from our corporate headquarters and 11 branches located in our primary market area within western North Carolina. The net book value of our premises, land and equipment was $13.0 million at December 31, 2013. The following table sets forth information with respect to our full-service banking offices.

 

Branch Name

  

Address

  

City

   Year
Established
   Deposits at
December 31,
2013
 

Franklin Main

   50 West Main Street    Franklin    1922    $ 179,228   

Murphy

   12 Peachtree Street    Murphy    1981      53,301   

Franklin Holly Springs Plaza

   30 Hyatt Road    Franklin    1993      54,678   

Highlands

   473 Carolina Way    Highlands    1995      45,521   

Sylva

   498 East Main Street    Sylva    1999      38,111   

Hendersonville - Laurel Park

   640 North Main Street    Hendersonville    1996      63,081   

Brevard Branch

   2260 Asheville Highway    Brevard    1997      59,529   

Hendersonville - Eastside (1)

   1617 Spartanburg Highway    Hendersonville    1997      29,784   

Cashiers Branch

   500 U.S. Highway 64    Cashiers    2002      37,811   

Columbus Branch

   160 W. Mill Street    Columbus    2007      42,745   

Saluda (1)

   108 East Main Street    Saluda    2007      23,658   

Internet and brokered deposits

              56,779   
           

 

 

 

Total Deposits

            $ 684,226   
           

 

 

 

 

(1)   Leased offices.

Legal Proceedings

At December 31, 2013, we were not involved in any legal proceedings the outcome of which we believe would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

Tax Allocation

Bancorp and the Bank are parties to a tax allocation agreement which establishes a method for allocating and reimbursing the payment of Bancorp’s consolidated tax liability.

 

68


Table of Contents

Personnel

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had 185 full-time equivalent employees, including 169 full-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

Subsidiaries

In addition to the Bank, Bancorp has one non-bank subsidiary, Macon Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust, formed in 2003 to facilitate the issuance of trust preferred securities. Macon Capital Trust I is not consolidated in Bancorp’s financial statements. The Bank has one active subsidiary, Macon Services, Inc. Macon Services, Inc. holds one property, classified as “real estate held for investment.” Macon Services, Inc., is consolidated in Bancorp’s financial statements.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This offering is being made by Entegra, a North Carolina corporation. Upon completion of this offering and the mutual-to-stock conversion, Bancorp, the mutual holding company parent of the Bank, will be merged into Entegra, with Entegra as the surviving entity, whereby the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra. Accordingly, this section references the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Macon Bancorp and Macon Bank.

This section is intended to help potential investors understand our financial performance through a discussion of the factors affecting our consolidated financial condition at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2012. This section should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we earn on our loan and investment portfolios and the interest expense we incur on our deposits and borrowings. Results of operations are also affected by service charges and other fees, provisions for loan losses, gains on sales of loans originated for sale and other income. Our noninterest expense consists primarily of salaries and employee benefits, net occupancy and equipment expense, data processing, professional and service fees, FDIC deposit insurance and REO expense.

Our results of operations are also significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions in our market areas and nationally, as well as changes in interest rates, sources of funding, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities. Future changes in applicable laws, regulations or government policies may materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

69


Table of Contents

Our loan portfolio is primarily collateralized by residential and commercial real estate as detailed in the table below.

 

     2013     2012  
     $      %     $      %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

          

One- to four-family residential

     225,520         43.1     227,726         40.5

Commercial

     155,633         29.7     173,529         30.8

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     56,836         10.9     62,090         11.0

One- to four-family residential construction

     8,952         1.7     10,309         1.8

Other construction and land

     64,927         12.4     76,788         13.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     511,868         97.7     550,442         97.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial

     8,285         1.6     9,771         1.8

Consumer

     3,654         0.7     2,676         0.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-real estate loans

     11,939         2.3     12,447         2.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     523,807         100.0     562,889         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, the fair value of our investment portfolio totaled $175.6 million, or 22.4%, of our total assets and represented the second largest component of our interest-earning assets. Our portfolio consists primarily of U.S. Government agency securities, U.S. Government agency sponsored mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and municipal securities. At December 31, 2013, $155.5 million of our securities were classified as “available-for-sale” and $20.1 million were classified as “held-to-maturity”. Our portfolio is a low risk portfolio and we have not had any “other than temporary impairment,” or OTTI.

At December 31, 2013, deposits totaled $684.2 million and were composed primarily of retail deposits from within our primary market area. We have reduced our brokered deposits to $11.5 million at December 31, 2013, or 1.7% of total deposits, from $78.6 million, or 10.5% of total deposits at December 31, 2011. We have consistently focused on building broader customer relationships and targeting small- to medium-sized business customers to increase our core deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposit accounts consist of savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, commercial and regular checking accounts and individual retirement accounts. Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are reviewed on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market interest rates, liquidity requirements, and our deposit growth goals.

Anticipated Increase in Noninterest Expense

Following the completion of the offering, we anticipate that salary, professional fees, and miscellaneous noninterest expense will increase as a result of the increased costs associated with managing a public company. Also, following the offering, we intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted stock awards to our directors, officers and other employees. Any such stock-based benefit plans will be established no sooner than six months after the offering closes, and will require the approval of our shareholders.

 

70


Table of Contents

Assuming that the adjusted maximum number of shares are sold in the offering (5,686,750 shares):

 

    our stock-based benefit plans would grant stock options to purchase shares equal to 7% of the total shares issued in the offering, or 398,000 shares, to eligible participants, which would result in compensation expense over the vesting period of the options. Assuming a five-year vesting period and a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis of $3.33 per option, as described in “Pro Forma Data,” the annual expense associated with stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plans would be approximately $0.2 million; and

 

    our stock-based benefit plans would award a number of shares equal to 3% of the total shares issued in the offering, or 171,000 shares, to eligible participants, which would be expensed as the awards vest. Assuming that all shares are awarded under the stock-based benefit plans at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual expense associated with shares awarded under the stock-based benefit plans would be approximately $0.2 million.

The actual expense of shares awarded under one or more stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the fair market value of the stock on the grant date, which might be greater than $10.00 per share. Further, the actual expense of stock options granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately used.

We may award shares of common stock and grant options in excess of 3% and 7%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the completion of the conversion and the offering. This would further increase our expenses associated with stock-based benefit plans.

Critical Accounting Policies.

We consider accounting policies that require management to exercise significant judgment or discretion or make significant assumptions that have, or could have, a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income, to be critical accounting policies. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. As of December 31, 2013, there is not a significant difference in the presentation of our financial statements as compared to other public companies as a result of this transition guidance.

 

71


Table of Contents

We consider the following to be our critical accounting policies.

Allowance for Loan Losses . We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an amount estimated to equal all credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at a balance sheet date. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on evaluations, at least quarterly, of the loan portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires an estimate of the loss content for each risk rating and for each impaired loan, an estimate of the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows, and an estimate of the value of collateral. Based on our estimate of the level of allowance for loan losses required, we record a provision for loan losses to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level.

All loan losses are charged to the allowance for loan losses and all recoveries are credited to it. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are provided by charges to income based on various factors which in our judgment deserve current recognition in estimating probable losses. When any loan or portion thereof is classified “doubtful” or “loss,” the loan will be charged down or charged off against the allowance for loan losses. Loans are deemed “doubtful” or “loss” based on a variety of credit, collateral, documentation and other issues. When collateral is foreclosed or repossessed, any principal charge-off related to that transaction, based upon the most current appraisal or evaluation, along with estimated sales expenses is taken at that time.

The determination of the allowance for loan losses is based on management’s current judgments about the loan portfolio credit quality and management’s consideration of all known relevant internal and external factors that affect loan collectability, as of the reporting date. We cannot predict with certainty the amount of loan charge-offs that will be incurred. We value non-homogeneous loans in our portfolio for specific impairment based primarily on appraised values less selling costs. We value homogeneous loans based on our historical loss experience within individual loan types. Qualitative and environmental factors are used to account for trends in economic conditions not captured in historical loss experience. In addition, our various regulatory agencies, as part of their examination processes, periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require that we recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”). In accordance with accounting standards, we classify loans as TDRs when certain modifications are made to the loan terms and concessions are granted to borrowers whom we consider to have a defined financial difficulty. A defined financial difficulty includes a deficient global cash flow coverage ratio, a significant decline in a credit score, defaults with other creditors and other increases in the borrower’s risk profile that signify the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. Our practice is to only restructure loans for borrowers in financial difficulty that have designed a viable business plan to fully pay off all outstanding debt, interest and fees post-restructure either by generating additional income from the business or through liquidation of assets. Generally, these loans are restructured to provide the borrower additional time to execute its business plan. With respect to TDRs, we grant concessions by reducing the stated interest rate for a specific time period, providing an interest-only period, or extending the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk.

 

72


Table of Contents

From time to time, in the normal course of business, we modify the interest rate and/or the amortization period of performing loans upon the request of the borrower. This is often done for competitive reasons in order to retain the borrower’s business. Where the borrower does not have a defined financial difficulty, such modifications are not classified as TDRs. Also, when we receive a material credit enhancement, such as an additional guarantee, additional collateral or a principal curtailment, in exchange for a concession, we do not classify the modification as a TDR.

Impaired loans. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. All TDRs are classified as impaired loans.

We monitor collateral values of collateral-dependent impaired loans and periodically update our determination of the fair value of the collateral. Appraisals and evaluations are performed for collateral-dependent impaired loans at least every 12 months. In determining the fair value of collateral, market values are discounted so as to take into account typical selling expenses and closing costs if foreclosure of the property is deemed likely. We generally discount current market values by 10% to reflect the typical selling expenses, inclusive of real estate commissions charged on the sale by brokers in our markets. The discount applied for legal fees varies depending on the nature and anticipated complexity of the foreclosure, with a higher discount applied when the foreclosure is expected to be complex.

Evaluations are used predominately for residential-use properties for which market data is readily available or where we have recently liquidated a comparable property in close proximity to the subject real estate. We also use a service comparable to an automated valuation model to support internal evaluations. This service provides subject property and comparable data by compiling public information such as assessed tax values. We generally rely on external appraisers to value more complex income-producing property and other construction and land loans which require discounted cash flow assessments based on more complex market data research than what is normally available to us.

We adjust collateral values if we receive market data or evidence from recent sales of similar properties indicating that the appraised value of the collateral exceeds the value we can reasonably expect to receive upon its sale. Adjustments to increase appraised values are not permitted . We use realtors and market data to estimate the potential deficiency when we suspect the fair value of the collateral is less than the outstanding principal balance on a loan and an updated appraisal has not yet been received.

 

73


Table of Contents

Deferred Tax Assets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on our deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination as to whether we will be able to realize a deferred tax asset is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning our evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, our forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. Positive evidence includes the existence of taxes paid in available carryback years as well as the probability that taxable income will be generated in future periods, while negative evidence includes any cumulative losses in the current year and prior two years and general business and economic trends. We had net cumulative losses for the three years ended December 31, 2013. This extended period of losses, combined with our analysis of future earnings, resulted in us establishing a valuation allowance of $22.6 million against our deferred tax asset at December 31, 2013.

Real Estate Owned (REO). REO, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu of foreclosure in satisfaction of loans, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources. The cost or fair value is then reduced by estimated selling costs. Management also considers other factors, including changes in absorption rates, length of time a property has been on the market and anticipated sales values, which may result in adjustments to the collateral value estimates. At the time of foreclosure or initial possession of collateral, any excess loan balance over the fair value of the REO is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses.

Subsequent declines in the fair value of REO below the new cost basis are recorded through valuation adjustments. Significant judgments and complex estimates are required in estimating the fair value of REO, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. In response to market conditions and other economic factors, management may utilize liquidation sales as part of its problem asset disposition strategy. As a result of the significant judgments required in estimating fair value and the variables involved in different methods of disposition, the net proceeds realized from sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates used to determine the fair value of REO. Management reviews the value of REO each quarter and adjusts the values as appropriate. Appraisals are obtained no less frequently than annually. Any subsequent adjustments to the value, and gains or losses on sales are recorded as “loss” on REO. Revenue and expenses from REO operations are recorded as REO expense. Both are components of noninterest expense.

 

74


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Analysis: December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

Total assets increased $14.7 million, or 1.9%, to $784.6 million at December 31, 2013, from $769.9 million at December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily a result of the Bank borrowing an additional $15.0 million in FHLB advances and experiencing $9.1 million of deposit growth during 2013. This additional funding was largely invested in additional cash and cash equivalents which increased $9.0 million, or 35.3%, and additional investment securities which increased $45.4 million, or 34.6%, during 2013. Decreases in net loans, which declined $38.9 million, or 6.9%, and REO, which declined $9.2 million, or 46.8%, also contributed to the increase in cash and investable assets.

Total liabilities increased by $24.4 million, or 3.35%, to $752.0 million at December 31, 2013, from $727.6 million at December 31, 2012, driven largely by an increase in deposits and FHLB advances. Total deposits increased by $9.1 million due primarily to an increase of $10.5 million, or 17.7% in non-interest bearing deposits. Interest-bearing deposits, excluding brokered deposits, increased by $10.3 million, or 1.7%. Interest bearing brokered deposits, decreased by $11.7 million, or 50.4%. FHLB advances increased by 60.0% to $40.0 million at December 31, 2013 from $25.0 million at December 31, 2012. The $15.0 million increase in FHLB advances had a blended weighted interest rate of 0.62%, and terms of 18 months to three years. This longer-term, low-cost funding was secured in order to mitigate our interest rate risk in anticipation of rising rates in the future.

Total equity declined by $9.8 million, or 23.1%, to $32.5 million at December 31, 2013, from $42.3 million at December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily the result of a decrease of $9.4 million in accumulated other comprehensive income due to an increase in net unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and an increase in the deferred tax valuation allowance for unrealized losses on securities available for sale. A net loss of $0.4 million also contributed to the decline in total equity.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Total cash and cash equivalents increased $9.0 million, or 35.3%, to $34.3 million at December 31, 2013, from $25.4 million at December 31, 2012. The majority of this increase was due to an increase in interest-earning deposits with the FRB and FHLB, which increased $8.0 million, or 46.7%, to $25.2 million at December 31, 2013 from $17.2 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in cash and cash equivalents during 2013 is, in part, the result of the our decision to increase our liquidity in order to improve our interest rate risk position in advance of an expected rising interest rate environment.

 

75


Table of Contents

Loans. The following table presents our loan portfolio composition and the corresponding percentage of total loans as of the dates indicated. Other construction and land loans include residential acquisition and development loans, commercial undeveloped land and one- to four-family improved and unimproved lots. Commercial real estate includes non-residential owner occupied and non-owner occupied real estate, multi-family, and owner-occupied investment property. Commercial business loans include unsecured commercial loans and commercial loans secured by business assets.

 

    At December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                   

One- to four-family residential

  $ 225,520        43.1   $ 227,726        40.5   $ 231,564        37.5   $ 254,160        35.4   $ 244,830        31.6

Commercial

    155,633        29.7     173,529        30.8     180,820        29.3     201,219        28.0     197,006        25.4

Home equity loans and lines of credit

    56,836        10.9     62,090        11.0     68,952        11.2     75,322        10.5     90,219        11.7

One- to four-family residential construction

    8,952        1.7     10,309        1.8     9,325        1.5     15,552        2.2     28,559        3.7

Other construction and land

    64,927        12.4     76,788        13.6     112,926        18.3     151,894        21.2     190,983        24.7

Commercial

    8,285        1.6     9,771        1.8     10,943        1.7     15,395        2.1     16,545        2.1

Consumer

    3,654        0.7     2,676        0.5     3,051        0.5     4,288        0.6     6,242        0.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

    523,807        100.0     562,889        100.0     617,581        100.0     717,830        100.0     774,384        100.0
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Less: Net deferred loan fees

    1,933          2,165          2,032          2,326          2,646     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total loans, net

  $ 521,874        $ 560,724        $ 615,549        $ 715,504        $ 771,738     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Percentage of total assets

    66.5       72.8       70.4       70.0       71.6  

In mid-2007, as economic conditions began to deteriorate, management recognized the need to reduce the Bank’s concentration in higher risk loans, especially other construction and land development loans. The Bank subsequently reduced its concentration in other construction and land loans to 12.4% of total loans at December 31, 2013, from 24.7% of total loans at December 31, 2009. Reductions have been achieved through payoffs of maturing loans, fewer loan originations, and foreclosure of non-performing loans.

Net loans as a percentage of total assets declined from a high of 71.6% at December 31, 2009, to 66.5% at December 31, 2013. This decline has been due to a number of factors including: (i) management’s desire to decrease the loan portfolio due to capital limitations; (ii) weak market conditions and soft loan demand from qualified borrowers and; (iii) an increased rate of foreclosures and charge-offs. During 2013, net loans declined by $38.9 million, or 6.9%, to $521.9 million at December 31, 2013 from $560.7 million at December 31, 2012. Although some stabilization in collateral prices has been experienced in our primary market area, loan demand across all categories of lending remains below pre-2008 levels.

The following tables present loans by contractual maturity along with corresponding weighted average rates by category as of December 31, 2013.

 

    One- to four-family
residential real estate
    Commercial real estate     Home equity loans
and lines of credit
    One- to four-family
Residential
Construction
 
    Amount     Weighted
Average rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average rate
    Amount     Weighted
Average rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Twelve Months Ending December 31,

               

2014

  $ 3,623        6.05   $  19,853        5.42   $ 388        5.09   $ 625        4.55

2015

    4,270        5.55        13,503        5.18        337        6.18        587        4.00   

2016

    2,940        5.71        9,124        5.07        1,109        5.26        206        5.50   

2017 to 2018

    4,439        5.14        14,305        5.62        11,563        5.67        500        5.88   

2019 to 2023

    8,412        5.03        23,645        4.85        33,819        5.42        103        7.00   

2024 to 2028

    44,387        4.08        19,458        5.05        9,605        4.81        591        5.74   

2029 and beyond

    157,449        4.44        55,745        4.79        15        4.25        6,340        4.03   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $  225,520        4.48   $  155,633        5.04   $  56,836        5.37   $  8,952        4.35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents
     Other construction and land     Commercial     Consumer     Total  
     Amount      Weighted
Average

Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average

Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average

Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average

Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Twelve Months Ending December 31,

                    

2014

   $ 12,942         4.64   $ 1,921         5.58   $ 949         4.70   $ 40,301         5.19 %% 

2015

     4,581         5.12        766         5.64        313         7.03        24,357         5.26

2016

     10,006         4.32        876         5.25        612         6.71        24,873         4.90

2017 to 2018

     5,458         4.61        1,812         5.78        432         5.71        38,509         5.45

2019 to 2023

     8,533         5.66        2,822         4.80        745         4.91        78,079         5.21

2024 to 2028

     7,420         6.06        0         —          81         7.95        81,542         4.59

2029 and beyond

     15,987         5.64        88         17.54        522         14.20        236,146         4.62
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 64,927         5.14      $ 8,285         5.46      $ 3,654         6.90      $ 523,807         4.86
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Longer term one- to four-family residential, construction, commercial real estate, and home equity loans and lines of credit typically carry interest rates which adjust to U.S. Treasury indices or The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate. Longer term one- to-four family residential construction loans represent construction-permanent loans which, upon completion of the construction phase, become one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

The following table presents loans with predetermined interest rates and adjustable interest rates due after December 31, 2014.

 

     Due after December 31, 2014  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

        

One-to four-family residential

   $ 89,753       $ 132,144       $ 221,897   

Commercial

     44,598         91,182         135,780   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     6,955         49,493         56,448   

One- to four-family residential construction

     2,174         6,153         8,327   

Other construction and land

     16,135         35,850         51,985   

Commercial

     2,317         4,047         6,364   

Consumer

     2,355         350         2,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 164,287       $ 319,219       $ 483,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, our largest lending relationship was with a real estate investor, located in our primary market area. As of December 31, 2013, the borrower had 26 separate loans, with an aggregate principal loan balance of $9.8 million. Although the borrower was current with payments on the loans, its cash flows and reserves recently deteriorated and as a consequence the entire lending relationship was classified as impaired at December 31, 2013. All of the borrower’s loans have been placed on nonaccrual and total reserves of $2.3 million have been established.

The next nine largest lending relationships accounted for over 74 loans and had an aggregate principal loan balance of $45.7 million as of December 31, 2013. All of these next nine largest lending relationships, which had loan balances ranging from $3.7 million to $6.4 million, were performing and were not classified or impaired as of December 31, 2013.

 

77


Table of Contents

Delinquent Loans. When a loan become 15 days past due, we contact the borrower to inquire as to why the loan is past due. When a loan become 30 days or more past due, we increase collection efforts to include all available forms of communication. Once a loan becomes 45 days past due, we generally issue a demand letter and further explore the reasons for non-repayment, discuss repayment options, and inspect the collateral. In the event the loan officer or collections staff has reason to believe restructuring will be mutually beneficial to the borrower and the Bank, the borrower will be referred to the Bank’s Loss Mitigation Manager to explore restructuring alternatives to foreclosure. Once the demand period has expired and it has been determined that restructuring is not a viable option, the Bank’s counsel is instructed to pursue foreclosure.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time a loan becomes 90 days delinquent or when it becomes impaired, whichever occurs first, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual is reversed. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally applied as a direct reduction to the principal outstanding until the loan is returned to accrual status. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans may be recognized as income on a cash basis if recovery of the remaining principal is reasonably assured. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest payments applied to principal while the loan was on nonaccrual may be recognized in income over the remaining life of the loan after the loan is returned to accrual status.

If a loan is modified in a TDR, the loan is generally placed on non-accrual until there is a period of satisfactory payment performance by the borrower (either immediately before or after the restructuring), generally six consecutive months, and the ultimate collectability of all amounts contractually due is not in doubt.

 

78


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio delinquencies at the dates indicated. We have no loans past due 90 days and over that are still accruing interest.

 

     Delinquent loans  
     30-89 Days
Amount
    90 Days and over
(Non-Accrual)
Amount
    Total
Amount
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At December 31, 2013

      

Real estate loans:

      

One- to four-family residential

   $ 6,208      $ 2,587      $ 8,795   

Commercial

     4,799        722        5,521   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     342        350        692   

One- to four-family residential construction

     120        —          120   

Other construction and land

     684        970        1,654   

Commercial

     35        —          35   

Consumer

     27        —          27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 12,215      $ 4,629      $ 16,844   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total loans, net

     2.34     0.89     3.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

      

Real estate loans:

      

One- to four-family residential

   $ 7,413      $ 4,018      $ 11,431   

Commercial

     8,961        2,372        11,333   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     935        785        1,720   

One- to four-family residential construction

     302        194        496   

Other construction and land

     1,277        6,234        7,511   

Commercial

     55        12        67   

Consumer

     15        —          15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 18,958      $ 13,615      $ 32,573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total loans, net

     3.38     2.43     5.81
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

      

Real estate loans:

      

One- to four-family residential

   $ 7,981      $ 12,706      $ 20,687   

Commercial

     8,913        4,530        13,443   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     1,152        1,826        2,978   

One- to four-family residential construction

     867        1,396        2,263   

Other construction and land

     5,373        10,360        15,733   

Commercial

     183        39        222   

Consumer

     36        37        73   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 24,505      $ 30,894      $ 55,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total loans, net

     3.98     5.02     9.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

      

Real estate loans:

      

One-to four-family residential

   $ 5,948      $ 17,525      $ 23,473   

Commercial

     7,179        4,906        12,085   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     1,674        1,362        3,036   

One- to four-family residential construction

     475        1,777        2,252   

Other construction and land

     5,600        20,661        26,261   

Commercial

     185        957        1,142   

Consumer

     90        9        99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 21,151      $ 47,197      $ 68,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total loans, net

     2.96     6.60     9.55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

      

Real estate loans:

      

One-to four-family residential

   $ 4,664      $ 8,407      $ 13,071   

Commercial

     2,037        3,477        5,514   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     2,466        1,960        4,426   

One- to four-family residential construction

     2,974        1,294        4,268   

Other construction and land

     5,639        4,289        9,928   

Commercial

     237        275        512   

Consumer

     203        22        225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 18,220      $ 19,724      $ 37,944   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of total loans, net

     2.36     2.56     4.92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Total delinquencies as a percentage of net loans have decreased from a high of 9.55% at December 31, 2010 to 5.81% at December 31, 2012, and 3.23% at December 31, 2013, representing a decrease of 66.2% between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2013. Loans past due 90 days and over and on non-accrual have experienced a similar decline, decreasing from a high of 6.60% at December 31, 2010, to 2.43% at December 31, 2012, and 0.89% at December 31, 2013, a decrease of 86.5% between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2013. The decrease in delinquencies is consistent with the improving economic health of our primary market area.

The following table presents interest income lost on non-accrual loans for the periods indicated.

 

     For the years ended  
     December 31,      December 31,      December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Gross interest income

   $ 247       $ 917       $ 2,317   

Interest income recognized

     32         170         376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income foregone

   $ 215       $ 747       $ 1,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Non-performing Assets. Non-performing assets include loans past due 90 days and over and on non-accrual status, impaired loans that are current, TDR loans that are current but have not yet established a satisfactory period of payment performance, and REO. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

          

Real estate loans:

          

One- to four-family residential

   $ 2,794      $ 5,367      $ 15,985      $ 21,118      $ 8,450   

Commercial (1)

     10,212        4,664        8,015        9,338        4,445   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     350        852        2,668        1,362        1,960   

One- to four-family residential construction

     —          655        1,396        1,777        1,294   

Other construction and land

     2,068        6,176        13,405        25,822        4,922   

Commercial

     190        12        42        1,056        345   

Consumer

     13        1        38        9        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     15,627        17,727        41,549        60,482        21,438   

REO:

          

One- to four-family residential

     1,076        3,779        4,807        4,727        6,061   

Commercial

     2,988        5,049        3,255        2,244        858   

One- to four-family residential construction

     210        1,176        700        985        426   

Other construction and land

     6,232        9,751        8,068        13,555        15,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total foreclosed real estate

     10,506        19,755        16,830        21,511        22,829   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 26,133      $ 37,482      $ 58,379      $ 81,993      $ 44,267   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings still accruing

   $ 23,015      $ 21,408      $ 17,624      $ 15,095      $ 22,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

          

Non-performing loans to total loans

     2.99     3.16     6.75     8.45     2.78

Non-performing assets to total assets

     3.33     4.87     6.67     8.02     4.10

 

(1) See the below description of the impairment of a $ 9.8 million loan relationship during 2013, which accounts for a significant portion of our non-performing commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2013.

Total non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans decreased from a high of 8.45% at December 31, 2010, to 3.16% at December 31, 2012, and 2.99% at December 31, 2013, representing a decrease of 64.6% between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2013. Similarly, total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets decreased from a high of 8.02% at December 31, 2010, to 4.87% at December 31, 2012, and 3.33% at December 31, 2012, representing a decrease of 58.5% between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2013. This decrease in non-performing loans and non-performing assets is due to a combination of the improving economy and the Bank’s aggressive resolution and disposal of non-performing loans and non-performing assets by means of restructure, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure and short sales for less than the amount of the indebtedness, in which cases the deficiency is charged-off.

Non-performing commercial real estate loans increased $5.5 million to $10.2 million at December 31, 2013, from $4.7 million at December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily related to the Bank reclassifying a $9.8 million loan relationship as impaired, and moving the loans to non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013. Although the borrower was current with its loan payments, its cash flows and reserves recently deteriorated and as a consequence the entire lending relationship was classified as impaired at December 31, 2013. All of the borrower’s loans have been placed on nonaccrual and total reserves of $2.3 million have been established.

The next largest lending relationship placed on nonaccrual as of December 31, 2013, was a $0.7 million TDR loan secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate located in western North Carolina. This TDR loan has been performing since it was restructured, and consequently was returned to accrual status in January 2014, following six consecutive months of amortizing payments.

 

81


Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR). In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession, for other than an insignificant period of time, that we would not otherwise grant, the related loan is classified as a TDR. We strive to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early in order that we may work with them to modify their loans before they reach nonaccrual status. Modified terms generally include extensions of maturity dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk characteristics, reductions in contractual interest rates, periods of interest-only payments, and principal deferments. While unusual, there may be instances of forgiveness of loan principal. We individually evaluate all substandard loans that experienced a modification of terms to determine if a TDR has occurred.

All TDRs are considered to be impaired loans and are reported as such for the remaining life of the loan, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and the ultimate collectability of all amounts contractually due is not in doubt.

The following table presents our TDRs as of the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

TDRs still accruing interest:

   $ 23,015       $ 21,408       $ 17,624   

TDRs not accruing interest:

     1,975         5,450         11,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 24,990       $ 26,858       $ 29,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As noted in the above table, the majority of our borrowers with restructured loans have been able to comply with the revised payment terms for at least six consecutive months, resulting in their respective loans being restored to accrual status. This pattern accounts for the increasing trend in accruing TDR loans and decreasing trend in non-accruing TDR loans, as noted in the above table.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table presents details of TDRs made in each of the years indicated.

 

Year

Ended
December 31,

  

Modification Type

   Number of
TDR Loans
     Pre-Modification
Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Recorded
Investment
 
                 (Dollars in thousands)  
2013    Interest rate concessions      7       $ 2,551       $ 2,150   
   Extended payment terms      2         677         372   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total      9       $ 3,228       $ 2,522   
2012    Interest rate consessions      13       $ 7,401       $ 6,086   
   Extended payment terms      2         929         684   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total      15       $ 8,330       $ 6,770   
2011    Interest rate concessions      16       $ 7,375       $ 6,325   
   Extended payment terms      3         3,902         3,902   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total      19       $ 11,277       $ 10,227   

As indicated in the above table, both the number and the aggregate value of TDRs made during 2012 and 2013 have declined when compared against the previous year. These year-on-year reductions reflect improving economic conditions resulting in fewer borrowers requesting or requiring concessions.

Classification of Loans. Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans and other assets that are considered to be of lesser quality including “substandard,” “doubtful”, or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it displays an identifiable weakness without appropriate mitigating factors where there is the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if deficiencies are not corrected. “Substandard” loans may include some deterioration in repayment capacity and/or loan-to-value of underlying collateral. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that collection in full is highly questionable or improbable. Assets classified as “loss” are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets is not warranted. Assets that do not expose us to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve our close attention, are designated as “special mention.”

We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an amount estimated to equal all credit losses incurred in our loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at the balance sheet date. We review our asset portfolio no less frequently than quarterly to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines.

 

83


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth amounts of classified and criticized loans at the dates indicated. As indicated in the table, loans classified as “doubtful” or “loss” are charged off.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Classified loans:

          

Substandard

   $ 47,019      $ 58,864      $ 86,170      $ 113,178      $ 92,685   

Doubtful

     —          —          —          —          —     

Loss

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total classified loans

     47,019        58,864        86,170        113,178        92,685   

As a % of total loans

     9.01     10.50     14.00     15.82     12.01

Special mention

     37,670        61,698        63,839        64,386        27,356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total criticized loans

   $ 84,689      $ 120,562      $ 150,009      $ 177,564      $ 120,041   

As a % of total loans

     16.23     21.50     24.37     24.82     15.55 %

As indicated in the above table, total classified loans as a percentage of total loans decreased 35.6% between December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2013 and total criticized loans decreased 33.4% over the same period. These reductions reflect an improving economy and an increasing number of criticized loans being paid off or upgraded as a consequence of improvements in our borrowers’ cash flows and collateral values

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses reflects our estimates of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of our loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of our loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect our borrowers’ abilities to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses has two main components: the evaluation of individual loans for impairment and the evaluation of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the original contractual terms of the loan. We individually evaluate all loans classified as “substandard” or nonaccrual. If the impaired loan is considered collateral dependent, a charge-off is taken based upon the appraised value of the property (less an estimate of selling costs if foreclosure is anticipated). If the impaired loan is not collateral dependent, a specific reserve is established based upon an estimate of the future discounted cash flows after consideration of modifications and the likelihood of future default and prepayment.

The allowance for homogenous loans consists of a base loss reserve and a qualitative reserve. The base loss reserve utilizes a weighted average loss rate for the last 16 quarters, with the most recent four quarters weighted more heavily than the least recent four quarters. The loss rates for the base loss reserve are segmented into 13 loan categories and contain loss rates ranging from approximately 1% to 14%.

 

84


Table of Contents

The qualitative reserve adjusts the weighted average loss rates utilized in the base loss reserve for trends in the following internal and external factors:

 

    Non-accrual and classified loans

 

    Collateral values

 

    Loan concentrations

 

    Economic conditions – including unemployment rates, building permits, and a regional economic index.

Qualitative reserve adjustment factors range from -10 basis points for a favorable trend to +30 basis points for a highly unfavorable trend. These factors are subject to adjustment as economic conditions change.

 

85


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

     At or for the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $  14,874      $  16,710      $ 17,195      $  17,772      $  13,167   

Charge-offs:

          

Real Estate:

          

One- to four-family residential

     1,283        2,510        6,140        3,218        3,057   

Commercial

     2,209        1,850        4,202        1,503        360   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     760        1,617        2,557        3,473        2,479   

One- to four-family residential construction

     193        391        1,043        2,044        2,942   

Other construction and land

     1,512        4,151        12,417        9,646        9,751   

Commercial

     17        295        1,199        582        478   

Consumer

     675        821        1,288        268        294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     6,649        11,636        28,846        20,734        19,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Real Estate:

          

One- to four-family residential

     433        479        540        153        198   

Commercial

     125        249        484        48        11   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     22        107        513        251        22   

One- to four-family residential construction

     111        51        88        153        853   

Other construction and land

     539        642        2,251        525        943   

Commercial

     31        124        103        65        19   

Consumer

     407        270        266        36        69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     1,668        1,922        4,245        1,231        2,115   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     4,981        9,714        24,601        19,503        17,246   

Provision for loan losses

     4,358        7,878        24,116        18,926        21,851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 14,251      $ 14,874      $ 16,710      $ 17,195      $ 17,772   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

          

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     0.93     1.66     3.67     2.61     2.17

Allowance to non-performing loans at period end

     91.19     83.91     40.22     28.43     82.90

Allowance to total loans at period end

     2.73     2.65     2.71     2.40     2.30

Years of charge-offs in allowance for loan losses

     2.86        1.53        0.68        0.88        1.03   

As indicated in the above table, our net charge-offs to average loans have declined from a high of 3.67% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 1.66% and 0.93% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing a decrease of 74.7% between December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2013. At the same time, we have been cautious about reducing the level of our allowance for loan loss prematurely and have avoided taking a negative provision. This decision has allowed our nonperforming loan coverage ratio to rise from a low 28.43% at December 31, 2010 to 83.91% at December 31, 2012 and 91.19% at December 31, 2013, representing a 220.8% increase between December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2013. Our allowance for loan losses to total loans at December 31, 2013 totaled 2.73%, which represents a reserve of approximately 2.86 years. This compares favorably to December 31, 2011, when our allowance approximated only 0.68 years of charge-offs.

We have restructured some of our loans using an “A/B” note process. Using this process, the “B” note is charged off, and the remaining “A” note may be returned to performing status if the borrower demonstrates its

 

86


Table of Contents

ability to repay by timely paying at least six consecutive months of amortizing payments. Through December 31, 2013, we have restructured 10 notes with resulting “B” notes totaling $2.7 million being charged off. These “A” notes are included in our TDRs and only one in the amount of $0.7 million was still in nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2013.

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table provides details of the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

    At December 31,     At December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
    Allowance     % of
Loans
to
Total
Loans
    Allowance     % of
Loans
to
Total
Loans
    Allowance     % of
Loans
to
Total
Loans
    Allowance     % of
Loans
to
Total
Loans
    Allowance     % of
Loans
to
Total
Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

                   

One- to four-family residential

  $ 3,693        43.1   $ 4,620        40.5   $ 4,571        37.5   $ 4,097        35.4   $ 3,820        31.6

Commercial

    4,360        29.7        2,973        30.8        4,338        29.3        4,206        28.0        3,146        25.4   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

    1,580        10.9        2,002        11.0        1,562        11.2        1,428        10.5        2,392        11.7   

One- to four-family residential construction

    501        1.7        429        1.8        397        1.5        540        2.2        878        3.7   

Other construction and land

    3,516        12.4        4,059        13.6        5,456        18.3        6,638        21.2        6,603        24.7   

Commercial business

    336        1.6        379        1.8        300        1.7        236        2.1        823        2.1   

Consumer

    265        0.7        412        0.5        86        0.5        50        0.6        110        0.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 14,251        100.1   $ 14,874        100.0      $ 16,710        100.0   $ 17,195        100.0   $ 17,772        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We compute our allowance either through a specific allowance to individually impaired loans or through a general allowance applied to homogeneous loans by loan type. The above allocation represents the allocation of the allowance by loan type of all loans regardless of specific or general calculations. The largest allocation proportionate to outstanding balances has been made to other construction and land loans and commercial real estate loans.

 

87


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans The following table shows recorded loan balances, the unpaid principal balances, partial charge-offs, and specific allowances for impaired loans as of the dates indicated. The table also shows the sum of the specific allowances and partial charge-offs expressed as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance.

 

          Recorded
Balance
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Partial
Charge-
Offs
     Specific
Allowance
     % of
Specific Allowance
& Partial Charge-off
to Unpaid Principal
Balance
 
          (Dollars in thousands)  
2013    Loans without a valuation allowance    $ 19,282         21,783         2,501         —           11.5
   Loans with a valuation allowance      20,788         20,788         —           4,068         19.6
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total    $ 40,070         42,571         2,501         4,068         15.4
2012    Loans without a valuation allowance    $ 16,091         17,999         1,908         —           10.6
   Loans with a valuation allowance      18,645         19,220         575         3,386         20.6
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total    $ 34,736         37,219         2,483         3,386         15.8
2011    Loans without a valuation allowance    $ 18,466         24,922         6,456         —           25.9
   Loans with a valuation allowance      14,073         14,167         94         2,549         18.7
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total    $ 32,539         39,089         6,550         2,549         23.3

As indicated in the above table, during the period presented, we have consistently maintained between 15.4% and 23.3% of impaired loans in a reserve, either through a direct charge-off or in a specific reserve included as part of the allowance for loan losses. The balance in impaired loans has grown from December 31, 2011, through December 31, 2013, in part, because of the inclusion of TDRs, which are accounted for as impaired loans for the remainder of the life of such loan.

Real Estate Owned (REO). The table below summarizes the balances and activity in REO at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

One- to four-family residential

   $ 1,076      $ 3,779      $ 4,807   

One- to four-family residential contruction

     210        1,176        700   

Commercial Real Estate

     2,988        5,049        3,255   

Other Construction and Land

     6,232        9,751        8,068   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,506      $ 19,755      $ 16,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 19,755        16,830        21,512   

Additions

     8,651        21,295        20,610   

Disposals

     (11,262     (16,433     (21,551

Writedowns

     (4,093     (2,089     (6,042

Other

     (2,545     152        2,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 10,506      $ 19,755      $ 16,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As indicated in the above table, the balance in REO has decreased by 37.6%, or $6.3 million, from a balance of $16.8 million at December 31, 2011 to a balance of $10.5 million at December 31, 2013 . This decrease reflects a significant reduction in the amount of additional REO in 2013 as compared to 2012 and 2011, REO disposals in 2013 exceeding the amount of additions for the same period, and aggregate write-downs of $12.2 million over the three-year period.

 

88


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, our REO with the highest balance ($1.2 million) consisted of approximately 14 acres of commercial land with frontage on US Highway 441 in Franklin, NC. The land is located in close proximity to our corporate office. The current book balance is net of a $0.6 million sale of approximately eight acres in September 2013. The property was acquired in September 2009 and most recently valued in November 2013 and is being actively marketed through a local real estate broker.

Investment Securities. Our investment securities portfolio is classified as both “available-for-sale” and “held-to-maturity”. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value. The following table shows the amortized cost and fair value for our available for sale investment portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair value  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Investment securities available-for-sale:

                 

U.S. Government and agency securities:

                 

U.S. Government and agency obligations

   $ 3,557       $ 3,492       $ 7,760       $ 7,758       $ 28,231       $ 28,271   

U.S. Government structured agency obligations

     19,420         18,407         22,018         21,983         28,010         28,087   

Municipal obligations

     26,963         25,602         18,515         18,943         35,070         36,772   

Mortgage-backed securities:

                 

U.S. Government agency

     88,818         86,224         70,314         71,796         86,246         88,504   

SBA securities

     18,472         18,162         7,071         7,421         3,039         3,338   

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     3,141         3,029         2,535         2,605         5,174         5,218   

Mutual Funds

     576         568         564         585         543         560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 160,947       $ 155,484       $ 128,777       $ 131,091       $ 186,313       $ 190,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-sale investment securities increased $24.4 million, or 18.6%, to $155.5 million at December 31, 2013, from $131.1 million at December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of a decline in the demand for loans by qualified borrowers, combined with an increase in deposit balances and FHLB advances during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Held-to-maturity investment securities are carried at cost. The following table shows the amortized cost and fair value for our held-to-maturity investment portfolio as of the most recent year end.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair value  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Investment securities held-to-maturity:

     

U.S. Government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Government structured agency obligations

   $ 20,988         20,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held-to-maturity

   $ 20,988         20,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

Held-to-maturity investment securities increased $21.0 million to $21.0 million at December 31, 2013 from $0.0 million at December 31, 2012, principally as a result of reclassification of U. S. Government structured agency obligations from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity. The reclassification will remain in effect until the investments are called or mature. We reclassified these securities to minimize the impact of future interest rates or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The difference between the book values and fair values at the date of the transfer will continue to be reported in a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income, and will be amortized into income over the remaining life of the security as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of a premium. Concurrently, the revised book values of the transferred securities (represented by the market value on the date of transfer) are being amortized back to their par values over the remaining life of the securities as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of a discount.

The following table summarizes unrealized losses on investment securities as of the dates indicated.

 

     12 Months or Less      More Than 12 Months      Total  
     #
Securities
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     #
Securities
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     #
Securities
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (Dollar in Thousands)  

2013

     101       $ 135,054         5,832         13       $ 12,335       $ 1,209         114       $ 147,389       $ 7,041   

2012

     31       $ 38,842         228         1       $ 461       $ 36         32       $ 39,303       $ 264   

2011

     9       $ 17,352         64         6       $ 3,739       $ 464         15       $ 21,091       $ 528   

As indicated in the above table, the number and dollar amount of securities with an unrealized loss in both of the categories increased significantly between December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013. We have concluded that this increase in unrealized losses is due entirely to an increase in interest rates. For example, five year U. S. Treasury yield increased from 0.72% at December 31, 2012, to 1.75% at December 31, 2013. Similarly, the 10 year U. S. Treasury yield increased from 1.78% to 3.04% over the same time period. We regularly review our investment portfolio for “other than temporary impairment”, or OTTI, and concluded that no OTTI existed during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. In addition, we do not intend to sell these securities, nor is it more likely than not that we would be required to sell these securities before their anticipated collection dates.

We closely monitor the financial condition of the issuers of our municipal securities, as we consider these securities carry the greatest risk of a potential OTTI to our portfolio. Our municipal securities portfolio consists of approximately 63.8% of general obligation bonds and 36.2% of revenue bonds. At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, all municipal securities were performing. The table below presents the ratings by either Standard and Poors or Moody’s as of the date indicated.

 

     2013      2012  
     Number of
Securities
     Fair Value      Number of
Securities
     Fair Value  

AA- or better

     51       $ 23,663         33       $ 17,368   

Baa1

     1         492         0         —     

BBB+

     1         387         1         461   

Not Rated

     2         1,060         2         1,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     55       $ 25,602         36       $ 18,943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Investment Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2013 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. Municipal securities yields have been adjusted for a 34% federal tax rate. None of the securities in our available-for-sale securities portfolio are due in one year or less.

 

    Through five years     Through ten years     More than ten years     Total securities  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

US Government and agency securities:

                 

Agency Securities

  $ 3,557        1.20   $ —          —     $ —          —     $ 3,557      $ 3,492        1.20

Structured Obligations

    —          —          14,500        1.59        4,920        1.80        19,420        18,407        1.65   

Municipal tax exempt (1)

    —          —          —          —          8,772        6.38        8,772        8,691        6.38   

Municipal taxable

    728        1.84        3,655        2.54        13,808        3.16        18,191        16,911        2.98   

Mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Agency

    —          —          29,735        1.95        59,083        2.51        88,818        86,224        2.33   

SBA

    815        0.96        5,799        1.95        11,858        2.61        18,472        18,162        2.32   

CMO

    —          —          88        3.99        3,053        1.94        3,141        3,029        2.00   

Mutual Fund

    —          —          —          —          576        2.08        576        568        2.08   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

  $ 5,100        1.25   $ 53,777        1.90   $ 102,070        2.89   $ 160,947      $ 155,484        2.51
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Municipal obligations are shown at a federal 34% tax equivalent yield

The composition and maturities of the held-to-maturity securities portfolio at December 31, 2013 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur.

 

     More than 10 years     Total securities  
     Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
 

US Government and agency:

             

Structured obligations

   $ 20,988         3.95   $ 20,988       $ 20,098         3.95
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FHLB Stock. Our stock in the FHLB of Atlanta increased $0.3 million, or 12.5%, to $2.7 million at December 31, 2013, from $2.4 million at December 31, 2012. The amount of FHLB stock required to be owned by the Bank is determined by the amount of FHLB advances outstanding. The increase in our FHLB stock holding was the result of higher FHLB borrowings outstanding which increased from $25.0 million at December 31, 2012 to $40.0 million at December 31, 2013.

Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI). These policies are recorded at fair value based on cash surrender values provided by a third party administrator. BOLI increased $0.5 million to $20.0 million at December 31, 2013 from $19.5 at December 31, 2012. The following table summarizes the composition of BOLI as of the dates indicated:

 

     2013      2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Separate

   $ 11,983         11,743   

General

     7,188         6,969   

Hybrid

     790         767   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total BOLI

   $ 19,961         19,479  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

The assets of the separate account BOLI are invested in the PIMCO Mortgage-backed Securities Account which is composed primarily of U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency sponsored mortgage-backed securities with a rating of Aaa and repurchase agreements with a rating of P-1.

Net Deferred Tax Assets. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability method and are reported net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in tax rate and laws. When deferred tax assets are recognized, they are subject to a valuation allowance based on management’s judgment as to whether realization is more likely than not. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, we considered the following sources of taxable income:

 

    Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;

 

    Future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carry forwards;

 

    Taxable income in prior carryback years; and

 

    Tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented

As a result of the analysis above, we concluded that a valuation allowance was necessary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The recorded balance of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 of $4.2 million represents the amount of tax planning strategies available to the Bank. The tax planning strategies utilized include converting tax free municipal income to taxable income, the intention and ability to hold securities with an unrealized loss, and the ability to create taxable gains on certain insurance policies.

Real Estate Held for Investment. Real estate held for investment increased by $2.5 million, to $2.5 million at December 31, 2013, from $0.0 million at December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we acquired commercial real estate property through foreclosure and leased the property to an investor along with an option to purchase the property. The lease term is 51 months and includes escalating rental

 

92


Table of Contents

payments. In addition, the investor has agreed to make, and has made, substantial repairs and improvements to the property during the lease term. The property was initially recorded at fair value as determined by an independent appraisal and is being depreciated over its estimated useful life.

Deposits. The following table presents average deposits by category, percentage of total average deposits and average rates for the periods indicated.

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposit type:

                     

Savings accounts

   $ 25,625         3.8     0.14   $ 25,208         3.6     0.19   $ 23,515         3.0     0.62

Time deposits

     312,675         45.8        1.45        318,038         45.0        1.99        339,982         43.7        2.63   

Brokered CDs

     16,065         2.4        3.62        46,483         6.6        3.21        105,570         13.6        2.87   

Money market accounts

     181,558         26.6        0.62        187,692         26.6        0.74        188,256         24.2        1.04   

Interest-bearing demand accounts

     77,689         11.4        0.17        68,663         9.7        0.18        65,149         8.4        0.23   

Noninterest-bearing demand accounts

     68,519         10.0        —          60,663         8.6        —          54,859         7.1        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 682,131         100.0     0.85   $ 706,747         100.0     1.12   $ 777,331         100.0     1.44
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

As indicated in the above table, average deposit balances decreased approximately $24.6 million, or 3.48%, during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The primary reason for the decline in average deposit balances, relates to the decline in brokered certificate of deposit accounts which decreased $30.4 million, or 65.4%, during the year ended December 31, 2013. Average demand accounts experienced an increase of $16.9 million, or 13.1%, to $146.2 million at December 31, 2013, from $129.3 million at December 31, 2012, as customer preferences changed.

The following table presents details of the applicable interest rates on our certificates of deposit at the dates indicated. The decrease in higher cost certificates of deposit is due to a combination of existing certificates of deposit maturing without renewal, and the re-pricing of retail certificates at lower rates.

 

     At December 31,      At December 31,      At December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Rate:

        

Less than 2.00%

   $ 250,373       $ 242,412       $ 227,093   

2.00% to 3.99%

     72,491         86,866         182,087   

4.00% to 5.99%

     493         701         6,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 323,357       $ 329,979       $ 415,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents contractual maturities for certificates of deposits in amounts equal to or greater than $100 thousand.

 

     At December 31  
     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 9,638   

Over three months through six months

     16,797   

Over six months through one year

     23,593   

Over one year to three years

     51,881   

Over three years

     33,750   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 135,659   
  

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Borrowings. We have traditionally maintained a balance of borrowings from the FHLB of Atlanta using a combination of fixed borrowings, and fixed borrowings convertible to variable rates at the option for the FHLB. From time to time, we also borrow overnight funds from the FHLB of Atlanta, but had no overnight borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2013. FHLB advances are secured by qualifying one- to four-family permanent and commercial loans, by mortgage-backed securities, and by a blanket collateral agreement with the FHLB of Atlanta. We currently have $53.4 million of excess availability to borrow from the FHLB of Atlanta. In April 2013, we restructured $25.0 million of FHLB advances with an average rate of 3.19% to $25.0 million with an average rate of 2.41%.

The following table details the composition of our FHLB borrowings between fixed and adjustable rate advances as of December 31:

 

2013      2012  
Balance      Type    Rate     Maturity      Balance      Type    Rate     Maturity  
(Dollars in thousands)  
$ 5,000      

Fixed

     0.37     6/30/2015         10,000      

Fixed Convertible

     2.13     2/2/2015   
  5,000      

Fixed

     0.50     12/30/2015         15,000      

Fixed

     3.90     1/28/2019   
  5,000      

Fixed

     0.98     12/30/2016         —         —        —          —     
  10,000      

Fixed

     1.83     4/10/2019         —         —        —          —     
  15,000      

Variable

     2.80     4/10/2020         —         —        —          —     

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

   
$ 40,000            1.74        25,000            3.19  

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

   

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our FHLB advances at the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

     At or for the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at end of period

   $ 40,000      $ 25,000      $ 52,400   

Average balance during period

     26,031        38,098        77,419   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     40,000        49,900        128,400   

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

     1.74     3.19     3.12   

Weighted average interest rate during period

     2.58        3.25        3.74   

 

94


Table of Contents

FHLB advances increased $15.0 million, or 60.0%, to $40.0 million at December 31, 2013, from $25.0 million at December 31, 2012. The $15.0 million increase in advances had a blended weighted interest rate of 0.62% and terms of 18 months to three years. This additional funding was secured to longer term funding at relatively low cost in anticipation of rising interest rates in the future and to improve the Bank’s interest rate risk profile.

At December 31, 2013, the Bank maintained an approximately $57.5 million credit line with the FRB discount window. For the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Bank had no outstanding borrowings with the FRB.

Junior Subordinated Notes. We had $14.4 million in junior subordinated notes outstanding at December 31, 2013, and 2012, payable to an unconsolidated subsidiary. These notes accrue interest at 2.80% above the 90-day LIBOR, adjusted quarterly. The effective interest rate was 3.05% and 3.11% at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Because of the dividend restrictions in the Consent Order, we have been deferring payment of dividends for 12 consecutive quarters. At December 31, 2013, we have deferred payments of interest on the notes in the amount of $1.6 million.

Deferred compensation and post-employment benefits. Deferred compensation and post-employment benefits declined $0.7 million or 6.4%, to $10.2 million at December 31, 2013 from $10.9 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease is a result of ongoing payments. All plans are frozen and no new participants may be added.

Equity. Total equity declined by $9.8 million, or 23.2%, to $32.5 million at December 31, 2013, from $42.3 million at December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily the result of a decrease of $9.4 million in accumulated other comprehensive income due to an increase in net unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and an increase in the deferred tax valuation allowance for unrealized losses on securities available for sale. A net loss of $0.4 million also contributed to the decline in total equity.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

General. Our net income decreased $1.3 million, or 144.4%, to a net loss of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to net income of $0.9 million net income for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our loan loss provision declined $3.5 million, or 44.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, to $4.4

 

95


Table of Contents

million from $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and our gain on sale of loans increased $1.4 million, or 140.0%, to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. These positive trends, however, were offset by increased losses on REO, which includes property valuation write-downs and losses on sales, which increased $1.0 million, or 30.3%, to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $3.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets less interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The following table sets forth average balances of assets and liabilities, the total dollar amounts of interest income and dividends from average interest-earning assets, the total dollar amounts of interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, and the resulting annualized average tax-equivalent yields and costs for the periods indicated . All average balances are daily average balances . Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

 

96


Table of Contents
    For the year ended December 31,  
    2013     2012     2011  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

             

Loans, including loans held for sale

  $ 532,322      $ 27,164        5.10   $ 584,485      $ 30,431        5.21   $ 668,099      $ 34,008        5.09

Loans, Tax Exempt (1)

    1,766        101        5.71   $ 1,730      $ 127        7.36   $ 1,937      $ 150        7.74

Investments - taxable

    161,593        3,447        2.13     140,851        2,930        2.08     149,992        3,736        2.49

Investment securities - tax exempt (2)

    8,771        561        6.39     15,178        964        6.35     36,249        2,291        6.32

FHLB stock at cost

    2,203        59        2.68     4,495        86        1.91     9,045        80        0.88

Other interest earning assets

    1,897        179        9.44     1,334        176        13.19     1,400        127        9.07

Interest earning deposits

    13,978        30        0.21     11,693        17        0.15     17,375        2        0.01
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    722,530        31,541        4.37     759,766        34,731        4.57     884,097        40,394        4.57
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-earning assets

    55,771            56,021            55,466       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 778,301          $ 815,787          $ 939,563       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings accounts

  $ 25,625        36        0.14   $ 25,208        49        0.19   $ 23,515        145        0.62

Certificates of deposit

    328,740        4,534        1.38     364,521        6,314        1.73     445,552        8,953        2.01

Money market accounts

    181,558        1,122        0.62     187,692        1,393        0.74     188,256        1,956        1.04

Interest bearing transaction accounts

    77,689        134        0.17     68,663        127        0.18     65,149        150        0.23
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  —       

Total interest bearing deposits

    613,612        5,826        0.95     646,084        7,883        1.22     722,472        11,204        1.55

FHLB advances

    26,031        672        2.58     38,098        1,238        3.25     77,419        2,899        3.74

Short term borrowings

    3        0        0.22     3        0        0.39     8        0        0.24

Junior Subordinated Debentures

    14,433        490        3.39     14,433        514        3.56     14,433        469        3.25
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    654,079        6,988        1.07     698,618        9,635        1.38     814,332        14,572        1.79
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    68,519            60,663            54,859       

Other non interest bearing liabilities

    14,677            13,862            14,410       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    737,275            773,143            883,601       

Net worth

    41,026            42,644            55,962       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and net worth

  $ 778,301          $ 815,787          $ 939,563       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Tax equivalent net interest income

    $ 24,553          $ 25,096          $ 25,822     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Tax equivalent net interest rate spread  (3)

        3.30         3.19         2.78

Net interest-earning assets  (4)

  $ 68,451          $ 61,148          $ 69,765       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Tax equivalent net interest margin  (5)

        3.40         3.30         2.92

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

    1.10            1.09            1.09       

 

(1) Tax exempt loans are calculated giving effect to a 34% federal tax rate.
(2) Municipal securities are calculated giving effect to a 34% federal tax rate.
(3) Tax equivalent net interest rate spread represents the difference between the tax equivalent yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(5) Tax equivalent net interest margin represents tax equivalent net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The total column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

97


Table of Contents
     For the years ended December 31,
2013 vs. 2012
    For the years ended December 31,
2012 vs. 2011
 
     Increase (decrease) due to     Total increase     Increase (decrease) due to     Total increase  
     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

            

Loans, including loans held for sale

   $ (2,642   $ (625     (3,267   $ (4,359   $ 782      $ (3,577

Loans, text exempt

   $ 3      $ (29     (26   $ (26   $ 3      $ (23

Investment securities - taxable

     444        73        517        (218     (588     (806

Investment securities - tax exempt (2)

     (409     6        (403     (1,338     11        (1,327

FHLB stock at cost

     (54     27        (27     (54     60        6   

Other Interest Earning Assets

     62        (59     3        (6     55        49   

Interest-earning deposits

     4        9        13        (1     16        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     (2,592     (598     (3,190     (6,002     339        (5,663
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

Savings accounts

     (1     14        13        (10     106        96   

Certificates of deposit

     581        1,199        1,780        1,495        1,144        2,639   

Money market accounts

     45        226        271        6        557        563   

Interest bearing transaction accounts

     (14     7        (7     (8     31        23   

FHLB advances

     340        226        566        1,320        341        1,661   

Short term borrowings

     —          —          0        —          —          —     

Junior subordinated debentures

     —          24        24        —          (45     (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     951        1,696        2,647        2,803        2,134        4,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ (1,641   $ 1,098        (543   $ (3,199   $ 2,473      $ (726
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Non-accrual loans are included in the above analysis.
(2) Interest income on tax exempt securities is adjusted for a 34% federal tax rate

Tax equivalent net interest income decreased by $0.5 million, or 2.2%, to $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. As illustrated in the above table, the decrease reflects a reduction due to volume of $1.6 million, partially offset by an increase due to rates of $1.1 million.

The decrease of $1.6 million due to volume is primarily due to the effect of lower average loan balances which decreased $52.1 million in 2013 compared to 2012. This reduction was offset partially by lower levels of deposits and FHLB advances. The lower average loan balances are a result of several factors including high levels of loan payoffs, charge-offs, foreclosures and weak loan demand. The lower deposit balances are primarily a result of paying off higher cost brokered certificates of deposit.

The increase of $1.1 million due to rates is primarily due to the impact of lower average certificate of deposit rates which declined from 1.73% in 2012 to 1.38% in 2013 and lower rates on FHLB advances which declined from 3.25% in 2012 to 2.58% in 2013. The benefit of lower rates on certificates of deposit and FHLB advances was offset partially by lower rates on loans. As noted above, the lower certificate of deposit rates are a result of paying off higher cost brokered certificates of deposit balances. The lower rates on FHLB advances were the result of a $25 million restructuring of existing advances combined with several new advances at lower average rates.

Our tax-equivalent net interest rate spread increased by 11 basis points to 3.30% in 2013, compared to 3.19% in 2012, and our tax equivalent net interest margin increased 10 basis points to 3.40% in 2013, compared to 3.30% in 2012. The primary cause of these increases was a 31 basis point reduction in the cost of liabilities, driven by lower deposit and FHLB advance rates, which more than offset a 20 basis point decrease in asset yields, driven primarily by lower returns on loans.

 

98


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses is the amount charged against earnings for the purpose of establishing an adequate allowance for loan losses. Our provision for loan losses decreased by $3.5 million, or 44.3%, to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The primary factor driving the decrease in the provision for loan losses was a $4.7 million decrease in net charge-offs to $5.0 million in 2013 from $9.7 million in 2012. The provision for loan losses as a percentage of net charge-offs totaled 87.5% and 81.1% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Noninterest Income. The following table summarizes the components of noninterest income and the corresponding change between the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012     Change  

Servicing income, net

   $ (126     (26     (100

Gain on sale of loans

     2,407        1,005        1,402   

Gain on sale of investments

     358        3,294        (2,936

Overdraft fees

     1,139        1,419        (280

ATM and debit fees

     1,009        967        42   

BOLI

     543        595        (52

Other

     1,059        960        99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,389        8,214        (1,825 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The decline in noninterest income was primarily due to a decrease in gains from the sale of investments which declined $2.9 million in 2013 as compared to 2012. As a result of the rising interest rate environment during much of 2013, we were unable to realize the level of investment gains that we had realized in 2012. This decline was offset in part by an increase in gain on sale of loans of $1.4 million in 2013, as compared to 2012. This increase was a result of the historically low interest rates experienced during the summer of 2013 which led to a significant increase in refinance activity. Also adding to the increase in refinance activity was the availability of the House Affordable Refinance Program, or HARP, which permitted borrowers, that might not otherwise qualify, to refinance their mortgage loans.

Noninterest Expense. The following table summarizes the components of noninterest expense and the corresponding change between the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013      2012      Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Compensation and employee benefits

   $ 11,428         10,057         1,371   

Net occupancy

     2,507         2,373         134   

Federal deposit insurance

     1,700         1,652         48   

Professional and advisory

     547         1,000         (453

Data processing

     893         751         142   

REO operations

     1,356         2,156         (800

REO valuation

     4,093         2,089         2,004   

Loss on sale of REO

     163         1,203         (1,040

Other

     3,553         3,772         (219
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           —     

Total noninterest expenses

   $ 26,240         25,053         1,187  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Compensation and employee benefits expense increased by $1.4 million, or 13.6%, to $11.4 million in 2013 as compared to 2012. This increase resulted primarily from an increase of $.9 million in compensation expense and an increase of $.3 million in commissions and referrals related mostly to our mortgage originations business. Our number of full-time equivalent employees also increased to 185 at the end of 2013, as compared to 169 at the end of 2012.

Losses incurred on the periodic valuation of REO properties increased $2.0 million in 2013 as compared to 2012. These losses result from ongoing appraisals on REO properties, which are obtained not less frequently than annually. Expenses are also incurred in maintaining REO properties. REO expenses decreased by $0.8 million, or 37.1%, falling to $1.4 million in 2013 compared to $2.2 million in 2012. This reduction was primarily due to there being fewer properties held in 2013 as compared to 2012. “Loss” on sale of REO declined $1.0 million in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily as a result of some stabilization of real estate prices in our principal market area.

Professional and advisory expenses declined $0.5 million in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily due to increased expenses in 2012 related to the Consent Order.

Income Tax Expense. We recorded a $0.4 million income tax expense in our income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2013. This expense primarily represented a change in the valuation allowance for unrealized gains and losses on investment securities available for sale. The $1.0 million income tax benefit recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily represents a change in the level of tax planning strategies.

Management of Market Risk

General . One of the most significant forms of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Interest rate fluctuations affect earnings by changing net interest income and other interest –sensitive income and expense levels. Interest rate changes affect capital by changing the net present value of bank’s future cash flows, and the cash flows themselves as rates change. Accepting this risk is normal part of banking and can be an important source of profitability and shareholder value. However, excessive risk can threaten a bank’s earnings, capital, liquidity and solvency. Therefore, a principal part of our operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. The Bank Board has established an Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO Committee”), which is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the Board. Our ALCO Committee monitors and manages market risk through rate shock analyses, economic value of equity, or EVE, analyses and simulations in order to avoid unacceptable earnings and market value fluctuations due to changes in interest rates.

Mortgage-backed securities are the single largest group within our investment securities portfolio, representing 58.3% of all securities at December 31, 2013. We sell our long-term fixed rate mortgages to the secondary markets, obtaining commitments to sell at locked-in interest rates prior to issuing a loan commitment. We expect to satisfy future funding requirements with retail deposits, including checking and

 

100


Table of Contents

savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit generated within our markets. If our excess funding needs exceed our deposits, we will utilize our excess funding capacity with the FHLB of Atlanta. Deposits, exclusive of brokered certificates of deposit, increased to $672.7 million at December 31, 2013, from $651.9 million at December 31, 2012. Brokered deposits declined $11.7 million, or 50.4%, to $11.5 million at December 31, 2013, from $23.2 million at December 31, 2012.

We have taken the following steps to reduce our interest rate risk:

 

    increased our personal and business checking accounts and our money market accounts, which are less rate-sensitive than certificates of deposit and which provide us with a stable, low-cost source of funds;

 

    limited the fixed rate period on all loans within our portfolio

 

    utilized our securities portfolio for positioning based on projected interest rate environments;

 

    priced certificates of deposits to encourage customers to extend to longer terms;

 

    utilized FHLB advances for positioning.

We have not conducted hedging activities, such as engaging in futures, options or swap transactions. In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the fair values of our financial instruments.

Economic Value of Equity (EVE). EVE is the difference between the present value of an institution’s assets and liabilities (the institution’s EVE) that would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. EVE is used to monitor interest rate risk beyond the 12 month time horizon of rate shocks. The simulation model uses a discounted cash flow analysis and an option-based pricing approach to measure the interest rate sensitivity of EVE. The model estimated the economic value of each type of asset, liability and off-balance sheet contract using the current interest rate yield curve with instantaneous increases or decreases of 100 to 400 basis points in 100 basis point increments. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below. Given the current relatively low level of market interest rates, an NPV calculation for an interest rate decrease of greater than 100 basis points has not been prepared.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in determining interest rate risk through changes in EVE. Modeling changes in EVE require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs, or loan repayments and deposit decay, respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the EVE information presented assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the EVE information provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.

 

101


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income. In addition to an EVE analysis, we analyze the impact of changing rates on our net interest income. Using our balance sheet as of a given date, we analyze the repricing components of individual assets, and adjusting for changes in interest rates at 100 basis point increments, we analyze the impact on our net interest income. Changes to our net interest income are shown in the following table based on immediate changes to interest rates in 100 basis point increments.

The table below reflects the impact of an immediate increase in interest rates in 100 basis point increments on Net Interest Income (NII) and Economic Value of Equity (EVE).

 

       December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Change in Interest
Rates (basis points)

     % Change in Pretax
Net Interest Income
     % Change in Economic
Value of Equity
    % Change in Pretax
Net Interest Income
    % Change in Economic
Value of Equity
 
(Dollars in thousands)                            
  +400         6.0         (24.2     12.4        (12.5
  +300         3.6         (21.1     9.0        (10.7
  +200         1.5         (15.7     5.7        (6.8
  +100         0.1         (9.1     2.7        (2.6
  0         —           —          —          —     
  -100         -5.1         5.1        (4.7     (3.3

The results from the rate shock analysis on NII and EVE are consistent with having an asset sensitive balance sheet. Having an asset sensitive balance sheet means more assets than liabilities will reprice during measured timeframes. The implications of an asset sensitive balance sheet will differ depending upon the change in market rates. For example, with an asset sensitive balance sheet in a declining interest rate environment, more assets than liabilities will decrease in interest rate. This situation could result in a decrease in NII and operating income. Conversely, with an asset sensitive balance sheet in a rising interest rate environment, more assets than liabilities will increase in rate. This situation could result in an increase in NII and operating income. As indicated in the table above, a 200 basis point increase in rates would result in a 1.5% increase in NII as of December 31, 2013 as compared to a 5.7% increase in NII as of December 31, 2012. A 200 basis point increase in rates would result in a 15.7% decrease in EVE as of December 31, 2013 as compared to a 6.8% decrease in EVE as of December 31, 2012.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, advances from the FHLB of Atlanta, repurchase agreements and maturities, proceeds from the sale of loans originated for sale, principal repayments and the sale of available-for-sale securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. Our ALCO Committee, under the direction of our Chief Operating Officer, is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well as

 

102


Table of Contents

unanticipated contingencies. We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of December 31, 2013. We anticipate that we will maintain higher liquidity levels following the completion of this offering.

We regularly monitor and adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of expected loan demand, expected deposit flows and borrowing maturities, yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities, and the objectives of our asset/liability management program.

Excess liquid assets are invested generally in FHLB of Atlanta and FRB interest-earning deposits and investment securities and are also used to pay off short-term borrowings and, in 2012 and 2013, brokered certificates of deposits.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The level of these assets is dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents totaled $34.3 million. Included in this total is $23.3 million held at FRB and $1.9 million held at the FHLB of Atlanta in interest-earning assets.

Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

At December 31, 2013, we had $0.8 million in outstanding commitments to originate mortgage loans. In addition to commitments to originate mortgage loans, we had $76.3 million in unused lines of credit for home equity loans and $2.5 million for consumer and other lines. Certificates of deposit maturing within one year of December 31, 2013 totaled $134.6 million, or 19.7% of our total deposits.

Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on our deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on certificates of deposit maturing on or before December 31, 2014. Based on historical experience and current market interest rates, we anticipate that following their maturity we will retain a large portion of our retail certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less as of December 31, 2013.

Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our primary investing activity is originating loans. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we experienced a net decrease in loans of $28.0 million, $26.9 million, and $60.7 million, respectively. During these same periods, the Bank acquired REO in satisfaction of loans of $8.7 million, $21.3 million and $20.6 million, respectively. The Bank received sales proceeds, net of funds used to improve REO, of $8.6 million, $11.9 million, and $12.3 million on subsequent REO sales, during these respective periods.

In addition to loans, we invest in securities that provide a source of liquidity, both through repayments and as collateral for borrowings. Our securities portfolio includes both callable securities (which allow the issuer to exercise call options) and mortgage-backed securities (which allow borrowers to prepay loans). Accordingly, a decline in interest rates would likely prompt issuers to exercise call options and borrowers to prepay higher-rate loans, so producing higher than otherwise scheduled cash flows. Prepayments, maturities, and calls in the

 

103


Table of Contents

years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 of $21.1 million, $29.4 million and $27.8 million, respectively, reflected an increase in the long end of the curve of interest rates with reduced levels of prepayments and calls compared to $43.2 million in 2010, when interest rates were still falling. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we had net increases (decreases) in securities of $45.4 million, ($59.7) million, and ($26.0) million, respectively. Through 2013, we generally replaced declining loan balances with securities.

Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and FHLB advances. We experienced a net increase (decrease) in deposits of $9.1 million, ($75.4) million, and ($47.9) million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our competitors, and by our need to fund earning assets.

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of management. If we require more funds than we are able to generate locally, we have borrowing agreements with the FHLB of Atlanta, which provide an additional source of funds. FHLB advances increased by $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and decreased $27.4 million and $76.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as overall demand for loans declined and retail deposits increased. At December 31, 2013, we had $93.4 million of collateral in place at the FHLB, consisting of eligible loans. This provided excess available credit of $53.4 million at December 31, 2013. Securities can also be used, but as of December 31, 2013, no securities are being used as collateral for FHLB borrowings. We have $6.8 million in securities pledged to the FHLB as collateral for public deposits. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had $148.1 million in unpledged securities.

Other than performing our annual funding line test, we have not used the FRB discount window since November, 2009. We had no FRB discount window borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2013 or 2012. At December 31, 2013, we had an available line of credit with the FRB discount window of approximately $57 million.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based guidelines and framework under prompt corrective action provisions include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. Under the Consent Order, the Bank is required to maintain a tier I leverage capital ratio of not less than 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 11%. See “Consent Order” on page         , “Net Worth and Capital Adequacy Requirements Applicable to the Bank” on page         .

 

104


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the required and actual capital ratios of the Bank as of the dates indicated:

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    As required by the
Consent Order
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

As of December 31, 2013:

          

Tier 1 Leverage Capital (to average assets)

   $ 54,775         7.02   $ 31,190         ³ 4   $ 62,380         ³ 8

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 54,775         10.70   $ 20,484         ³ 4   $ N/A         N/A   

Total Risk-based Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 61,274         11.97   $ 40,968         ³ 8   $ 56,331         ³ 11

As of December 31, 2012:

               

Tier 1 Leverage Capital (to average assets)

   $ 55,157         7.16   $ 30,835         ³ 4   $ 61,670         ³ 8

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 55,157         10.22   $ 21,594         ³ 4   $ N/A         N/A   

Total Risk-based Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 62,005         11.49   $ 43,188         ³ 8   $ 59,384         ³ 11

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. In addition, we enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans. For additional information, see Note 21. Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

We are also required to periodically repurchase or reimburse Fannie Mae for representation and warranty losses incurred. These reimbursement losses have not been material, averaging approximately $116 per year over the last nine years of loss history. We maintained a reserve of $291 as of December 31, 2013, which we believe is adequate to cover any future reimbursement losses.

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities and agreements with respect to investments.

 

105


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at December 31, 2013. The payment amounts represent those amounts due to the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.

 

     Payments due by period
At December 31, 2013
 

Contractual Obligations

   One year or
less
     More than
one year to
three years
     More than
three years to
five years
     More than
five years
     Total  

Deposits without a stated maturity (1)

   $ 360,869       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 360,869   

Certificates of Deposit (1)

     134,612         126,315         53,574         8,856         323,357   

Borrowings (1)

     —           15,000         —           25,000         40,000   

Junior subordinated debentures (1)

     —           —           —           14,433         14,433   

Operating leases

     79         120         —           —           199   

Deferred Compensation (1)

     —           —           —           389         389   

Non qualified compensation programs (1)

     1,032         1,910         1,721         4,595         9,258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,111       $ 17,030       $ 1,721       $ 44,417       $ 64,279   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes interest

All borrowings referenced in the above table are FHLB advances. Operating lease amounts represent leases on branch offices in Saluda and Hendersonville, North Carolina. Non-qualified compensation programs are for existing plans for the benefit of our employees and directors.

Impact of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “Affordable Care Act”)

We provide health insurance to our employees through an employee benefits trust sponsored by the North Carolina Bankers Association. The Trust has adopted and is in compliance with the affordability provisions of the Affordable Care Act. The impact of the Affordable Care Act on Bancorp has not been material and we do not expect any material impact in the future.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.

 

106


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank holding companies and state savings banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. Set forth below is a brief description of certain regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to us. The description below is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on us. Supervision, regulation and examination by the bank regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors rather than shareholders of banks and bank holding companies. Statutes and regulations which contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationship of financial institutions are introduced regularly. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any proposed statute or regulation will be adopted or the extent to which our business or the business of the Bank may be affected by such statute or regulation.

Regulatory Agreements

Consent Order. In September 2009, during a regularly scheduled, periodic examination of the Bank, the Bank Supervisory Authorities identified certain items of concern. In April 2010, the Bank entered into a memorandum of understanding, or MOU, with the Bank Supervisory Authorities. In March 2012, the Bank entered into a Stipulation to the Issuance of a Consent Order agreeing to the issuance of the Consent Order. Although the Bank neither admitted nor denied any unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation, it agreed to the Consent Order, which requires the Bank or the Bank Board to undertake a number of actions:

 

    increase Board participation in the affairs of the Bank, including meetings to be held no less frequently than monthly;

 

    establish a Board committee to oversee the Bank’s compliance with the Consent Order;

 

    establish a Board committee to review and approve loans of $1 million, or more;

 

    have and retain qualified management;

 

    obtain approval prior to the appointment of a new member to the Board or the employment of a new senior executive officer;

 

    develop and approve a management plan;

 

    maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of not less than 8.0%, a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 11.0%, and a fully funded allowance for loan and lease losses;

 

    submit a written capital plan to the Bank Supervisory Authorities;

 

    present to the Bank Supervisory Authorities, and implement, a plan to increase the Bank’s tier 1 capital or to take other measures to improve the capital ratios to the percentages required by the Consent Order;

 

107


Table of Contents
    reduce those assets classified “doubtful” and “substandard” in accordance with a written plan to be submitted to, and approved by, the Bank Supervisory Authorities;

 

    eliminate, by collection, charge-off, or other proper entry, all assets or portions of assets classified “loss” that have not been previously collected or charged-off, and 50% of assets classified “doubtful”;

 

    perform, and submit to the Bank Supervisory Authorities, a risk segmentation analysis;

 

    develop and implement a plan to reduce concentrations of credit;

 

    develop and implement a written plan for systematically reducing and monitoring the Bank’s commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans concentration of credit;

 

    review, revise, adopt, and submit to the Bank Supervisory Authorities a written lending and collection policy;

 

    notify the Bank Supervisory Authorities at least 60 days prior to undertaking asset growth that exceeds 10% or more per annum or initiating material changes in asset or liability composition;

 

    review and revise, as necessary, the Bank’s written policy and procedures for managing interest rate risk;

 

    at least quarterly, analyze and measure the Bank’s level of interest rate risk exposure, and maintain exposure within the limits set forth in the interest rate risk policy;

 

    Comply with the Joint Agency Policy Statement on Interest Rate Risk , FIL-52-1996 (June 26, 1996), and Financial Institution Management of Interest Rate Risk , FIL-2-2010 (Jan. 20, 2010);

 

    not extend additional credit to any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit from the Bank that has been (i) charged off or classified, in whole or in part, “loss” or “doubtful” and is uncollected, or (ii) classified, in whole or part, “substandard,” except with the prior approval of a majority of the Board under certain limited circumstances;

 

    review the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and establish a comprehensive policy for determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

    submit to the Bank Supervisory Authorities, and thereafter approve, an acceptable written business/strategic plan to include objectives for the Bank’s earnings performance, growth, balance sheet mix, liability structure, capital adequacy, and reduction of nonperforming and underperforming assets, together with strategies for achieving those objectives;

 

    not declare or pay dividends, bonuses, or make any other form of payment outside the ordinary course of business resulting in a reduction of capital, without the prior written approval of the Bank Supervisory Authorities;

 

108


Table of Contents
    not make any distributions of interest, principal or other sums on subordinated debentures, without the prior written approval of the Bank Supervisory Authorities;

 

    eliminate and/or correct all reported violations of laws, regulations, and/or contraventions of statements of policy, and adopt and implement appropriate procedures to ensure future compliance;

 

    not accept, renew, or rollover any brokered deposits, without the prior approval of the FDIC;

 

    annually prepare and implement a written plan and a comprehensive budget acceptable to the Bank Supervisory Authorities; and

 

    make quarterly progress reports.

Because of the Bank does not satisfy one of the elevated capital requirements, the Bank may not accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits, and is subject to restrictions on the rate of interest it may pay on deposits. Also, as a consequence of the Consent Order, the Bank is deemed to be in a “troubled condition,” as defined under the FDIC’s rules and regulations, which further prohibits or limits certain golden parachute agreements and payments to management.

Written Agreement

As a direct consequence of the issuance of the MOU and the requirement Bancorp serve as a source of strength for the Bank, in June 2010, Bancorp entered into an MOU with the FRB. Following the Consent Order, Bancorp entered into the Written Agreement with the FRB, effective July 20, 2012. Although Bancorp neither admitted nor denied any unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation, it agreed to the Written Agreement, which requires Bancorp, its Board of Directors or the Bank to undertake a number of actions:

 

    take appropriate steps to fully utilize Bancorp’s financial and managerial resources, to serve as a source of strength to the Bank;

 

    not declare or pay any dividends without FRB approval;

 

    not directly or indirectly take dividends or any other form of payment representing a reduction in capital from the Bank without FRB approval;

 

    not make any distributions of interest, principal, or other sums on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without prior FRB approval;

 

    submit a written capital plan that is acceptable to the FRB, implement the approved plan, and thereafter fully comply with it;

 

    not directly or indirectly, incur, increase, or guarantee any debt without FRB approval;

 

    not directly or indirectly, purchase or redeem any shares of Bancorp’s stock without FRB approval;

 

    submit annual cash flow projections;

 

109


Table of Contents
    comply with the notice provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Regulation Y of the Federal Reserve related to changes in directors and senior executive officers, and related compensation and indemnification matters; and

 

    submit quarterly progress reports.

The foregoing descriptions are summaries of the material terms of the Regulatory Agreements, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Regulatory Agreements. Copies of the Regulatory Agreements have been filed with the SEC and are available on the SEC’s Internet website at www.sec.gov.

We have taken and continue to take prompt and aggressive action to respond to the issues raised in the Regulatory Agreements, including submitting quarterly reports to our banking regulators. Except for one of the elevated capital requirements, which we anticipate we will satisfy once the conversion is completed, we believe that we are generally in compliance with the Regulatory Agreements. However, the Regulatory Agreements will each remain in effect until modified, terminated, lifted, suspended or set aside by the applicable banking regulators, and no assurance can be given as to the time that either of the Regulatory Agreements will be terminated. We will seek to demonstrate as soon as possible to our banking regulators that we have fully complied with the requirements of the Regulatory Agreements and that they should be terminated. However, we expect that the Regulatory Agreements will remain in effect for the immediate future.

Holding Company Regulation

General. As a bank holding company following the conversion, Entegra will be subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”), and subject to certain regulations of the Federal Reserve. Under the BHCA, a bank holding company such as Entegra, which does not qualify as a financial holding company, is prohibited from engaging in activities other than banking, managing or controlling banks or other permissible subsidiaries, furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries or engaging in any other activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

The BHCA will also prohibit Entegra from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings bank, or merging or consolidating with another bank holding company without prior approval of the Federal Reserve. Additionally, the BHCA will prohibit Entegra from engaging in, or acquiring ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any company engaged in, a non-banking business unless such business is determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking as to be properly incident thereto. The BHCA does not place territorial restrictions on the activities of such non-banking related activities.

State and federal law restricts the amount of voting stock of a savings bank or bank holding company that a person may acquire without prior regulatory approval. Pursuant to North Carolina law, no person may directly or indirectly purchase or acquire voting stock of any savings bank or bank holding company which would result in the change in control of that savings bank or bank holding company unless the Commissioner approves the proposed acquisition. Under North Carolina law, a person will be deemed to have acquired “control” of a savings bank or bank holding company if the person directly or indirectly (i) owns, controls or has power to vote

 

110


Table of Contents

10% or more of the voting stock of the savings bank or bank holding company, or (ii) otherwise possesses the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policy of the savings bank or bank holding company.

Federal law imposes additional restrictions on acquisitions of stock of banks and bank holding companies. Under the BHCA, and the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 (the “CBCA”), as amended, and regulations adopted thereunder and under the BHCA, a person or group acting in concert must give advance notice to the applicable banking regulator before directly or indirectly acquiring “control” of a federally-insured bank or bank holding company. Under applicable federal law, control is conclusively deemed to have been acquired upon the acquisition of 25% or more of any class of voting securities of any federally-insured bank or bank holding company. Both the BHCA and CBCA generally create a rebuttable presumption of a change in control if a person or group acquires ownership or control of or the power to vote 10% or more of any class of a bank or bank holding company’s voting securities, and either (i) the bank or bank holding company has a class of outstanding securities that are subject to registration under the Exchange Act, or (ii) no other person will own, control, or have the power to vote a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction. This presumption can, in certain cases, be rebutted by entering into “passivity commitments” with the Federal Reserve or FDIC, as applicable. Upon receipt of a notice of a change in control, the FDIC or the Federal Reserve, as applicable, may approve or disapprove the acquisition.

Prior approval of the Federal Reserve and the Commissioner would be required for any acquisition of control of either Entegra or the Bank by any bank holding company under the BHCA and the North Carolina Bank Holding Company Act (“NCBHCA”), respectively. Control for purposes of the BHCA and the NCBHCA would be based on whether the holding company (i) owns, controls or has power to vote 25% or more of our voting stock or the voting stock of the Bank, (ii) controls the election of a majority of our Board of Directors or the Bank Board, or (iii) the Federal Reserve or the Commissioner, as applicable, determines that the holding company directly or indirectly exercises a controlling influence over our management or policies or the management or policies of the Bank. As part of such acquisition, the holding company (unless already so registered) would be required to register as a bank holding company under the BHCA and the NCBHCA.

There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the depositors of such depository institutions and the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund in the event the depository institution becomes in danger of default or is in default. For example, to avoid receivership of an insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that has become “undercapitalized” with the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount which is necessary to bring the institution into compliance with all acceptable capital standards as of the time the institution initially fails to comply with such capital restoration plan. Under a policy of the Federal Reserve with respect to bank holding company operations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy. The Federal Reserve under the BHCA also has the authority to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or to relinquish control of a

 

111


Table of Contents

nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness and stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

In addition, the “cross-guarantee” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, require insured depository institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC may decline to enforce the cross-guarantee provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund. The FDIC’s claim for damages is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or any affiliate but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

As a result of Entegra’s ownership of the Bank following the conversion, Entegra will register under the bank holding company laws of North Carolina. Accordingly, Entegra will also become subject to regulation and supervision by the Commissioner.

Capital Adequacy Guidelines for Holding Companies. The Federal Reserve has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System and have consolidated assets of $500 million or more. Bank holding companies subject to the Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines are required to comply with the Federal Reserve’s risk-based capital guidelines. Under these regulations, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8.0%. At least half of the total capital is required to be “tier 1 capital,” principally consisting of common shareholders’ equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets. The remainder (“tier 2 capital”) may consist of a limited amount of subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital instruments and other debt securities, perpetual preferred stock, and a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance.

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve has adopted a minimum tier 1 capital (leverage) ratio, under which a bank holding company must maintain a minimum level of tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets of at least 3% in the case of a bank holding company which has the highest regulatory examination rating and is not contemplating significant growth or expansion. All other bank holding companies are expected to maintain a tier 1 capital (leverage) ratio of at least 4%.

Bancorp exceeded all applicable minimum capital adequacy guidelines as of December 31, 2013.

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve approved a new rule that implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule includes new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which are effective January 1, 2015, and revise the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. See “– Net Worth and Capital Adequacy Requirements Applicable to the Bank.”

Dividend and Repurchase Limitations. The Federal Reserve has the power to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Reserve has issued a

 

112


Table of Contents

policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, and which expresses the Federal Reserve’s view that a holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Federal Reserve may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.”

Federal Reserve policy also provides that a holding company should inform the Federal Reserve supervisory staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or if the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, as of the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred.

Pursuant to Federal Reserve regulations, Entegra may not make a distribution that would constitute a return of capital during the three years following the completion of the conversion and offering.

Under Federal Reserve regulations, for a period of one year from the date of the completion of the offering Entegra may not repurchase any of its common stock from any person, except (i) in an offer made to all shareholders to repurchase the common stock on a pro rata basis, approved by the Federal Reserve, (ii) the repurchase of qualifying shares of a director, or (iii) repurchases to fund restricted stock plans or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. Where extraordinary circumstances exist, the Federal Reserve may approve the open market repurchase of up to 5% of Entegra’s common stock during the first year following the conversion and offering. To receive such approval, Entegra must establish compelling and valid business purposes for the repurchase to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve.

Entegra’s ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares may also be dependent upon its receipt of dividends from the Bank. Entegra’s payment of dividends and repurchase of stock will also be subject to the requirements and limitations of North Carolina corporate law and the terms of the Written Agreement, which is discussed in the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Agreements” on page         .

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed bank regulation and has affected the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies.

The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with extensive powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau also has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined by their applicable federal bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also gave state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.

 

113


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC assessments for deposit insurance, permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance to $250,000 per depositor. The legislation also, among other things, requires originators of certain securitized loans to retain a portion of the credit risk, stipulates regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the ability of shareholders to influence boards of directors by requiring companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. However, as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are exempt from the shareholder vote requirement until one year after we cease to be an “emerging growth company.” The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates or require the implementing regulations and, therefore, their impact on our operations cannot be fully determined at this time. However, it is likely that the Dodd-Frank Act will increase the regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for the Bank and Entegra.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, enacted in 1999 (the “GLB Act”), dramatically changed various federal laws governing the banking, securities and insurance industries. The GLB Act expanded opportunities for banks and bank holding companies to provide services and engage in other revenue-generating activities that previously were prohibited to them. In doing so, it increased competition in the financial services industry, presenting greater opportunities for our larger competitors who were more able to expand their service and products than smaller, community-oriented financial institutions.

USA Patriot Act of 2001. The USA Patriot Act of 2001 was enacted in response to the terrorist attacks that occurred in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. on September 11, 2001. The Act was intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement and the intelligence community to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. The impact of the Act on financial institutions of all kinds has been significant and wide ranging. The Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and requires various regulations, including standards for verifying customer identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the SEC under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness

 

114


Table of Contents

of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of our Board of Directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting. Entegra will be subject to further reporting and audit requirements under the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Entegra will prepare policies, procedures and systems designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.

Federal Securities Laws. Entegra has filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act for the registration of the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the offering. Upon completion of the offering, the common stock will be registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Entegra will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.

The registration under the Securities Act of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not Entegra’s affiliates may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by Entegra’s affiliates will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If Entegra meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, Entegra may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act.

Emerging Growth Company Status. On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and believe that we will continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” for five years from the completion of the stock offering.

As an “emerging growth company,” we have elected to use the transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. As of December 31, 2013, there is not a significant difference in the presentation of our financial statements as compared to other public companies as a result of this transition guidance.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies

 

115


Table of Contents

under the Dodd-Frank Act, (iii) hold non-binding shareholder votes regarding annual executive compensation or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger or similar corporate transaction, (iv) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (v) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier. However, we will not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as we remain a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Bank Regulation

General. The Bank is an insured North Carolina chartered savings bank that is a member of the FHLB System. Its deposits are insured through the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund, and it is subject to supervision and examination by and the regulations and reporting requirements of the Bank Supervisory Authorities, which are, respectively, its primary federal and state banking regulators.

Subject to limitations established by the Commissioner, North Carolina chartered savings banks may make any loan or investment or engage in any activity that is permitted to federally-chartered institutions. In addition to such lending authority, North Carolina chartered savings banks are authorized to invest funds, in excess of loan demand, in certain statutorily permitted investments, including but not limited to (i) obligations of the U.S. Government, or those guaranteed by it; (ii) obligations of the State of North Carolina; (iii) bank demand or time deposits; (iv) stock or obligations of the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund or a FHLB; (v) savings accounts of any savings institution as approved by the Bank Board; and (vi) stock or obligations of any agency of the State of North Carolina or of the U.S. Government or of any corporation doing business in North Carolina whose principal business is to make education loans. However, a North Carolina chartered savings bank cannot invest more than 15% of its total assets in business, commercial, corporate and agricultural loans, and cannot directly or indirectly acquire or retain any corporate debt security that is not of investment grade (generally referred to as “junk bonds”).

As a federally insured depository institution, the Bank is prohibited from engaging as principal in any activity, or acquiring or retaining any equity investment of a type or in an amount, that is not permitted for national banks unless (i) the FDIC determines that the activity or investment would pose no significant risk to the deposit insurance fund, and (ii) the Bank is, and continues to be, in compliance with all applicable capital standards.

 

116


Table of Contents

In addition, the Bank is subject to various regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve including, without limitation, Regulation B (Equal Credit Opportunity), Regulation D (Reserves), Regulation E (Electronic Fund Transfers), Regulation O (Loans to Executive Officers, Directors and Principal Shareholders), Regulation W (Transactions Between Member Banks and Affiliates), Regulation Z (Truth in Lending), Regulation CC (Availability of Funds) and Regulation DD (Truth in Savings).

The Bank Supervisory Authorities have broad powers to enforce laws and regulations applicable to the Bank. Among others, these powers include the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders, and to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and the conduct of unsafe and unsound practices.

Transactions with Affiliates. Under current federal law, depository institutions are subject to the restrictions contained in Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act with respect to loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers and shareholders who own more than 10% of a depository institution (18% in the case of institutions located in an area with less than 30,000 in population), and certain affiliated entities of any of the foregoing, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated entities, the institution’s loans-to-one-borrower limit (as discussed below). Section 22(h) also prohibits loans above amounts prescribed by the appropriate federal banking agency to directors, executive officers and shareholders who own more than 10% of an institution, and their respective affiliates, unless such loans are approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the institution. Any “interested” director may not participate in the voting. The FDIC has prescribed the loan amount (which includes all other outstanding loans to such person), as to which such prior board of directors of director approval is required, as being the greater of $25,000 or 5% of capital and surplus (up to $500,000). Further, pursuant to Section 22(h), the Federal Reserve requires that loans to directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions with non-executive employees of the Bank. The FDIC has imposed additional limits on the amount a bank can loan to an executive officer.

Deposit Insurance. The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor.

The FDIC issues regulations and conducts periodic examinations, requires the filing of reports and generally supervises the operations of its insured banks. This supervision and regulation is intended primarily for the protection of depositors. Any insured bank that is not operated in accordance with or does not conform to FDIC regulations, policies and directives may be sanctioned for noncompliance. Civil and criminal proceedings may be instituted against any insured bank or any director, officer or employee of such bank for the violation of applicable laws and regulations, breaches of fiduciary duties or engaging in any unsafe or unsound practice. The FDIC has the authority to terminate insurance of accounts pursuant to procedures established for that purpose.

 

117


Table of Contents

The Bank is subject to insurance assessments imposed by the FDIC. The FDIC imposes a risk-based deposit premium assessment system, which was amended pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005. Under this system, as amended, the assessment rates for an insured depository institution vary according to the level of risk incurred in its activities. To arrive at an assessment rate for a banking institution, the FDIC places it in one of four risk categories determined by reference to its capital levels and supervisory ratings. In addition, in the case of those institutions in the lowest risk category, the FDIC further determines its assessment rate based on certain specified financial ratios or, if applicable, its long-term debt ratings.

The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base its assessments upon each insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity instead of deposits. The FDIC finalized a rule, effective April 1, 2011, that set the assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity.

Community Reinvestment. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by regulations of the FDIC, an insured institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop, consistent with the CRA, the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the federal banking regulators, in connection with their examinations of insured institutions, to assess the institutions’ records of meeting the credit needs of their communities, using the ratings “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial noncompliance,” and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by those institutions. All institutions are required to make public disclosure of their CRA performance ratings. The Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its last CRA examination, which was completed during October, 2010.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order or the imposition of civil money penalties.

Net Worth and Capital Adequacy Requirements Applicable to the Bank. The Bank is required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by state and federal laws and regulations. The Commissioner requires that savings banks maintain net worth not less than 5% of its total assets. Intangible assets must be deducted from net worth and assets when computing compliance with this requirement. The Bank complied with the net worth requirements as of December 31, 2013. As discussed below, as of December 31, 2013, the Bank did not comply with one of the elevated capital requirements established by the Consent Order.

 

118


Table of Contents

In addition, the FDIC has promulgated risk-based capital and leverage capital guidelines for determining the adequacy of a bank’s capital, and all applicable capital standards must be satisfied for the Bank to be considered in compliance with the FDIC’s requirements. Under the FDIC’s risk-based capital measure, the minimum ratio (total risk-based capital ratio) of a bank’s total capital to its risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet items, such as standby letters of credit) is 8.0%. At least half of total capital must be composed of common equity, undivided profits, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (tier 1 capital). The remainder may consist of certain subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital instruments and other qualifying preferred stock, a limited amount of loan loss reserves, and net unrealized holding gains on equity securities (tier 2 capital). At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio and tier 1 risk-based capital ratio were 11.97% and 10.70%, respectively, each above the FDIC’s minimum risk-based capital guidelines.

Under the FDIC’s leverage capital measure, the minimum ratio (the “tier 1 leverage capital ratio”) of tier 1 capital to total assets is 3.0% for banks that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating. All other banks generally are required to maintain an additional cushion of 100 to 200 basis points above the stated minimum. The FDIC’s guidelines also provide that banks experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum levels without significant reliance on intangible assets, and the FDIC has indicated that it will consider a bank’s “tangible leverage ratio” (deducting all intangible assets) and other indicia of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 7.02%, which was well above the FDIC’s minimum leverage capital guidelines.

Failure to meet the FDIC’s capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on the taking of brokered deposits, and certain other restrictions on its business. As described below, substantial additional restrictions can be imposed upon FDIC-insured depository institutions that fail to meet applicable capital requirements. See “– Prompt Corrective Action” on page         . The FDIC also considers interest rate risk (arising when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution’s assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance-sheet position) in the evaluation of a bank’s capital adequacy.

Pursuant to the Consent Order, the Bank is required to maintain heightened capital levels. Specifically, the Consent Order requires that the Bank maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of not less than 8.0%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 11.0%. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank did not satisfy one of these elevated capital requirements.

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC approved revisions to their capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules that implement the revised standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. “Basel III” refers to two consultative documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2009, the rules text released in December 2010, and loss absorbency rules issued in January 2011, which include significant changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements.

 

119


Table of Contents

The rules include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which are effective January 1, 2015, and revise the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to Entegra and the Bank will be: (i) a new common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The rules eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from tier 1 capital. Instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less. The rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital requirements, which must consist entirely of common equity tier 1 capital and would result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations would establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

Loans-To-One-Borrower. The Bank is subject to the Commissioner’s loans-to-one-borrower limits on savings banks. Under these limits, no loans and extensions of credit to any borrower outstanding at one time and not fully secured by readily marketable collateral shall exceed 15% of the net worth of the savings bank. Loans and extensions of credit fully secured by readily marketable collateral may not exceed 10% of the net worth of the savings bank. This second limitation is separate from, and in addition to, the first limitation. These limits also authorize savings banks to make loans-to-one-borrower, for any purpose, in an amount not to exceed $500,000. A savings bank also is authorized to make loans-to-one-borrower to develop domestic residential housing units, not to exceed the lesser of $30 million or 30% of the savings bank’s net worth, provided that the purchase price of each single-family dwelling in the development does not exceed $500,000 and the aggregate amount of loans made pursuant to this authority does not exceed 150% of the savings bank’s net worth. These limits also authorize a savings bank to make loans-to-one-borrower to finance the sale of real property acquired in satisfaction of debts in an amount up to 50% of the savings bank’s net worth.

As of December 31, 2013, our legal loans-to-one borrower limit was $10.4 million. The largest aggregate amount of loans that the Bank had to any one borrower was $9.8 million. At the time these loans were made, the aggregate amount outstanding was below the legal lending limit.

Limits on Rates Paid on Deposits and Brokered Deposits. Regulations enacted by the FDIC place limitations on the ability of insured depository institutions to accept, renew or roll-over deposits by offering rates of interest which are significantly higher than the prevailing rates of interest on deposits offered by other insured depository institutions in the depository institution’s normal market area. Under these regulations, “well capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll-over such deposits without restriction, “adequately capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll-over such deposits with a waiver from the FDIC (subject to certain restrictions on payments of rates) and “undercapitalized” depository institutions

 

120


Table of Contents

may not accept, renew, or roll-over such deposits. The regulations contemplate that the definitions of “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” and “undercapitalized” will be the same as the definitions adopted by the FDIC to implement the corrective action provisions discussed below. See “– Prompt Corrective Action,” below. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital ratios to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, but did not satisfy one of the elevated capital ratios required by the Consent Order. Accordingly, the Bank is not considered “well capitalized,” and, thus, was subject to these limitations on rates payable on its deposits.

FHLB System. The FHLB System provides a central credit facility for member institutions. As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta in an amount at least equal to 0.20% of the Bank’s total assets at the end of each calendar year, plus 4.5% of its outstanding advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Atlanta. At December 31, 2013, the Bank was in compliance with these requirements.

Reserve Requirements. Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, all insured depository institutions must maintain average daily reserves against their transaction accounts equal to specified percentages of the balances of such accounts. These percentages are subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve. Because the Bank’s reserves are required to be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a noninterest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve bank, one effect of the reserve requirement is to reduce the amount of the Bank’s interest-earning assets. At December 31, 2013, the Bank met these reserve requirements.

Liquidity. The Bank is subject to the liquidity requirements established by the Commissioner. North Carolina law requires savings banks to maintain cash and readily marketable investments of not less than 10% of the savings bank’s total assets. The computation of liquidity under North Carolina regulation allows the inclusion of mortgage-backed securities and investments that, in the judgment of the Commissioner, have a readily marketable value, including investments with maturities in excess of five years. On December 31, 2013, the Bank’s liquidity ratio, calculated in accordance with North Carolina regulations, was approximately 29.09%.

Prompt Corrective Action. Current federal law establishes a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, the FDIC has established five capital categories (“well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized”). The FDIC is required to take certain mandatory supervisory actions and is authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of any action taken will depend upon the capital category in which an institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, current federal law requires the FDIC to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized.

Under the FDIC’s rules implementing the prompt corrective action provisions, an insured, state-chartered savings bank that (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or greater, and (ii) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by the FDIC, is deemed to be “well capitalized.” A savings bank with a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and a leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or greater (or 3.0% or greater in the case of

 

121


Table of Contents

an institution with the highest examination rating), is considered to be “adequately capitalized.” A savings bank that has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or a leverage capital ratio of less than 4.0% (or 3.0% in the case of an institution with the highest examination rating), is considered to be “undercapitalized.” A savings bank that has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage capital ratio of less than 3.0%, is considered to be “significantly undercapitalized,” and a savings bank that has a ratio of tangible equity capital to assets equal to or less than 2.0% is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.” For purposes of these rules, the term “tangible equity” includes core capital elements counted as tier 1 capital for purposes of the risk-based capital standards (see “– Net Worth and Capital Adequacy Requirements Applicable to the Bank” on page         ), plus the amount of outstanding cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minus all intangible assets (with certain exceptions). A savings bank may be deemed to be in a capitalization category lower than indicated by its actual capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating.

A savings bank that is categorized as “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized,” is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to the FDIC. An “undercapitalized” savings bank also is generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches, or engaging in any new line of business, except in accordance with an accepted capital restoration plan or with the approval of the FDIC. In addition, the FDIC is given authority with respect to any “undercapitalized” savings bank to take any of the actions it is required to or may take with respect to a “significantly undercapitalized” savings bank if it determines that those actions are necessary to carry out the purpose of the law.

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital ratios to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, but did not satisfy one of the elevated capital ratios required by the Consent Order. Accordingly, the Bank is not considered “well capitalized.”

Restrictions on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions. A North Carolina chartered stock savings bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if after making such distribution, the institution would become, or if it already is, “undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the applicable law and regulations) or such transaction would reduce the net worth of the institution to an amount which is less than the minimum amount required by applicable federal and state regulations.

In addition, the Bank is not permitted to declare or pay a cash dividend or repurchase any of its capital stock if the effect thereof would be to cause its net worth to be reduced below the amount required for its liquidation account.

Under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank is currently restricted from paying dividends to Bancorp unless it receives advance approval from the Bank Supervisory Authorities. Additionally, the Written Agreement provides that Bancorp must receive prior approval of the FRB before receiving dividends from the Bank.

Other Federal and North Carolina Regulations. The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have developed joint regulations requiring disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and, to the extent feasible and practicable, supplemental disclosure of the estimated fair market value of assets and liabilities. Additional

 

122


Table of Contents

joint regulations require annual examinations of all insured depository institutions by the appropriate federal banking agency, with some exceptions for small, well-capitalized institutions and state-chartered institutions examined by state regulators, and establish operational and managerial, asset quality, earnings and stock valuation standards for insured depository institutions, as well as compensation standards when such compensation would endanger the insured depository institution or would constitute an unsafe practice.

The grounds for appointment of a conservator or receiver for a North Carolina savings bank on the basis of an institution’s financial condition include: (i) insolvency, in that the assets of the savings bank are less than its liabilities to depositors and others; (ii) substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices; (iii) existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business; (iv) likelihood that the savings bank will be unable to meet the demands of its depositors or to pay its obligations in the normal course of business; and (v) insufficient capital or the incurring or likely incurring of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment of capital without federal assistance.

North Carolina law provides a procedure by which savings institutions may consolidate or merge, subject to approval of the Commissioner. The approval is conditioned upon findings by the Commissioner that, among other things, such merger or consolidation will promote the best interests of the members or shareholders of the merging institutions.

TAXATION

Federal Taxation

General. We are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to us.

Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, Bancorp files a consolidated tax return with the Bank, and reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a calendar year ending December 31 for filing its consolidated federal income tax returns.

Minimum Tax. The Code imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, referred to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount. Net operating losses can, in general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. At December 31, 2013, Bancorp had an alternative minimum tax credit carryforward at approximately $0.1 million.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers. Generally, a financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and carryforward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. However, as a result of recent legislation, subject to certain limitations, the carryback period for net operating losses incurred in 2008 or 2009 (but not both years) has been expanded to five years. At December 31, 2013, Bancorp had a $34.1 million net operating loss carryforward for federal income tax purposes and a $42.5 million net operating loss carryforward for North Carolina income tax purposes. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Conditions and Results of Operations – Deferred Tax Assets” on page         .

 

123


Table of Contents

Corporate Dividends. Bancorp, and following the conversion, Entegra, are able to exclude from their income 100% of the dividends received from the Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

Audit of Tax Returns. Bancorp’s federal income tax returns have not been audited in the most recent five-year period.

State Taxation

The State of North Carolina imposes an income tax on income measured substantially the same as federally taxable income, except that U.S. Government interest is not fully taxable. During the third quarter of 2013, North Carolina reduced its corporate income tax rate from 6.9% to 6.0% effective January 1, 2014, and to 5.0% effective January 1, 2015. Further reductions to 4.0% on January 1, 2016, and 3.0% on January 1, 2017, are contingent upon the State meeting revenue targets. Our state income tax returns have not been audited in the most recent five-year period. Under North Carolina law, we are also subject to an annual franchise tax at a rate of 0.15% of equity.

OUR MANAGEMENT

Management Structure

The Board of Directors of Entegra consists of the same individuals who currently serve as directors of Bancorp and the Bank. The composition of our Board of Directors and the Bank Board will remain unchanged following the conversion. In addition, following the conversion each of the executive officers of Bancorp and the Bank will continue to serve as our executive officers.

Our Directors

We have nine directors. The directors of Entegra are the same persons who currently serve as directors of Bancorp and the Bank. Each director will serve until the first annual meeting of shareholders of Entegra, at which time each director will stand for election. Following the conversion, the directors of Entegra will be divided into classes of directors serving one, two and three year terms and elected by the shareholders to serve such terms. See “Restrictions on Acquisition of Entegra” on page         . Currently, the directors of the Bank are elected annually by the directors of Bancorp. Following the conversion, Entegra will elect the directors of the Bank, as its sole shareholder.

 

124


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth certain information, as of March 1, 2014, regarding the members of our Board of Directors and the Board of the Bank.

 

Name

   Age   

Positions Held

   Director Since    Term Expires

Ronald D. Beale

   58    Director    2002    2015

Louis E. Buck, Jr.

   65    Director    2012    2015

Adam W. Burrell, MD

   44    Director    2010    2015

Charles M. Edwards

   53    Director    2013    2015

Jim M. Garner

   61    Director    2006    2015

Stan M. Jeffress

   68    Vice Chairman    2008    2015

Fred H. Jones

   48    Chairman    2005    2015

Beverly W. Mason

   61    Director    2007    2015

Roger D. Plemens

   58    Director, President and Chief Executive Officer    2004    2015

The Business Background of Our Directors

The business experience of each director for at least the past five years is set forth below as well as a brief description of the qualifications and areas of expertise of each director that makes the director uniquely qualified to serve on our Board of Directors and the Bank Board. Each director brings special skills and attributes to our Board of Directors and the Bank Board through a variety of levels of education, business experience, director experience, banking experience, philanthropic interests, and community involvement.

Ronald D. Beale is President of Beale Construction, Inc., a construction firm based in Franklin, North Carolina, which has been in business since 1980. He is also President of LeRon, LLC, which owns and operates a variety of storage units and a convenience store in Franklin, North Carolina. Mr. Beale was elected as a County Commissioner for Macon County in 2005, and was re-elected in 2010. He is a member and past President of The Franklin Daybreak Rotary Club. He is President Elect of the North Carolina Association of County Commissioners. Mr. Beale was also selected as “Commissioner of the Year in North Carolina” for 2013. We believe that Mr. Beale’s business experience as well as his involvement in the community in which we conduct our business, well qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Louis E. Buck, Jr. is a retired business executive and former Dean of the College of Business at Western Carolina University. Previously he was the Wesley Elingburg Distinguished Professor of Business Innovation and the Director of the Center for Entrepreneurship and Innovation (CEI) in the College of Business at Western

 

125


Table of Contents

Carolina University. Mr. Buck has more than 25 years of business experience in the areas of finance, accounting, risk management and information systems. His last industry position was that of Chief Financial Officer for the competitive businesses of Consolidated Edison, Inc. in New York. He had served as the senior director of the Business Solutions practice for Walker Interactive Systems, Inc., the Chief Accounting Officer for Entergy Corporation, Chief Financial Officer for the North Carolina Electric Membership Corporation and in various management capacities at TXU Corporation. He has a B.S. degree from the United States Naval Academy, an MBA from the University of Houston / CLC and a Ph. D. (Finance) from Texas A&M University. We believe that Mr. Buck’s business and academic experience well qualifies him to serve as one of our directors.

Adam W. Burrell, MD is a Board Certified Family Physician currently practicing in Franklin, North Carolina. After completing his residency in Family Medicine, Dr. Burrell completed a Fellowship in Obstetrics. He is a member of the American Academy of Family Physicians. He has served as Chief of Staff for Angel Medical Center and is involved in numerous community activities including coaching youth basketball. We believe that Dr. Burrell’s management experience well qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Charles M. Edwards is President and founder of C. Edwards Group, Inc., which has owned and operated several McDonald’s restaurant franchises for over 15 years throughout Henderson, Transylvania and Haywood Counties. Mr. Edwards is the managing member of Better Property Solutions, LLC and Wilson-Edwards Holdings, LLC, real estate management and holdings companies formed in 2006. Prior to starting his own companies, he served with McDonald’s Corporation as a consultant to hundreds of small business owners, providing expertise in franchising, finance, operations, marketing, human resources, and site development. He has served as President of McDonald’s Owner’s Advertising Association and currently serves as Government Relations Chairperson to the Association, representing over 700 restaurants nationwide. Mr. Edwards is heavily involved in the communities served by his businesses, having served as Chairman of the Henderson County Chamber of Commerce, as a member of the board of the Henderson County Community Foundation, and is active in the Hendersonville Rotary Club. We believe his business experience and strong sense community qualifies him to serve as one of our directors.

Jim M. Garner is an owner and a manager of The Wayah Agency, Inc., an independent insurance agency based in Franklin, North Carolina. Mr. Garner has been an independent insurance agent for 30 years, managing a variety of commercial and personal accounts as well as serving as a partner in various real estate investments. We believe that Mr. Garner’s business experience and his connections within our business community well qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Stan M. Jeffress is our former Chief Financial Officer and a retired Certified Public Accountant who was licensed in Tennessee, Mississippi, and Kentucky. He has experience in both national and regional public accounting firms as well as in industry and banking. His most recent experience before retirement in 2009 was 16 years of service as Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. We believe that Mr. Jeffress’ financial experience and background, as well as his knowledge of our operations, well qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Fred H. Jones is President of Jones, Key, Melvin & Patton, P.A., a Franklin, North Carolina based law firm founded by his great-grandfather in 1878. Jones was a Morehead Scholar at the University of North Carolina-Chapel

 

126


Table of Contents

Hill (1987). He has served as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Angel Medical Center, and on the Boards of Directors of the Rabun Gap Nacoochee School, the Franklin Area Chamber of Commerce, Macon County Habitat for Humanity, and the Little Tennessee Watershed Association. Mr. Jones’ great-uncle was a founder of the Bank. We believe that Mr. Jones’ prior experience as a director well qualifies him to serve as one of our directors.

Beverly W. Mason is an owner and a broker of Lamplighter Realty, Inc. of Franklin, North Carolina. From April 2001 through June 2010, she was a co-owner and manager of WNC Investments, LLC, a rental real estate business. Ms. Mason has served as president of the Board of Realtors and has served as a member of a number of community boards including the County Board, the County Economic Development and the Board of Adjustments. We believe that Ms. Mason’s business and management experience, as well as her knowledge of the residential and commercial real estate industry in the community in which we operate, well qualify her to serve as a one of our directors.

Roger D. Plemens is our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Plemens, who became President and Chief Executive Officer of Bancorp and the Bank in 2004, has served the Bank in various capacities, including mortgage officer, manager of mortgage lending, and Chief Lending Officer since joining the Bank in 1978. Mr. Plemens has 36 years of banking experience. Mr. Plemens previously served on the Board of Trustees of Angel Medical Center and as a director of The North Carolina Bankers Association. Mr. Plemens currently serves on the boards of the Western Carolina University Foundation and Macon County Economic Development Commission. We believe that Mr. Plemens’ 36 years of banking experience, as well as his leadership experience, well qualify him to serve as one of our directors.

Director Independence

We have reviewed transactions, relationships and other arrangements involving our directors to determine which directors we consider to be “independent.” In making those determinations, we have applied the independence criteria contained in the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market. We will continue to assess each outside director’s independence and monitor the status of each director on an ongoing basis for changes in factors or circumstances that may affect a director’s ability to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the specific NASDAQ criteria, in assessing the independence of our directors, we will consider whether transactions required to be disclosed in our proxy statements as “related person transactions,” as well as any other transactions, relationships, arrangements, or factors, could impair a director’s ability to exercise independent judgment, including the Bank’s lending relationships with directors and the transactions described under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” on page         .

Based on our review, each of our directors, except for Mr. Plemens, is considered independent under the rules and listing standards of The NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

127


Table of Contents

Directors’ Compensation

The following table shows, for the year ended December 31, 2013, the cash compensation paid by us, as well as certain other compensation paid or accrued for the year ended December 31, 2013, to directors who are not named executive officers.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name (1)

   Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash ($)
     Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($) (2)
     All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
     Total ($)  

Ronald D. Beale

     18,350         —           —           18,350   

Louis E. Buck, Jr.

     19,100         —           —           19,100   

Adam W. Burrell, MD

     19,100         —           —           19,100   

Charles M. Edwards

     6,350         —           —           6,350   

Jim M. Garner

     28,850         —           —           28,850   

Stan M. Jeffress

     29,100         —           —           24,100   

Fred H. Jones

     25,350         —           —           25,350   

Beverly W. Mason

     25,350         —           —           25,350   

Edward R. Shatley (4)

     12,450         71,300         5,353         89,085   

 

(1)   For information on the fees paid to Roger D. Plemens for his service as a director, see the Summary Compensation Table on page         .
(2)   The amounts reported represent the interest credited on deferred earnings under the CAP Plan (as defined below). For Mr. Jeffress, the amounts do not include $417,313 paid under the CAP Plan (which includes compensation that Mr. Jeffress deferred during his employment with the Bank) and $98,973 paid under Mr. Jeffress’ Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. After March 2014, Mr. Jeffress will not receive any further payments under the CAP Plan.
(3)   Amounts included in “All Other Compensation” are further described in the below table.
(4)   Mr. Shatley retired from our Board in April, 2013.

 

128


Table of Contents

Name

   Split Dollar
Imputed Income ($)
     Director
Consultation
Plan Payout ($)
 

Ronald D. Beale

     —           —     

Louis E. Buck, Jr.

     —           —     

Adam W. Burrell, MD

     —           —     

Charles M. Edwards

     —           —     

Jim M. Garner

     —           —     

Stan M. Jeffress

     —           —     

Fred H. Jones

     —           —     

Beverly W. Mason

     —           —     

Edward R. Shatley

     1,335         4,000   

Directors’ Fees and Practices

During the year ended December 31, 2013, each of our directors then in office (other than Messrs. Garner and Jones) received an annual retainer of $7,500. Mr. Jones, as Chairman of our Board of Directors and Mr. Garner as the Chairman of the Bank Board, each received an annual retainer of $10,500. The annual retainer is paid in January of each fiscal year. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013, our directors, received $800 for each meeting of the Board of Directors he or she attended. Directors also received $250 for each committee meeting attended, including meetings of committees of the Bank Board.

Director Split Dollar Agreements

The Bank owns insurance policies on the lives of certain current and former directors. The Bank has entered into endorsement split dollar agreements with these current and former directors under which the Bank (i) pays the premiums associated with such policies and (ii) agrees to share a portion of the death benefits payable under the life insurance policies with the beneficiaries designated by the directors. When the director dies, the Bank will be entitled to an amount equal to the greater of (i) the cash value of the policy, (ii) the aggregate premiums paid on the policy by the Bank less any outstanding indebtedness to the insurer, or (iii) the total death proceeds less the sum of as set forth in the agreement to be paid to the director’s beneficiary (the “Beneficiary Amount”). The director’s beneficiary will be entitled to the remainder of the death proceeds, if any. The Bank expects to always receive the full cash value of the policy. The Beneficiary Amount for each director is $300,000.

 

129


Table of Contents

Director Survivor Income Agreements

The Bank has purchased insurance policies on the lives of Ronald D. Beale, Jim M. Garner, Fred H. Jones and Beverly W. Mason. The entire death benefit is paid to the Bank, which then pays the director’s beneficiary a $100,000 death benefit within 60 days of receipt of the death certificate. If a director is terminated from our Board of Directors, the death benefit is forfeited.

Long Term Capital Appreciation Plan

As discussed below under “– Deferred Compensation, Retirement and Other Benefits” on page         , the CAP Plan provides benefits to directors as well as executives. The following directors are participants in the CAP Plan: Ronald D. Beale, Jim M. Garner, Stan M. Jeffress, Fred H. Jones, Beverly W. Mason and Roger D. Plemens.

Long Term Care Insurance

The Bank pays for the premiums for each director (other than Messrs. Buck, Edwards and Burrell) and such director’s spouse to obtain long-term care insurance.

Director Consultation Plan

Under the Director Consultation Plan, when a director reaches the age of 65 and retires from the Board of Directors, he or she is entitled to receive $500 per month for 20 years. The Director Consultation Plan was discontinued and no current directors are eligible to participate. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid a total of $16,000 to former directors participating in the Director Consultation Plan. The Bank accrues for the liabilities associated with the payments under the Director Consultation Plan.

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

In connection with the completion of the conversion, Entegra will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee, a compensation committee and an audit committee. All of the members of these committees will be independent directors as defined in the listing standards of The NASDAQ Stock Market. Upon completion of the conversion, we plan to have written charters for each committee available on our website at www.maconbank.com.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Board held 12 regular meetings and two special meetings. No director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the Board of Directors and committees on which he or she served during this period. While we will establish new committees following the conversion, the Bank currently has standing Executive, Audit, Loan, Compensation and Nominating Committees. The Executive and Audit Committees are joint committees of Bancorp and the Bank.

 

130


Table of Contents

The Executive Committee consists of Directors Garner, Jones, Jeffress and Mason. The Executive Committee meets on an as needed basis to discuss items of concern to Bancorp and the Bank. The flexible meeting schedule allows for advance discussion of items appearing on the board agenda and review of issues of concern that arise in between scheduled board meetings. The Executive Committee met 11 times during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Audit Committee consists of Directors Buck, Burrell, Jeffress and Jones. The Audit Committee meets quarterly and on an as needed basis. The Audit Committee oversees the design and operation of Bancorp’s and the Bank’s internal controls for safeguarding their assets and ensuring the quality and integrity of financial reporting. The Audit Committee hires the independent auditor and reviews the audit report prepared by the independent auditor. Mr. Buck has been designated by the Board as the “Audit Committee Financial Expert” in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Audit Committee met three times during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Loan Committee consists of Directors Edwards, Garner, Jeffress, Mason and Plemens. The Loan Committee meets on a semi-monthly basis to approve or decline those loans that exceed the authority vested in the Bank’s officers and makes recommendations to the Bank Board regarding those loans that exceed its approval authority. The Loan Committee also has the authority to set interest rates, terms and conditions for the Bank’s loan programs and may extend, modify, defer, purchase, participate or sell the Bank’s existing or potential investment in any loan or extension of credit subject to limitations. The Loan Committee met 12 times during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Compensation Committee consists of Directors Edwards, Garner, Jeffress and Jones. The Compensation Committee meets on an as needed basis, and provides general oversight regarding the personnel, compensation and benefits matters of the Bank. The Compensation Committee did not meet during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Nominating Committee consists of Directors Beale and Mason. The Nominating Committee is responsible for the annual selection of nominees for election as directors. The Nominating Committee met once during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

131


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures

The Bank has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and a Conflict of Interest Policy that are applicable to directors, officers and employees. Following the conversion, Entegra will adopt a corporate governance policy and a code of business conduct and ethics. The corporate governance policy is expected to cover such matters as the following:

 

    the duties and responsibilities of each director;

 

    the composition, responsibilities and operation of the Board of Directors;

 

    the establishment and operation of board committees;

 

    succession planning;

 

    convening executive sessions of independent directors;

 

    the Board of Directors’ interaction with management and third parties; and

 

    the evaluation of the performance of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer.

The code of business conduct and ethics, which is expected to apply to all employees and directors, will address conflicts of interest, the treatment of confidential information, general employee conduct and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. In addition, the code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct in every respect.

We currently do not have any shareholders. Following the conversion, Entegra will establish a process for shareholders to communicate with our Board of Directors. A policy regarding director attendance at annual meetings of shareholders will also be established.

Leadership Structure

The positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors are separate. We continue to believe that this structure provides appropriate division and oversight. We believe that this structure is most likely to prevent a strong Chief Executive Officer from leading the organization in inappropriate directions. We believe it is one more method to create appropriate “checks and balances” in corporate governance.

 

132


Table of Contents

Board Involvement in Risk Management Process

Risk management is the responsibility of management and risk oversight is the responsibility of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors administers its risk oversight function and also utilizes its committee structure, with each board committee being responsible for overseeing risk within its area of responsibility. Significant risk oversight matters considered by the committees are reported to and considered by the Board of Directors. Some significant risk oversight matters are reported directly to the Board of Directors, including matters not falling within the area of responsibility of any committee. Types of risk with the potential to adversely affect us include credit, interest rate, liquidity and compliance risks, as well as risks relating to our operations and reputation.

Directors keep themselves informed of the activities and condition of the Bank and of the risk environment in which it operates by regularly attending Board of Directors and assigned board committee meetings, and by review of meeting materials, auditors’ findings and recommendations, and supervisory communications. Directors stay current on general industry trends and any statutory and regulatory developments pertinent to us by periodic briefings by executive management, counsel, auditors or other consultants, and by more formal director education, including attendance at regulator sponsored “Director’s College” conventions, and other similar programs. Directors are provided access to all training and given specific in-person training on items such as Regulation “O”, Bank Secrecy Act, and other banking guidance and regulations.

The Board of Directors oversees the conduct of our business and administers the risk management function by:

 

    selecting, evaluating, and retaining competent executive management;

 

    establishing, with executive management, our long- and short-term business objectives, and adopting operating policies to achieve these objectives in a legal and sound manner;

 

    monitoring operations to ensure that they are controlled adequately and are in compliance with laws and policies;

 

    overseeing our business performance; and

 

    ensuring that we help to meet our communities’ credit needs.

 

133


Table of Contents

These responsibilities are governed by a complex framework of federal and state law and regulation as well as regulatory guidelines applicable to our operations.

The Board will ensure, following the conversion, that all significant risk-taking activities are covered by written policies that are communicated to appropriate employees. Specific policies will cover material credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal and reputation risks. The policies will be formulated to further our business plan in a manner consistent with safe and sound practices. The Board of Directors will ensure that all such policies are monitored by executive management to make certain that they conform with changes in laws and regulations, economic conditions, and our circumstances. The policies will be implemented by executive management who will develop and maintain procedures, including a system of internal controls, designed to foster sound practices, to comply with laws and regulations, and to protect us against external crimes and internal fraud and abuse. Policies will be reviewed on a regular basis typically annually or bi-annually and revisions approved by our Board.

Management regularly provides the Board and its various committees with a significant amount of information regarding a wide variety of matters affecting us. This includes executive management reports to the Board. These reports present information in a form meaningful to members of the Board of Directors, who recognize that the level of detail and frequency of individual executive management reports will vary with the nature of risk under consideration and our unique circumstances. Matters presented to the Board of Directors and board committees generally include information with respect to risk. The Board of Directors and board committees consider the risk aspects of such information and often request additional information with respect to issues that may involve risk to the Bank. The Board of Directors and board committees also raise risk issues on their own initiative.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

The current executive officers of Entegra consist of the same individuals who are executive officers of Bancorp and the Bank. Each executive officer of the Bank and Bancorp will retain his or her office following the conversion. The business experience for at least the past five years for the executive officers who do not serve as directors of Entegra, Bancorp or the Bank is set forth below, with ages given as of March 1, 2014.

David A. Bright, CPA (age 43) is a First Vice President and our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Bright is responsible for the accounting and financial reporting areas. Prior to joining us in September of 2013, Mr. Bright was a Partner with KPMG LLP, specialized in the Financial Services industry. Mr. Bright joined KPMG LLP in 1992 and served in various capacities in the Greenville, South Carolina; Harrisburg, Pennsylvania; Richmond, Virginia; and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania offices during his 21-year career. His experience includes working with a variety of

 

134


Table of Contents

community, regional and global banks as well as investment funds, insurance companies and broker dealers. Mr. Bright holds a current CPA license in Pennsylvania, and inactive licenses in South Carolina, Virginia, New York and New Jersey. Mr. Bright has 22 years of banking experience.

Laura W. Clark (age 43) is a First Vice President and our Chief Risk Officer. Ms. Clark oversees the internal audit and compliance functions of the Bank and works closely with the Chief Technology Officer, Chief Credit Administration Officer, Security Officer and other Executive Management members to ensure appropriate risk management strategies are employed throughout the Bank to avoid, control, retain, or transfer identified risk exposures. She serves on the ALCO, Technology, Business Continuity, Vendor Management and Compliance Committees of the Bank. Prior to her appointment as Chief Risk Officer in February of 2013, she served as the Bank’s Compliance Officer since 2001. Ms. Clark has 21 years of banking experience.

Carolyn H. Huscusson (age 61) is a Senior Vice President and our Chief Retail Officer. Ms. Huscusson is responsible for overseeing the operation of our branch office network, as well as the marketing department and call center. Prior to joining the Bank in 1997, she was City Executive and Vice President at First Citizens Bank. Ms. Huscusson has 39 years of banking experience.

Marcia J. Ringle (age 58) is a Vice President and our Corporate Secretary. Ms. Ringle is a member of our Executive Committee and serves on the Bank’s Information Technology Committee. She has 27 years of experience in banking, primarily in retail and administration, and has been with the Bank since 1988.

Bobby D. Sanders, II (age 34) is a First Vice President and our Chief Credit Administration Officer. Mr. Sanders is responsible for commercial credit administration, residential mortgage loan underwriting and processing, consumer loan administration, loan operations, special assets, and collections. Prior to assuming his current role in February of 2013, he served as Director of Commercial Lending since July of 2009, and Commercial Credit Administrator since August of 2008. Mr. Sanders has managed the Bank’s commercial credit departments continuously since 2006, except for a short period of time during which he served as an Area Commercial Lending Officer. He has been the primary liaison between the Bank and the banking regulators on all lending and credit quality matters since 2009. Mr. Sanders has obtained Credit Risk Certification from the Risk Management Association (RMA). Mr. Sanders has 10 years of banking experience.

Ryan M. Scaggs (age 39) is a Senior Vice President and our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Scaggs is responsible for our deposit operations, facilities, human resources, information technology, internal loan review, and treasury departments. Prior to assuming the role of Chief Operating Officer in February of 2013, he served as Chief Financial Officer since December of 2008, and Controller since February of 2006. Prior to joining the Bank, he was employed in various finance and accounting roles at Wachovia Bank and Bank of America. Mr. Scaggs has 16 years of banking experience.

 

135


Table of Contents

Compensation Discussion

In this section, we will give an overview of our compensation program, the material compensation decisions we have made under the program and the material factors that we considered in making those decisions. Following this discussion, in the section entitled “– Executive Compensation,” we provide a table containing specific information about the compensation earned in the year ended December 31, 2013 by the following officers, who are known as our named executive officers:

 

    Roger D. Plemens, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Ryan M. Scaggs, Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; and

 

    Carolyn H. Huscusson, Senior Vice President and Chief Retail Officer.

Objectives and Overview of the Compensation Program. Our executive compensation policies are designed to establish an appropriate relationship between executive pay and our annual and long-term performance to reflect the attainment of short- and long-term financial performance goals and to enhance our ability to attract and retain qualified executive officers. The principles underlying the executive compensation policies include the following:

 

    to attract and retain key executives who are vital to our long-term success and are of the highest caliber;

 

    to provide levels of compensation competitive with those offered to community banks in the Southeast and consistent with our level of performance;

 

    to motivate executives to enhance our long-term financial performance, and

 

    to integrate the compensation program with our annual and long-term strategic planning and performance measurement processes.

We consider a variety of subjective and objective factors in determining the compensation package for individual executives, including: (i) the performance of the Bank as a whole, with emphasis on annual performance factors and long-term objectives; (ii) the responsibilities assigned to each executive; and (iii) the performance of each executive of assigned responsibilities as measured by our progress during the year.

 

136


Table of Contents

Compensation Program Elements. Our compensation program focuses primarily on the following three components in forming the total compensation package for our named executive officers:

 

    base salary;

 

    incentive compensation; and

 

    deferred compensation, retirement and other benefits.

Base Salary. The purpose of base salary is to create a secure base of cash compensation for our employees, reflecting each employee’s level of responsibilities. Salary levels are designed to be competitive within the banking and financial services industries in the Southeast. In setting salary levels, we regularly evaluate current salary levels by surveying similar institutions in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and the Southeast. The survey analysis focuses primarily on asset size, nature of ownership, type of operation and other common factors.

Deferred Compensation, Retirement and Other Benefits

401(k) Plan. The Macon Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) is a tax-qualified defined contribution plan designed to provide eligible employees of the Bank a vehicle for increasing their retirement savings. After 30 days of employment, each Bank employee is eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan after attaining the age of 21. Once eligible, each employee may participate on the first day of the calendar quarter following the employee’s first 30 days of employment. All of the named executive officers participated in the 401(k) Plan on the same basis as all other eligible employees of the Bank. Each eligible employee of the Bank can elect to contribute on a pre-tax basis to the 401(k) Plan a minimum of 1% of his or her compensation, up to the maximum allowed by law. The Bank matches an employee’s contribution at 100% of each eligible employee’s pre-tax contributions on the first 2% of contributions and 50% on the next 2% of contributions, with a maximum match of 3%. The matching contributions for the named executive officers were based on a formula contained in the terms of the 401(k) Plan and were not related the Bancorp’s, the Bank’s or the individual officer’s performance for the year.

Salary Continuation Agreements. On June 23, 2003, the Bank entered into a salary continuation agreement with Roger D. Plemens. On November 6, 2007, the Bank entered into a salary continuation agreement with Carolyn H. Huscusson. The salary continuation agreements promise a fixed benefit for each

 

137


Table of Contents

executive beginning at age 65 and continuing for a period of 18 years. Under the salary continuation agreements, the annual benefit for Mr. Plemens is $110,901, and $60,900 for Ms. Huscusson. The salary continuation agreements provide for a reduced benefit in the case of early termination before the normal retirement age or in the case of termination because of disability, but in both cases benefits do not become payable until the executive attains age 65. The early termination benefits are subject to a vesting schedule, with benefits vesting annually in 20% increments. Employee entitlements under the salary continuation agreements are contractual liabilities of the Bank and are not funded. The Bank has accrued the present value of these liabilities associated.

If a change in control of the Bank occurs, benefits are determined as if the executives had reached age 65 at the time of the change in control. The payments do not begin, however, until the executives actually attain age 65. Benefits are not payable to an executive if his or her employment is terminated for cause.

Executive Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreements. The Bank owns an insurance policy on the life of Mr. Plemens and Mr. Jeffress. On April 14, 1999, the Bank entered into endorsement split dollar agreements with each of Mr. Plemens and Mr. Jeffress, under which the Bank (i) pays the premiums associated with such policies and (ii) agrees to share a portion of the death benefits payable under the life insurance policies with the beneficiary designated by the insured. When the insured dies, the Bank will be entitled to an amount equal to the greater of (i) the cash value of the policy, (ii) the aggregate premiums paid on the policy by the Bank less any outstanding indebtedness to the insurer, or (iii) the total death proceeds less the sum as set forth in the agreement to be paid to the designated beneficiary (the “Beneficiary Amount”). The Beneficiary Amount is $1,450,000 for Mr. Plemens’ policy, and $375,000 for Mr. Jeffress’ policy. As of December 31, 2013, the death benefit for Mr. Plemens’ policy was $5,151,899, and $3,259,838 for Mr. Jeffress’ policy.

If Mr. Plemens is terminated for cause, he will forfeit his right to appoint a beneficiary to receive the Beneficiary Amount. If Mr. Plemens’ employment is terminated as a consequence of disability or upon retirement on or after age 65, the Bank will continue to pay the premiums on the insurance policy and Mr. Plemens will continue to have the right to appoint a beneficiary to receive the Beneficiary Amount. If Mr. Plemens’ employment is terminated for any other reason, the Bank will not continue to pay premiums on the policy and Mr. Plemens will have 30 days within which he may purchase the policy from the Bank for its cash value. If he does purchase the policy, the Bank may continue or terminate the policy in its sole discretion.

Mr. Jeffress became a director of Bancorp and the Bank in January 2008, and retired as our Chief Financial Officer in January 2009. The Board of Directors determined to continue to pay the premiums on Mr. Jeffress’ policy and allow him to appoint a beneficiary of the Beneficiary Amount.

 

138


Table of Contents

Executive Survivor Income Agreements . The Bank has purchased insurance policies on the lives of Ryan M. Scaggs and Carolyn H. Huscusson. The entire death benefit is payable to the Bank, and from which the executive’s beneficiary is entitled to receive a $100,000 death benefit, if the executive is employed by the Bank at the time of his or her death.

Long Term Capital Appreciation Plan. The Bank adopted a long term capital appreciation plan in 1998 to provide benefits to directors and executive officers (the “CAP Plan”). The CAP Plan was frozen effective as of February 28, 2011.

The CAP Plan was put in place as a substitute for stock options which, as a mutual organization, were not available. The CAP Plan was restated on December 15, 2004. In 1998, an initial contribution of $4,500 was made by the Bank on behalf of all initial director participants. The CAP Plan permitted participants to defer directors’ fees and any other cash compensation on a pre-tax basis. The initial contribution by the Bank and any participant deferrals were 100% vested and accrued earnings based upon the Bank’s return on equity. The Board of Directors also awarded Capital Appreciation Rights to participants in the CAP Plan. Capital appreciation rights provided a benefit determined by the appreciation in the book value of the Bank from the date of an award through the date of the participant’s termination from the Bank. Capital appreciation rights vested incrementally at 10% per year on an after July 1, 1998. Capital appreciation rights were forfeited if a participant was terminated for just cause. Capital appreciation rights vested 100% upon the participant’s death, disability or upon a change in control of the Bank.

Benefits are paid upon termination from the Bank. A participant’s account balance is determined at that time, and payments begin the first day of the month following termination. Once an account is in “pay status,” the account balance accrues interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum until paid in full. Benefits are paid on a monthly basis for a period of five years unless otherwise elected by the participants. Participants may elect to have their payments made in monthly installments over any period between five and 10 years. Participants can also elect a lump sum form of payment to be paid in any year from the second to the tenth year following termination. If a change in control of the Bank occurs, benefits are paid in a lump sum upon the change in control or, if the executive elects, over a period of five to 10 years. If a participant dies while his account is in “pay status,” the remaining balance of his account is paid to his beneficiary within 60 days of the participant’s death.

While all of our named executive officers are participants in the CAP Plan, only Mr. Plemens and Ms. Huscusson have positive account balances. The executives’ entitlements under the CAP Plan are contractual liabilities of the Bank and are not funded. However, in anticipation of the payouts becoming due under the CAP Plan, the Bank purchased life insurance to help pay for the costs associated thereunder. The Bank has accrued the present value of the liabilities associated with the CAP Plan.

 

139


Table of Contents

Other Benefits. Executive officers are entitled to participate in fringe benefit plans offered to all employees including health and dental insurance plans and life, accidental death and dismemberment and long-term disability plans.

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table. The following table shows information paid to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2013.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal Position

   Salary($)      Bonus($)      All Other
Compensation($) (1)
     Total($)  

Roger D. Plemens

     270,000         —           47,937         317,937   

Chief Executive Officer and President

           

Ryan M. Scaggs

     149,133         —           14,735         163,868   

Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

           

Carolyn H. Huscusson

     152,000         —           15,829         167,829   

Senior Vice President and Chief Retail Officer

           

 

140


Table of Contents

 

(1)   The amounts reported in “All Other Compensation” are comprised of the items listed in the following table:

 

Name and Principal Position

  Director
Fees ($)
    Employer
401(k)
Match($)
    Paid
Time

Off($) (1)
    Premiums
Paid on
Supplemental
Income
Protection($)
    Premiums
Paid on
Long Term
Disability
Insurance($)
    Premiums
Paid on
Group Life
Insurance($)
    Premiums
Paid on
Group Health
Insurance($)
    Premiums
Paid on
Split Dollar
Death
Benefit($)
 

Roger D. Plemens

    22,300        8,228        5,192        1,624        975        395        6,526        2,697   

Chief Executive Officer and President

               

Ryan M. Scaggs

    —          4,451        2,923        —          593        242        6,526        —     

Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

               

Carolyn H. Huscusson

    —          4,426        2,923        1,119        593        242        6,526        —     

Senior Vice President and Chief Retail Officer

               

 

(1)   Represents amount of unused accrued “paid time off” paid to the named executive officer.

Employment Agreements

We have not entered into an employment agreement with any named executive officer. However, upon completion of the conversion, we intend to enter into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. See “– Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion,” below.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

Since Bancorp is currently a mutual holding company, there are no outstanding equity awards.

 

141


Table of Contents

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion

Employment Agreements . Upon completion of the conversion, we will enter into employment and change of control agreements with Roger D. Plemens, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Ryan M. Scaggs, our Chief Operating Officer, and David A. Bright, our Chief Financial Officer (each an “Employment Agreement” and collectively, the “Employment Agreements”). A brief description of the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreements follows. Unless defined herein, capitalized terms have the meaning given them in the Employment Agreements.

Mr. Plemens’ Employment Agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $325,000 and for an initial term of employment of three years. Upon the first anniversary of Mr. Plemens’ Employment Agreement and each subsequent anniversary thereof, it will be automatically extended, if not earlier terminated, for a period of one year unless written notice from us or Mr. Plemens is provided at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the then remaining term stating that the term of employment under the Employment Agreement will not be further extended. The Employment Agreements for Messrs. Scaggs and Bright provide for an initial base salary of $185,000 and $180,000, respectively, and a term of employment of 30 months and 24 months, respectively. Each Employment Agreement provides that the base salary will be reviewed by the Board of Directors not less often than annually.

Messrs. Plemens, Scaggs and Bright will be entitled to participate in our (i) executive management incentive plans, and (ii) stock option, stock grant, management stock right recognition and similar plans, and in each of the foregoing cases any successor or substitute plans. In addition, Messrs. Plemens, Scaggs and Bright will be entitled to participate in all savings, deferred compensation, pension and retirement plans (including supplemental retirement plans), practices, policies and programs applicable generally to our senior executive employees.

Messrs. Plemens, Scaggs and Bright and their families, as the case may be, will be eligible for participation in and will receive all benefits under all of our welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs (including, without limitation, medical, hospitalization, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and dismemberment, and travel accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to our senior executive employees. Each of Messrs. Plemens, Scaggs and Bright will be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in accordance with our policies, practices and procedures, to the extent applicable generally to members of our senior executive management. In addition, each of Messrs. Plemens, Scaggs and Bright will be entitled to fringe benefits in accordance with our plans, practices, programs and policies in effect for our senior executive employees, including, but not limited to, paid vacation, disability, sick and other leave specified in our employment policies.

Messrs. Plemens’, Scaggs’ and Bright’s employment with us will terminate automatically upon death. Otherwise, we may terminate employment for Cause, Without Cause (subject to certain payments and vested rights) and/or if we determine in good faith that a Disability has occurred, after notice of such determination. Also, each of Messrs. Plemens, Scaggs and Bright may terminate his employment voluntarily or for Good Reason (subject to certain payments and vested rights).

 

142


Table of Contents

In the event Mr. Plemens is terminated in connection with a “Change in Control” (defined below), either 90 days prior to, or within 12 months following, he will be entitled to receive a severance payment in an amount equal to 2.99 times his average annual compensation as calculated for purposes of Section 280G of the Code. The severance payment will be paid in six semi-annual installments. In addition, Mr. Plemens is entitled to receive, for a period of up to two years following the termination, certain medical benefits for him and/or his family at least equal to those which would have been provided to him and/or his family if his employment had not been terminated.

In the event either Mr. Scaggs or Mr. Bright is terminated in connection with a “Change in Control”, either 90 days prior to, or within 12 months following, he will be entitled to receive a severance payment in an amount equal to 2.5 times and 2.0 times, respectively, his average annual compensation as calculated for purposes of Section 280G of the Code. Any such severance payment will be paid to Mr. Scaggs in five semi-annual installments, and to Mr. Bright in four semi-annual payments. In addition, Messrs. Scaggs and Bright will each be entitled to receive, for a period of up to one year following termination, certain medical benefits for him and/or his family at least equal to those which would have been provided to him and/or his family if his employment had not been terminated.

For purposes of the Employment Agreements a “Change in Control” will occur on the date (i) either (A) a person acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) ownership of our stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of our common stock, or (B) a majority of our Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of our Board of Directors prior to such election; (ii) a person acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) our assets that have a total gross fair market value that is equal to or exceeds 40% of the total gross fair market value of all our assets immediately prior to such acquisition; or (iii) a person acquires ownership of our common stock that, together with common stock previously held, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of our common stock, provided that such person did not previously own 50% or more of the value or voting power of our common stock. The Employment Agreements could have the effect of making it less likely that we will be acquired by another entity.

Each Employment Agreement also restricts Messrs. Plemens, Scaggs and Bright from competing against us, or soliciting our customers or employees, for a period of time following a termination of employment.

 

143


Table of Contents

Severance and Non-Competition Agreement. Upon completion of the conversion, we will enter into severance and non-competition agreements with Carolyn H. Huscusson, our Chief Retail Officer, Bobby D. Sanders, II, our Chief Credit Administration Officer, Laura W. Clark, our Chief Risk Officer, and Marcia J. Ringle our Corporate Secretary (each a “Severance Agreement” and collectively, the “Severance Agreements”). The Severance Agreements are agreements of severance benefits, payable in certain circumstances and not agreements of employment for any period of time. Each Severance Agreement will provide for severance payments to be paid to the executive if we terminate the executive without Cause or if the executive terminates employment for Good Reason (as defined in the Severance Agreement). In exchange, each Severance Agreement will restrict the executive from competing against us, or soliciting our customers or employees, for a period of time following a termination of employment.

Stock-based Benefit Plans. We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans after the conversion that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. Applicable regulations restrict the total number of stock options and shares of restricted stock that may be authorized during the first year following the conversion to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares issued in the offering. These limitations do not apply if plans are implemented more than one year after a conversion. We anticipate that the plans will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 7% and 3%, respectively, of the shares issued in the offering. These limitations will not apply if the plans are implemented more than one year after the conversion.

The stock-based benefit plans will not be established sooner than six months after the conversion. If we adopt the plans within one year after the conversion, the plans must be approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by our shareholders. If we adopt the plans more than one year after the conversion, they must be approved only by a majority of the total votes cast.

The following restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans only if the plans are adopted within one year of completion of the conversion and offering:

 

    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    the options and restricted stock awards may not begin to vest earlier than one year after shareholders approve the plans, and may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year;

 

    accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Entegra; and

 

    executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event the institution becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action by the Federal Reserve, or receives a capital directive.

 

144


Table of Contents

These restrictions do not apply to plans adopted one year following completion of the conversion and the offering. In the event of changes in applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases, subject to bank regulatory restrictions.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Certain directors and executive officers of Bancorp and the Bank, companies with which directors, and executive officers are associated, and/or the immediate family members of directors and executive officers of Bancorp and the Bank are customers of the Bank and as such may from time to time borrow funds from the Bank within prescribed limitations. Any such loans and commitments are made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons not related to Bancorp or the Bank, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present to the Bank other unfavorable features.

Jim M. Garner, a director of Bancorp and the Bank, owns 46% of Wayah Agency, Inc. (“Wayah”). Wayah provides insurance brokerage related services to the Bank. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Wayah served as an insurance broker for the Bank’s property and casualty insurance and bond products as well as the Bank’s employee benefit products. The Bank paid Wayah $49,750 in commissions from these transactions. It is anticipated that Mr. Garner, through Wayah, will provide insurance brokerage services to the Bank from time to time during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Fred H. Jones, a director of Bancorp and the Bank, is the President and one-third owner of Jones, Key, Melvin & Patton, P.A. (“Jones, Key”). Jones, Key provides legal services from time to time to the Bank. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank paid Jones, Key $4,916 in exchange for legal services. It is anticipated that Jones, Key will provide legal services to the Bank from time to time during the year ending December 31, 2014.

Indebtedness of and Transactions with Related Persons

The Bank provides loans and other credit facilities in the ordinary course of its business to members of our Board of Directors, members of the Bank Board, and employees, including executive officers, and businesses in which the foregoing have direct or indirect interests, as well as the immediate family of the foregoing (together, “Related Persons”). In accordance with Federal Reserve Regulation O, the Bank has adopted a policy which sets forth the requirements applicable to such loans and other credit facilities. These loans and other credit facilities are made using the same credit and underwriting standards as are applicable to the general public, and such loans and other credit facilities do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. Pursuant to this policy, outstanding loans and other credit facilities to Related Persons are made on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated persons, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present to the Bank other unfavorable features.

 

145


Table of Contents

Our Board of Directors is charged with reviewing and approving all transactions that either we or the Bank may have from time to time with Related Persons other than transactions subject to Federal Reserve Regulation O, discussed above. All material facts of each transaction and the Related Person’s interest are discussed by all disinterested directors and a decision is made about whether the transaction is fair to Bancorp and the Bank. A majority vote of all disinterested directors is required to approve any transaction involving a Related Person.

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of our directors and executive officers, and their associates, and by all directors and executive officers as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any individual director or executive officer, or the directors and executive officers as a group, will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. Directors and executive officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering, except that certain additional restrictions on the resale or subsequent disposition of the shares shall apply. This table excludes any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion and the offering. The directors and officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of $2.2 million of shares of common stock, equal to 6.02% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range, assuming shares are available. Purchases by directors, executive officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale.

 

146


Table of Contents
     Number of
Shares
     Aggregate
Purchase Price ($)
     Percent at
Minimum of
Offering Range
(%)
 

Ronnie D. Beale

     5,000         50,000         0.14   

David A. Bright

     30,000         300,000         0.82   

Louis E. Buck, Jr.

     30,000         300,000         0.82   

Adam W. Burrell, MD

     5,000         50,000         0.14   

Laura W. Clark

     15,000         150,000         0.41   

Charles M. Edwards

     5,000         50,000         0.14   

Jim M. Garner

     10,000         100,000         0.27   

Carolyn H. Huscusson

     10,000         100,000         0.27   

Stan M. Jeffress

     40,000         400,000         1.09   

Fred H. Jones

     10,000         100,000         0.27   

Beverly W. Mason

     20,000         200,000         0.55   

Roger D. Plemens

     20,000         200,000         0.55   

Marcia J. Ringle

     3,000         30,000         0.08   

Bobby D. Sanders, II

     2,000         20,000         0.05   

Ryan M. Scaggs

     15,000         150,000         0.41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     220,000       $ 2,200,000         6.02

THE CONVERSION

Our Board of Directors has approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by the voting members of Bancorp. A special meeting of the voting members of Bancorp has been called for this purpose. The plan of conversion has been submitted to the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve as part of our application for approval to become a bank holding company and of the change in control of Bancorp and the Bank, and the merger of Bancorp into Entegra that will occur in connection with the plan of conversion. Any such approvals do not constitute recommendations or endorsements of the plan of conversion by such agencies. The plan of conversion has also been submitted to the FDIC.

 

147


Table of Contents

General

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from a mutual form of organization to a stock form of organization. Bancorp, the mutual holding company parent of the Bank, will be merged into Entegra, with Entegra as the surviving entity, and the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra. As part of the conversion, Entegra is offering for sale shares of its common stock. When the conversion and offering are completed, all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank will be owned by Entegra, and all of the outstanding common stock of Entegra will be owned by public shareholders.

We intend to retain at least 15% of the net proceeds at the holding company and contribute the balance to Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

    First, to eligible depositors of the Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $100.00 as of the close of business on December 31, 2012.

 

    Second, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, if any, which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We do not have any plans to establish an employee stock ownership plan to purchase any shares in the offering.

 

    Third, to eligible depositors of the Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $100.00 as of the close of business on [supplemental eligibility date].

 

    Fourth, to other eligible depositors and borrowers of the Bank as of the close of business on [Voting Record Date for Special Meeting] .

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale in a “community offering” to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons residing in Buncombe, Clay, Cherokee, Graham, Haywood, Henderson, Jackson, Macon, Polk, Swain and Transylvania Counties, North Carolina, and Rabun County, Georgia. See “– Community Offering” on page         .

The shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering may be offered to the general public on a best efforts basis in a “syndicated offering” to be managed by Sandler O’Neill. In such capacity, Sandler O’Neill may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers. See “– Syndicated Offering” on page         .

We have the right to accept or reject orders received in a community offering or syndicated offering at our sole discretion. The community offering and/or syndicated offering may begin simultaneously with, or later than the commencement of the subscription offering. The issuance of shares of common stock in the subscription offering, and any community offering and syndicated offering will occur simultaneously.

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered for sale based upon an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of Entegra upon completion of the conversion and the offering. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be

 

148


Table of Contents

updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “– Share Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” on page          for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each banking office of the Bank. The plan of conversion is part of the applications for approval to become a bank holding company, the change in control of Bancorp and the Bank and the merger of Bancorp into Entegra filed with the Federal Reserve and the Commissioner, and is included as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, which is accessible on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” on page         .

Reasons for the Conversion

We have developed an operating strategy to:

 

    Pursue Opportunities in Existing Markets;

 

    Diversify Geography and Product Mix and Explore Growth Opportunities;

 

    Continue to Improve Asset Quality; and

 

    Improve Profitability.

We need a significant amount of capital to execute this strategy, and we cannot raise this level of capital as a mutual financial institution. We believe that the conversion and the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to pursue this strategy, and take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us. As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. We currently have no ability to issue common stock and potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such acquisitions.

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of Bancorp’s voting members at the special meeting of voting members is required to approve the plan of conversion. A special meeting of voting members to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion has been scheduled for [meeting date].

The Commissioner and the Federal Reserve must each also approve Entegra’s application to become a bank holding company, the change in control of Bancorp and the Bank and the merger of Bancorp into Entegra that will occur in connection with the plan of conversion. Such approvals do not constitute recommendations or endorsements of the plan of conversion by such agencies. The plan of conversion has also been submitted to the FDIC.

 

149


Table of Contents

Effects of Conversion on Customers of the Bank

Continuity . Our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption during the offering. The Bank will continue to be a North Carolina chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Commissioner and the FDIC. After the conversion, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. Our directors at the time of the conversion will continue to be the directors of Entegra and the Bank after the conversion.

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of the Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from the Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Effect on Voting Rights of Members . At present, the Bank’s depositors and borrowers have voting rights in Bancorp. Upon completion of the conversion, Entegra’s shareholders will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Entegra.

Tax Effects . We will receive an opinion of counsel with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to Entegra, Bancorp, the Bank or the depositors of the Bank. See “The Conversion – Material Income Tax Consequences” on page       .

Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in the Bank has both a deposit account in the Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Bancorp based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Bancorp and the Bank, or a liquidation solely of the Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Bancorp without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account, but nothing for his or her ownership interest in our net worth, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that Bancorp and the Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Bancorp after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits are paid, and the claims of holders of our subordinated debt.

 

150


Table of Contents

Under the plan of conversion, however, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (hereafter defined) will receive rights in liquidation accounts maintained by Entegra and the Bank representing the total equity of Bancorp as reflected in its latest statement of Consolidated Financial Condition contained in this prospectus and used in the offering. Entegra and the Bank shall continue to hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in the Bank. The liquidation accounts are also designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of Entegra’s liquidation and the liquidation of the Bank, or a liquidation solely of the Bank. The liquidation account in the Bank would be used only in the event that Entegra does not have sufficient capital to fund its obligation under its liquidation account. The total obligation of Entegra and the Bank under their respective liquidation accounts will never exceed the dollar amount of Entegra’s liquidation account. A post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination with another depository institution, in which either Entegra and/or the Bank are not the surviving entity would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution. See “– Liquidation Rights” on page       .

Share Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and federal and state regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial will receive a fee of $60,000 and will be reimbursed for its expenses. RP Financial will receive an additional fee of $10,000 for each update to the valuation appraisal. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with applicable appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. Since Bancorp’s price-to-earning multiples were not meaningful due to its negative pro forma earnings, RP Financial placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-book value approach in estimating pro forma market value, but also considered the price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial to account for differences between us and the peer group. Downward adjustments were applied in the valuation for financial condition and profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, and the effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. No adjustments were applied in the valuation for liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, and management. The downward valuation adjustments considered, among other factors, less favorable asset quality, weaker earnings, the Consent Order, the Written Agreement and our primary market area (lower per capita income and higher unemployment) versus the peer group.

 

151


Table of Contents

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including our Consolidated Financial Statements. RP Financial also considered the following factors, among others:

 

    our recent results and financial condition;

 

    the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

    certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

    a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;

 

    the aggregate size of the offering;

 

    the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

    our potential to pay cash dividends; and

 

    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

Included in the independent valuation were certain assumptions as to our pro forma earnings after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses and an assumed after-tax rate of return of 1.23% on the net offering proceeds. See “Pro Forma Data” on page      for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

The independent valuation states that as of February 14, 2014, our estimated pro forma market value ranged from $36.6 million to $49.5 million, with a midpoint of $43.0 million, subject to an adjusted maximum of $56.9 million. Our Board of Directors decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range will be 3,655,000 shares, the midpoint of the offering range will be 4,300,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range will be 4,945,000 shares, or 5,686,750 shares if the maximum amount is adjusted to reflect regulatory considerations, changes in market and financial conditions, and/or demand for the common stock.

In selecting a peer group from all publicly-traded fully-converted saving institutions, RP Financial applied the following selection criteria in the appraisal: publicly-traded fully-converted savings institutions based in either the Southeast or Midwest regions of the U.S., with assets between $400 million and $2.0 billion, NPAs to assets between 2.0% and 10.0% and core earnings of between -1.0% and 1.0% of average assets. For purposes of RP Financial’s appraisal report, core earnings are generally defined as reported earnings adjusted for non-operating items.

 

152


Table of Contents

The appraisal peer group consists of the following 10 companies, with the asset sizes as of December 31, 2013, unless otherwise noted.

 

Company Name and Ticker Symbol

   Exchange   

Headquarters

   Total
Assets
 
               (in millions)  

United Community Financial Corp. (UCFC)

   NASDAQ    Youngstown, OH    $ 1,756  (1)  

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc. (HTBI)

   NASDAQ    Asheville, NC    $ 1,629   

Pulaski Financial Corp. (PULB)

   NASDAQ    Saint Louis, MO    $ 1,294   

Franklin Financial Corp. (FRNK)

   NASDAQ    Glen Allen, VA    $ 1,075   

ASB Bancorp Inc (ASBB)

   NASDAQ    Asheville, NC    $ 733   

First Savings Financial Group (FSFG)

   NASDAQ    Clarksville, IN    $ 687   

First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. (FCLF)

   NASDAQ    Edwardsville, IL    $ 647  (1)  

Cheviot Financial (CHEV)

   NASDAQ    Cheviot, OH    $ 587   

United Community Bancorp (UCBA)

   NASDAQ    Lawrenceburg, IN    $ 512   

Wayne Savings Bancshares (WAYN)

   NASDAQ    Wooster, OH    $ 410   

 

(1)   Figures as of September 30, 2013.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Entegra (on a pro forma basis) and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Ratios for the peer group are based on equity and earnings as of or for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 (or the last twelve months for which data are available) and stock price information as of February 14, 2014. Ratios for Entegra are based on equity as of December 31, 2013 and net income for the year ended December 31, 2013. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 27.4% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 31.9% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis.

 

     Price-to-Earnings
Multiple
    Price to
Book Value
    Price to Tangible
Book Value
 

Entegra (pro forma):

      

Maximum, as adjusted, of offering range

     NM     66.14     66.14

Maximum of offering range

     NM     62.70        62.70   

Midpoint of offering range

     NM     59.17        59.17   

Minimum of offering range

     NM     54.95        54.95   

Peer group companies:

      

Average

     20.23        88.13     93.57

Median

     18.24        86.30        92.06   

 

* Not meaningful

 

153


Table of Contents

Our Board of Directors reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

    our financial condition and results of operations;

 

    comparison of our financial performance ratios to those of other financial institutions of similar size; and

 

    market or financial conditions generally and, in particular, for financial institutions.

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. Our Board of Directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended if required as a result of subsequent developments in our financial condition or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend our pro forma market value to less than $36.6 million or more than $56.9 million, the appraisal will be filed with the SEC by a post-effective amendment to our registration statement.

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial did not independently verify our Consolidated Financial Statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers us as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of us or the Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $56.9 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 5,686,750 shares, to reflect regulatory considerations, changes in market and financial conditions, and/or demand for the common stock. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range below $36.6 million or increase the range above $56.9 million without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “– Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” on page        as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $56.9 million or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $36.6 million, then we may terminate the offering and promptly return, with interest calculated at the Bank’s tier 1 statement savings rate, all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted or not prohibited by the Federal Reserve and the Commissioner in order to complete the offering.

In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period. If a subscriber does not respond during the period, his or her stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest calculated at the Bank’s tier 1 statement savings rate, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.

 

154


Table of Contents

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma shareholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma shareholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma shareholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma shareholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data” on page     .

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at our executive office and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information” beginning on page       .

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum, minimum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “– Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” beginning on page       . Natural persons not 12 years of age, or older, as of                     , may not participate in the subscription offering.

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $100.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) on December 31, 2012 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 30,000 shares of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See   “– Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” on page       . If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on December 31, 2012. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all

 

155


Table of Contents

accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our directors or executive officers and their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the year preceding [December 31, 2012].

Priority 2: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, each depositor with a Qualifying Deposit on [supplemental eligibility date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 30,000 shares of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “– Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” on page         . If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he, she or it subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his, her or its Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he, she or it has an ownership interest at [supplemental eligibility date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Priority 3: Other Depositors and Other Members . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor and/or borrower as of [meeting record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Depositors and Other Members”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 30,000 shares of common stock, or 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “– Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” on page         . If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Depositor and Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his, her or its total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he, she or it subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to Other Depositors and Other Members whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Depositor and Other Member bears to the total amount of subscriptions of all Other Depositors and Other Members whose subscriptions remain unfilled. To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Depositor and Other Member must list on

 

156


Table of Contents

the stock order form all loans he or she has with the Bank and all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [meeting record date]. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list an account or loan could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts and loans had been disclosed.

Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor and eligible borrower can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

We will not execute orders until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase at least 3,655,000 shares prior to [expiration date] and we have not otherwise extended the offering, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest calculated at our tier 1 statement savings rate, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. We may decide to extend the subscription offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension. Extensions may not go beyond [final expiration date], which is two years after the special meeting of voting members to vote on the conversion.

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of the Eligible Account Holders, the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors and Other Members, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to certain members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons residing in Buncombe, Clay, Cherokee, Graham, Haywood, Henderson, Jackson, Macon, Polk, Swain and Transylvania Counties, North Carolina, and Rabun County, Georgia, i.e. , a community offering.

Persons who place orders in the community offering may purchase up to 30,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “– Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” on page         . We will use our best efforts consistent with the plan of conversion to distribute the common stock sold in the community offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable. The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering. We have not established any set criteria for determining whether to accept or reject a purchase order in the community offering. Any determination to accept or reject purchase orders in the community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances known to us at the time.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in the western North Carolina counties of Buncombe, Clay, Cherokee, Graham, Haywood, Henderson, Jackson, Macon, Polk, Swain and Transylvania, and Rabun County, Georgia, we will allocate the available shares among those residents in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares ordered by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among residents

 

157


Table of Contents

whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If instead, oversubscription occurs among other members of the general public residing in the aforementioned counties, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in the same manner described above.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the aforementioned counties, has a present intent to remain within the community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters shall determine residency under this provision. To the extent a person is a personal benefit plan or trustee, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans or trusts, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering. It is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension. Extensions may not go beyond [final expiration date], which is two years after the special meeting of voting members to vote on the conversion.

Syndicated Offering

The plan of conversion provides that, if feasible, shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a syndicated offering through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers managed by Sandler O’Neill. Provided that the subscription offering has commenced, we may commence the syndicated offering at any time. We have the right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders, in whole or in part, received in the syndicated offering. Neither Sandler O’Neill nor any registered broker-dealer shall have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated offering; however, Sandler O’Neill has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated offering.

The price at which common stock is sold in the syndicated offering will be the same $10.00 price at which shares are offered and sold in the subscription offering and community offering. Each person may purchase up to 30,000 shares of common stock in the syndicated offering, subject to the maximum purchase limitations. See “– Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” on page         .

If a syndicated offering is held, Sandler O’Neill will serve as sole book running manager. In such capacity, Sandler O’Neill may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) member firms. Neither Sandler O’Neill nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated offering. The syndicated offering will be conducted in accordance with certain SEC rules applicable to best efforts offerings. Under these rules, Sandler O’Neill or the other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated offering generally will accept payment for shares of common stock to be purchased in the syndicated offering through a sweep arrangement under which a

 

158


Table of Contents

customer’s brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the purchase price for the shares of common stock that such customer wishes to purchase in the syndicated offering on the settlement date. Customers who authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for the payment in their accounts on, but not before, the settlement date. The sweep arrangements will meet the following conditions: (i) shares will only be sold to customers with accounts at Sandler O’Neill or at another participating broker-dealer; and (ii) accounts will not be swept until the settlement date, which will only occur after the minimum number of shares are sold. Institutional investors will pay Sandler O’Neill in its capacity as sole book running manager, for shares purchased in the syndicated offering on the settlement date through the services of the Depository Trust Company on a delivery versus payment basis. The closing of the syndicated offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among us and the Bank on one hand and Sandler O’Neill, as representative of the several agents, on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be delivered promptly to us. If the offering is consummated, but some or all of an interested investor’s funds are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after closing, without interest. If the offering is not consummated, funds in the account will be returned promptly, without interest, to the potential investor. Normal customer ticketing will be used for order placement. In the syndicated offering, order forms will not be used.

Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

    the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased by a person in any single category of the offering, i.e. , the subscription offering, the community offering or the syndicated offering, is 30,000 shares;

 

    no person or entity together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 50,000 shares of common stock in the offering;

 

    the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by our executive officers and directors and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 25% of the shares issued in the offering; and

 

    the minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, and subject to any required regulatory approvals and the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, but without further approval of our members, we may decrease or increase the purchase limitations to a percentage which does not exceed 4.99% of the shares issued in the offering. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 4.99% of the shares issued in the offering, this limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for common stock exceeding 4.99% shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering.

 

159


Table of Contents

If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation would be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions. In connection with this type of resolicitation, we may allow payment by wire transfer and disallow payment by personal check.

If a purchase limitation is decreased, subscribers in the subscription offering or any other offering, who ordered more than the new purchase limitation shall be decreased by the minimum amount necessary so that such person shall be in compliance with the then maximum number of shares permitted to be subscribed for by such person.

In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the subscription due to an increase in the maximum of the offering range of up to 15%, the additional shares will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set out above.

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

    any corporation or organization, other than Entegra, Bancorp, the Bank, or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% beneficial shareholder;

 

    any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a fiduciary capacity; and

 

    any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either lives in the same home as the person or who is a director or executive officer of Entegra, Bancorp or the Bank.

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

    knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

    a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because they are members of our Board of Directors. We have the right to determine whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our executive officers and directors and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Entegra, Bancorp or the Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common

 

160


Table of Contents

stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under the guidelines of FINRA, members of FINRA and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “– Restrictions on Transfer of Shares After the Conversion Applicable to Officers and Directors” on page          and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Entegra – “Anti-takeover” effects of Entegra’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws” on page         .

Marketing and Distribution; Compensation

Subscription and Community Offerings. To assist in the marketing of our common stock, we have retained Sandler O’Neill, which is a broker-dealer registered with FINRA. Sandler O’Neill will act as marketing agent in the subscription and community offerings. The services of Sandler O’Neill include, but are not limited to:

 

    consulting as to the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion;

 

    reviewing with the Board of Directors the financial impact of the offering on Entegra;

 

    reviewing all offering documents, including the prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (we are responsible for the preparation and filing of such documents);

 

    assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the offering;

 

    assist us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the stock offering, including printers, transfer agents and proxy solicitation/tabulation firms;

 

    assisting management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors in the offering; and

 

    providing such other general advice and assistance as we may request to promote the successful completion of the offering.

For these services, Sandler O’Neill will receive a marketing fee in connection with the offering equal to (a) 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares sold in the subscription offering, plus (b) 1.75% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares sold in the community offering, except that no fee will be paid with respect to shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees or members of their immediate families.

Syndicated Offering. To the extent shares remain available after the subscription and community offerings, we may sell the shares to the general public in a “syndicated offering.” Sandler O’Neill and any other selected dealers will receive aggregate fees not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate price of any shares sold in the syndicated offering.

 

161


Table of Contents

Expenses. Sandler O’Neill also will be reimbursed for its legal fees and expenses, up to a maximum of $75,000, and its other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, up to a maximum of $25,000. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Sandler O’Neill engagement is terminated under certain circumstances as set forth in our agreement, Sandler O’Neill will be entitled to receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

Indemnity. We will indemnify Sandler O’Neill against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Records Management

We have also engaged Sandler O’Neill to act as our records management agent in connection with the conversion and offering. In its role as records management agent, Sandler O’Neill will provide the following services:

 

    consolidation of deposit accounts and vote calculation;

 

    design and preparation of proxy forms and stock order forms for the subscription and community offerings;

 

    organization and supervision of the Stock Information Center;

 

    coordination of proxy solicitation and special meeting services for our special meeting of members; and

 

    subscription services.

For these services, Sandler O’Neill has received a fee of $10,000 and will receive an additional $20,000 upon the mailing of proxy and subscription materials to Bancorp’s members. Sandler O’Neill also will be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, up to a maximum of $30,000.

Indemnity. We will indemnify Sandler O’Neill against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Sandler O’Neill’s engagement as our records management agent and their performance of services in that capacity.

Sandler O’Neill has not prepared any report or opinion constituting a recommendation or advice to us or to persons who subscribe for our common stock, nor have they prepared an opinion as to the fairness to us of the purchase price or the terms of the common stock to be sold in the conversion and offering. Sandler O’Neill does not express any opinion as to the prices at which common stock to be issued may trade.

 

162


Table of Contents

Description of Sales Activities

Our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other trained employees may assist in the offering in ministerial capacities, providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Sandler O’Neill. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Exchange Act, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on the transactions in the shares of common stock.

The offering will comply with the requirements of Rule 10b-9 under the Exchange Act.

Prospectus Delivery

To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration date of the offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act, we do not intend to mail a prospectus any later than five (5) days prior to the expiration date or hand deliver any later than two (2) days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed with or preceded by a prospectus.

In the syndicated offering, a prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the internet sites or through other online services maintained by Sandler O’Neill or one or more other members of the syndicate, or by their respective affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the syndicate member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The members of the syndicate may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the internet sites referenced in the preceding paragraph and any information contained in any other internet site maintained by any member of the syndicate is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or by Sandler O’Neill or any other member of the syndicate in its capacity as selling agent or syndicate member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares

Expiration Date . The offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to purchasers in the offering, except that certain additional restrictions on the resale or subsequent disposition of the shares shall apply.

 

163


Table of Contents

We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares offered has been sold. If we have not sold the minimum by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we may terminate the offering and promptly refund all funds received for shares of common stock, as described above. Extensions may not go beyond [final expiration date], which is two years after the special meeting of voting members to vote on the conversion.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion (subject to any necessary regulatory approvals) to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds delivered to us, with interest at the Bank’s current tier 1 statement savings rate from the date the stock order was processed.

We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person whom we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.

Use of Order Forms . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must complete an original stock order form and remit full payment. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. Stock order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time or that are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities. You may submit your stock order form by mail using the order reply envelope provided or by overnight courier to our Stock Information Center, at the address indicated on the order form. We will not accept faxed order forms. Other than our Stock Information Center, we will not accept stock order forms at our banking offices. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to regulatory authority.

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by the Bank, the FDIC or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

    personal check, bank check or money order, payable to “Entegra Financial Corp.”; or

 

    authorization of withdrawal from the types of Bank deposit accounts designated on the order form.

 

164


Table of Contents

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at the Bank are provided in the order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will be transferred to a savings account and earn interest calculated at the tier 1 statement savings rate current at the time. In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Payments made by check or money order will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at the Bank and will earn interest at our tier 1 statement savings rate until the offering is completed or terminated.

You may not remit cash, wire transfers, Bank line of credit checks, or third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to Bancorp). You may not designate on your stock order form a direct withdrawal from a Bank retirement account. See “– Using IRA Funds to Purchase Shares,” below, for information on using such funds. Additionally, you may not designate a direct withdrawal from Bank accounts with check-writing privileges. Please provide a check instead. In the event we resolicit large purchasers, as described above in “– Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” on page         , such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but may pay by wire transfer.

Once we receive your executed order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [extension date], as described in “– Expiration Date” on page         .

We will have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the syndicated offering at any time prior to the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

The Bank will not loan funds or extend credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

Using IRA Funds to Purchase Shares. If you are interested in using your individual retirement account (“IRA”) funds, or any other retirement account funds, to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account, such as offered by brokerage firms. By regulation, the Bank’s IRA or other retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Bank retirement account, you may not designate on the stock order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. Before you place your order, the funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to another bank or a brokerage account offering self-directed accounts. There will be no early withdrawal or interest penalties for these transfers. The new trustee or custodian will hold the shares of common stock in a self-directed account in the same manner as we now hold the depositor’s retirement account funds. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the new trustee or custodian. Assistance on how to transfer retirement accounts maintained at the Bank can be obtained from the Stock Information Center.

 

165


Table of Contents

Subscribers interested in using funds in an IRA or any other retirement account, whether held at the Bank or elsewhere, to purchase shares of common stock, should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [expiration date] offering deadline. Processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings . All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings or in any syndicated offering will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and offering or the next business day. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described above in “Summary – Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering.” It is possible that until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of FINRA, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to issue subscription rights or offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country or in a state of the U.S. with respect to which any of the following apply: (i) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares reside in such state; (ii) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of such shares of common stock to such persons would require us under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

The plan of conversion prohibits any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Depositors and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued thereunder or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares.

 

166


Table of Contents

We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Stock Information Center

Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment related questions. If you have any questions regarding the offering, please call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (        )          -         , Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed weekends and bank holidays.

Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock

Under Federal Reserve regulations, for a period of one year from the date of the completion of the offering we may not repurchase any of our common stock from any person, except (i) in an offer made to all shareholders to repurchase the common stock on a pro rata basis, approved by the Federal Reserve, (ii) the repurchase of qualifying shares of a director, or (iii) repurchases to fund restricted stock plans or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. Where extraordinary circumstances exist, the Federal Reserve may approve the open market repurchase of up to 5% of our common stock during the first year following the conversion and offering. To receive such approval, we must establish compelling and valid business purposes for the repurchase to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve. Based on the foregoing restrictions, we anticipate that we will not repurchase any shares of our common stock in the year following completion of the conversion and offering.

Liquidation Rights

Liquidation prior to the conversion . In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Bancorp and the Bank or a liquidation solely of the Bank prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of the Bank (including depositors of the Bank to the extent of their deposit balances) would be paid first. Thereafter, any assets of the Bank remaining would be distributed to depositors of the Bank based on the relative size of their deposit balances in the Bank immediately prior to the liquidation.

Liquidation following the conversion . In the unlikely event that the Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including depositors of the Bank to the extent of their deposit balances, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation accounts to be established in Entegra and the Bank as further described below, a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest. Depositors would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Entegra or the Bank above that amount.

The plan of conversion provides that, upon the completion of the conversion, we are to establish a “liquidation account” for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to our total equity as reflected in our latest statement of financial condition contained in this prospectus and used in the offering. The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a bank liquidation account at the Bank to support our liquidation account in the event we do not have sufficient capital resources to fund our obligation under our liquidation account.

 

167


Table of Contents

The liquidation account established by us is designed to provide depositors a liquidation interest after the conversion in the event of a complete liquidation of Entegra and the Bank, or a liquidation solely of the Bank. Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) the Bank or (ii) Entegra and the Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors (including depositors of the Bank to the extent of their deposit balances), would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of December 31, 2012 and [supplemental eligibility date] of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by us. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of the Bank alone, when we have insufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank), to fund the liquidation account distributions due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and the Bank has positive net worth, the Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund Entegra’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. If Entegra is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, then Entegra’s liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in Entegra’s liquidation account.

Under applicable rules and regulatory policies, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination with another depository institution in which Entegra or the Bank are not the surviving institution would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

Each Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $100.00 or more held in the Bank on December 31, 2012 or [supplemental eligibility date] equal to the proportion that the balance of each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s deposit account on December 31, 2012 or [supplemental eligibility date] respectively, bears to the balance of all deposit accounts of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the Bank on such dates.

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on December 31, 2012 or [supplemental eligibility date], or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositors. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to shareholders.

 

168


Table of Contents

Material Income Tax Consequences

Completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion is subject to the prior receipt of either a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel with respect to federal tax consequences and a private letter ruling from the state taxing authority, an opinion of counsel, or a letter of advice from a tax advisor with respect to applicable state tax consequences of the conversion to Entegra, Macon Bancorp, Macon Bank and Account Holders of Macon Bank. Unlike private letter rulings, the opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Entegra or Macon Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

We have received an opinion of counsel, Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P., as to the federal and North Carolina state tax consequences of the conversion, including an opinion to the effect that the income tax consequences under North Carolina law of the offering are not materially different than for federal income tax purposes.

Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P., has issued an opinion to Entegra, Macon Bancorp and Macon Bank that for federal and North Carolina income tax purposes:

 

  (i) The conversion of Macon Bancorp’s charter to a North Carolina chartered stock corporation by merger of Macon Bancorp with and into Entegra with Entegra as the resulting entity will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of the Code. None of Entegra, Macon Bancorp, Macon Bank or Account Holders will recognize any gain or loss as a result of the Conversion.

 

  (ii) It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Entegra common stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Account Holders upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Entegra common stock. Account Holders will not realize any taxable income as a result of their exercise of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

  (iii) It is more likely than not that the basis of Entegra common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof, and that the holding period for such shares of common stock will begin on the date of completion of the offering.

 

  (iv) No gain or loss will be recognized by Entegra on the receipt of money in exchange for Entegra common stock sold in the offering.

 

  (v) For North Carolina income tax purposes, the conversion will be treated in a manner identical to the way the conversion is treated pursuant to the Code.

The opinion under item (ii) above is based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Entegra common stock received by Account Holders have a fair market value of zero. The opinion under item (iii) above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P.

 

169


Table of Contents

noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Entegra common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering or syndicated offering. Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P. also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P. noted that Entegra has issued a letter stating its belief that subscription rights do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the subscription offering. Based on the foregoing, Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P. believes it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Entegra common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances.

If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and Entegra and/or Macon Bank may be subject to tax on the distribution of the subscription rights.

The opinion of Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P., unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable private letter rulings for transactions similar to the conversion and offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.

The federal tax opinion has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to our registration statement.

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares After the Conversion Applicable to Officers and Directors

Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable, except for shares purchased by our directors and executive officers.

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by our directors or executive officers generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or officer. Each information statement for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. Our directors and executive officers also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors or executive officers during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the SEC, except with prior written regulatory approval. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.

 

170


Table of Contents

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act, for the registration of the common stock to be issued in the offering. This registration does not cover the resale of the shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of us may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of us will have resale restrictions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144, each affiliate of ours who complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. We may make future provision to permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act under certain circumstances.

Interpretation, Amendment and Termination

To the extent permitted by law, all interpretations by us of the plan of conversion will be final; however, such interpretations have no binding effect on our banking regulators. The plan of conversion provides that, if deemed necessary or desirable, we may substantively amend the plan of conversion as a result of comments from our banking regulators or otherwise. We may terminate the plan of conversion at any time.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF ENTEGRA

Although our Board of Directors is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of us after the conversion, our Board of Directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of our Articles to protect our interests and the interests of our shareholders from takeovers which our Board of Directors might conclude are not in our best interests or the best interests of our shareholders or subsidiaries.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of our Articles and Bylaws and of North Carolina corporate law, North Carolina banking law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in our Articles and Bylaws, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of the applications we have filed with the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve, and our registration statement filed with the SEC. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” on page         .

“Anti-takeover” effects of Entegra’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our Articles and Bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of shareholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, shareholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of our Board of Directors or management more difficult.

Evaluation of Certain Business Combinations. Our Articles establish certain restrictions on our consideration of offers by third parties to effect a Business Combination. “Business Combination” means any transfer in connection with (i) a combination or merger of Entegra, (ii) the acquisition of more than 10% of Entegra’s outstanding voting shares, or (iii) a purchase or sale of a substantial portion of the assets of Entegra or its subsidiary (a purchase or sale of 20% or more of the total assets of Entegra or its subsidiary as of the end of the

 

171


Table of Contents

most recent quarterly period being deemed as “substantial”) in each case, as applicable, which requires the approval of, or notice to and absence of objection by any federal or state banking regulator, the Federal Trade Commission or the Anti-Trust Division of the United States Department of Justice, or our shareholders, but excluding any reorganization, acquisition, merger, purchase or sale of assets, or combination initiated by us upon the vote of at least 51% of the Continuing Directors. “Continuing Directors” generally includes all members of our Board of Directors who are not affiliated with any third party offeror which (together with its affiliates and associates) is the beneficial owner of 10% or more of our voting shares (a “Related Person”).

Our Articles provide that our Board of Directors shall, when evaluating such an offer, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Entegra and its shareholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, without limitation: (i) the social and economic effects of acceptance of such an offer on our depositors, borrowers, other customers, employees, and creditors, and on the communities in which we operate or are located; (ii) our ability and the ability of the Bank to fulfill the objectives of a bank holding company and/or savings bank, as applicable, and of banking entities, as applicable, under applicable federal and state statutes and regulations; (iii) the business and financial condition and prospects and earnings prospects of the person or group proposing the combination, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the combination, and other likely financial obligations of such person or group, and the possible effect of such conditions and prospects upon us, the Bank and the communities in which we are located; (iv) the competence, experience, and integrity of the person or group proposing the combination and its or their management; and (v) the prospects for successful conclusion of the proposed combination. This provision could tend to make an acquisition of us more difficult to accomplish without the cooperation or a favorable recommendation of our Board of Directors. If our Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

Approval of Business Combinations. Our Articles require the affirmative vote of 66.7% of our outstanding voting shares to approve a Business Combination, provided, however, that the 66.7% voting requirement shall not be applicable if the Business Combination is approved by our Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of (i) at least 75% of the whole Board of Directors, and (ii) if such Business Combination is proposed by a Related Person or at least 75% of the Continuing Directors, in either case at a duly called or convened regular or special meeting of our Board of Directors.

Staggered Board . In the first election of directors following the conversion, and in all elections thereafter, that the total number of directors is nine or more, the directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal as possible in number as may be, to serve in the first instance for terms of one, two and three years, respectively, from the date such class of directors takes office or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification or until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify. Thereafter the successors in each class of directors shall be elected for terms of three years or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal, or disqualification or until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors. Our Bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by shareholders of candidates for election to our Board of Directors or the proposal by shareholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of shareholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all shareholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

 

172


Table of Contents

Election of Directors . Our Articles provide that in the case of election of directors, those nominees who receive a majority of the votes cast shall be elected; provided however in the event that two or more nominees are presented for election to the same directorship, the nominee receiving a plurality of the votes cast shall be elected.

Director Vacancies. Our Bylaws provide that any vacancy occurring in our Board of Directors, however caused, may be filled by an affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office, whether or not a quorum is present, and any director so chosen shall hold office only until the next annual meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected. This provision is designed to afford anti-takeover protection by preventing shareholders from filling board vacancies with their own nominees.

Cumulative Voting. Our Articles do not provide for cumulative voting for any purpose. The absence of cumulative voting may afford anti-takeover protection by preventing a shareholder from casting a number of votes equal to the number of shares owned multiplied by the number of board seats up for election all for or against a single nominee for election as director. As a result, the absence of cumulative voting may make it more difficult for shareholders to elect nominees opposed by our Board of Directors.

Limitation on Voting Rights . Our Articles provide that for a period of three years following the conversion, except with the prior approval of our Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the whole Board, in no event shall any record owner of shares of common stock that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person owning in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. This provision is designed to satisfy the Federal Reserve regulations which provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the conversion, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Entegra’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve, and restricts the voting rights of any person who exceeds the 10% threshold.

This provision affords anti-takeover protection by discouraging shareholders from acquiring more than 10% of our outstanding common stock and, for those shareholders who do acquire more than the 10% limit, by restricting their ability to influence the outcome of a shareholder vote. Absent this provision, under North Carolina law a shareholder would generally be permitted to vote all of the shares of common stock he or she owns, regardless of whether such holdings exceed 10% of the outstanding common stock. This limitation on voting rights may have the effect of preventing greater than 10% shareholders from voting all of their shares in favor of a proposed transaction or a nominee for director that our Board of Directors may oppose.

Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings . The Bylaws provide special meetings of our shareholders may only be called by our Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, Entegra will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock” on page       . Our Articles authorize 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our Articles authorize our Board of Directors, from time to time by resolution and without further shareholder action, to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and other rights of the shares and to fix the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

 

173


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, we had a gross deferred tax asset of $26.8 million. Our preferred stock could be used in connection with the adoption of a shareholder rights plan, sometimes referred to as a “poison pill,” designed to protect our ability to use our deferred tax asset to offset future taxable income, which would be substantially limited if we experienced an “ownership change” under Section 382 of the Code. For example, a series of preferred stock could be designated that would be convertible into common stock upon a person or group acquiring a specified percentage of our common stock. Typically, such a shareholder rights plan provides that if a person or group acquires a specified percentage (usually 4.99%) of a corporation’s voting stock, the shareholders of that corporation (other than the person or group who purchased the specified percentage interest) have the right to purchase shares of the corporation’s common stock at a discount to the market price. This results in dilution to the person or group who purchased the specified percentage interest, both economically and in terms of their percentage ownership of the corporation’s shares. Our Board of Directors is able to implement a shareholder rights plan without further action by our shareholders.

As a result of its discretion with respect to the creation and issuance of preferred stock without shareholder approval, our Board of Directors could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock and, by issuing shares of preferred stock with certain voting, conversion and/or redemption rights, could discourage any attempt to obtain control of us. The Board of Directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

Amendments to our Articles and Bylaws. Except as provided under “– Authorized but Unissued Shares,” above, regarding the amendment of our Articles by our Board of Directors to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, or as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to our Articles must be approved by our Board of Directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock; provided, however, that except with the prior approval of our Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the whole Board of Directors, and, if at any time there is a Related Person, at least 75% of the Continuing Directors, approval by at least 75% of the outstanding voting stock, voting separately as a class, is required to amend the following provisions:

 

  (i) The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock, as described in “– Limitation on Voting Rights,” above;

 

  (ii) The restrictions on our consideration of offers by third parties to effect a Business Combination, as described in “– Evaluation of Certain Business Combinations,” above;

 

  (iii) The provision of our Articles requiring approval of at least 66.7% of our outstanding voting shares to approve a Business Combination, as described in “– Approval of Business Combinations,” above; and

 

  (iv) The provision of our Articles requiring approval of at least 75% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of our Articles provided in (i) through (iii) of this list.

 

174


Table of Contents

Change in Control Regulations

Federal law requires the approval of the Federal Reserve prior to any person or entity, or any persons or entities acting in concert, acquiring 10% or more of our common stock, and prior to certain other actions that are deemed pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve to constitute control. In addition, North Carolina law requires the approval of the Commissioner prior to acquiring control of a North Carolina savings bank.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a brief description of the material terms of the capital stock to be sold in the offering. This summary does not purport to be complete in all respects. This description is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the North Carolina Business Corporation Act (“NCBCA”), federal law, our Articles, and our Bylaws, copies of which have been filed with the SEC and are also available upon request from us. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” on page       .

General

Our Articles authorize the issuance of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share. We expect that our shares of common stock will be listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ENFC,” subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions, including the presence of at least three registered and active market makers. Sandler O’Neill has advised us that it intends to make a market in shares of our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. While we will attempt, before completion of the offering, to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in shares of our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining such commitments.

We currently expect to issue up to 4,945,000 shares of common stock in the offering. We will not issue shares of preferred stock in the offering. Each share of our common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Our Articles, subject to certain limitations, authorize our Board of Directors, from time to time by resolution and without further shareholder action, to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and other rights of the shares and to fix the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

The shares of common stock will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

Common Stock

Pre-emptive Rights; Redemption Rights; Terms of Conversion; Sinking Fund and Redemption Provision. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, redemption rights, conversion rights, sinking fund or redemption provisions.

 

175


Table of Contents

Voting Rights. Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. Shareholders are not entitled to cumulate their votes for the election of directors. Directors shall be elected by a majority of the votes cast; provided, however, that in the event two or more nominees are presented for election to the same directorship, the nominee receiving a plurality of the votes cast shall be deemed elected to the directorship.

In the first election of directors following the conversion, and in all elections thereafter, that the total number of directors is nine or more, the directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal as possible in number as may be, to serve in the first instance for terms of one, two and three years, respectively, from the date such class of directors takes office or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification or until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify. Thereafter the successors in each class of directors shall be elected for terms of three years or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal, or disqualification or until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify. In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of directors at a time that the directors are so classified, the additional or eliminated directorships shall be classified or chosen so that all classes of directors shall remain or become as nearly equal as possible in number. At all times that the number of directors is less than nine, each director shall be elected to a term ending as of the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification or until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify.

Limitation on Voting Rights. Our Articles provide that for a period of three years following the conversion, except with the prior approval of our Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the whole Board, in no event shall any record owner of shares of common stock that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person owning in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. This provision is designed to satisfy the Federal Reserve regulations which provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the conversion, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Entegra’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve, and restricts the voting rights of any person who exceeds the 10% threshold.

Liquidation Rights. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Bank, we would be entitled, as the holder of 100% of the Bank’s capital stock, to receive all of the assets of the Bank available for distribution, after the payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after any required distribution from the Bank’s liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, our shareholders would be entitled to receive, after the payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and liabilities, including but not limited to our outstanding subordinated debentures, all of our remaining assets available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, holders of preferred stock may have a priority over the holders of our common stock in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Dividend Rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of legally available funds. The ability of our Board of Directors to declare and pay dividends on our common stock is subject to the terms of applicable North Carolina law, banking regulations, the Regulatory Agreements and our outstanding subordinated debentures as described in “Our Policy Regarding

 

176


Table of Contents

Dividends” on page     . The Written Agreement prohibits us from paying any dividends, except with the prior approval of the FRB. See “Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Agreements” on page     . Our principal source of income is dividends that are declared and paid by the Bank, on our capital stock. Therefore, our ability to pay dividends is dependent upon the receipt of dividends from the Bank. North Carolina stock savings banks, such as the Bank, are subject to legal limitations on the amounts of dividends they are permitted to pay. The Bank may not pay dividends if, after making such distribution, it would become, or if it already is, “undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the applicable law and regulations) or such transaction would reduce the net worth of the Bank to an amount which is less than the minimum amount required by applicable federal and state regulations. The Consent Order prohibits the Bank from paying any dividends, except with the prior approval of the Bank Supervisory Authorities. See “Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Agreements” on page     . In addition, the Bank is not permitted to declare or pay a cash dividend if the effect thereof would be to cause its net worth to be reduced below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with the proposed conversion. Also, we may not pay dividends on our capital stock if we are in default or have elected to defer payments of interest under our subordinated debentures. Pursuant to Federal Reserve regulations, we may not make a distribution that would constitute a return of capital during the three years following the completion of the conversion and offering. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will also depend upon our earnings and financial condition, the capital requirements of our subsidiaries, regulatory conditions and other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Transfer Agent and Registrar. The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.

Preferred Stock

None of the shares of our authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Our Articles authorize our Board of Directors, from time to time by resolution and without further shareholder action, to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and other rights of the shares and to fix the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

EXPERTS

Our Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2013, and 2012 included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

RP Financial has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

LEGAL MATTERS

Our counsel, Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P., has issued us its opinions regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal and North Carolina state income tax consequences of the conversion. Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P. has consented to the references in this prospectus to its opinions. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Sandler O’Neill by Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP.

 

177


Table of Contents

REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

In connection with the offering, we will register our common stock under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and, upon such registration, we will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by our directors, officers and greater than 10% shareholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the plan of conversion, we have undertaken that we will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates. The SEC telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC, including us. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

We have filed with the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve applications for approval to become a bank holding company, of the change in control of Bancorp and the Bank and the merger of Bancorp into Entegra that will occur in connection with the plan of conversion. This prospectus omits certain information contained in these applications. These applications may be examined at the offices of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve, respectively. Our plan of conversion is also available, upon request, at each of our branch offices.

 

178


Table of Contents

 

MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(with Report of Independent Registered

Public Accounting Firm thereon)

  

 

F-(i)


Table of Contents

MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Table of Contents

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1   
Consolidated Financial Statements   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Equity

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-(ii)


Table of Contents

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors

Macon Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Franklin, North Carolina

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Macon Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Company”) which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Macon Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

March 14, 2014

 

LOGO

 

F-1


Table of Contents

MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
Assets     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 9,080      $ 8,161   

Interest-earning deposits

     25,236        17,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     34,316        25,362   

Investments -available for sale

     155,484        131,091   

Investments—held to maturity (Fair value of $20,098 at December 31, 2013)

     20,988        —     

Loans held for sale

     5,688        745   

Loans receivable

     521,874        560,724   

Allowance for loan losses

     (14,251     (14,874

Fixed assets, net

     13,006        13,214   

Real estate owned

     10,506        19,755   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     2,724        2,437   

Interest receivable

     2,673        2,682   

Bank owned life insurance

     19,961        19,479   

Net deferred tax asset

     4,210        4,210   

Real estate held for investment

     2,489        —     

Mortgage servicing rights

     1,883        1,908   

Other assets

     3,003        3,206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 784,554      $ 769,939   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Equity     

Liabilities:

    

Deposits

   $ 684,226      $ 675,098   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     40,000        25,000   

Junior subordinated notes

     14,433        14,433   

Post employment benefits

     10,199        10,868   

Accrued interest payable

     2,023        1,464   

Other liabilities

     1,155        782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     752,036        727,645   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

    

Equity:

    

Retained earnings, substantially restricted

     39,994        40,409   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (7,476     1,885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     32,518        42,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 784,554      $ 769,939   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Interest income:

      

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 27,231      $ 30,515      $ 34,106   

Taxable securities

     3,447        2,930        3,736   

Tax-exempt securities

     370        636        1,512   

Interest-earning deposits

     30        17        2   

Other interest earning assets

     179        176        127   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     31,257        34,274        39,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

      

Deposits

     5,826        7,883        11,204   

FHLB advances

     672        1,238        2,899   

Junior subordinated notes

     490        514        469   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     6,988        9,635        14,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     24,269        24,639        24,911   

Provision for loan losses

     4,358        7,878        24,116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     19,911        16,761        795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

      

Servicing income, net

     (126     (26     405   

Gain on sale of loans

     2,407        1,005        555   

Gain on sale of investments

     358        3,294        1,635   

Overdraft fees

     1,139        1,419        1,465   

ATM and debit fees

     1,009        967        765   

Bank owned life insurance

     543        595        683   

Other

     1,059        960        1,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     6,389        8,214        6,349   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expenses:

      

Compensation and employee benefits

     11,428        10,057        10,458   

Net occupancy

     2,507        2,373        2,475   

Federal deposit insurance

     1,700        1,652        1,679   

Professional and advisory

     547        1,000        2,189   

Data processing

     893        751        1,134   

Real estate owned operations

     1,356        2,156        2,332   

Real estate owned valuation

     4,093        2,089        6,042   

Loss on sale of real estate owned

     163        1,203        639   

Other

     3,553        3,772        4,802   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     26,240        25,053        31,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

     60        (78     (24,606

Income tax expense (benefit)

     475        (1,011     1,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (415   $ 933      $ (25,980
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Net income (loss)

   $ (415     933        (25,980

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale

     (9,431     1,134        5,041   

Reclassification adjustment for securities gains realized in net income (loss)

     (358     (3,294     (1,635

Amortization of unrealized loss on securities transferred to HTM

     34        —          —     

Change in deferred tax valuation allowance attributable to unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale

     (3,479     (816     1,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

     (13,234     (2,976     4,841   

Income tax effect related to items of other comprehensive income

     3,873        853        (1,345
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax

     (9,361     (2,123     3,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (9,776   $ (1,190   $ (22,484
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Equity

(in thousands)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 

     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 65,456      $ 512      $ 65,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (25,980     —          (25,980

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     —          3,496        3,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 39,476      $ 4,008      $ 43,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     933        —          933   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     —          (2,123     (2,123
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 40,409      $ 1,885      $ 42,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (415     —          (415

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     —          (9,361     (9,361
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   $ 39,994      $ (7,476   $ 32,518   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (415     933        (25,980

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     848        805        919   

Security amortization/(accretion), net

     1,506        1,972        1,926   

Provision for loan losses

     4,358        7,878        24,116   

Provision for real estate owned

     4,093        2,089        6,042   

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     429        (440     1,374   

Net increase (decrease) in deferred loan fees

     (232     132        294   

Gain on sales of securities available for sale

     (358     (3,294     (1,635

Income on bank owned life insurance

     (482     (536     (628

Gains on sale of mortgage loans

     (2,407     (1,005     (555

Net realized loss on real estate owned

     163        1,203        639   

Loans originated for sale

     (65,635     (40,815     (18,900

Proceeds from sale of loans originated for sale

     63,099        41,075        19,665   

Net change in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Interest receivable

     9        505        1,106   

Mortgage servicing rights

     25        406        219   

Other assets

     203        2,252        1,740   

Postemployment benefits

     (669     (669     (909

Accrued interest payable

     559        157        (37

Other liabilities

     373        69        (54

Current income taxes

     —          (179     4,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 5,467        12,538        13,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Investing activities:

      

Activity for investments available for sale:

      

Purchases

   $ (113,810     (118,361     (126,188

Maturities and principal repayments

     21,122        29,389        27,818   

Sales

     36,404        147,826        127,618   

Net decrease in loans

     28,041        26,872        60,732   

Proceeds from sale of real estate owned

     8,671        13,245        15,269   

Real estate cost capitalized

     (118     (1,355     (2,941

Purchase of fixed assets

     (642     (312     (165

(Redemption) purchase of FHLB stock

     (287     4,053        4,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used) provided in investing activities

   $ (20,619     101,357        106,632   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

   $ 9,128        (75,358     (47,898

Net increase (decrease) in escrow deposits

     (22     (376     311   

Proceeds from FHLB advances

     15,000        —          4,000   

Repayments of FHLB advances

     —          (27,400     (80,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 24,106        (103,134     (123,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     8,954        10,761        (3,447

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     25,362        14,601        18,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 34,316        25,362        14,601   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest on deposits and other borrowings

   $ 6,429        9,987        15,071   

Income taxes

     43        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

      

Real estate acquired in satisfaction of mortgage loans

   $ 8,651        21,295        20,610   

Loans originated for disposition of real estate owned

     2,591        3,188        6,282   

Transfer of investment securities available for sale to held to maturity

     20,954        —          —     

Transfer of real estate owned to real estate held for investment

     2,500        —          —     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except as noted)

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

1. Organization

Macon Bancorp (Holding Company) is a mutual holding company for Macon Bank, Inc. (Bank), a state-chartered stock savings bank. The Holding Company’s primary operation is its investment in the Bank. The Holding Company also owns the common stock of Macon Capital Trust I (Trust), the issuing entity for certain trust preferred securities. The Bank has a wholly owned subsidiary, Macon Services, Inc., which owns an investment real estate property. The consolidated entity (Company) financials are presented in these financial statements.

The Bank operates as a community-focused retail bank, originating primarily real estate based mortgage, consumer and commercial loans and accepting deposits from consumers and small businesses.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform, in all material respects, to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and to general practices within the banking industry. The following summarizes the more significant of these policies and practices.

Estimates – The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change, in the near term, relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed real estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Principles of Consolidation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Holding Company, the Bank, and its wholly owned subsidiary. The accounts of the Trust are not consolidated with the Company. In consolidation all significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassification – Certain amounts in the prior years’ financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The reclassifications had no significant effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Cash and Cash Equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows include vault cash and demand deposits at other institutions including the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). Depository institutions are required to maintain reserve and clearing balances with the FRB. The Company’s required reserve balances with the FRB were $410 and $350 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and were satisfied entirely through vault cash balances.

Securities – We determine the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. Available for sale securities represent those securities that that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time, but that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity needs or other factors. Such securities are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses deemed to be temporary, reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax.

Held to maturity securities represent those securities that we have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and are carried at amortized cost.

Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities and other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) charges are recorded as a component of noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific-identification method. Bond premiums are amortized to the call date and bond discounts are accreted to the maturity date, both on a level yield basis.

We perform a quarterly review of our securities to identify those that may indicate OTTI. Our policy for OTTI within the debt securities portfolio is based upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the estimated fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition of the underlying issuer and the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations. Other factors include the likelihood of the security’s ability to recover any decline in its estimated fair value and whether management intends to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that management will be required to sell the investment security prior to the security’s recovery.

The Company reclassified certain of its securities from available for sale to held to maturity during the year ended December 31, 2013 in an effort to minimize the impact of future

 

F-9


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

interest rates on accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The difference between the book values and fair values at the date of the transfer will continue to be reported in a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, and will be amortized into income over the remaining life of the security as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of a premium. Concurrently, the revised book values of the transferred securities (represented by the market value on the date of transfer) are being amortized back to their par values over the remaining life of the security as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of a discount.

Loans Held for Sale – Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Net unrealized losses are recognized by charges to Gain on sale of loans income. When a loan is placed in the held-for-sale category, we stop amortizing the related deferred fees and costs. The remaining unamortized fees and costs are recognized as part of the cost basis of the loan at the time it is sold. Gains and losses on sales of loans held for sale are included in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Loans held for sale primarily represent loans on one-to-four family dwellings and the portion of Small Business Administration loans intended to be sold.

Loans Receivable – Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for the allowance for loan losses, unamortized premiums and discounts, and any net deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of interest income over the respective lives of the loans using the interest method without consideration of anticipated prepayments.

Generally, consumer loans are charged down to their estimated collateral value after reaching 90 days past due. The number of days past due is determined by the amount of time from when the payment was due based on contractual terms. Commercial loans are charged off as management becomes aware of facts and circumstances that raise doubt as to the collectability of all or a portion of the principal and when we believe a confirmed loss exists.

The Company began originating and selling the guaranteed portion of small business administration (SBA) loans into the secondary market during the year ended December 31, 2013. When the Company retains the right to service a sold SBA loan, the previous carrying amount is allocated between the guaranteed portion of the loan sold, the unguaranteed portion of the loan retained and the retained SBA servicing right based on their relative fair values on the date of transfer.

Nonaccrual Loans The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent or when it becomes impaired, whichever occurs first, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest payments received

 

F-10


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

on nonaccrual loans are generally applied as a direct reduction to the principal outstanding until qualifying for return to accrual status. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans may be recognized as income on a cash basis if recovery of the remaining principal is reasonably assured. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Interest payments applied to principal while the loan was on nonaccrual may be recognized in income over the remaining life of the loan after the loan is returned to accrual status.

For loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring, the loan is generally placed on non-accrual until there is a period of satisfactory payment performance by the borrower (either immediately before or after the restructuring), generally defined as six months, and the ultimate collectability of all amounts contractually due is not in doubt.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR) – In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession, for other than an insignificant period of time, to the borrower that we would not otherwise grant, the related loan is classified as a TDR. We strive to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify to more affordable terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status. These modified terms generally include extensions of maturity dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk characteristics, reductions in contractual interest rates, periods of interest only payments, and principal deferment. While unusual, there may be instances of loan principal forgiveness. We also may have borrowers classified as a TDR wherein their debt obligation has been discharged by a chapter 7 bankruptcy without reaffirmation of debt. We individually evaluate all substandard loans that experienced a modification of terms to determine if a TDR has occurred.

All TDRs are considered to be impaired loans and will be reported as an impaired loan for the remaining life of the loan, unless the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that would be accepted at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and it is fully expected that the remaining principal and interest will be collected according to the restructured agreement

Allowance for Loan Losses (ALL) – The ALL reflects our estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The methodology for determining the ALL has two main components: the evaluation of individual loans for impairment and the evaluation of certain groups of homogeneous loans with similar risk characteristics.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. We individually evaluate all loans classified as substandard or nonaccrual greater than $350 for impairment. If the impaired loan is considered collateral dependent, a charge-off is taken based upon the appraised value of the property (less an estimate of selling costs if foreclosure is anticipated). If the impaired loan is not collateral dependent, a specific reserve is established based upon an estimate of the future discounted cash flows after consideration of modifications and the likelihood of future default and prepayment.

The allowance for homogenous loans consists of a base historical loss reserve and a qualitative reserve. The base historical loss reserve utilizes a weighted average historical loss rate of the last 16 quarters, with the last four quarters weighted more heavily than the oldest four quarters. The loss rates for the base loss reserve are segmented into 13 loan categories and contain loss rates ranging from approximately 1% to 14%.

The qualitative reserve adjusts the weighted average loss rates utilized in the base loss reserve for trends in the following internal and external factors:

 

    Non-accrual and classified loans

 

    Collateral values

 

    Loan concentrations

 

    Economic conditions – including unemployment rates, building permits, and a regional economic index.

Qualitative reserve adjustment factors range from -10 basis points for a favorable trend to +30 basis points for a highly unfavorable trend. These factors are subject to adjustment as economic conditions change.

Fixed Assets – Land is stated at cost. Office properties and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from four to 30 years. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred while expenditures greater than $500 dollars that increase a property’s life are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the remaining lease term, including renewal periods when reasonably assured.

Real Estate Owned – Real estate properties acquired through loan foreclosure are initially recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less costs to sell. Losses arising from the initial foreclosure of property are charged against the ALL. Subsequent to foreclosure, real estate owned is recorded at the lower of carrying amount or

 

F-12


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

fair value less estimated costs to sell. Valuations are periodically performed by management, but not less than annually, and an additional allowance for losses is established by a charge to Real estate owned valuation in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, if necessary.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock (FHLB) – FHLB stock is carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. The Company has evaluated its FHLB stock and concluded that it is not impaired because the FHLB Atlanta is currently paying cash dividends and redeeming stock at par. The FHLB requires members to purchase and hold a specified level of stock based upon on the members asset value, level of borrowings and participation in other programs offered. Stock in the FHLB is non-marketable and is redeemable at the discretion of the FHLB. Members do not purchase stock in the FHLB for the same reasons that traditional equity investors acquire stock in an investor-owned enterprise. Rather, members purchase stock to obtain access to the low-cost products and services offered by the FHLB. Unlike equity securities of traditional for-profit enterprises, the stock of the FHLB does not provide its holders with an opportunity for capital appreciation because, by regulation, FHLB stock can only be purchased, redeemed and transferred at par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income from taxable securities in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) – BOLI is recorded at its net cash surrender value. Changes in net cash surrender value are recognized in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Real Estate Held for Investment Real estate held for investment is initially recorded at fair value. Subsequently, the property is depreciated over its estimated useful life. Costs relating to development and improvement of properties are capitalized, whereas holding costs are expensed as incurred.

Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR) – Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted the fair value model for accounting for its MSR’s. This change represented a change in accounting principle and has been accounted for retrospectively by reflecting prior amortization as change in fair value. Because fair value was less than amortized cost and had been properly reserved through a valuation allowance, there was no cumulative impact of adopting the fair value option.

The value of MSR’s are initially recognized as part of the fair value measurement of a derivative loan commitment. However, a separate MSR asset or liability is not recognized until the servicing rights have been contractually separated from the underlying loan by sale of the loan with servicing retained. The MSR is established at estimated fair value, which represents the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, considering expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors, which are determined based on assumptions that a market participant would utilize. The expected rate of mortgage loan prepayments is the most significant factor driving the

 

F-13


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

value of MSRs. Increases in mortgage loan prepayments reduce estimated future net servicing cash flows because the life of the underlying loan is reduced. In determining the estimated fair value of MSRs, mortgage interest rates, which are used to determine prepayment rates, are held constant over the estimated life of the portfolio. The Company periodically adjusts the recorded amount of its MSR’s to fair value as determined by a third party appraisal.

Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal (generally 25 basis points) or a fixed amount per loan, and are recorded as income when earned. Changes in fair value of MSR’s are netted against loan servicing fee income and reported as Servicing income, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Derivative Financial Instruments – Interest Rate Lock Commitments and Forward Sale Contracts – In the normal course of business, we sell originated mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage loan market. We also offer interest rate lock commitments to potential borrowers. The commitments guarantee a specified interest rate for a loan if underwriting standards are met, but the commitment does not obligate the potential borrower to close on the loan. Accordingly, some commitments expire prior to becoming loans. We can encounter pricing risks if interest rates rise significantly before the loan can be closed and sold. As a result, forward sale contracts are utilized in order to mitigate this pricing risk. Whenever a customer desires an interest rate lock commitment, a mortgage originator quotes a secondary market rate guaranteed for that day by the investor. The interest rate lock is executed between the mortgagee and the Company and in turn a forward sale contract may be executed between the Company and an investor (generally FNMA). Both the interest rate lock commitment with the customer and the corresponding forward sale contract with the investor are considered derivatives, but are not accounted for using hedge accounting. As such, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivatives during the commitment period are recorded in current earnings and included in Gain on sale of loans in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value of the interest rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts are recorded as assets or liabilities and included in Other assets and Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Advertising Expense – Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company’s advertising expenses were $279, $267 and $242 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Income Taxes – We estimate income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to the tax jurisdictions where we conduct business. On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of our effective tax rate based upon our current estimate of the amount and components of net income, tax credits and the applicable statutory tax rates expected for the full year.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability method and are reported net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in tax rate and laws. When deferred tax assets are recognized, they are subject to a valuation allowance based on management’s judgment as to whether realization is more likely than not. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considered the following sources of taxable income:

 

    Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences

 

    Future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carry forwards

 

    Taxable income in prior carryback years

 

    Tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented

As a result of the analysis above, the Company concluded that a valuation allowance was necessary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, after consideration of certain tax planning strategies.

Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to taxing jurisdictions and are reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We evaluate and assess the relative risks and appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other information and maintain tax accruals consistent with the evaluation of these relative risks and merits. Changes to the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being conducted by taxing authorities and changes to statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. These changes, when they occur, can affect deferred taxes and accrued taxes, as well as the current period’s income tax expense and can be significant to our operating results.

Tax positions are recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

Allowance for Unfunded Commitments – In the normal course of business, we offer off-balance sheet credit arrangements to enable our customers to meet their financing objectives. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. Our exposure to credit loss, in the event the customer does not satisfy the terms of the agreement, equals the contractual amount of the obligation less the value of any collateral. We apply the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit that we use for the underwriting of loans

 

F-15


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

to customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, annual renewals or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The reserve is calculated by applying historical loss rates from our ALL model to the estimated future utilization of our unfunded commitments. The allowance for unfunded commitments is included in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Junior Subordinated Notes – The Trust is considered to be a variable interest entity since its common equity is not at risk. The Company does not hold a variable interest in the Trust, and therefore, is not considered to be the Trust’s primary beneficiary. As a result, the Company accounts for the junior subordinated notes issued to the Trust and its equity investment in the Trust on an unconsolidated basis. Debt issuance costs of the junior subordinated notes are being amortized over the term of the debt and amounted to $123 and $129 as December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Segments – The Company operates and manages itself within one retail banking segment and has, therefore, not provided segment disclosures.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

ASU 2013-02 - Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income - In February, 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2013-02 that requires entities to disclose:

 

    For items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) and into net income in their entirety, the effect of the reclassification on each affected net income line item; and

 

    For AOCI reclassification items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, a cross reference to other required U.S. GAAP disclosures.

This information may be provided either in the notes or parenthetically on the face of the statement that reports net income as long as all the information is disclosed in a single location. However, an entity is prohibited from providing this information parenthetically on the face of the statement that reports net income if it has items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income. The ASU carries forward the existing requirement that reclassifications out of AOCI be separately presented for each component of other comprehensive income. This information may be presented either on the face of the financial statement that reports comprehensive income or as a separate disclosure in the notes. There is no change in the requirement to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements. The ASU also does not change what items are reported in other comprehensive income or the requirement to report reclassifications of items from other comprehensive income.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

For nonpublic entities, the new requirements are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and interim and annual periods thereafter. The Company elected to early adopt this ASU as of December 31, 2013.

ASU 2013-11 - Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists - In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11 . When an entity has an unrecognized tax benefit and a net operating loss carryforward (NOL) or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward in the same jurisdiction as the uncertain tax position, the loss of the tax position may reduce the NOL or tax credit carryforward instead of resulting in a cash payment. The FASB concluded that entities should present the unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of the deferred tax asset for an NOL or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward rather than as a liability when the uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law. The FASB determined that no new disclosures were necessary. The ASU will require prospective application (including accounting for uncertain tax positions that exist upon date of adoption) with optional retrospective application.

The ASU will be effective for nonpublic companies for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Because the Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits, no impact from adoption of this ASU is expected.

Subsequent Events – In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through March 07, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

3. Securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities available for sale as of December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Agency

   $ 22,977         —           (1,078     21,899   

Municipal

     26,963         114         (1,475     25,602   

Mortgage-backed

     110,431         574         (3,590     107,415   

Mutual fund

     576         —           (8     568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 160,947         688         (6,151     155,484   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

     2012  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Agency

   $ 29,778         11         (48     29,741   

Municipal

     18,515         540         (112     18,943   

Mortgage-backed

     79,920         2,006         (104     81,822   

Mutual fund

     564         21         —          585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 128,777         2,578         (264     131,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities held to maturity as of December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Agency

   $ 20,988         —           (890     20,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company transferred the following investment securities from available for sale to held to maturity:

 

     At Date of
Transfer
     At
December 31, 2013
 

Book value

   $ 23,000         20,988   

Market value

     20,954         N/A   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized loss

   $ 2,046         2,012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows:

 

     2013  
     Less Than 12 Months      More Than 12 Months      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Held to Maturity:

                 

Agency securities

   $ 20,098         890         —           —           20,098         890   

Available for Sale:

                 

Agency securities

     21,899         1,078         —           —           21,899         1,078   

Municipal securities

     18,653         1,201         2,409         274         21,062         1,475   

Mortgage-backed

     73,836         2,655         9,926         935         83,762         3,590   

Mutual fund

     568         8         —           —           568         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 135,054         5,832         12,335         1,209         147,389         7,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2012  
     Less Than 12 Months      More Than 12 Months      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

Available for Sale:

                 

Agency securities

   $ 16,631         48         —              16,631         48   

Municipal securities

     6,394         76         461         36         6,855         112   

Mortgage-backed

     15,817         104         —           —           15,817         104   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 38,842         228         461         36         39,303         264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Information pertaining to the number of securities with unrealized losses is detailed in the table below. Management of the Company believes all unrealized losses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 represent temporary impairment. The unrealized losses have resulted from temporary changes in the interest rate market and not as a result of credit deterioration. We do not intend to sell and it is not likely that we will be required to sell any of the securities referenced in the table below before recovery of their amortized cost.

 

     2013  
     Less Than 12 Months      More Than 12 Months      Total  

Agency securities

     17         0         17   

Municipal securities

     43         5         48   

Mortgage-backed

     40         8         48   

Mutual fund

     1         0         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     101         13         114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2012  
     Less Than 12 Months      More Than 12 Months      Total  

Agency securities

     7         0         7   

Municipal securities

     14         1         15   

Mortgage-backed

     10         0         10   

Mutual fund

     0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     31         1         32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, the Company had proceeds from sales of securities available for sale and their corresponding gross realized gains and losses as detailed below:

 

     Sales      Gains      Losses  

December 31, 2013

   $ 36,404         522         164   

December 31, 2012

   $ 147,826         3,321         27   

December 31, 2011

   $ 127,618         1,654         19   

The Company had securities pledged against deposits of approximately $6,778 and $7,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in debt securities at December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Mortgage-backed securities have not been scheduled because expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities when borrowers have the right to prepay the obligations.

 

     Available for Sale  
     Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

Over 1 year through 5 years

   $ 4,285         4,199   

After 5 years through 10 years

     18,155         17,141   

Over 10 years

     27,500         26,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     49,940         47,501   

Mortgage-backed securities

     110,431         107,415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 160,371         154,916   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Held to Maturity  
     Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

Over 10 years

     20,988         20,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,988         20,098   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

4. Loans Receivable

Loans receivable as of December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

Real estate mortgage loans:

  

One-to four-family residential

   $ 225,520        227,726   

Commercial real estate

     155,633        173,529   

Home equity and lines of credit

     56,836        62,090   

Residential construction

     8,952        10,309   

Other construction and land

     64,927        76,788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

     511,868        550,442   

Commercial and industrial

     8,285        9,771   

Consumer

     3,654        2,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial and consumer

     11,939        12,447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, gross

     523,807        562,889   

Less: Net deferred loan fees

     (1,933     (2,165
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

   $ 521,874        560,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had $93.4 million and $93.8 million pledged as collateral to secure funding with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The aggregate amount of extensions of credit to executive officers and directors made in the ordinary course of business as of and for the years ended December 31 is detailed in the table below:

 

     2013     2012  

Beginning of year

   $ 10,565        10,426   

New loans

     1,122        3,003   

Repayments

     (1,860     (2,864
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 9,827        10,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

5. Allowance for Loan Losses

The following tables present, by portfolio segment, the changes in the allowance for loan losses and the allocation of the allowance for loan losses, as of and for the years ended December 31:

 

    2013  
    One-to four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Residential
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  

Beginning balance

  $ 4,620        2,973        2,002        429        4,059        379        412        14,874   

Provision

    (77     3,471        316        154        430        (57     121        4,358   

Charge-offs

    1,283        2,209        760        193        1,512        17        675        6,649   

Recoveries

    433        125        22        111        539        31        407        1,668   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 3,693        4,360        1,580        501        3,516        336        265        14,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 1,152        2,329        168        —          318        101        —          4,068   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    2,541        2,031        1,412        501        3,198        235        265        10,183   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 3,693        4,360        1,580        501        3,516        336        265        14,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2012  
    One-to four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Residential
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  
               
               

Beginning balance

  $ 4,571        4,338        1,562        397        5,456        300        86        16,710   

Provision

    2,081        236        1,950        372        2,112        250        877        7,878   

Charge-offs

    2,511        1,850        1,617        391        4,151        295        821        11,636   

Recoveries

    479        249        107        51        642        124        270        1,922   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 4,620        2,973        2,002        429        4,059        379        412        14,874   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 1,459        1,309        55        —          493        70        —          3,386   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    3,161        1,664        1,947        429        3,566        309        412        11,488   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 4,620        2,973        2,002        429        4,059        379        412        14,874   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

     2011  
     One-to four
Family
Residential
     Commercial
Real Estate
     Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
     Residential
Construction
     Other
Construction
and Land
     Commercial      Consumer      Total  

Beginning balance

   $ 4,097         4,206         1,428         540         6,638         236         50         17,195   

Provision

     6,074         3,850         2,178         812         8,984         1,160         1,058         24,116   

Charge-offs

     6,140         4,202         2,557         1,043         12,417         1,199         1,288         28,846   

Recoveries

     540         484         513         88         2,251         103         266         4,245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 4,571         4,338         1,562         397         5,456         300         86         16,710   

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 800         1,245         —           —           431         73         —           2,549   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     3,771         3,093         1,562         397         5,025         227         86         14,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,571         4,338         1,562         397         5,456         300         86         16,710   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables present, by portfolio segment and reserving methodology, the Company’s investment in loans as of December 31:

 

    2013  
    One-to four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Residential
1-4
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 9,865        20,943        1,612        —          7,119        531        —          40,070   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    215,655        134,690        55,224        8,952        57,808        7,754        3,654        483,737   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 225,520        155,633        56,836        8,952        64,927        8,285        3,654        523,807   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2012  
    One-to four
Family
Residential
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
    Residential
1-4
Construction
    Other
Construction
and Land
    Commercial     Consumer     Total  

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 8,920        14,211        1,342        485        9,425        353        —          34,736   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    218,806        159,318        60,748        9,824        67,363        9,418        2,676        528,153   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 227,726        173,529        62,090        10,309        76,788        9,771        2,676        562,889   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Portfolio Quality Indicators

The Company’s portfolio grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements as scheduled. The Company’s internal credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans, industry best practices, and regulatory guidance. Credit risk grades are refreshed each quarter as they become available, at which time management analyzes the resulting information, as well as other external statistics and factors, to track loan performance.

The Company’s internally assigned grades pursuant to the Board-approved lending policy are as follows:

 

    Pass (1-5) – Acceptable loans with any identifiable weaknesses appropriately mitigated.

 

    Special Mention (6) – Potential weakness or identifiable weakness present without appropriate mitigating factors; however, loan continues to perform satisfactorily with no material delinquency noted. This may include some deterioration in repayment capacity and/or loan-to-value of securing collateral.

 

    Substandard (7) – Significant weakness that remains unmitigated, most likely due to diminished repayment capacity, serious delinquency, and/or marginal performance based upon restructured loan terms.

 

    Doubtful (8) – Significant weakness that remains unmitigated and collection in full is highly questionable or improbable.

 

    Loss (9) – Collectability is unlikely resulting in immediate charge-off.

Description of segment and class risks

Each of our portfolio segments and the classes within those segments are subject to risks that could have an adverse impact on the credit quality of our loan portfolio. Management has identified the most significant risks as described below which are generally similar among our segments and classes. While the list in not exhaustive, it provides a description of the risks that management has determined are the most significant.

One- to four-family residential

We centrally underwrite each of our one-to-four family residential loans using credit scoring and analytical tools consistent with the Board-approved lending policy and internal procedures based upon industry best practices and regulatory directives. Loans to be sold to secondary market investors must also adhere to investor guidelines. To the extent that the loan is secured by collateral we also evaluate the value and marketability of that collateral. Common risks to each class of non-commercial loans, including one-to-four family residential, include risks that are not specific to individual transactions such as general economic conditions within our markets, particularly unemployment and potential declines in real estate values. Personal events such as death, disability or change in marital status also add risk to non-commercial loans.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Commercial real estate

Commercial mortgage loans are primarily dependent on the ability of our customers to achieve business results consistent with those projected at loan origination resulting in cash flow sufficient to service the debt. To the extent that a customer’s business results are significantly unfavorable versus the original projections, the ability for our loan to be serviced on a basis consistent with the contractual terms may be at risk. While these loans are secured by real property and possibly other business assets such as inventory or accounts receivable, it is possible that the liquidation of the collateral will not fully satisfy the obligation. Other commercial real estate loans consist primarily of loans secured by multifamily housing and agricultural loans. The primary risk associated with multifamily loans is the ability of the income-producing property that collateralizes the loan to produce adequate cash flow to service the debt. High unemployment or generally weak economic conditions may result in our customer having to provide rental rate concessions to achieve adequate occupancy rates. The performance of agricultural loans are highly dependent on favorable weather, reasonable costs for seed and fertilizer, and the ability to successfully market the product at a profitable margin. The demand for these products is also dependent on macroeconomic conditions that are beyond the control of the borrower.

Home equity and lines of credit

Home equity loans are often secured by second liens on residential real estate, thereby making such loans particularly susceptible to declining collateral values. A substantial decline in collateral value could render our second lien position to be effectively unsecured. Additional risks include lien perfection inaccuracies and disputes with first lienholders that may further weaken our collateral position. Further, the open-end structure of these loans creates the risk that customers may draw on the lines in excess of the collateral value if there have been significant declines since origination.

Residential construction and other construction and land

Residential mortgage construction loans are typically secured by undeveloped or partially developed land with funds to be disbursed as home construction is completed contingent upon receipt and satisfactory review of invoices and inspections. Declines in real estate values can result in residential mortgage loan borrowers having debt levels in excess of the collateral’s current market value. Non-commercial construction and land development loans can experience delays in completion and/or cost overruns that exceed the borrower’s financial ability to complete the project. Cost overruns can result in foreclosure of partially completed collateral with unrealized value and diminished marketability. Commercial construction and land development loans are dependent on the supply and demand for commercial real estate in the markets we serve as well as the demand for newly constructed residential homes and building lots. Deterioration in demand could result in significant decreases in the underlying collateral values and make repayment of the outstanding loans more difficult for our customers.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Commercial

We centrally underwrite each of our commercial loans based primarily upon the customer’s ability to generate the required cash flow to service the debt in accordance with the contractual terms and conditions of the loan agreement. We strive to gain a complete understanding of our borrower’s businesses including the experience and background of the principals. To the extent that the loan is secured by collateral, which is a predominant feature of the majority of our commercial loans, or other assets including accounts receivable and inventory, we gain an understanding of the likely value of the collateral and what level of strength it brings to the loan transaction. To the extent that the principals or other parties are obligated under the note or guaranty agreements, we analyze the relative financial strength and liquidity of each guarantor. Common risks to each class of commercial loans include risks that are not specific to individual transactions such as general economic conditions within our markets, as well as risks that are specific to each transaction including volatility or seasonality of cash flows, changing demand for products and services, personal events such as death, disability or change in marital status, and reductions in the value of our collateral.

Consumer

The consumer loan portfolio includes loans secured by personal property such as automobiles, marketable securities, other titled recreational vehicles including boats and motorcycles, as well as unsecured consumer debt. The value of underlying collateral within this class is especially volatile due to potential rapid depreciation in values since date of loan origination in excess of principal repayment.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The following tables present the recorded investment in loans, by loan grade, as of December 31.

 

2013

 

Loan Grade

   One-to Four-
Family
Residential
     Commercial
Real Estate
     Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
     Residential
Construction
     Other
Construction
and Land
     Commercial      Consumer      Total  

1

   $ —           —           —           —           —           176         —           176   

2

     —           —           —           —           —           100         —           100   

3

     73,574         11,960         6,720         607         6,241         598         477         100,177   

4

     64,548         28,164         12,250         2,670         14,489         1,000         231         123,352   

5

     41,272         72,975         11,625         1,555         25,926         4,232         855         158,440   

6

     10,362         18,167         1,578         1,723         4,331         1,495         14         37,670   

7

     10,503         24,346         1,953         —           9,626         590         1         47,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 200,259         155,612         34,126         6,555         60,613         8,191         1,578         466,934   

Ungraded Loan Exposure:

                       

Performing

   $ 25,261         21         22,710         2,397         4,314         94         2,076         56,873   

Nonperforming

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 25,261         21         22,710         2,397         4,314         94         2,076         56,873   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 225,520         155,633         56,836         8,952         64,927         8,285         3,654         523,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

2012

 

Loan Grade

   One-to Four-
Family
Residential
     Commercial
Real Estate
     Home Equity
and Lines of
Credit
     Residential
Construction
     Other
Construction
and Land
     Commercial      Consumer      Total  

1

   $ —           —           —           —           —           299         —           299   

2

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

3

     73,612         13,600         6,925         3,167         7,252         821         5         105,382   

4

     56,710         31,888         8,395         2,619         13,430         1,305         16         114,363   

5

     34,036         71,077         9,670         377         23,762         3,821         105         142,848   

6

     12,584         34,367         2,699         1,764         7,968         2,298         18         61,698   

7

     17,333         22,597         3,411         1,344         13,636         527         16         58,864   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 194,275         173,529         31,100         9,271         66,048         9,071         160         483,454   

Ungraded Loan Exposure:

                       

Performing

   $ 33,451         —           30,990         1,038         10,740         700         2,516         79,435   

Nonperforming

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 33,451         —           30,990         1,038         10,740         700         2,516         79,435   

Total

   $ 227,726         173,529         62,090         10,309         76,788         9,771         2,676         562,889   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Delinquency Analysis of Loans by Class

The following tables include an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past-due financing receivables by class as of December 31. The Company does not accrue interest on loans greater than 90 days past due.

 

     2013  
     30-89
Days
Past Due
     Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total Loans
Receivable
 

One-to four-family residential

   $ 6,208         2,587         8,795         216,725         225,520   

Commercial real estate

     4,799         722         5,521         150,112         155,633   

Home equity and lines of credit

     342         350         692         56,144         56,836   

Residential construction

     120         —           120         8,832         8,952   

Other construction and land

     684         970         1,654         63,273         64,927   

Commercial

     35         —           35         8,250         8,285   

Consumer

     27         —           27         3,627         3,654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,215         4,629         16,844         506,963         523,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2012  
     30-89
Days
Past Due
     Greater
Than 90
Days Past
Due
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total Loans
Receivable
 

One-to four-family residential

   $ 7,413         4,018         11,431         216,295         227,726   

Commercial real estate

     8,961         2,372         11,333         162,196         173,529   

Home equity and lines of credit

     935         785         1,720         60,370         62,090   

Residential construction

     302         194         496         9,813         10,309   

Other construction and land

     1,277         6,234         7,511         69,277         76,788   

Commercial

     55         12         67         9,704         9,771   

Consumer

     15         —           15         2,661         2,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 18,958         13,615         32,573         530,316         562,889   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Impaired Loans

The company had investments in non-homogeneous loans that were considered impaired as detailed in the tables below. Lost interest income on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $215, $747, and $1,941, respectively.

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Recorded
Balance
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Specific
Allowance
     Average
Investment
in Impaired

Loans
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Loans without a valuation allowance

              

One-to four-family residential

   $ 4,158         4,539         —           4,586         160   

Commercial real estate

     8,567         9,518         —           9,610         527   

Home equity and lines of credit

     1,102         1,262         —           1,255         46   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Other construction and land

     5,455         6,464         —           6,490         528   

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,282         21,783         —           21,941         1,261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with a valuation allowance

              

One-to four-family residential

   $ 5,707         5,707         1,152         5,664         221   

Commercial real estate

     12,376         12,376         2,329         3,660         161   

Home equity and lines of credit

     510         510         168         511         19   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Other construction and land

     1,664         1,664         318         937         40   

Commercial

     531         531         101         347         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 20,788         20,788         4,068         11,119         462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

              

One-to four-family residential

   $ 9,865         10,246         1,152         10,250         381   

Commercial real estate

     20,943         21,894         2,329         13,270         688   

Home equity and lines of credit

     1,612         1,772         168         1,766         65   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Other construction and land

     7,119         8,128         318         7,427         568   

Commercial

     531         531         101         347         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 40,070         42,571         4,068         33,060         1,723   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Recorded
Balance
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Specific
Allowance
     Average
Investment in
Impaired
Loans
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Loans without a valuation allowance

              

One-to four-family residential

   $ 1,607         1,845         —           1,856         69   

Commercial real estate

     6,001         6,591         —           6,653         318   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     1,094         1,255         —           1,267         46   

Residential 1-4 construction

     485         730         —           740         25   

Other construction and land

     6,904         7,578         —           7,607         110   

Commercial loans

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 16,091         17,999         —           18,123         568   

Loans with a valuation allowance

              

One-to four-family residential

   $ 7,313         7,455         1,459         7,516         276   

Commercial real estate

     8,210         8,643         1,309         9,552         796   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     248         248         55         248         12   

Residential 1-4 construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Other construction and land

     2,521         2,521         493         2,550         111   

Commercial loans

     353         353         70         359         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,645         19,220         3,386         20,225         1,217   

Total

              

One-to four-family residential

   $ 8,920         9,300         1,459         9,372         345   

Commercial real estate

     14,211         15,234         1,309         16,205         1,114   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     1,342         1,503         55         1,515         58   

Residential 1-4 construction

     485         730         —           740         25   

Other construction and land

     9,425         10,099         493         10,157         221   

Commercial loans

     353         353         70         359         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 34,736         37,219         3,386         38,348         1,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonperforming Loans and Assets

The following table summarizes the balances of nonperforming loans and assets as of December 31. Certain loans classified as troubled debt restructurings and impaired loans may be on non-accrual status even though they are not contractually delinquent.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

     2013      2012  

One-to four-family residential

   $ 2,794         5,367   

Commercial real estate

     10,212         4,664   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     350         852   

Residential 1-4 construction

     —           655   

Other construction and land

     2,068         6,176   

Commercial

     190         12   

Consumer

     13         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-performing loans

     15,627         17,727   

Real estate owned

     10,506         19,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-performing assets

   $ 26,133         37,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR)

The following tables summarize TDR loans as of the dates indicated:

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Performing      Nonperforming      Total  
     TDR’s      TDR’s      TDR’s  

1-4 family residential

   $ 5,786         643         6,429   

Commercial real estate

     10,690         694         11,384   

Home equity and lines of credit

     510         —           510   

Residential construction

     —           —           —     

Other construction and land

     5,688         638         6,326   

Commercial real estate

     341         —           341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 23,015         1,975         24,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Performing      Nonperforming      Total  
     TDR’s      TDR’s      TDR’s  

1-4 family residential

   $ 6,321         —           6,321   

Commercial real estate

     10,116         1,720         11,836   

Home equity and lines of credit

     248         —           248   

Residential construction

     —           485         485   

Other construction and land

     4,370         3,245         7,615   

Commercial real estate

     353         —           353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 21,408         5,450         26,858   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2011  
     Performing      Nonperforming      Total  
     TDR’s      TDR’s      TDR’s  

1-4 family residential

   $ 4,455         3,041         7,496   

Commercial real estate

     7,775         4,810         12,585   

Home equity and lines of credit

     —           —           —     

Residential construction

     621         327         948   

Other construction and land

     4,409         3,663         8,072   

Commercial real estate

     364         14         378   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,624         11,855         29,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Loan modifications that were considered TDR’s for the years ended December 31 are summarized in the tables below:

 

     2013  
     Number of
Loans
     Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Below market interest rate:

        

One-to four-family residential

     3       $ 486         397   

HELOC and LOC

     2         263         144   

Commercial real estate

     2         1,802         1,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7       $ 2,551         2,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Extended payment terms:

        

One-to four-family residential

     1       $ 199         157   

Commercial real estate

     1         478         215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2       $ 677         372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2012  
     Number of
Loans
     Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Below market interest rate:

        

One-to four-family residential

     6       $ 2,797         2,104   

HELOC and LOC

     2         249         193   

Other Construction and Land

     3         1,156         738   

Commercial real estate

     2         3,199         3,051   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13       $ 7,401         6,086   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Extended payment terms:

        

One-to four-family residential

     1       $ 184         184   

Residential construction

     1         745         500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2       $ 929         684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

     2011  
     Number of
Loans
     Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Below market interest rate:

        

One-to four-family residential

     3       $ 1,199         1,075   

One-to four-family construction

     1         852         621   

Other construction and land

     7         1,716         1,371   

Commercial real estate

     5         3,608         3,258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16       $ 7,375         6,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Extended payment terms:

        

Other Construction and Land

     3         3,902         3,902   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3       $ 3,902         3,902   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables summarize TDR’s that have defaulted within 12 months after being modified during the years ended December 31.

 

     2013  
     Number of
Loans
     Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Below market interest rate:

        

Other construction and land

     1         479         364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1       $ 479         364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2012  
     Number of
Loans
     Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Below market interest rate:

        

Residential construction

     1         852         621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1       $ 852         621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

     2011  
     Number of
Loans
     Pre-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Below market interest rate:

        

Residential construction

     1         234         157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1       $ 234         157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Extended payment terms:

        

Other construction and land

     1       $ 750         656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1       $ 750         656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. Concentrations of Credit Risk

A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by loans in western North Carolina, northern Georgia, and upstate South Carolina. The capacity and willingness of the Company’s debtors to honor their contractual obligations is dependent upon general economic conditions and the health of the real estate market within its general lending area. The majority of the Company’s loans, commitments and lines of credit have been granted to customers in its primary market area and substantially all of these instruments are collateralized by real estate or other assets.

The Company, as a matter of policy, does not extend credit to any single borrower or group of related borrowers in excess of its legal lending limit which was $10,355 at December 31, 2013 and $10,505 at December 31, 2012.

 

F-37


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The Company’s loans were concentrated in the following categories as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  

One-to four-family residential

     43.1         40.5

Commercial real estate

     29.7         30.8   

Home equity and lines of credit

     10.9         11.0   

Residential construction

     1.7         1.8   

Other construction and land

     12.4         13.6   

Commercial

     1.6         1.7   

Consumer

     0.7         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     100         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7. Fixed Assets

Fixed assets as of December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

Land and improvements

   $ 7,032        7,037   

Buildings

     12,756        12,696   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     7,571        7,149   

Construction in progress

     102        13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed assets

     27,461        26,895   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (14,455     (13,681
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed assets, net

   $ 13,006        13,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and leasehold amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $848, $805, and $919, respectively.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

8. Real Estate Owned

The following table summarizes real estate owned and changes in the valuation allowance for real estate owned as of and for the years ended December 31:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Real estate owned, gross

   $ 16,066        23,390        21,353   

Less: Valuation allowance

     5,560        3,635        4,523   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate owned, net

   $ 10,506        19,755        16,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance, beginning

   $ 3,635        4,523        6,101   

Provision charged to expense

     4,093        2,089        6,042   

Reduction due to disposal

     (2,168     (2,977     (7,620
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance, ending

   $ 5,560        3,635        4,523   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

9. Interest Receivable

Interest receivable as of December 31 consists of the following:

 

     2013      2012  

Loans receivable

   $ 1,876         2,096   

Investments

     797         586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest receivable

   $ 2,673         2,682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10. Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)

The following table summarizes the composition of BOLI as of December 31:

 

     2013      2012  

Separate account

   $ 11,983         11,743   

General account

     7,188         6,969   

Hybrid

     790         767   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,961         19,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The assets of the separate account BOLI are invested in the PIMCO Mortgage-backed Securities Account which is composed primarily of Treasury and Agency mortgage-backed securities with a rating of Aaa and repurchase agreements with a rating of P-1.

 

11. Real Estate Held For Investment

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s $2,489 investment in real estate held for investment was comprised primarily of an investment in the land and buildings of a commercial real estate property, which is being leased over a term of 51 months to an investor. The property produced a net loss of $17 after depreciation expense and payment of property taxes.

 

12. Loan Servicing

Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage and other loans serviced for others as of December 31 is detailed below.

 

2013

   2012      2011  
$255,475      255,462         287,334   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following summarizes the activity in the balance of mortgage servicing rights for the years ended December 31:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Mortgage servicing rights, beginning of year

   $ 1,908        2,319        3,108   

Capitalization from loans sold

     736        461        163   

Fair value adjustment

     (761     (872     (952
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights, end of year

   $ 1,883        1,908        2,319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company held custodial escrow deposits of $604 and $473 for loan servicing accounts at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

13. Deposits

The following table summarizes deposit balances and interest expense by type of deposit as of and for the years ended December 31:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
     Balance      Interest
Expense
     Balance      Interest
Expense
     Balance      Interest
Expense
 

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 70,127         —           59,578         —           55,112         —     

Interest-bearing demand

     81,645         134         76,134         127         68,433         150   

Money Market

     183,504         1,122         184,224         1,393         185,043         1,956   

Savings

     25,593         36         25,183         49         26,911         145   

Certificates of Deposit

     323,357         4,534         329,979         6,314         415,333         8,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 684,226         5,826         675,098         7,883         750,832         11,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contractual maturities of certificate of deposit accounts as of December 31, 2013 are summarized as follows:

 

1 Year

   $ 134,612   

2 Years

     81,276   

3 Years

     45,039   

4 Years

     24,207   

5 Years

     29,367   

Thereafter

     8,856   
  

 

 

 

Total certificates of deposit

   $ 323,357   
  

 

 

 

The Company had certificate of deposit accounts in amounts of $100 thousand or more of approximately $136 million and $140 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company held approximately $11,528 and $23,236, respectively, in brokered deposits with maturities ranging through June, 2015. Advance fees paid to obtain these deposits are included in Other assets and amortized into interest expense over the term of the brokered deposits and amounted to $29 and $61 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company had deposits from related parties of $3,571 and $3,237 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

14. Borrowings

The Company has total credit availability with the FHLB of up to 30% of assets, subject to the availability of qualified collateral. The Company pledges as collateral for these borrowings certain investment securities, its FHLB stock, and its entire loan portfolio of qualifying mortgages (as defined) under a blanket collateral agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2013, the Company had unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $53.4 million.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The following table summarizes the outstanding FHLB advances as of December 31:

 

2013

     2012  
Balance    Type    Rate     Maturity      Balance      Type    Rate     Maturity  

$ 5,000

   Fixed      0.37     6/30/2015         —         —        —          —     

5,000

   Fixed      0.50     12/30/2015         —         —        —          —     

5,000

   Fixed      0.98     12/30/2016         —         —        —          —     

10,000

   Fixed      1.83     4/10/2019         10,000       Fixed Convertible      2.13     2/2/2015   

15,000

   Variable      2.80     4/10/2020         15,000       Fixed      3.90     1/28/2019   

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

   
$40,000         1.74        25,000            3.19  

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

   

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company restructured its $25.0 million of FHLB fixed rate advances into $10.0 million of fixed rate and $15.0 million of variable rate advances, lowering the average cost from 3.19% to 2.41%. The scheduled maturities of FHLB advances, with respective weighted average rates, at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

            Average  
     Balance      Rate  

2014

   $ —           —     

2015

     10,000         0.44

2016

     5,000         0.98

2017

     —           —     

2018

     —           —     

2019 – 2020

     25,000         2.41
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FHLB advances

   $ 40,000         1.74
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company also maintains approximately $57 million in federal funds accommodation with the Federal Reserve discount window. The Bank had no Federal Reserve discount window borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The rate charged on these advances is currently the Fed Funds target rate plus 0.50% (0.75% as of December 31, 2013).

 

F-42


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

15. Junior Subordinated Notes

The Company issued $14.4 million of junior subordinated notes to its wholly owned subsidiary, Macon Capital Trust I (Trust), to fully and unconditionally guarantee the trust preferred securities issued by the Trust. These notes qualify as Tier I capital for the Company. The notes accrue and pay interest quarterly at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 2.80% (3.05% at December 31, 2013). The notes mature on March 30, 2034.

The Company has the right to redeem the notes, in whole or in part, on or after March 30, 2009 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, the Company may redeem the notes in whole (but not in part) upon the occurrence of a capital disqualification event, an investment company event, or a tax event at a specified redemption price as defined in the indenture.

The Company also may, at its option, defer the payment of interest on the notes for a period up to twenty consecutive quarters, provided that interest will also accrue on the deferred payments of interest. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has deferred payments of interest on the notes for 12 consecutive quarters in the aggregate amount of $1,567.

 

16. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company maintains an employee savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all full-time employees who have attained the age of twenty-one. Employees may contribute a percentage of their annual gross salary as limited by the federal tax laws. The Company matches employee contributions based on the plan guidelines. The Company contribution totaled $184, $164, and $251 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The Company has a compensated expense policy that allows employees to accrue paid time off for vacation, sick or other unexcused absences up to a specified number of days each year. Employees may sell back a limited amount of unused time at the end of each year or convert the time to an accrued sick time account which is forfeited if unused at termination, but no carry-over or payout of unused time is permitted.

 

17. Post-Employment Benefits

The Company has established several nonqualified deferred compensation and post- employment programs providing benefits to certain directors and key management employees. No new participants have been admitted to any of the plans since 2009 and existing benefit levels have been frozen.

 

F-43


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

A summary of the key terms and accounting for each plan are as follows:

 

    Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) – provides a post-retirement income stream to several current and former executives. The estimated present value of the future benefits to be paid during a post-retirement period of 216 months is accrued over the period from the effective date of the agreement to the expected date of retirement using a discount rate of 7%.

 

    CAP Equity Plan – provides a post-retirement benefit payable in cash, the formula for which is based on the increase in the value of the Company’s equity times a presumed number of units. Interest of 8% is accrued on a participant’s unpaid balances, subject to the terms of the Plan.

 

    Director Consultation Plan – provides a post-retirement monthly benefit for continuing to provide consulting services as needed. The gross amount of the future payments are accrued.

 

    Deferred Compensation Plan – allowed certain officers and directors to defer compensation and fees into a Rabbi Trust. Interest is accrued based on a three year average Return on Equity, which was 0% at December 31, 2013.

 

    Life Insurance Plan – provides an endorsement split dollar benefit to several current and former executives, under which the Company has agreed to maintain an insurance policy during the executive’s retirement and to provide the executive with a death benefit. The estimated cost of insurance for the portion of the policy expected to be paid as a split dollar death benefit in each post-retirement year is measured for the period between expected retirement age and the earlier of (a) expected mortality and (b) age 95. The resulting amount is then allocated on a present value basis to the period ending on the participant’s full eligibility date. A discount rate of 6% and life expectancy based on the 2001 Valuation Basic Table has been assumed.

A summary of the liabilities related to each of the plans as of December 31 is as follows:

 

     2013      2012  

SERP

   $ 3,673         3,695   

Cap Equity

     5,357         5,658   

Director Consultation

     228         231   

Deferred Compensation

     389         772   

Life Insurance

     552         512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 10,199         10,868   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The annual expense related to the plans noted above totaled $638, $623 and $558 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

18. Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:

 

     2013      2012     2011  

Current

       

Federal

   $ 46         (571     —     

State

     —           —          —     

Deferred

     —           (404     (10,259

Change in valuation allowance

     429         (36     11,633   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 475         (1,011     1,374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The differences between actual income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to income before income taxes for the years ended December 31 is reconciled as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     $     Rate     $     Rate     $     Rate  

Computed income tax expense (benefit)

     21        35.0     (27     -35.0     (8,663     -35.0

Deferred tax valuation allowance

     429        715.0     (36     46.2     11,633        -47.3

State income tax, net of federal benefit

     76        126.7     —          0.0     (1     0.0

Nontaxable municipal security income

     (123     -205.0     (232     297.4     (560     2.3

Nontaxable BOLI income

     (190     -316.7     (188     241.0     (220     0.9

Other

     262        436.7     (528     676.9     (815     3.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense (benefit)

     475        791.7     (1,011     1296.5     1,374        -5.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The components of net deferred taxes as of December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 5,451        5,873   

Deferred compensation and post employment benefits

     3,752        4,101   

Non-accrual interest

     356        415   

Valuation reserve for other real estate

     2,127        1,435   

North Carolina NOL carryover

     1,381        1,991   

Federal NOL carryover

     11,947        12,012   

Unrealized losses on securities

     2,860        —     

Other

     389        287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     28,263        26,114   

Less: valuation allowance

     (22,556     (19,430
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     5,707        6,684   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

     448        442   

Mortgage servicing rights

     720        753   

Deferred loan costs

     205        73   

Prepaid expenses

     124        118   

Unrealized gains on securities

     —          1,048   

Other

     —          40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     1,497        2,474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 4,210        4,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has determined that a valuation allowance is necessary for a portion of its net deferred tax assets. As of each of these dates, the Company has determined that it is not able to reasonably predict future taxable income and has exhausted its taxable income in prior carryback years. As a result, the Company has limited the recognition of its net deferred tax asset to the amount of tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The following table summarizes the activity in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, as well as the corresponding accounting, for the years ended December 31:

 

    

Accounting

   2013     2012     2011  

Beginning of year

      $ 19,430        18,650        8,452   

Change in unrealized losses (gains) on securities

   Other Comprehensive Income      3,479        816        (1,435

Change in unrealized losses (gains) on securities

   Income tax expense (benefit)      429        —          —     

Change in valuation allowance

   Income tax expense (benefit)      —          (36     11,633   

Change in deferred taxes

   Deferred tax asset, net      (782     —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

      $ 22,556        19,430        18,650   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the amount and expiration dates of the Company’s unused net operating losses as of December 31, 2013:

 

            Expiration  
     Amount      Dates  

Federal

   $ 34,134         2031 - 2032   

North Carolina

     42,501         2024 - 2027   

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a reduction in its net deferred tax assets of approximately $874 as a result of a reduction in the expected North Carolina income tax rate from 6.9% to 5%. This reduction was offset by a corresponding decrease in the valuation allowance.

The Company is subject to examination for federal and state purposes for the tax years 2010 through 2013. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company does not have any material Unrecognized Tax Benefits.

 

F-47


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

19. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table summarizes the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and changes in those components as of and for the years ended December 31:

 

           HTM     Deferred
Tax
       
     Available     Securities     Valuation        
     for Sale     Transferred     Allowance        
     Securities     from AFS     on AFS     Total  

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 512      $ —        $ —        $ 512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in deferred tax valuation allowance attributable to unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale

     —          —          1,435        1,435   

Change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of income taxes

     5,041        —          —          5,041   

Reclassification of net gains realized and included in earnings

     (1,635     —          —          (1,635

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,345     —          —          (1,345
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 2,573      $ —        $ 1,435      $ 4,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in deferred tax valuation allowance attributable to unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale

     —          —          (816     (816

Change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of income taxes

     1,134        —          —          1,134   

Reclassification of net gains realized and included in earnings

     (3,294     —          —          (3,294

Income tax expense (benefit)

     853        —          —          853   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 1,266      $ —        $ 619      $ 1,885   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in deferred tax valuation allowance attributable to unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale

     —          —          (3,479     (3,479

Change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale, net of income taxes

     (9,431     —          —          (9,431

Reclassification of net gains realized and included in earnings

     (358     —          —          (358

Transfer of unrealized loss from AFS to HTM, net of cumulative tax effect

     1,263        (1,263     —          —     

Amortization of unrealized loss on securities transferred to HTM

     —          34        —          34   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     3,886        (13     —          3,873   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   $ (3,374   $ (1,242   $ (2,860   $ (7,476
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The following table shows the line items in the consolidated Statements of Operations affected by amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

    

2013

   

2012

    

2011

    

Increase (decrease) in

affected line item in

Statements of Operations

Gains and losses on sale of AFS securities

   $ 358        3,294         1,635      

Tax effect

     137        1,301         646       Income tax expense (benefit)
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impact, net of tax

     221        1,993         989       Net income

Amortization of net unrealized loss on securities transferred to HTM

     (34     —           —         Interest income on taxable securities

Tax effect

     13        —           —         Income tax expense (benefit)
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Impact, net of tax

     (21     —           —         Net income

Total reclassifications, net of tax

   $ 200        1,993         989       Net income
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

20. Regulatory Matters

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Company (“FDIC”). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possible additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. In addition, the Bank is subject to a North Carolina Savings Institution (State) capital requirement of at least 5% of total assets. The Bank must have prior approval from the FDIC before paying dividends, and may not pay interest on its junior subordinated debentures without approval.

On March 26, 2012, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the FDIC and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks. The Consent Order seeks to enhance the Bank’s existing practices and procedures in the areas of credit risk management, interest rate risk management, capital levels, and Board oversight. With respect to capital, the Consent Order requires the Bank to achieve by June 26, 2012 and thereafter maintain a Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage) ratio of at least 8% and a total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 11%. The Consent Order results in the Bank being deemed

 

F-49


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

“adequately capitalized” irrespective of the fact that the Bank’s actual capital ratios indicate “well-capitalized” status as defined by the applicable regulations. If the Bank is unable to achieve the required capital ratios within the specified time frames, or otherwise fails to adhere to the Consent Order, further regulatory actions could be taken. Further, the ability to operate as a going concern could be negatively impacted. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank did not meet the mandated level for Tier 1 Leverage Capital, but did meet the mandated level for Total Risk Based Capital.

The Company has taken the following actions, among other things, to improve its earnings and capital position:

 

    Reduced its level of assets during 2011 and 2012;

 

    Decreased its levels of FHLB advances and brokered deposits in order to reduce higher cost funding sources;

 

    Hired additional resources to dispose of non-performing assets and real estate owned;

 

    Reduced its concentration in higher risk lending types, including acquisition and development loans; and

 

    Approved a plan of conversion to raise capital (see Note 25).

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital to average assets (as defined).

 

F-50


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Following are the required and actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank:

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To meet the
Requirements of the
Consent Order
dated

March 26, 2012
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2013:

               

Tier I Leverage Capital

   $ 54,775         7.02   $ 31,190         > 4   $ 62,380         > 8

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital

   $ 54,775         10.70   $ 20,484         > 4   $ N/A         N/A   

Total Risk-based Capital

   $ 61,274         11.97   $ 40,968         > 8   $ 56,331         > 11

As of December 31, 2012:

               

Tier I Leverage Capital

   $ 55,157         7.16   $ 30,835         > 4   $ 61,670         > 8

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital

   $ 55,157         10.22   $ 21,594         > 4   $ N/A         N/A   

Total Risk-based Capital

   $ 62,005         11.49   $ 43,188         > 8   $ 59,384         > 11

Following are the required and actual capital amounts and ratios for the Holding Company:

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2013:

          

Tier I Leverage Capital

   $ 53,806         6.90   $ 31,190         > 4

Tier I Risk-based Capital

   $ 53,806         10.52   $ 20,459         > 4

Total Risk Based Capital

   $ 60,297         11.79   $ 40,917         > 8

As of December 31, 2012:

          

Tier I Leverage Capital

   $ 54,219         7.03   $ 30,835         > 4

Tier I Risk-based Capital

   $ 54,219         10.04   $ 21,594         > 4

Total Risk Based Capital

   $ 61,067         11.31   $ 43,188         > 8

 

F-51


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

21. Commitments and Contingencies

To accommodate the financial needs of its customers, the Company makes commitments under various terms to lend funds. These commitments include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held includes first and second mortgages on one-to-four family dwellings, accounts receivable, inventory, and commercial real estate. Certain lines of credit are unsecured.

The following summarizes the Company’s approximate commitments to fund lines of credit at December 31, 2013:

 

Home equity and other lines

   $ 76,322   

Consumer and other lines

     2,548   
  

 

 

 
   $ 78,870   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding commitments to originate mortgage loans of the following:

 

     Amount      Range of Rates

Fixed

   $ 671       3.75% to 4.625%

Variable

     100       4.38%
  

 

 

    
   $ 771      
  

 

 

    

The allowance for unfunded commitments was $86 at December 31, 2013.

The Company is exposed to loss as a result of its obligation for representations and warranties on loans sold to FNMA and maintained a reserve of $291 as of December 31, 2013.

 

F-52


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is periodically involved in litigation. In the opinion of the Company’s management, none of this litigation is expected to have a material adverse effect on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

22. Condensed Financial Information of Macon Bancorp, Inc.—Parent Company Only

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2013      2012  

Assets

     

Cash

   $ 475       $ 341   

Equity investment in Bank

     47,487         56,908   

Equity investment in Trust

     433         433   

Other assets

     123         129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 48,518       $ 57,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     

Liabilities and Equity

     

Junior subordinated notes

   $ 14,433       $ 14,433   

Accrued interest payable

     1,567         1,084   

Equity

     32,518         42,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 48,518       $ 57,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATION

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Dividends from subsidiaries

   $ —        $ —        $ 32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Interest

     490        514        469   

Other

     38        43        36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     528        557        505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     (528     (557     (473

Income tax benefit allocated from consolidated income tax return

     172        195        177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     (356     (362     (296

Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries

     (59     1,295        (25,684
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (415   $ 933      $ (25,980
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
Years Ended December 31,    2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (415   $ 933      $ (25,980

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     59        (1,295     25,684   

Decrease in other assets and liabilities

     490        515        468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     134        153        172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning

     341        188        16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, ending

   $ 475      $ 341      $ 188   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

23. Operating Leases

The Bank has entered into operating leases in connection with its retail branch operations. These leases expire at various dates through April, 2017. Total rental expense in 2013, 2012 and 2011 for all operating leases was approximately $92, $70, and $61.

Following is a schedule of approximate annual future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2013 that have initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year:

 

2014

   $ 79   

2015

     56   

2016

     48   

2017

     16   

2018

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease commitments

   $ 199   
  

 

 

 

 

24. Fair Value Disclosures

We use fair value measurements when recording and disclosing certain financial assets and liabilities. Securities available-for-sale and mortgage servicing rights are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, impaired loans and other real estate owned.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches, including market, income and cost approaches. The fair value standard establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, which is developed, based on market data we have obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect our estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, which are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The fair value hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

 

    Level 1: valuation is based upon unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

 

    Level 2: valuation is based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted market prices for identical or similar instruments traded in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by market data.

 

    Level 3: valuation is derived from other valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in determining fair value.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point of time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no active market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, current interest rates and prepayment trends, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in any of these assumptions used in calculating fair value also would affect significantly the estimates. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of these estimates.

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis:

Securities

We obtain fair values for debt securities from a third-party pricing service, which utilizes several sources for valuing fixed-income securities. The market evaluation sources for debt securities include observable inputs rather than significant unobservable inputs and are classified as Level 2. The service provider utilizes pricing models that vary by asset class and include available trade, bid and other market information. Generally, the methodologies include broker quotes, proprietary models, vast descriptive terms and conditions databases, as well as extensive quality control programs.

 

F-56


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Included in securities is an investment in an exchange traded bond fund which is valued by reference to quoted market prices and considered a Level 1 security. Also included in securities is an investment in a private equity fund which is valued by reference to the audited financial statements. Because the underlying assets in the private equity fund are comprised primarily of investments in private companies without a quoted market value, the investment is considered a Level 3 investment.

Loan Servicing Rights

Loan servicing rights are carried at fair value as determined by a third party valuation firm. The valuation model utilizes a discounted cash flow analysis using discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions used by market participants. The Company classifies loan servicing right fair value measurements as Level 3.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments include interest rate lock commitments and forward sale commitments. These instruments are valued based on the change in the value of the underlying loan between the commitment date and the end of the period. The Company classifies these instruments as Level 3.

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. Loans held for sale carried at fair value are classified as Level 2.

Impaired Loans

Impaired loans are carried at the lower of recorded investment or fair value. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using either the value of the collateral (less selling costs if repayment is expected from liquidation of the collateral) or discounted cash flows. Appraisals may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of appraisal or our knowledge of the borrower and the borrower’s business. Impaired loans carried at fair value are classified as Level 3.

Real Estate Owned

Real estate owned obtained in partial or total satisfaction of a loan is recorded at the lower of recorded investment in the loan or fair value less cost to sell. Subsequent to foreclosure, these assets are carried at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or fair value less cost to sell. Accordingly, it may be necessary to record nonrecurring fair value adjustments.

 

F-57


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Fair value, when recorded, is generally based upon appraisals by approved, independent, state certified appraisers. Like impaired loans, appraisals may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of appraisal or other information available to us. Real estate owned carried at fair value is classified as Level 3.

In addition to financial instruments recorded at fair value in our financial statements, fair value accounting guidance requires disclosure of the fair value of all of an entity’s assets and liabilities that are considered financial instruments. The majority of our assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments. Many of these instruments lack an available trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaged in an exchange transaction. Also, it is our general practice and intent to hold our financial instruments to maturity and to not engage in trading or sales activities. For fair value disclosure purposes, we substantially utilize the fair value measurement criteria as required and explained above. In cases where quoted fair values are not available, we use present value methods to determine the fair value of our financial instruments.

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for the disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amount of such instruments is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Loans

The fair value of variable rate performing loans is based on carrying values adjusted for credit risk. The fair value of fixed rate performing loans is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, utilizing interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms, adjusted for credit risk. The fair value of nonperforming loans is based on their carrying values less any specific reserve. A prepayment assumption is used to estimate of the portion of loans that will be repaid prior to their scheduled maturity. No adjustment has been made for the illiquidity in the market for loans as there is no active market for many of the Company’s loans on which to reasonably base this estimate.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

Fair values approximate net cash surrender values.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

No ready market exists for this stock and it has no quoted market value. However, redemption of this stock has historically been at par value. Accordingly, the carrying amount is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Real Estate Held for Investment

The property is carried at its original appraised value less accumulated depreciation. Fair value is deemed to approximate carrying value as the Company has obtained a recent appraisal.

 

F-58


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Deposits

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are equal to the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit are estimated by discounting the amounts payable at the certificate rates using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Advances from the FHLB

The fair values disclosed for fixed rate long-term borrowings are determined by discounting their contractual cash flows using current interest rates for long-term borrowings of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amounts of variable rate long-term borrowings approximate their fair values.

Junior Subordinated Notes

The carrying amount approximates fair value because the debt is variable rate tied to LIBOR .

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable

Since these financial instruments will typically be received or paid within three months, the carrying amounts of such instruments are deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Loan Commitments

Estimates of the fair value of these off-balance sheet items are not made because of the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit standing of the counterparties.

 

F-59


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Below is a table that presents information about certain assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31. Forward sale commitment and interest rate lock commitment derivative amounts were immaterial at December 31, 2012.

 

     2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. government agencies

   $ —           21,899         —           21,899   

Municipal securities

     —           25,602         —           25,602   

Mortgage-backed securities

     —           107,415         —           107,415   

Mutual fund

     568         —           —           568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     568         154,916         —           155,484   

Mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           1,883         1,883   

Forward sales commitments

     —           —           12         12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 568         154,916         1,895         157,379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments

     —           —           7         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —           —           7         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2012  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. government agencies

   $ —           29,741         —           29,741   

Municipal securities

     —           18,943         —           18,943   

Mortgage-backed securities

     —           81,822         —           81,822   

Mutual fund

     585         —           —           585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

     585         130,506         —           131,091   

Mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           1,908         1,908   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 585         130,506         1,908         132,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The following table presents the changes in assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we have utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value as of and for the years ended December 31.

 

     2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,908        2,319   

Mortgage servicing right activity, included in Servicing income, net

    

Capitalization from loans sold

     736        461   

Fair value adjustment

     (761     (872

Mortgage derivative gains (losses) included in Other income

     5        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,888        1,908   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Below is a table that presents information about certain assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31. There were no loans held for sale carried at fair value at either December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

     2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Loans held for sale

   $ —           —           —           —     

Impaired loans

     —           —           36,002         36,002   

Real estate owned

     —           —           10,506         10,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —           —           46,508         46,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2012  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Loans held for sale

     —           —           —           —     

Impaired loans

     —           —           31,350         31,350   

Real estate owned

     —           —           19,755         19,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —           —           51,105         51,105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The following table provides information describing the unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements at December 31, 2013.

 

    

Valuation

Technique

  

Unobservable Input

  

General

Range

Impaired loans

   Discounted Appraisals    Collateral discounts and estimated selling cost    0 – 30%
   Present value of cash flows    Default rates    0 –10%

Real estate owned

   Discounted Appraisals    Collateral discounts and estimated selling cost    0 – 30%

Mortgage servicing rights

   Discounted Cash Flows    Prepayment Speed    7 – 30%
      Discount rate    12%

Forward sales commitments and interest rate lock commitments

   Change in market price of underlying loan    Value of underlying loan    95% – 105%

 

F-62


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

The approximate carrying and estimated fair value of financial instruments are summarized below:

 

            Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013  
     Carrying
Amount
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

              

Cash and equivalents

   $ 34,316         34,316         34,316         

Securities available for sale

     155,484         155,484         568         154,916      

Securities held to maturity

     20,988         20,098            20,098      

Loans held for sale

     5,688         6,151            6,151      

Loans receivable, net

     507,623         526,395               526,395   

Real estate owned

     10,506         10,506               10,506   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     2,724         2,724            2,724      

Interest receivable

     2,673         2,673               2,673   

Bank owned life insurance

     19,961         19,961               19,961   

Real estate held for investment

     2,489         2,489               2,489   

Mortgage servicing rights

     1,883         1,883               1,883   

Forward sales commitments

     12         12               12   

Liabilities:

              

Demand deposits

   $ 360,869         360,869               360,869   

Certificate deposits

     323,357         327,280               327,280   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     40,000         41,845               41,845   

Junior subordinated debentures

     14,433         14,433               14,433   

Accrued interest payable

     2,023         2,023               2,023   

Interest rate lock commitments

     7         7               7   

 

F-63


Table of Contents
MACON BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

            Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012  
     Carrying
Amount
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

              

Cash and equivalents

   $ 25,362         25,362         25,362         

Securities available for sale

     131,091         131,091         585         130,506      

Loans held for sale

     745         745            745      

Loans receivable

     545,850         569,324               569,324   

Real estate owned

     19,755         19,755               19,755   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     2,437         2,437            2,437      

Interest receivable

     2,682         2,682               2,682   

Bank owned life insurance

     19,479         19,479               19,479   

Mortgage servicing rights

     1,908         1,908               1,908   

Liabilities:

              

Demand deposits

   $ 345,109         345,109               345,109   

Certificate deposits

     329,979         334,512               334,512   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     25,000         27,692               27,692   

Junior subordinated debentures

     14,433         14,433               14,433   

Accrued interest payable

     1,464         1,464               1,464   

 

25. Subsequent Events

On January 23, 2014, the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and its subsidiary Macon Bank, Inc. unanimously adopted a plan of conversion to convert Bancorp from the mutual to the stock form of ownership. The plan is subject to approval by members holding a majority of the votes eligible to be cast on the conversion proposal. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks must also approve the conversion before it may become effective.

*****

 

F-64


Table of Contents

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us, Macon Bancorp or Macon Bank, Inc. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs or the affairs of Macon Bancorp or Macon Bank, Inc. since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Up to 4,945,000 Shares of

COMMON STOCK

$10.00 per share

(Subject to Increase to up to 5,686,750 Shares)

Entegra Financial Corp.

(Proposed Holding Company for Macon Bank, Inc.)

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

 

 

[Prospectus Date]

Until [expiration date] or [25 days] after commencement of the syndicated offering, if any, whichever is later, all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver the prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

          Amount (1)  
1.    Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses    $ 275,000   
2.    Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses    $ 125,000   
3.    Conversion Agent and Data Processing Fees    $ 30,000   
4.    Marketing Agent Fees (1)    $ 649,177   
5.    Marketing Agent Expenses (Including Legal Fees and Expenses)    $ 130,000   
6.    Appraisal Fees and Expenses    $ 78,000   
7.    Printing, Postage and Mailing Fees    $ 205,000   
8.    Filing Fees (NASDAQ, FINRA and SEC)    $ 145,000   
9.    Transfer Fees and Expenses    $ 15,000   
10.    Business Plan Fees and Expenses    $ 27,000   
11.    Other    $ 35,000   
     

 

 

 
12.    Total    $ 1,714,177   
     

 

 

 

 

(1)   We have retained Sandler O’Neill to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offerings. Fees are estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Amount includes selling commissions payable by us to Sandler O’Neill in connection with the offering equal to (i) 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares sold in the subscription offering, assumed to equal 75% of the total offering, plus (ii) 1.75% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares sold in the community offering, assumed to equal 25% of the total offering; except that no fee will be paid with respect to shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees or members of their immediate families. To the extent shares remain available after the subscription and community offerings, we may also offer for sale, shares of common stock to the general public in a “syndicated offering.” Sandler O’Neill and other selected dealers will receive aggregate fees not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate price of shares sold in the syndicated offering, if any.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The North Carolina Business Corporation Act (“NCBCA”) provides for indemnification by a corporation of its officers, directors, employees and agents, and any person who is or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity or enterprise or as a trustee or administrator under an employee benefit plan, against liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in any proceeding (including without limitation a proceeding brought by or on behalf of the corporation itself) arising out of their status as such or their activities in any of the foregoing capacities.

Permissible indemnification. Under the NCBCA, a corporation may, but is not required to, indemnify any such person against liability and expenses incurred in any such proceeding, provided such

 

II - 1


Table of Contents

person conducted himself or herself in good faith and (i) in the case of conduct in his or her official capacity, reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in the corporation’s best interests, and (ii) in all other cases, reasonably believed that his or her conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation’s best interests; and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, where he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. However, a corporation may not indemnify such person either in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which such person was adjudged liable to the corporation, or in connection with any other proceeding charging improper personal benefit to such person (whether or not involving action in an official capacity) in which such person was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received.

Mandatory indemnification. Unless limited by the corporation’s charter, the NCBCA requires a corporation to indemnify a director or officer of the corporation who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which such person was a party because he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation against reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding.

Advance for expenses . Expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation in defending a proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding as authorized by the board of directors of the specific case, or as authorized by the charter or bylaws or by any applicable resolution or contract, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay amounts advanced unless it ultimately is determined that such person is entitled to be indemnified by the corporation against such expenses.

Court-ordered indemnification. Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s charter, a director or officer of the corporation who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving any notice the court deems necessary, may order indemnification if it determines either (i) that the director or officer is entitled to mandatory indemnification as described above, in which case the court also will order the corporation to pay the reasonable expenses incurred to obtain the court-ordered indemnification, or (ii) that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not such person met the requisite standard of conduct or was adjudged liable to the corporation in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation or on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in connection with any other proceeding so charging (but if adjudged so liable, indemnification is limited to reasonable expenses incurred).

Voluntary indemnification. In addition to and separate and apart from “permissible” and “mandatory” indemnification described above, a corporation may, by charter, bylaw, contract, or resolution, indemnify or agree to indemnify any one or more of its directors, officers, employees or agents against liability and expenses in any proceeding (including any proceeding brought by or on behalf of the corporation itself) arising out of their status as such or their activities in any of the foregoing capacities. However, the corporation may not indemnify or agree to indemnify a person

 

II - 2


Table of Contents

against liability or expenses he may incur on account of activities which were at the time taken, known or believed by such person to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the corporation. Any provision in a corporation’s charter or bylaws or in a contract or resolution may include provisions for recovery from the corporation of reasonable costs, expenses and attorney’s fees in connection with the enforcement of rights to indemnification granted therein and may further include provisions establishing reasonable procedures for determining and enforcing such rights.

Parties entitled to indemnification. The NCBCA defines “director” to include ex-directors and the estate or personal representative of a director. Unless its charter provides otherwise, a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to an officer, employee or agent of the corporation to the same extent as to a director and also may indemnify and advance expenses to an officer, employee or agent who is not a director to the extent, consistent with public policy, as may be provided in its charter or bylaws, by general or specific action of its board of directors, or by contract.

Indemnification by Entegra. Entegra’s Articles and Bylaws provide for indemnification of Entegra’s directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Insurance. The NCBCA provides that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent to the corporation against certain liabilities incurred by such persons, whether or not the corporation is otherwise authorized under North Carolina law to indemnify such party. Entegra currently maintains directors’ and officers’ insurance policies covering its directors and officers.

Summary Only. The foregoing is only a general summary of certain aspects of North Carolina law dealing with indemnification of directors and officers and does not purport to be complete. It is qualified in its entirety by reference to the relevant statutes, which contain detailed specific provisions regarding the circumstances under which, and the person for whose benefit, indemnification shall or may be made.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

(a) List of Exhibits

 

  1.1    Engagement Letter (offering services) between Macon Bancorp, Macon Bank, Inc. and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
  1.2    Engagement Letter (records management services) between Macon Bancorp, Macon Bank, Inc. and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
  1.3    Form of Agency Agreement between Macon Bancorp, Entegra Financial Corp., Macon Bank, Inc. and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. *
  2    Plan of Conversion

 

II - 3


Table of Contents
  3.1    Articles of Incorporation of Entegra Financial Corp., as amended and restated
  3.2    Bylaws of Entegra Financial Corp., as amended and restated
  5    Form of Opinion of Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P. regarding legality of securities being registered
  8    Form of Tax Opinion of Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P.
10.1    Form of Employment and Change of Control Agreement among Roger D. Plemens, Entegra Financial Corp. and Macon Bank, Inc. †
10.2    Form of Employment and Change of Control Agreement among Ryan M. Scaggs, Entegra Financial Corp. and Macon Bank, Inc. †
10.3    Form of Employment and Change of Control Agreement among David A. Bright, Entegra Financial Corp. and Macon Bank, Inc. †
10.4    Form of Macon Bank, Inc. Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between Macon Bank, Inc. and each of (i) Carolyn H. Huscusson, (ii) Bobby D. Sanders, II, (iii) Laura W. Clark, and (iv) Marcia J. Ringle. †
10.5    Form of Agreement of Merger between Macon Bancorp and Entegra Financial Corp.
10.6    Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, regarding Trust Preferred Securities, dated as of December 30, 2003
10.7    Guarantee Agreement, regarding Trust Preferred Securities, dated as of December 30, 2003
10.8    Junior Subordinated Indenture, regarding Trust Preferred Securities, dated as of December 30, 2003
10.9    Consent Order between Macon Bank, Inc., and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks, dated March 26, 2012.
10.10    Written Agreement between Macon Bancorp and the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, dated July 20, 2012.
21    Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1    Consent of Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8)
23.2    Consent of Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP
23.3    Consent of RP Financial, LC
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)

 

II - 4


Table of Contents
99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Macon Bancorp, Macon Bank, Inc. and RP Financial, LC.
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC. **
99.4    Marketing Materials *
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form *
99.6    Business Plan Agreement with Keller & Company
99.7    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Account

 

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
* To be filed supplementally.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (i) To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (a) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  (b) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

  (c) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

II - 5


Table of Contents
  (ii) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (iii) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (iv) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (v) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

  (vi) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (vii) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (viii) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II - 6


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II - 7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Franklin, North Carolina on March 17, 2014.

 

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.
By:  

/s/ Roger D. Plemens

  Roger D. Plemens
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
  (Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Entegra Financial Corp. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Roger D. Plemens and David A. Bright, and each of them, with full power to act without the other as our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which they may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the SEC, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that our said attorneys-in-fact and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 17, 2014.

 

/s/ Roger D. Plemens

     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Roger D. Plemens      (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ David A. Bright

     First Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
David A. Bright      (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Fred H. Jones

     Chairman
Fred H. Jones     

 

II - 8


Table of Contents

/s/ Stan M. Jeffress

     Vice Chairman
Stan M. Jeffress     

/s/ Ronald D. Beale

     Director
Ronald D. Beale     

/s/ Louis E. Buck, Jr,

     Director
Louis E. Buck, Jr.     

/s/ Adam W. Burrell

     Director
Adam W. Burrell     

/s/ Charles M. Edwards

     Director
Charles M. Edwards     

/s/ Jim M. Garner

     Director
Jim M. Garner     

/s/ Beverly W. Mason

     Director
Beverly W. Mason     

 

II - 9

Exhibit 1.1

September 20, 2013

Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

One Center Court

Franklin, NC 28734

 

Attention:

  

Mr. Roger D. Plemens

President and Chief Executive Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We understand that the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp (the “MHC”) and its subsidiary, Macon Bank (the “Bank”), are considering the adoption of a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the company will be converted from mutual holding company to full stock holding company form, and shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of the proposed new holding company for the Bank (the “Holding Company”) will be offered and sold to the Bank’s eligible account holders in a Subscription Offering, to members of the Bank’s community and the public in a Direct Community Offering and, under certain circumstances, to the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering (collectively, the “Offering”). The MHC, the Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company” and their respective Boards of Directors are collectively referred to herein as the “Board.” Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to assist the Company with the Offering. This letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.

OFFERING SERVICES

Sandler O’Neill will act as exclusive marketing agent for the Company in the Offering. We will work with the Company and its management, counsel, accountants and other advisors on the Offering and anticipate that our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

1. Consulting as to the financial and securities market implications of the Plan;

2. Reviewing with the Board the financial impact of the Offering on the Company, based upon the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the Common Stock;


Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

September 20, 2013

Page 2

 

3. Reviewing all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

4. Assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the Offering;

5. Assisting management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors in connection with the Offering; and

6. Providing such other general advice and assistance as may be requested to promote the successful completion of the Offering.

SUBSCRIPTION AND COMMUNITY OFFERING FEES

If the Offering is consummated, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill for its services a fee of (a) one percent (1.0%) of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering, and (b) one and three-quarters percent (1.75%) of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Direct Community Offering, excluding in each case shares purchased by or on behalf of (i) any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company established for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, (ii) any charitable foundation established by the Company (or any shares contributed to such a charitable foundation), and (iii) any director, officer or employee of the Company or members of their immediate families. For purposes of this letter, the term “Actual Purchase Price” shall mean the price at which the shares of the Common Stock are sold in the Offering.

If the Offering is terminated by the Company or Sandler O’Neill’s engagement hereunder is terminated for any of the reasons provided for under the second paragraph of the section of this letter captioned “Definitive Agreement,” no fee shall be payable by the Company to Sandler O’Neill hereunder; however, the Company shall reimburse Sandler O’Neill for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including legal fees) incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder and for any fees and expenses incurred by Sandler O’Neill on behalf of the Company, each in accordance with the second paragraph under the section captioned “Costs and Expenses” below.

All fees and expense reimbursements payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder shall be payable in cash at the time of the closing of the Offering, or upon the termination of Sandler O’Neill’s engagement hereunder or termination of the Offering, as the case may be.


Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

September 20, 2013

Page 3

 

SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING

If any shares of Common Stock remain available after the expiration of the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, at the request of the Company and subject to the continued satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the second paragraph under the caption “Definitive Agreement” below, Sandler O’Neill will seek to sell such Common Stock in a Syndicated Community Offering on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions to be set forth in a selected dealers agreement, and may, in consultation with the Company, form a syndicate of registered dealers to assist in such efforts. With respect to any shares of the Common Stock sold by Sandler O’Neill or any other FINRA member firm under any selected dealers agreements in a Syndicated Community Offering, the Company agrees to pay a commission not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of the Shares sold in such offering. Sandler O’Neill will endeavor to distribute the Common Stock among dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the requirements of the Plan, which may result in limiting the allocation of stock to certain selected dealers. It is understood that in no event shall Sandler O’Neill be obligated to act as a selected dealer or to take or purchase any shares of the Common Stock in the Offering.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

In addition to any fees that may be payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder and the expenses to be borne by the Company pursuant to the following paragraph, the Company agrees to reimburse Sandler O’Neill, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including legal fees (up to a maximum of $75,000) and other expenses, including, without limitation, travel, meals, lodging, postage, syndication and document production expenses, up to a maximum of $25,000; provided, however, that Sandler O’Neill shall document such expenses to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter.

As is customary, the Company will bear all other expenses incurred in connection with the Offering, including, without limitation, (i) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required FINRA filing fees; (ii) the cost of printing and distributing the offering materials; (iii) the costs of blue sky qualification (including fees and expenses of blue sky counsel) of the shares in the various states; (iv) listing fees; and (v) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants, records management agent, transfer agent and other advisors; and (f) the establishment and operational expenses for the Conversion Center (e.g., postage, telephones, supplies, temporary employees, etc.). In the event Sandler O’Neill incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company will reimburse Sandler O’Neill for such fees and expenses whether or not the Offering is consummated.


Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

September 20, 2013

Page 4

 

DUE DILIGENCE REVIEW

Sandler O’Neill’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this letter shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigation and inquiries relating to the Company and its directors, officers, agents and employees as Sandler O’Neill and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances. In this regard, the Company agrees that, at its expense, it will make available to Sandler O’Neill all information that Sandler O’Neill requests, and will allow Sandler O’Neill the opportunity to discuss with the Company’s management the financial condition, business and operations of the Company. The Company acknowledges that Sandler O’Neill will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all information received from the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents, independent accountants and counsel.

BLUE SKY MATTERS

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offering. The Company will cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offering, including Sandler O’Neill’s participation therein, and shall furnish Sandler O’Neill a copy thereof addressed to Sandler O’Neill or upon which such counsel shall state Sandler O’Neill may rely.

CONFIDENTIALITY

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, Sandler O’Neill agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”); provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill may disclose such information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Sandler O’Neill, (b) was available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Sandler O’Neill by the Company, or (c) becomes available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Sandler O’Neill to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

 


Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

September 20, 2013

Page 5

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the financial models and presentations used by Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to Sandler O’Neill and are protected under applicable copyright laws. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of Sandler O’Neill.

INDEMNIFICATION

Since Sandler O’Neill will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Offering, each of the MHC, the Bank and the Holding Company agrees to indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Sandler O’Neill and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the Offering or the engagement of Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, or the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party; provided, however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (i) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by Sandler O’Neill expressly for use therein, or (ii) is primarily attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Sandler O’Neill. If the foregoing indemnification is unavailable for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in the proportion that its financial interest in the Offerings bears to that of Sandler O’Neill.

The Company agrees to notify Sandler O’Neill promptly of the assertion against it or any other person of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding relating to any transaction contemplated by this agreement.

 


Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

September 20, 2013

Page 6

 

DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that (a) except as set forth in clause (b), the foregoing represents the general intention of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the services to be provided by Sandler O’Neill in connection with the Offering, which will serve as a basis for Sandler O’Neill commencing activities, and (b) the only legal and binding obligations of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the Offering shall be (1) the Company’s obligation to reimburse costs and expenses pursuant to the section captioned “Costs and Expenses,” (2) those set forth under the captions “Confidentiality” and “Indemnification,” and (3) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed definitive Agency Agreement to be entered into prior to the commencement of the Offering relating to the services of Sandler O’Neill in connection with the Offering. Such Agency Agreement shall be in form and content satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill and the Company and their respective counsel and shall contain standard indemnification and contribution provisions consistent herewith.

Sandler O’Neill’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (i) Sandler O’Neill’s satisfaction with its investigation of the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, (ii) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill, (iii) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of Sandler O’Neill, (iv) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (v) market conditions at the time of the proposed offering. Sandler O’Neill may terminate this agreement if such Agency Agreement is not entered into prior to September 30, 2014.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 


Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

September 20, 2013

Page 7

 

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

Very truly yours,

SANDLER O’NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.
By:   Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp.,
  the sole general partner
By:  

 

        Scott M.A. Clark
        An Officer of the Corporation

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

MaconBancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

 

By:  

 

        Roger D. Plemens
        President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 1.2

September 20, 2013

Mr. Roger D. Plemens

President and Chief Executive Officer

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

One Center Court

Franklin, NC 28734

Dear Mr. Plemens:

We understand that the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp (the “MHC”) and its subsidiary, Macon Bank, Inc. (the “Bank”), are considering the adoption of a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company will be converted from mutual holding company to full stock holding company form, and shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of the proposed new holding company for the Bank (the “Holding Company”) will be offered and sold to the Bank’s eligible account holders in a Subscription Offering, to members of the Bank’s community and the public in a Direct Community Offering and, under certain circumstances, to the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering (collectively, the “Offering”). The MHC, the Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to act as records management agent for the Company in connection with the Offering. This letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.

SERVICES AND FEES

In our role as records management agent, we anticipate that our services will include the services outlined below, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

  I. Consolidation of Accounts and Vote Calculation

 

  II. Design and Preparation of Proxy and Stock Order Forms

 

  III. Organization and Supervision of the Conversion Center

 

  IV. Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services

 

  V. Subscription Services

Each of these services is further described in Appendix A to this agreement.


Mr. Roger D. Plemens

September 20, 2013

Page 2

 

For its services hereunder, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill a fee of $30,000. This fee is based upon the requirements of current regulations and the Plan as currently contemplated. Any unusual or additional items or duplication of service required as a result of a material change in the regulations or the Plan or a material delay or other similar events may result in extra charges that will be covered in a separate agreement if and when they occur.

All fees under this agreement shall be payable in cash, as follows: (a) $10,000 payable upon execution of this agreement; and (b) the balance upon the mailing of the offering and proxy materials.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

In addition to any fees that may be payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder, the Company agrees to reimburse Sandler O’Neill, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offerings are consummated, including, without limitation, travel, lodging, meals, telephone, postage, listings, forms and other similar expenses, up to a maximum of $30,000. It is understood that all expenses associated with the establishment and operation of the Conversion Center (e.g., postage, telephones, supplies, temporary employees, etc.) will be borne by the Company. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this agreement.

RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED

The Company will provide Sandler O’Neill with such information as Sandler O’Neill may reasonably require to carry out its duties hereunder. The Company recognizes and confirms that Sandler O’Neill (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information. The Company will also inform Sandler O’Neill within a reasonable period of time of any changes in the Plan that require changes in Sandler O’Neill’s services. If a substantial expense results from any such change, the parties shall negotiate an equitable adjustment in the fee.

LIMITATIONS

Sandler O’Neill, as records management agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be liable to any person or entity, including the Company, by reason of any error of judgment or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof unless caused by or arising out of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence; (d) will not

 


Mr. Roger D. Plemens

September 20, 2013

Page 3

 

be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (e) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall Sandler O’Neill be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if Sandler O’Neill has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

INDEMNIFICATION

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons (Sandler O’Neill and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, and the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from Sandler O’Neill’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

MISCELLANEOUS

The following addresses shall be sufficient for written notices to each other:

 

If to you:    Macon Bank, Inc.
   One Center Court
   Franklin, NC 28734
   Attention: Mr. Roger D. Plemens
If to us:    Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.
   1251 Avenue of the Americas
   New York, New York 10020
   Attention: General Counsel

 


Mr. Roger D. Plemens

September 20, 2013

Page 4

 

The Agreement and appendix hereto constitute the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

Very truly yours,
SANDLER O’NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.
By:   Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp.,
  the sole general partner
By:  

 

  Scott M.A. Clark
  An Officer of the Corporation

 

Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
Macon Bancorp
Macon Bank, Inc.
By:  

 

  Roger D. Plemens
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 


APPENDIX A

OUTLINE OF RECORDS MANAGEMENT AGENT SERVICES

 

I. Consolidation of Deposit Accounts/Vote Calculation

 

  1. Consolidate files in accordance with regulatory guidelines and create central file.

 

  2. Our EDP format will be provided to your IT representatives.

 

  3. Vote calculation.

 

  4. If required, delete voting record date accounts closed prior to special meeting.

 

II. Design and Preparation of Proxy Forms and Stock Order Forms

 

  1. Assist in designing proxy cards and stock order forms for voting and ordering stock.

 

  2. Prepare deposit account holder data for proxy cards and stock order forms.

 

III. Organization and Supervision of Conversion Center

 

  1. Advising on physical organization of the Conversion Center, including materials requirements.

 

  2. Assist in training of all Bank/temporary personnel who will staff the Conversion Center.

 

  3. Establish processing/reporting procedures for proxies and order forms.

 

  4. On-site supervision of the Conversion Center during the proxy solicitation/offering period.

 

IV. Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services

 

  1. Target group identification for proxy solicitation.

 

  2. Proxy and ballot tabulation.

 

  3. Act as or support inspector of election, it being understood that Sandler O’Neill will not act as inspector of election in the case of a contested election.

 

  4. If required, delete voting record date accounts closed prior to special meeting.

 

  5. Produce final report of vote.

 

V. Subscription Services

 

  1. Produce list of depositors by state (Blue Sky report).

 

  2. Production of subscription rights and research books.

 

  3. Stock order form processing.

 

  4. Acknowledgment letter to confirm receipt of stock order.

 

  5. Daily reports and analysis.

 

  6. Proration calculation and share allocation in the event of an oversubscription.

 

  7. Produce charter shareholder list.

 

  8. Interface with transfer agent for stock certificate issuance.

 

  9. Refund and interest calculations.

 

  10. Confirmation letter to confirm purchase of stock.

 

  11. Notification of full/partial rejection of orders.

 

  12. Production of 1099/Debit tape.

 

A-1

Exhibit 2

PLAN OF CONVERSION

OF

MACON BANCORP


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION

     1   

DEFINITIONS

     1   

PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

     7   

HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

     8   

SALE OF SHARES

     9   

PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

     9   

RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

     10   

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

     10   

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

     11   

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

     11   

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER DEPOSITORS AND OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

     12   

COMMUNITY OFFERING

     13   

SYNDICATED OFFERING

     13   

ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

     14   

PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

     15   

MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

     16   

UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

     17   

RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

     18   

ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

     18   

VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS; NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

     20   

RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

     20   

REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

     21   

MAINTENANCE OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

     21   

REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

     21   

TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

     21   

STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     22   

RESTRICTIONS ON VOTING OF CERTAIN SHARES OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

     22   

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

     22   

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

     22   

CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND MERGER; EFFECTIVE DATE

     23   

EXPENSES OF THE CONVERSION

     23   

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

     23   

CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

     23   

INTERPRETATION

     24   

 

i


EXHIBIT A    FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN MACON BANCORP AND ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.
EXHIBIT B    AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.
EXHIBIT C    BYLAWS OF ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

 

ii


PLAN OF CONVERSION OF

MACON BANCORP

1. INTRODUCTION

This Plan of Conversion (this “Plan”) provides for the conversion of Macon Bancorp, a North Carolina mutual holding company (“Macon Bancorp”), into the capital stock form of organization. Macon Bancorp currently owns 100% of the common stock of Macon Bank, a North Carolina stock savings bank (the “Bank”). A new stock holding company, Entegra Financial Corp. (the “Holding Company”) will be established as part of the Conversion which will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Macon Bancorp and will issue Common Stock in the Conversion. The purpose of the Conversion is to convert Macon Bancorp to the capital stock form of organization and to raise capital in the Offering. The Holding Company will offer its Common Stock in the Offering upon the terms and conditions established in the sole discretion of the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company.

The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or customers of the Bank. After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.

This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Bank, and will be approved by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company. This Plan also must be approved by a majority of the total votes entitled to be cast by Voting Members at a Special Meeting of Voting Members to be called for that purpose. Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members also shall constitute approval of the transactions described herein by the Voting Members. The Bank Regulators may be required to approve this Plan before it is presented to the Voting Members for their approval.

2. DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account Holder means any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A Person which acts in concert with another Person (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any Person who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a Person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the Tax–Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will be aggregated.

 

1


Affiliate means any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

Appraised Value Range means the range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as fifteen percent (15%) above and fifteen percent (15%) below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range. The maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be adjusted by up to fifteen percent (15%) subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect regulatory considerations, changes in market or financial conditions, and/or demand for the Common Stock.

Articles of Merger means the Articles of Merger filed with the Commissioner and North Carolina Secretary of State, and any similar documents filed with any Bank Regulator or federal or state governmental agency in connection with the consummation of the Conversion and any other transaction relating to the Conversion.

Associate means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (i) any corporation or organization (other than Macon Bancorp, the Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of any such party) if the Person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a Person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating the total number of shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and who lives in the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank, or any of their subsidiaries.

Bank means Macon Bank, Inc., Franklin, North Carolina.

Bank Liquidation Account means the account established by the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.

Bank Regulators means the applicable regulatory agency or agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and, to the extent required by applicable law, approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Holding Company and any transactions required to effect the Conversion.

 

2


Borrower means any Person who is a borrower from the Bank except those individual borrowers who are younger than twelve (12) years of age.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commissioner means the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks.

Common Stock means the common stock, no par value per share, of the Holding Company. The Common Stock is not insured by the FDIC.

Community means Buncombe, Clay, Cherokee, Graham, Haywood, Henderson, Jackson, Macon, Polk, Swain and Transylvania Counties, North Carolina, and Rabun County, Georgia.

Community Offering means the offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company of shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering.

Controls, controlling, controlled by, and under common control with means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; with the ownership of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting equity securities of a Person being deemed to constitute control.

Conversion means the conversion of Macon Bancorp to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering and the Merger.

Conversion Shares means the shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Holding Company upon consummation of the Conversion.

Deposit Account means any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW, money market, certificate and passbook accounts, having a positive balance.

Director means any member of the Board of Directors of Macon Bancorp, the Bank or the Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

Eligible Account Holder means any natural Person who is twelve (12) years of age or older and any other Person who holds a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.

 

3


Eligible Depositor means any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

Eligibility Record Date means the date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is December 31, 2012.

Employees mean all Persons who are employed by Macon Bancorp, the Bank or the Holding Company.

Employee Plans means any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.

ESOP means the Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust, if any.

FDIC means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Holding Company means Entegra Financial Corp., the corporation formed for the purposes of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank through the Merger and issuing shares of Common Stock in the Conversion.

Independent Appraiser means the independent appraiser retained by Macon Bancorp, the Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Shares.

Liquidation Account means the account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in Macon Bancorp immediately prior to the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

Merger means the merger of Macon Bancorp with and into the Holding Company.

Offering means the offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering and/or the Syndicated Offering, as the case may be.

Offering Range means the range of the number of shares of Common Stock offered for sale in this Offering. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price. The maximum and minimum of the Offering Range may vary as much as fifteen percent (15%) above and fifteen percent (15%) below, respectively, the midpoint of the Offering Range.

Officer means the president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, the manager and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated. Officer also includes the chairman of a board of directors if the chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management.

 

4


Order Form means any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

Other Depositor means a Voting Member who holds a Deposit Account in the Bank but who is not an Eligible Account Holder or a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

Other Member means a Voting Member of Macon Bancorp who is not an Eligible Depositor or Other Depositor.

Participant means any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, Other Depositor or Other Member.

Person means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

Plan means this Plan of Conversion as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

Prospectus means the one or more documents used in offering the Subscription Shares.

Qualifying Deposit means the aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $100.00, and (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $100.00.

Resident means any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters shall determine residency under this provision. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan or trustee, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans or trusts, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Holding Company may utilize deposit or loan records of the Bank or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a Resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company. A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such Person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.

 

5


SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Special Meeting of the Voting Members means the special meeting of Voting Members, and any adjournments thereof, held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Subscription Offering means the offering of Subscription Shares to Participants having subscription rights.

Subscription Price means the price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

Subscription Shares means the shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder means any natural Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Bank, Macon Bancorp or the Holding Company (unless the Bank Regulators grant a waiver permitting a Director or Officer to be included) and their Associates, who is twelve (12) years of age or older, and any other Person, who holds a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date means the date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding approval of the application for conversion by the Bank Regulators or such other date set by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.

Syndicated Offering means the offering of Subscription Shares through a syndicate of underwriters and/or sales agents, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, following commencement of the Subscription Offering.

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan means any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code. The Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan, provided such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements. A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan that is not so qualified.

Voting Members means any (i) natural Person of twelve (12) years of age or more and any other Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank as of the Voting Record Date, with such Voting Member having one (1) vote for each $100.00, or fraction thereof, held in such Deposit Account and (ii) each Borrower from the Bank as of the Voting Record Date, with such Voting Member having one (1) vote by reason of being a Borrower; provided, however, that no Voting Member may cast more than one thousand (1,000) votes in the aggregate.

 

6


Voting Record Date means the date fixed by the Board of Directors of Macon Bancorp for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of the Voting Members.

3. PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

A. After approval of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp, the Holding Company and the Bank, this Plan together with all other requisite material shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval, if required by applicable laws and regulations. Copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by depositors of the Bank. Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company will publish a notice of the filing with the Banking Regulators of an application or applications to convert and to merge if and as required by applicable laws and regulations.

B. This Plan also shall be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting of the Voting Members. Macon Bancorp will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date, a proxy statement describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting of the Voting Members. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares. Upon approval of this Plan by a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by the Voting Members, Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion. The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by applicable laws and regulations.

C. The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company shall have the right, exercised in their sole discretion, to elect the employ other structural methods to effect the Conversion. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion. Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intents of the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company, and any applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of this Plan by Voting Members also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

 

  (1) The organization of the Holding Company.

 

  (2) Macon Bancorp will convert from a North Carolina chartered mutual holding company to a North Carolina stock corporation, and in connection therewith the liquidation rights of Eligible Depositors, and all other interests of the Bank’s depositors in Macon Bancorp, will automatically, without further action on the part of Eligible Depositors and other depositors, be preserved in the Holding Company.

 

7


  (3) Macon Bancorp will merge with and into the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the resulting entity, pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and Eligible Depositors will automatically, without further action on the part of the Eligible Depositors, receive an interest in the Liquidation Account in exchange for their liquidation rights and other interests in Macon Bancorp.

D. The Holding Company will offer for sale the Subscription Shares in the Offering.

E. Prior to the Offering, the Holding Company shall register the offering of the Subscription Shares with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities.

F. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of Macon Bancorp shall automatically continue and be vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer. The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by Macon Bancorp (and the Holding Company) prior to the Conversion. The Holding Company shall continue to be responsible for all of its liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description existing immediately prior to the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books or accounts or records of Macon Bancorp or the Holding Company.

G. The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company shall be in the forms of Exhibit B and Exhibit C, respectively.

H. The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current executive offices of Macon Bancorp.

4. HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

The Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert Macon Bancorp to stock form, complete the Conversion and the Merger. Macon Bancorp, the Holding Company and the Bank shall make applications to the Bank Regulators, as and if required, and filings with the SEC and applicable state securities authorities for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion and the Merger.

 

8


5. SALE OF SHARES

The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the proxy statement for the Special Meeting of the Voting Members. The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 90 days from the date offering materials are first mailed, unless extended by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company. The Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC. The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase Subscription Shares.

Any shares of Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in a Community Offering, a Syndicated Offering, or in any other manner permitted or not prohibited by the Bank Regulators. The Community Offering, if any, will involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares directly to the members of the general public with a preference given to natural Persons residing in the Community. The Community Offering may begin simultaneously with or later than the Subscription Offering.

If feasible, any shares of Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering, and the Community Offering may be offered and sold in a Syndicated Offering or in any manner approved or not prohibited by the Bank Regulators. The issuance of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Common Stock in any Syndicated Offering is consummated. The Syndicated Offering may begin simultaneously with or later than the Subscription Offering.

6. PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The total number, or a range thereof, of Subscription Shares to be offered for sale in the Offering will be determined by the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price. The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to fifteen percent (15%) subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect regulatory considerations, changes in market and financial conditions, and/or demand for the Common Stock.

In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of Conversion Shares to be issued in the Offering is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be

 

9


required, provided that up to a fifteen percent (15%) increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subscription Shares will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company, and the Bank Regulators (if required), that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of Conversion Shares to be issued in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit or not prohibit.

The Common Stock to be issued in the Offering shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

7. RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

The Holding Company may retain up to forty percent (40%) of the net proceeds of the Offering. The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment and will facilitate the continued expansion through acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and for other business and investment purposes, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of the Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy.

8. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

A. Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of (i) 30,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, and (iii) fifteen (15) times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the provisions of Section 14.

B. In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares

 

10


sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available Subscription Shares have been allocated.

C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on increased deposits during the one year period before the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as the Bank Regulators may permit or not prohibit.

9. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

The Employee Plans of the Holding Company and the Bank, if any, shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to ten percent (10%) of the Conversion Shares, including any shares sold in the Offering as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company, the Bank or a majority owned subsidiary of any such entity. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market. The Holding Company and the Bank need not form any such Employee Plans, and need not have any Employee Plans in existence in order to exercise any such subscription rights.

10. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

A. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of (i) 30,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, and (iii) fifteen (15) times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying

 

11


Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient Subscription Shares after filling in full all subscription orders of the Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available Subscription Shares have been allocated.

11. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER DEPOSITORS AND OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

A. Each Other Depositor and Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of (i) 30,000 shares of Common Stock and (ii) one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B. In the event that such Other Depositors and Other Members exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated to Other Depositors and Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Depositor and Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Depositor and Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Depositors and Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Depositor or Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Depositors and Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

12


12. COMMUNITY OFFERING

If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, the Subscription Shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program which may use a broker-dealer, sales agent, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings bank securities. Such entities may be paid compensation on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. In the event orders for Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural Persons residing in the Community, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public, so that each Person in an oversubscribing category of the Community Offering may receive the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares they ordered, and available remaining shares will be allocated among subscribing Persons whose subscriptions remain unfilled in an equal number of shares basis per order. In connection with the allocation, orders received for shares in the Community Offering will be filled up to a maximum of 30,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. The Holding Company shall use its best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such Conversion Stock. Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company reserve the right to reject in its sole discretion any or all orders, in whole or in part, which are received in the Community Offering.

13. SYNDICATED OFFERING

If feasible, the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company may determine to offer Subscription Shares not issued in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, in a Syndicated Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company, subject to the right of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company to accept or reject in their sole discretion in whole or in part any subscriptions in the Syndicated Offering. In the Syndicated Offering, any Person may purchase up to a maximum of 30,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

Provided that the Subscription Offering has commenced, the Holding Company may commence the Syndicated Offering at any time, provided that the completion of the offer and sale of the Common Stock will be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members.

If for any reason a Syndicated Offering of shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or Community Offering if any, cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering or Syndicated Offering, if possible, the Holding Company will make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

13


14. ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

In addition to the limitations set forth elsewhere in this Plan, the following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Subscription Shares:

A. Subject to any required regulatory approval and the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, but without further approval of the Voting Members, Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company may increase or decrease any of the individual or aggregate purchase limitations set forth herein to a percentage which does not exceed four point ninety-nine percent (4.99%) of the total offering of shares of Common Stock in the Offering whether before, during or after the Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or Syndicated Offering. If an individual purchase limitation is increased after commencement of the Subscription Offering or any other offering, Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company shall permit any Person who subscribed for the maximum number of shares of Common Stock to purchase an additional number of shares, so that such Person shall be permitted to subscribe for the then maximum number of shares permitted to be subscribed for by such Person, subject to the rights and preferences of any Person who has priority Subscription Rights. If any of the individual or aggregate purchase limitations are decreased after commencement of the Subscription Offering or any other offering, the orders of any Person who subscribed for more than the new purchase limitation shall be decreased by the minimum amount necessary so that such Person shall be in compliance with the then maximum number of shares permitted to be subscribed for by such Person. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to four point ninety-nine percent (4.99%) of the shares sold in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to nine point ninety-nine percent (9.99%), provided that orders for Common Stock exceeding four point ninety-nine percent (4.99%) of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate ten percent (10%) of the total shares of Common Stock sold in the Offerings. For purposes of enforcing the terms of the foregoing provisions, a Person shall include his, or her or its Associates and any group of Persons Acting in Concert with such Person.

B. Subject to remaining provisions of this Section 14, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors of the Bank, Macon Bancorp or the Holding Company, and in each case and their Associates in the aggregate, shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering.

C. A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available and except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

 

14


Subject to the foregoing provisions of Section 14, if the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person and his, her or its Affiliates and Associates, or to a group of Persons Acting in Concert including that Person would be in excess of 50,000 shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock allocated to such Person and his, her or its Affiliates and Associates, or to such group of Persons Acting in Concert including that Person shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his, her or its Affiliates and Associates, or to such group complies with such 50,000 share limit.

In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Subscription Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of up to fifteen percent (15%) (the “Adjusted Maximum”), the additional shares will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank, Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

Each Person purchasing Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

15. PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

All payments for Common Stock subscribed in the Subscription Offering, Community Offering and the Syndicated Offering must be delivered in full to the Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however, that if an Employee Plan subscribes for shares in the Subscription Offering, such Employee Plan will not be required to pay for the shares at the time it subscribes but rather may pay for such shares of Common Stock subscribed for by such Employee Plan at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Offering. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank.

Payment for Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by personal check, money order, bank draft, wire transfer or other form of payment approved by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate

 

15


account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the statement savings rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Subscription and Community Offerings. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled), at the Subscription Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on funds received in check, money order or bank draft will be paid by the Bank at no less than the statement savings rate on payments for Common Stock. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Bank will not make any loans or extend credit on an unsecured basis, or upon the security of the Common Stock, to any Person for the purchase of Common Stock in the Offering.

16. MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

As soon as practicable after the registration statement prepared by the Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC and the stock offering materials have been approved, if required, by the Bank Regulators, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Depositors and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Subscription Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered.

Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing Macon Bancorp, the Holding Company, the Bank, the Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Holding Company, which date shall be not less than twenty (20) days, nor more than ninety (90) days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed to a Participant by the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

B. The Subscription Price per share for shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offerings;

 

16


D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

F. A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Holding Company within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank); and

G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the above, Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company reserve the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled Order Forms.

17. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Holding Company or are received by the Holding Company after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the Account Holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however, that Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation by Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company of the terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, except as may be provided otherwise by applicable laws or regulations.

 

17


18. RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Participants entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, in the discretion of the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company, no such Participant will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Participant resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of such shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require Macon Bancorp and/or the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

19. ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

A Liquidation Account shall be established by the Holding Company at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to Macon Bancorp’s total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the Prospectus used in the Offering. Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Depositors who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Depositor shall, with respect to his or her Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance, in relation to his or her Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The Holding Company shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the Eligible Depositors who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts) each Eligible Depositor shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Account Holder’s Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock. A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution, in which the Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund the obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Depositor an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligation under the Liquidation Account, before any liquidation distribution may be

 

18


made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors. Each Eligible Depositor shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Liquidation Account with respect to the Holding Company, the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his or her Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock.

In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Depositor shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Depositor shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the greater of the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder on the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Depositors. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

If, at the close of business on any annual closing date, occurring on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Depositor is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Holding Company or the Bank. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Eligible Depositors do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.

The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and in no event will any Eligible Depositor be entitled to a distribution exceeding such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

 

19


20. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS; NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company. No holder of capital stock of the Holding Company will have preemptive rights to acquire unissued shares of the Holding Company.

21. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

A. All shares of Common Stock purchased by Directors or Officers of Macon Bancorp, the Holding Company and/or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section 21 or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one (1) year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

B. The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section 21 shall not apply to the following:

 

  (1) Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate regulatory agencies; or

 

  (2) Any disposition of such shares following the death of the natural Person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

C. With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (1) Each certificate representing shares restricted by this Section 21 shall bear a legend prominently stamped on its face giving notice of the restriction;

 

  (2) Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer;

 

  (3) Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

 

20


22. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

For a period of three (3) years following the Conversion, no Officer or Director of the Holding Company or the Bank, or in each case their Associates, shall purchase, without the receipt of any required prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Common Stock except from a duly registered broker-dealer. This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any Person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his, her or its investment representative. The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

23. MAINTENANCE OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

Each Person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following the Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights).

24. REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the Common Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will not deregister such class of securities for a period of at least three (3) years thereafter, except that the requirement to maintain the registration of such class of securities for three (3) years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist market-makers to establish and maintain a market for the Common Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange.

25. TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by Bancorp, the Holding Company or the Bank of either a ruling or an opinion of counsel with respect to federal tax laws, and either a ruling, an opinion of counsel, or a letter of advice from their tax advisor with respect to applicable state tax laws, to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Conversion and this Plan will not result in a taxable reorganization under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise result in any adverse tax consequences to Macon Bancorp, the Holding Company or the Bank, or the Account Holders receiving subscription rights before or after the Conversion, except in each case to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have value on the date such rights are issued.

 

21


26. STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

A. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Offering, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan and to the extent the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank so elect.

B. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements, change in control and/or severance agreements with, and to establish severance payment policies with respect to, their executive officers.

C. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock options plans, restricted stock award plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable requirements of federal or state regulations. The Holding Company and the Bank intend to implement a stock option plan and a restricted stock award plan after completion of the Conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required before implementation and may be obtained no earlier than six months after completion of the Conversion.

27. RESTRICTIONS ON VOTING OF CERTAIN SHARES OF THE HOLDING COMPANY

The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company shall contain a provision stipulating that, for a period of three (3) years following the closing date of the Conversion and Merger, without the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Holding Company’s Board of Directors, no recordholder who holds shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date of the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns more than ten percent (10%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, shall be entitled or permitted to vote with respect to any shares held in excess of such ten percent (10%) limit.

28. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

A. The Holding Company shall comply with any applicable regulation in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion. The Holding Company shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account.

B. The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below its federal or state regulatory capital requirements.

29. ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members will be authorizing and approving the Conversion and the Merger, and the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company attached as Exhibits B and C to this Plan.

 

22


30. CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND MERGER; EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Merger shall be filed with respect to the Merger. The Articles of Merger shall be filed after all requisite regulatory, Board of Directors and Member approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The closing of the sale of all shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering shall occur simultaneously on such effective date.

31. EXPENSES OF THE CONVERSION

The Bank, Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering and the Merger, and such expenses shall be reasonable.

32. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from the Voting Members to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of Macon Bancorp, and at any time thereafter by the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company with any required concurrence or approvals of the Bank Regulators. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by the Voting Members with any required concurrence or approvals of the Bank Regulators shall not require further approval by the Voting Members unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators. The Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Special Meeting of the Voting Members and at any time thereafter with any required concurrence or approvals of the Bank Regulators.

By adopting this Plan, the Voting Members authorize the Board of Directors of Macon Bancorp to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section 32.

33. CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

A. Prior receipt by Macon Bancorp, the Holding Company or the Bank of rulings, opinions of counsel or advice of tax advisers as described in Section 25;

B. The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Offering; and

C. The completion of the Conversion with the time period specified in Section 3.

 

23


34. INTERPRETATION

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

Dated: January 23, 2014

 

24


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

MACON BANCORP

AND

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.


EXHIBIT B

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.


EXHIBIT C

BYLAWS

OF

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.


AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Entegra Financial Corp., formerly known as Macon Financial Corp. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1 . Total Authorized Shares of Capital Stock . The Corporation shall have authority to issue a total of 60,000,000 shares of capital stock, none of which shall have any par value, divided into classes as follows:

 

Class

   Number of Shares  

Common Stock

     50,000,000   

Preferred Stock

     10,000,000   

Section 2.2 . Common Stock . The shares of Common Stock shall be of one and the same class. Subject to the rights of holders of the Preferred Stock as determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and by the North Carolina Business Corporation Act as now constituted or hereafter amended (“NCBCA”), the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have one vote per share on all matters on which holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote and shall be entitled to participate pro rata after preferential rights of holders of Preferred Stock in the distribution of the net assets of the Corporation upon dissolution.

 

2


Section 2.3 . Preferred Stock . The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may create and divide such shares into series within that class, and such shares and the shares of each such series shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights (or qualifications, conditions or restrictions thereon) as the Board of Directors may and hereby is authorized to determine.

ARTICLE III

The street address and county of the registered office of the Corporation is 220 One Center Court, Franklin, Macon County, North Carolina 28734. The mailing address of the registered office of the Corporation is Post Office Box 1499, Franklin, North Carolina 28734. The name of the registered agent is Roger D. Plemens.

ARTICLE IV

To the fullest extent permitted by the NCBCA as it exists or may hereafter be amended, no person who is serving or has served as a director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its shareholders or otherwise for monetary damages for breach of any duty as a director. No amendment or repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision to these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the protection granted herein with respect to any matter that occurred prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption.

ARTICLE V

The provisions of Article 9 and Article 9A of the NCBCA entitled “The North Carolina Shareholder Protection Act” and “The North Carolina Control Share Acquisition Act,” respectively, shall not be applicable to the Corporation.

 

3


ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1 . Definitions and Terms With Respect to Article VI . For purposes of this Article VI, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The terms “Business Combination” shall mean any transfer in connection with (i) a share exchange, merger or other combination of the Corporation, (ii) the acquisition of more than ten percent (10%) of the Corporation’s outstanding Voting Shares, or (iii) a purchase or sale of a substantial portion of the assets of the Corporation or a Subsidiary thereof (a purchase or sale of 20% or more of the total assets of the Corporation or a Subsidiary as of the end of the most recent quarterly period being deemed as “substantial”) in each case, as applicable, which requires the approval of, or notice to and absence of objection by (i) any federal or state regulatory authority of banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations or their holding companies, (ii) the Federal Trade Commission or the Anti-Trust Division of the United States Department of Justice, or (iii) the shareholders of the Corporation, but excluding any reorganization, acquisition, merger, purchase or sale of assets, or combination initiated by the Corporation upon the vote of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the Continuing Directors.

(b) The term “Continuing Director” shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is unaffiliated with the Related Person and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Related Person become a Related Person, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with the Related Person and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

(c) The term “Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, or an unincorporated organization or similar entity, and also includes a syndicate or any group of any of the foregoing formed or acting together in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of the equity securities or assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

 

4


(d) The term “Related Person” shall mean any Person (together with its “affiliates” and “associates,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”)) which as of the date of its offer with respect to a Business Combination is a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) in the aggregate of ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding Voting Shares of the Corporation. A Related Person shall be deemed to have acquired a share of the Voting Stock of the Corporation at the time when such Related Person became the beneficial owner thereof.

(e) The term “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which the Person in question owns not less than fifty percent (50%) of any class of equity securities, directly or indirectly.

(f) The term “Voting Shares” shall mean any shares of the authorized stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

(g) The term “Whole Board of Directors” shall mean the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board.

Section 6.2 . Rights of Shareholders . The affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six point seven percent (66.7%) or more of the outstanding Voting Shares, voting separately as a class, shall be required for the approval or authorization of any Business Combination; provided, however, that the sixty-six point seven percent (66.7%) voting requirement shall not be applicable and such Business Combination may be approved by the shareholder vote required by law and any other provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation if the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the

 

5


affirmative vote of (a) at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Whole Board of Directors, and (b) if such Business Combination is proposed by a Related Person, at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Directors, in either case at a duly called and convened regular and special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 6.3 . Fiduciary Obligations . Nothing contained in this Article VI shall be construed to relieve any Related Person from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law or equity.

Section 6.4 . Standards of Board of Directors’ Evaluation of an Offer . The Board of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of another Person to effect a Business Combination shall, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, without limitation: (i) the social and economic effects of acceptance of such offer on the depositors, borrowers, other customers, employees, and creditors of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, and on the communities in which the Corporation and its Subsidiaries operate or are located; (ii) the ability of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries to fulfill the objectives of a savings bank holding company or a savings bank, as applicable, under applicable federal and state statutes and regulations; (iii) the business and financial condition and prospects and earnings prospects of the Person or Persons proposing the Business Combination, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the Business Combination, and other likely financial obligations of such Person or Persons, and the possible effect of such conditions and prospects upon the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and the communities in which the Corporation and its Subsidiaries are located; (iv) the competence, experience, and integrity of the Person or Persons proposing the Business Combination and its or their management; and (v) the prospects for

 

6


successful conclusion of the proposed Business Combination. The provisions of this Article VI shall be deemed solely to grant discretionary authority to the Board of Directors and shall not be deemed to provide any constituency the right to be considered or to compel the consideration of its interests.

Section 6.5 . Three Year Prohibition . For a period of three (3) years following the date and time at which the merger of Macon Bancorp with and into the Corporation shall become effective, as specified in Articles of Merger to be executed by the Corporation and filed by it with the North Carolina Secretary of State, without the prior approval of the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Whole Board of Directors, in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date of the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of ten percent (10%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, be entitled or permitted to vote with respect to any shares held in excess of such limit.

Section 6.6 . Amendment and Repeal of Article VI . Notwithstanding any other provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law) any amendment, change or repeal of this Article VI, or any other amendment of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation which will have the effect of modifying or permitting circumvention of this Article VI, shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding Voting Shares of the Corporation, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to, and such seventy-five percent (75%) vote shall not be required for, any such amendment, change or repeal

 

7


recommended to shareholders of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of at least (a) seventy-five percent (75%) of the Whole Board of Directors, and (b) if at such time there shall be a Related Person, at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Board of Directors, and in either such event such amendment, change or repeal so recommended shall require only the vote, if any, required under the applicable provisions of the NCBCA.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1 . Board of Directors . The number of directors of the Corporation shall not be less than five (5) nor more than twenty (20), with the exact number to be fixed from time to time as provided in the Corporation’s Bylaws. In the first election of directors following the merger of Macon Bancorp with and into the Corporation, and in all elections thereafter, that the total number of directors as fixed pursuant to the Corporation’s Bylaws is nine (9) or more, the directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, as nearly equal as possible in number as may be, to serve in the first instance for terms of one, two and three years, respectively, from the date such class of directors takes office or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification or until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify, and thereafter the successors in each class of directors shall be elected and shall qualify, and thereafter the successors in each class of directors shall be elected for terms of three (3) years or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal, or disqualification or until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify. In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of directors at a time that the directors are so classified, the additional or eliminated directorships shall be classified or chosen so that all classes of directors shall remain or become as nearly equal as possible in number. At all times that the number of directors, as fixed pursuant to the Corporation’s Bylaws, is less than nine (9), each director shall be elected to a term ending as of the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification or until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify.

 

8


Section 7.2 . Voting for Directors . Directors shall be elected by a majority of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a shareholders’ meeting at which a quorum is present; provided, however, that in the event two or more nominees are presented for election to the same directorship, the nominee receiving a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election of a nominee to such directorship shall be deemed elected to the directorship.

 

9

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.


INDEX TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

 

ARTICLE 1. Offices

     1   

Section 1. Principal and Registered Office

     1   

Section 2. Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE 2. Meetings of Shareholders

     1   

Section 1. Place of Meeting

     1   

Section 2. Annual Meeting

     1   

Section 3. Substitute Annual Meeting

     2   

Section 4. Special Meetings

     2   

Section 5. Notice of Meetings

     2   

Section 6. Quorum

     3   

Section 7. Conduct of Business

     3   

Section 8. Shareholders’ List

     3   

Section 9. Voting of Shares

     3   

Section 10. Proxies

     4   

ARTICLE 3. Board of Directors

     4   

Section 1. General Powers

     4   

Section 2. Number, Term and Qualification

     4   

Section 3. Removal

     5   

Section 4. Vacancies

     5   

Section 5. Compensation

     5   

Section 6. Nomination of Directors

     5   

Section 7. Communications with Directors

     6   

Section 8. Evaluation of Business Combinations

     7   

ARTICLE 4. Meetings of Directors

     7   

Section 1. Annual and Regular Meetings

     7   

Section 2. Special Meetings

     7   

Section 3. Notice of Meetings

     7   

Section 4. Quorum

     7   

Section 5. Manner of Acting

     7   

Section 6. Presumption of Assent

     8   

Section 7. Action Without Meeting

     8   

Section 8. Meeting by Communications Device

     8   

ARTICLE 5. Committees

     8   

Section 1. Election and Powers

     8   

Section 2. Removal; Vacancies

     9   

Section 3. Meetings

     9   

Section 4. Minutes

     9   

Section 5. Charters

     9   

ARTICLE 6. Officers

     9   

Section 1. Titles

     9   

Section 2. Election; Appointment

     9   

Section 3. Removal

     10   

 

i


Section 4. Vacancies

     10   

Section 5. Compensation

     10   

Section 6. Chairman of the Board of Directors

     10   

Section 7. Chief Executive Officer

     10   

Section 8. President

     10   

Section 9. Chief Operating Officer

     10   

Section 10. Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents

     10   

Section 11. Secretary

     11   

Section 12. Assistant Secretaries

     11   

Section 13. Chief Financial Officer

     11   

Section 14. Controller and Assistant Controllers

     12   

Section 15. Voting of Stock

     12   

ARTICLE 7. Capital Stock

     12   

Section 1. Certificate For Shares

     12   

Section 2. Stock Transfer Books; Transfer Agent and Registrar

     12   

Section 3. Lost Certificates

     13   

Section 4. Distribution or Share Dividend Record Date

     13   

Section 5. Holders of Record

     13   

Section 6. Shares Held by Nominees

     13   

Section 7. Transfer Agent and Registrar

     14   

ARTICLE 8. Indemnification

     14   

Section 1. Indemnification Provisions

     14   

Section 2. Definitions

     14   

Section 3. Settlements

     15   

Section 4. Litigation Expense Advances

     15   

Section 5. Approval of Indemnification Payments

     15   

Section 6. Suits by Claimant

     15   

Section 7. Consideration; Personal Representatives and Other Remedies

     16   

Section 8. Scope of Indemnification Rights

     16   

Section 9. Extension of Indemnification Rights to Additional Employees

     16   

ARTICLE 9. Emergency Bylaws

     16   

Section 1. Effectiveness

     16   

Section 2. Board Meetings

     16   

Section 3. Principal Office

     17   

Section 4. Specific Powers

     17   

Section 5. Nonexclusive Powers

     17   

ARTICLE 10. General Provisions

     17   

Section 1. Dividends and Other Distributions

     17   

Section 2. Seal

     17   

Section 3. Waiver of Notice

     17   

Section 4. Checks

     17   

Section 5. Bond

     17   

Section 6. Fiscal Year

     18   

Section 7. Amendments

     18   

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

ARTICLE 1

Offices

Section 1. Principal and Registered Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at One Center Court, Franklin, North Carolina, which shall also be the registered office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may have offices at such other places, either within or without the State of North Carolina, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE 2

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1. Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place, either within or without the State of North Carolina, as shall be designated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at such time as shall be set by the Board of Directors on a specific date in the second and third quarter of each year, for the purpose of electing directors of the Corporation and the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting in accordance with these Bylaws. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of annual meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by a shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, in compliance with the procedure set forth in this Section 2. In addition to any other applicable requirements for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be in writing and delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary not less than sixty (60) days before the first anniversary of the date of the Corporation’s proxy statement in connection with the last annual shareholders’ meeting. A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address as they appear on the Corporation’s books of the shareholder proposing such business, (iii) the class, series, and number of the Corporation’s shares that are owned of record and beneficially by such shareholder, and (iv) any material


interest of such shareholder in such business. No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 2 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any business properly brought before the annual meeting and provided further that this Section 2 shall not apply to the nomination of directors by shareholders, which is governed by Article 3, Section 6 of these Bylaws. In the event that a shareholder attempts to bring business before an annual meeting without complying with the provisions of this Section 2, the Chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, and, if the Chairman shall so determine, the Chairman shall so declare to the shareholders present at the meeting and any such business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 regarding shareholder proposals and the provisions of Article 3, Section 6 regarding nominations of directors, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of (A) state law, (B) the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, and (C) stock exchange listing requirements applicable to the Corporation with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2 and Article 3, Section 6. In addition, to the extent that a provision of this Article 2, Section 2 is in express conflict with any of the laws, regulations or requirements set forth in the foregoing items (A), (B) or (C) that are applicable to the Corporation, such provisions shall be deemed without effect during such period of conflict.

Section 3. Substitute Annual Meeting . If the annual meeting of shareholders is not held within the period designated by these Bylaws, a substitute annual meeting may be called in accordance with Section 4 of this Article. A meeting so called shall be designated and treated for all purposes as the annual meeting of shareholders.

Section 4. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Notice of Meetings . At least ten (10) and no more than sixty (60) days prior to any annual or special meeting of shareholders, the Corporation shall notify shareholders of the date, time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special or substitute annual meeting or where otherwise required by law, shall briefly describe the purpose or purposes of the meeting. Only business within the purpose or purposes described in the notice may be taken at a special meeting. Unless otherwise required by the Articles of Incorporation or by law, the Corporation shall be required to give notice only to shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting. If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place, notice thereof need not be given if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment; provided, however, that notice must be given if such meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the original meeting or if a new record date is otherwise fixed for the adjourned meeting. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed pursuant to Article 7, Section 5 hereof, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. It shall be the primary responsibility of the Secretary to give the notice, but notice may be given by or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer or other person or persons calling the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be effective when deposited in the United States mail with postage then prepaid, correctly addressed to the shareholder’s address shown in the Corporation’s current record of shareholders.

 

2


Section 6. Quorum . A majority of the votes entitled to be cast by a voting group on a matter, represented in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders, shall constitute a quorum for that voting group for any action on that matter, unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise or other quorum requirements are fixed by law, including by a court of competent jurisdiction acting pursuant to Section 55-7-03 of the General Statutes of North Carolina. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and any adjournment thereof, unless a new record date is or must be set for the adjournment. Action may be taken by a voting group at any meeting at which a quorum of that voting group is represented, regardless of whether action is taken at that meeting by any other voting group. In the absence of a quorum at the opening of any meeting of shareholders, such meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a vote of the majority of the shares voting on the motion to adjourn.

Section 7. Conduct of Business . The Chairman of any meeting of shareholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as determined by such Chairman to be appropriate. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the shareholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

Section 8. Shareholders’ List . After fixing a record date for a meeting, the Corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all its shareholders that are entitled to notice of the shareholders’ meeting. The list shall be arranged by voting group, if any (and within each voting group by class or series of shares), and shall show the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. The shareholders’ list shall be available for inspection by any shareholder, personally or by or with his or her representative, at any time during regular business hours, beginning two (2) business days after notice of the meeting is given for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting, at the Corporation’s principal office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held. The list shall also be available at the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder, personally or by or with his or her representative, at any time during the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

Section 9. Voting of Shares .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each outstanding share of voting capital stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of the shareholders. Shares may be voted (i) in person, (ii) over the internet, (iii) by telephone or (iv) by one or more proxies (subject to Section 10 of this Article 2). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may, in their discretion, decide for any shareholder meeting not to permit voting over the internet or by telephone. Action on a matter (other than the election of directors) by a voting group for which a quorum is present is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the vote of a greater number if required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Absent special circumstances, the shares

 

3


of the Corporation are not entitled to vote if they are owned, directly or indirectly, by a second corporation, domestic or foreign, and the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares entitled to vote for directors of the second corporation, except that this provision shall not limit the power of the Corporation to vote shares held by it or a subsidiary thereof in a fiduciary capacity.

(b) In the case of election of directors, those nominees who receive a majority of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in such election shall be deemed to have been elected as directors; provided, however, that in the event two or more nominees are presented for election to the same directorship, the nominee receiving a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election of a nominee to such directorship shall be deemed elected to the directorship.

Section 10. Proxies . Shares may be voted by one (1) or more proxies authorized by a written appointment of proxy signed by the shareholder or the shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact. In addition, proxies may be appointed in the form of (a) a photocopy, telegram, cablegram, facsimile or equivalent reproduction, (b) an electronic record that bears the shareholder’s electronic signature and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by an automated process, and (c) any kind of telephonic transmission authorized by the Board of Directors, even if not accompanied by written communication, under circumstances or together with information from which the Corporation can reasonably determine that the appointment was made or authorized by the shareholder. An appointment of proxy is valid for eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless a different period is expressly provided in the appointment form.

ARTICLE 3

Board of Directors

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation or by applicable law.

Section 2. Number, Term and Qualification .

(a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall consist of not less than five (5) nor more than twenty (20), the exact number within such minimum and maximum limits to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Board of Directors, which number shall be stated in the notice of the meeting of shareholders, or by resolution of the shareholders at any meeting thereof. Directors need not be residents of the State of North Carolina. No person other than an incumbent director or a person appointed or to be appointed to the Board of Directors in connection with the merger (the “Merger”) of Macon Bancorp with and into the Corporation (“Excepted Directors”) will be eligible to stand for election as a director after the person shall have attained the age of sixty-five (65), and, except for Excepted Directors, a director who attains the age of seventy (70) shall retire from the Board at the end of the term for which the director was elected.

 

4


(b) At all times that the total number of directors is fixed is nine (9) or more, the directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, as nearly equal as possible in number as may be. In the first election of directors following the consummation of the Merger the classes of directors shall be elected to serve for terms of one (1), two (2) and three (3) years, respectively, from the date each such class of directors takes office or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification or until their successors shall be elected and qualify, and thereafter the successors in each class of directors shall be elected for terms of three (3) years or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, removal or disqualification. In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director until the expiration of the director’s current term or the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. In the event of the death, resignation, removal or disqualification of a director during the director’s elected term of office, the Board of Directors or, subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and applicable law, the shareholders, may appoint the director’s successor, who shall serve until the next annual shareholders’ meeting at which directors are elected.

Section 3. Removal . Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any director may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation’s voting stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a director is elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the shareholders of that voting group may participate in the vote to remove him. If any directors are so removed, new directors may be elected at the same meeting by such voting group of shareholders entitled to elect such director. Notice of a shareholders’ meeting to remove any director shall state that the purpose, or one (1) of the purposes, of the meeting is removal of the director and shall otherwise be governed by Section 5 of Article 2.

Section 4. Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, a vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including, without limitation, a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors or from the failure by the shareholders to elect the full authorized number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors or by the sole director remaining in office. Subject to the requirements of applicable law and these Bylaws, the shareholders may elect a director at any time to fill a vacancy not filled by the directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next annual shareholders’ meeting at which directors are elected.

Section 5. Compensation . The directors shall not receive compensation for their services as such, except that by resolution of the Board of Directors or by a committee established for such purpose, the directors may be paid fees, which may include but are not restricted to fees for attendance at meetings of the Board or of a committee, and they may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance. Any director may serve the Corporation in any other capacity and receive compensation therefor.

Section 6. Nomination of Directors . Subject to any rights, if any, of holders of shares of preferred stock, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 6 shall be eligible for election as directors. Nomination for election of any person to serve as a director shall be made by the Board of Directors or a nominating committee of the Board of Directors. Nomination for election of any person to serve as a director may also be

 

5


made by a shareholder if such nomination is made in compliance with the procedure set forth in this Section 6. Notice of nominations made by shareholders entitled to vote for the election of directors shall be received in writing by the Secretary not less than fifty (50) nor more than seventy-five (75) days before the first anniversary of the date of the Corporation’s proxy statement in connection with the last meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors. Each notice shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address, residence address (if known), social security number (if known) and telephone number of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee, (iii) the nominee’s qualifications to serve as director, (iv) an executed written consent of the nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected, (v) the number and class of capital shares of the Corporation beneficially owned by each such nominee, (vi) the name and record address of the shareholder making the nomination, (vii) the class, series, and number of the Corporation’s shares that are owned of record or beneficially by the shareholder making the nomination, (viii) a representation that the shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the nominee, (ix) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and such nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder, and (x) any material interest of the shareholder in the proposed nomination. The Secretary shall deliver all such notices to the Corporation’s nominating committee, or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board of Directors from time to time for the purpose of recommending to the Board of Directors candidates to serve as director or, in the absence of such other committee, to the Board of Directors, for review. The nominating committee or such other committee shall thereafter make its recommendation with respect to nominees to the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors shall thereafter make its determination as to whether such candidate should be nominated for election as director. The Chairman of any meeting of shareholders called for election of directors may, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, and if the Chairman should so determine, the Chairman shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 regarding nominations of directors and the provisions of Article 2, Section 2 regarding shareholder proposals, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of (A) state law, (B) the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and (C) stock exchange listing requirements applicable to the Corporation with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 6 and Article 2, Section 2. In addition, to the extent that a provision of this Article 3, Section 6 is in express conflict with any of the laws, regulations or requirements set forth in the foregoing items (A), (B) or (C) that are applicable to the Corporation, such provisions shall be deemed without effect during such period of conflict.

Section 7. Communications with Directors . Shareholders may communicate with the Board of Directors of the Corporation on any matter pursuant to this Section 7 other than the proposal for business at a shareholders’ meeting (which is governed by Article 2, Section 2) and the nomination of directors (which is governed by Article 3, Section 6) by writing to the Chairman of the Board of Directors through the Secretary of the Corporation. If a response on behalf of the Board of Directors or an individual director is appropriate, the Chairman or another appropriate director will gather any information and documentation necessary for responding to the communication and will provide, or will direct another appropriate Board member to provide, such information, documentation and response to the shareholder.

 

6


Section 8. Evaluation of Business Combinations . The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall comply with Section 6.4 of the Articles of Incorporation when considering a “Business Combination” (as defined therein).

ARTICLE 4

Meetings of Directors

Section 1. Annual and Regular Meetings . The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of the shareholders (or as soon thereafter as is practicable). The Board of Directors may by resolution provide for the holding of regular meetings of the Board on specified dates and at specified times. Notice of regular meetings held at the principal office of the Corporation and at the usual scheduled time shall not be required. If any date for which a regular meeting is scheduled shall be a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on a date designated in the notice of the meeting during either the same week in which the regularly scheduled date falls or during the preceding or following week. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place as may be designated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any two (2) directors. Such meetings may be held at the time and place designated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 3. Notice of Meetings . Unless the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws provide otherwise, the annual and regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice of the date, time, place or purpose of the meeting. The Secretary or other person or persons giving notice of a regular meeting to be held on a date other than the usual scheduled time or a special meeting shall give notice by any usual means of communication to be sent at least two (2) days before the meeting if notice is sent by means of telephone, telecopy, electronic mail, or personal delivery and at least five (5) days before the meeting if notice is sent by mail. A director’s attendance at, or participation in, a meeting for which notice is required shall constitute a waiver of notice, unless the director at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon arrival) objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

Section 4. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board of Directors consists of a majority of the number of directors prescribed at the time of the meeting by the Board of Directors or shareholders; provided, however, that if no such number is prescribed, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum.

Section 5. Manner of Acting . Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

7


Section 6. Presumption of Assent . A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless the director objects at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon arrival) to holding, or transacting business at, the meeting, or unless the director’s dissent or abstention is entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless the director shall file written notice of his or her dissent or abstention to such action with the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or with the Corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

Section 7. Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board. The action must be evidenced by one (1) or more written consents signed by each director before or after such action, describing the action taken, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records. Action taken without a meeting is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date. A director’s consent to action taken without a meeting may be in electronic form and delivered by electronic means.

Section 8. Meeting by Communications Device . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may permit any or all directors to participate in a regular or special meeting by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

ARTICLE 5

Committees

Section 1. Election and Powers . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, upon the recommendation of the Chairman, the Board of Directors may create one (1) or more committees and appoint two (2) or more directors to serve at the pleasure of the Board on each such committee. The creation of any such committee and the appointment of members to it must be approved by a majority of all of the directors in office when such action is taken. To the extent specified by the Board of Directors or in the Articles of Incorporation, each committee shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, except that no committee shall have authority to do the following:

(a) Authorize distributions;

(b) Approve or propose to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders under the North Carolina Business Corporation Act;

(c) Fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any of its committees;

(d) Amend the Articles of Incorporation;

 

8


(e) Adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws;

(f) Approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval;

(g) Authorize or approve the reacquisition of shares, except according to a formula or method prescribed by the Board of Directors; or

(h) Authorize or approve the issuance, sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the Board of Directors may authorize a committee (or a senior executive officer of the Corporation) to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Removal; Vacancies . Any member of a committee may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause, and vacancies in the membership of a committee by means of death, resignation, disqualification or removal shall be filled by the Board of Directors upon the recommendation of the Chairman.

Section 3. Meetings . The provisions of Article 4 governing meetings of the Board of Directors, action without meeting, notice, waiver of notice and quorum and voting requirements shall apply to the committees of the Board and its members.

Section 4. Minutes . Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings and shall report thereon to the Board of Directors at or before the next meeting of the Board.

Section 5. Charters . Each committee shall have a charter setting forth its authority and responsibilities, which charters (and any amendments thereto) shall be established by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may amend or rescind any such charter in its discretion.

ARTICLE 6

Officers

Section 1. Titles . The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer (who shall act as the Treasurer) and may include a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, one (1) or more Executive Vice Presidents, one (1) or more additional Vice Presidents, a Controller, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries, one (1) or more Assistant Controllers, and such other officers as shall be deemed necessary. The officers shall have the authority and perform the duties as set forth herein or as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer (to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer is authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of officers). Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same individual, but no officer may act in more than one (1) capacity where action of two (2) or more officers is required.

Section 2. Election; Appointment . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected from time to time by the Board of Directors or appointed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer (to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer is authorized by the Board to appoint officers).

 

9


Section 3. Removal . Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served, but removal shall not itself affect the officer’s contract rights, if any, with the Corporation.

Section 4. Vacancies . Vacancies among the officers may be filled and new offices may be created and filled by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer (to the extent authorized by the Board).

Section 5. Compensation . The compensation of the officers shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors or by a committee established for such purpose.

Section 6. Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if such officer is elected, shall preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall designate.

Section 7. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors and may hold also the title of President. The Chief Executive Officer shall have overall responsibility and authority for administering the affairs of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall exercise all of the powers customarily exercised by a Chief Executive Officer of any Corporation by whatever name called unless expressly limited by the Board of Directors. All officers of the Corporation shall report to the Chief Executive Officer to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer may require. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall designate or as may be provided by applicable law or elsewhere in these Bylaws.

Section 8. President . The President shall be in general charge of the affairs of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business. The President may perform such acts, not inconsistent with applicable law or the provisions of these Bylaws, as may be performed by the President of a corporation and may sign and execute all authorized notes, bonds, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation. The President shall exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer during the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or inability. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall designate or as may be provided by applicable law or elsewhere in these Bylaws.

Section 9. Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer shall be responsible for administering the operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of business. The Chief Operating Officer shall exercise the powers of the President during the President’s absence or inability. The Chief Operating Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall designate or as may be provided by laws or elsewhere in these Bylaws.

Section 10. Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents . The Executive Vice Presidents, if such officers are elected, shall exercise the powers of the Chief Operating Officer, during such officer’s absence or inability to act in the order of seniority established by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. In default of the Chief Operating Officer and all Executive Vice Presidents, any other Vice President may exercise the powers of the Chief Operating

 

10


Officer. Any action taken by a Vice President in the performance of the duties of the Chief Operating Officer shall be presumptive evidence of the absence or inability to act of the Chief Operating Officer at the time the action was taken. The Executive Vice President and Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer (to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer is authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of other officers).

Section 11. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep accurate records of the acts and proceedings of all meetings of shareholders and of the Board of Directors and shall give all notices required by law and by these Bylaws. The Secretary shall have general charge of the corporate books and records and shall have the responsibility and authority to maintain and authenticate such books and records. The Secretary shall have general charge of the corporate seal and shall affix the corporate seal to any lawfully executed instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation and shall keep at the principal office of the Corporation a record of shareholders, showing the name and address of each shareholder and the number and class of the shares held by each. The Secretary shall sign such instruments as may require the signature of the Secretary, and in general shall perform the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer (to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer is authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of other officers).

Section 12. Assistant Secretaries . Each Assistant Secretary, if such officer is elected, shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer (to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of other officers), and the Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that officer’s absence or inability to act.

Section 13. Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have custody of all funds and securities belonging to the Corporation and shall receive, deposit or disburse the same under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep full and accurate accounts of the finances of the Corporation, which may be consolidated or combined statements of the Corporation and one (1) or more of its subsidiaries as appropriate, that include a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year, an income statement for that year, and a statement of cash flows for the year unless that information appears elsewhere in the financial statements. If financial statements are prepared for the Corporation on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles, the annual financial statements must also be prepared on that basis. The Corporation shall mail the annual financial statements, or a written notice of their availability, to each shareholder within one hundred twenty (120) days of the close of each fiscal year. The Chief Financial Officer shall in general perform all duties incident to the office and such other duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer (to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer is authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of other officers).

 

11


Section 14. Controller and Assistant Controllers . The Controller, if such office is elected, shall have charge of the accounting affairs of the Corporation and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer (to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer is authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of other officers) shall designate. Each Assistant Controller shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or the President (to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer is authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the authority and duties of other officers), and the Assistant Controllers shall exercise the powers of the Controller during that officer’s absence or inability to act.

Section 15. Voting of Stock . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend, act and vote at meetings of the shareholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at such meetings shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock and which, as the owner, the Corporation might have possessed and exercised if present. The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority upon any other person or persons.

ARTICLE 7

Capital Stock

Section 1. Certificate For Shares . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of some or all of the shares of the Corporation’s classes or series without issuing certificates to represent such shares (i.e. book entry form). If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Certificates shall be signed, either manually or in facsimile, by the Chief Executive Officer or the President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and entered into the stock transfer books of the Corporation. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver, to each shareholder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates representing the shares owned by him. When shares are not represented by certificates and ownership is recorded in book entry form, then within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall send the shareholder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a written statement of the information required by law to be on certificates. Shares represented by certificates may become held in book entry form upon surrender of such certificates to the Corporation in compliance with N.C. Gen. Stat. § 55-6-26.

Section 2. Stock Transfer Books; Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Corporation shall keep or cause to be kept a book or set of books, to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each shareholder of record, together with such shareholder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by him. Transfers of shares of the

 

12


Corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation (i) by the holder of record thereof or by his, her or its legal representative, who shall provide proper evidence of authority to transfer; (ii) by his or her attorney authorized to effect such transfer by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary; and (iii) on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares (if the shares are represented by certificates).

The Board of Directors may direct the Corporation to maintain in North Carolina or elsewhere one or more transfer offices or agencies and also one or more registry offices which offices and agencies may establish rules and regulations for the issue, transfer and registration of stock certificates. No certificates for shares of stock in respect of which a transfer agent and registrar shall have been designated shall be valid unless countersigned by such transfer agent and registered by such registrar.

Section 3. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofor issued by the Corporation claimed to have been lost or destroyed, upon receipt of an affidavit of such fact from the person claiming the certificate to have been lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors shall require that the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate, or his, her or its legal representative, give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or other security as the Board of Directors may direct as indemnification against any claims that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate claimed to have been lost or destroyed, except where the Board of Directors by resolution finds that in the judgment of the Board of Directors the circumstances justify omission of a bond.

Section 4. Distribution or Share Dividend Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a date as the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a distribution or share dividend. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors for such determination, it shall be the date the Board of Directors authorizes the distribution or share dividend.

Section 5. Holders of Record . Except as otherwise required by law, the Corporation may treat the person in whose name shares stand of record on its books as the absolute owner of such shares and the person exclusively entitled to receive notification and distributions, to vote, and to otherwise exercise the rights, powers, and privileges of ownership of such shares.

Section 6. Shares Held by Nominees . The Corporation shall recognize a beneficial owner of shares registered in the name of the nominee as the owner and shareholder of such shares for certain purposes if the nominee in whose name such shares are registered files with the Secretary a written certificate in a form prescribed by the Corporation, signed by the nominee, indicating the following: (i) the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the nominee; (ii) the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner; (iii) the number and class or series of shares registered in the name of the nominee as to which the beneficial owner shall be recognized as the shareholder; and (iv) the purposes for which the beneficial owner shall be recognized as the shareholder.

 

13


The purposes for which the Corporation shall recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder may include the following: (i) receiving notice of, voting at, and otherwise participating in shareholders’ meetings; (ii) executing consents with respect to the shares; (iii) exercising dissenters’ rights under the North Carolina Business Corporation Act; (iv) receiving distributions and share dividends with respect to the shares; (v) exercising inspection rights; (vi) receiving reports, financial statements, proxy statements, and other communications from the Corporation; (vii) making any demand upon the Corporation required or permitted by law; and (viii) exercising any other rights or receiving any other benefits of a shareholder with respect to the shares.

The certificate shall be effective ten (10) business days after its receipt by the Corporation and until it is changed by the nominee, unless the certificate specifies a later effective time or an earlier termination date.

If the certificate affects less than all of the shares registered in the name of the nominee, the Corporation may require the shares affected by the certificate to be registered separately on the books of the Corporation and be represented by a share certificate that bears a conspicuous legend stating that there is a nominee certificate in effect with respect to the shares represented by that share certificate.

Section 7. Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars of transfers and may require all stock certificates to be signed or countersigned by the transfer agent and registered by the registrar of transfers.

ARTICLE 8

Indemnification

Section 1. Indemnification Provisions . Any person who at any time serves or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation or of any wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or in such capacity at the request of the Corporation for any other foreign or domestic Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or as a trustee or administrator under any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any wholly owned subsidiary thereof (a “Claimant”), shall have the right to be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law against all liabilities and litigation expenses (as hereinafter defined) in the event a claim shall be made or threatened against that person in, or that person is made or threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether or not brought by or on behalf of the Corporation, including all appeals therefrom (a “proceeding”), arising out of that person’s status as such or that person’s activities in any such capacity; provided, however, that such indemnification shall not be available with respect to (a) that portion of any liabilities or litigation expenses with respect to which the Claimant is entitled to receive payment under any insurance policy or (b) any liabilities or litigation expenses incurred on account of any of the Claimant’s activities which were at the time taken known or believed by the Claimant to be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the Corporation.

Section 2. Definitions . As used in this Article 8, (a) “liabilities” shall include, without limitation, (1) payments to satisfaction of any judgment, money decree, excise tax, fine or penalty for which Claimant had become liable in any proceeding and (2) payments in settlement

 

14


of any such proceeding subject, however, to Section 3 of this Article; (b) “litigation expenses” shall include, without limitation, (1) reasonable costs and expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses actually incurred by the Claimant in connection with any proceeding and (2) reasonable costs and expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with the enforcement of rights to the indemnification granted hereby or by applicable law, if such enforcement is successful in whole or in part; and (c) “disinterested directors” shall mean directors who are not party to the proceeding in question.

Section 3. Settlements . The Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify the Claimant for any amounts paid in settlement of any proceeding effected without the Corporation’s written consent. The Corporation will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

Section 4. Litigation Expense Advances .

(a) Except as provided in subsection (b) below, any litigation expenses shall be advanced to any Claimant within thirty (30) days of receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation of a demand therefor, together with an undertaking by or on behalf of the Claimant to repay to the Corporation such amount unless it is ultimately determined that the Claimant is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation against such expenses. The Secretary shall promptly forward notice of the demand and undertaking immediately to all directors of the Corporation.

(b) Within ten (10) days after mailing of notice to the directors pursuant subsection (a) above, any disinterested director may, if desired, call a meeting of disinterested directors to review the reasonableness of the expenses so requested. No advance shall be made if a majority of the disinterested directors affirmatively determines that the item of expense is unreasonable in amount; but if the disinterested directors determine that a portion of the expense item is reasonable, the Corporation shall advance such portion.

Section 5. Approval of Indemnification Payments . Except as provided in Section 4 of this Article, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall take all such action as may be necessary and appropriate to authorize the Corporation to pay the indemnification required by Section 1 of this Article, including, without limitation, making a good faith evaluation of the manner in which the Claimant acted and of the reasonable amount of indemnity due the Claimant. In taking any such action, any Claimant who is a director of the Corporation shall not be entitled to vote on any matter concerning such Claimant’s right to indemnification.

Section 6. Suits by Claimant . No Claimant shall be entitled to bring suit against the Corporation to enforce his or her rights under this Article until sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, together with any undertaking to repay as required by Section 4 of this Article. It shall be a defense to any such action that the Claimant’s liabilities or litigation expenses were incurred on account of activities described in clause (b) of Section 1, but the burden of proving this defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of the action to the effect that indemnification of the Claimant is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Corporation that the Claimant had not met the standard of conduct described in clause (b) of Section 1 of this Article, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

15


Section 7. Consideration; Personal Representatives and Other Remedies . Any person who, during such time as this Article 8 or corresponding provisions of predecessor Bylaws is or has been in effect, serves or has served in any of the aforesaid capacities for or on behalf of the Corporation shall be deemed to be doing so or to have done so in reliance upon, and as consideration for, the right of indemnification provided herein or therein. The right of indemnification provided herein or therein shall inure to the benefit of the legal representatives of any person who qualifies or would qualify as a Claimant hereunder, and the right shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which the person or legal representative may be entitled apart from this Article.

Section 8. Scope of Indemnification Rights . Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, or as otherwise required by law, the rights granted herein shall not be limited by the provisions of Section 55-8-51 of the General Statutes of North Carolina or any successor statute.

Section 9. Extension of Indemnification Rights to Additional Employees . The Board of Directors may, from time to time as it deems appropriate, extend the indemnification rights provided by this Article 8 on terms consistent with this Article 8 to any person other than a director or officer who serves or who has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation or of any wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or in such capacity at the request of the Corporation for any other foreign or domestic Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or as a trustee or administrator under any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any wholly owned subsidiary thereof.

ARTICLE 9

Emergency Bylaws

Section 1. Effectiveness . Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the emergency Bylaws provided in this Article 9 shall be effective during any emergency resulting from a military or terrorist attack on the United States or on a locality in which the Corporation conducts its principal business or customarily holds meetings of its Board of Directors or its shareholders, or during any nuclear or atomic disaster, or during the existence of any other catastrophic event or similar emergency, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors, or of the executive committee of the Board of Directors, if any, cannot readily be assembled for action. To the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the emergency Bylaws in this Article 9, the provisions of the regular Bylaws shall remain in effect during such emergency. Upon termination of the emergency, the emergency Bylaws in this Article 9 shall cease to be effective.

Section 2. Board Meetings . During any such emergency, a meeting of the Board of Directors may be called by any officer or director of the Corporation. Notice of the time and place of the meeting shall be given by the person calling the meeting to such of the directors as it may be feasible to reach at the time by any available means of communication, including publication, television or radio. Such advance notice shall be given as, in the judgment of the person calling the meeting, circumstances permit. At any such meeting of the Board of Directors, a quorum shall consist of a majority of the number of directors prescribed at the time of the meeting by the Board of Directors or shareholders; provided, however, that if no such

 

16


number is prescribed, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum. To the extent required to constitute a quorum at the meeting, the officers present shall be deemed, in order of rank and within the same rank in order of seniority, directors for the meeting. The Board of Directors may take any action at any such meeting which it deems necessary for managing the Corporation during the emergency.

Section 3. Principal Office . During the emergency, the Board of Directors may change the principal office of the Corporation or designate several alternative principal officers, or authorize the officers to do so, which change or designation shall last for the duration of the emergency.

Section 4. Specific Powers . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors, acting pursuant to Section 2 of this Article 9, is authorized to make all necessary determinations of fact regarding the extent and severity of the emergency and the availability of members of the Board; to designate and replace officers, agents and employees of the Corporation and otherwise provide for continuity of management; and to adopt rules of procedure and fill vacancies in the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Nonexclusive Powers . The emergency powers provided in this Article 9 shall be in addition to any powers provided by law.

ARTICLE 10

General Provisions

Section 1. Dividends and Other Distributions . The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay or make, dividends and other distributions with respect to its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law.

Section 2. Seal . The seal of the Corporation, if the Board of Directors determines to adopt one, shall be in the form approved by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given to a shareholder, director or other person under the provisions of these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or by applicable law, a waiver in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the date and time stated in the notice, and delivered to the Corporation shall be equivalent to giving the notice.

Section 4. Checks . All checks, drafts or orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the officer or officers or other individuals that the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 5. Bond . The Board of Directors may by resolution require any or all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation to give bond to the Corporation, with sufficient sureties, conditioned on the faithful performance of the duties of their respective offices or positions, and to comply with such other conditions as may from time to time be required

 

17


Section 6. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.

Section 7. Amendments . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation’s shareholders may amend or repeal the Corporation’s any one or more of these Bylaws even though these Bylaws may also be amended or repealed by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may amend or repeal these Bylaws, subject to the following:

(a) The Board of Directors may not amend these Bylaws to the extent otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, a Bylaw adopted by the shareholders or by the North Carolina Business Corporation Act.

(b) A Bylaw adopted, amended or repealed by the shareholders may not be readopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors if neither the Articles of Incorporation nor a Bylaw adopted by the shareholders authorizes the Board of Directors to adopt, amend or repeal that particular Bylaw or these Bylaws generally.

(c) A Bylaw that fixes a greater quorum or voting requirement for the Board of Directors may be amended or repealed:

(i) If originally adopted by the shareholders, only by the shareholders, unless such bylaw as originally adopted by the shareholders provides that such bylaw may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors; or

(ii) If originally adopted by the Board of Directors, either by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors.

A Bylaw that fixes a greater quorum or voting requirement for the Board of Directors may not be adopted by the Board of Directors by a vote less than a majority of the directors then in office and may not itself be amended by a quorum or vote of the directors less than the quorum or vote prescribed in such bylaw or prescribed by the shareholders.

 

18

Exhibit 5

LETTERHEAD OF

BROOKS, PIERCE, MCLENDON,HUMPHREY & LEONARD, L.L.P.

March 17, 2014

The Board of Directors

Entegra Financial Corp.

220 One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

 

  Re: Entegra Financial Corp. (a North Carolina corporation)

Common Stock, No Par Value Per Share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale (the “Offering”) of the shares of common stock, no par value per share (“Common Stock”) of Entegra Financial Corp. (a North Carolina corporation) (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Registration Statement on Form S-1, initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2014 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock.

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P.

Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P.

Exhibit 8

LETTERHEAD OF

BROOKS, PIERCE, MCLENDON, HUMPHREY & LEONARD, L.L.P.

March 17, 2014

Boards of Directors

Macon Financial Corp.

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

220 One Center Court

Franklin, NC 28734

You have requested our opinions regarding certain income tax consequences in connection with the conversion of Macon Bancorp, a North Carolina-chartered mutual holding into the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”), pursuant to the Plan of Conversion of Macon Bancorp, dated January 23, 2014 (the “Plan”), which provides for the merger of Macon Bancorp with and into Entegra Financial Corp. (the “Holding Company”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.

In connection with our opinions, we have reviewed copies of applications filed by Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company with their federal and state banking regulators, to effect the Conversion (the “Applications”), Chapters 53, 54C and 105 of the North Carolina General Statutes, and applicable federal laws, rules and regulations, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). We have examined the Plan, and Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, corporate minutes approving the Conversion and related records. In addition, we have examined certificates of officials of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company, the Registration Statement of the Holding Company on Form S-1, initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2014 (the “Registration Statement”) containing a proposed Prospectus (hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus”) and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of giving the opinions set forth in this letter. We have assumed the authenticity of all documents presented to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents presented to us as copies, and the genuineness of all signatures of individuals, and we know of no reason such assumptions are unwarranted for purposes of the opinions expressed herein. We have assumed that all statements made in the above-described documents are accurate and complete, and will be accurate and complete at all times from now through the consummation of the Conversion. We have not independently verified any factual matter relating to the Conversion in connection with the preparation of our opinions herein and, accordingly, such opinions do not take into account any matters not set forth herein which might have been disclosed by independent verification. We have further assumed that the Conversion will be consummated pursuant to the terms of the Plan.


Boards of Directors

Entegra Financial Corp.

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

March 17, 2014

Page 2

 

In issuing the opinions set forth below, we have also assumed the accuracy of the following representations of the Holding Company, Macon Bancorp and the Bank:

 

1. The Subscription Rights to purchase Conversion Shares received in the Conversion by each recipient have no fair market value. This assumption is based upon your representation and the opinion of R P Financial, LC that such Subscription Rights have no fair market value because they will be acquired by recipients without cost, are nontransferable and afford the recipients the right only to purchase Conversion Shares at a price equal to its estimated fair market value as of the date such rights are issued, which will be the same price paid by all purchasers in the Conversion.

 

2. Immediately following the consummation of the Conversion, the Holding Company will possess the same assets and liabilities as Macon Bancorp held immediately before the Conversion, plus proceeds from the sale of Conversion Shares, less assets used to pay expenses incurred in the Conversion.

 

3. At the time of the Merger of Macon Bancorp with and into the Holding Company, Macon Bancorp will not have outstanding any warrants, options, convertible securities, or any other type of right pursuant to which any person could acquire stock in Macon Bancorp.

 

4. The Holding Company has no intention to reacquire any of the Conversion Shares. The Holding Company has no plan to issue additional shares of its Common Stock following the Conversion.

 

5. The Holding Company has no plan to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of Macon Bancorp acquired in the Conversion, except for dispositions made in the ordinary course of business.

 

6. The liabilities of Macon Bancorp assumed by the Holding Company, if any, were incurred in the ordinary course of its business and are associated with the assets transferred.

 

7. Following the Conversion, the Holding Company will continue the historic business of Macon Bancorp, will use a significant portion of its historic business assets and will continue to engage in the same business in substantially the same manner as engaged in by Macon Bancorp before the Conversion.


Boards of Directors

Entegra Financial Corp.

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

March 17, 2014

Page 3

 

8. Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company will each pay its own expenses attributable to the Conversion.

 

9. No party to the reorganization is under the jurisdiction of a court as a debtor in (i) a bankruptcy proceeding or (ii) a receivership, foreclosure, or similar proceeding in a federal or state court.

 

10. None of the compensation received by an employee of Macon Bancorp or the Bank who is also an Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, Other Depositor or Other Member will be separate consideration for, or allocable to, his or her status as an Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, Other Depositor or Other Member. None of the interests in the Liquidation Account of Macon Bancorp previously received by an employee of Macon Bancorp or the Bank who is an Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, Other Depositor or Other Member will be separate consideration for, or allocable to, any employment agreement or arrangement. All compensation paid to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Depositors or Other Members who are also employees of Macon Bancorp or the Bank will be for services actually rendered and commensurate with amounts paid to third parties bargaining at arm’s length for similar services.

 

11. The Holding Company has no plan or intention to redeem or otherwise acquire any of the Conversion Shares to be issued pursuant to the Conversion. The Holding Company has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of the common stock of the Bank received by it in the Conversion. The Conversion Shares issued in the Conversion will not be callable or subject to a put option.

 

12. No cash or property will be given to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or any other grantee of Subscription Rights in lieu of (i) Subscription Rights for Conversion Shares, or (ii) an interest in the Liquidation Account of Macon Bancorp.

 

13. There is no plan or intention for the Holding Company to be liquidated or merged with another corporation following the Conversion.

 

14. The Conversion is motivated by valid business purposes and not by tax avoidance purposes.

 

15. After the Conversion, the Holding Company will continue the corporate existence and business of the Bank.


Boards of Directors

Entegra Financial Corp.

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

March 17, 2014

Page 4

 

16. There exists no intercorporate indebtedness between Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company, that was issued, acquired, or will be settled at a discount.

 

17. In the Conversion, the Holding Company will acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank.

 

18. Neither Macon Bancorp nor the Holding Company is a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust or a corporation 50% or more of the value of whose assets are stock and securities and 80% or more of the value of whose total assets are held for investment. In making the 50% and 80% determinations under the preceding sentence, stock and securities in any subsidiary corporation shall be disregarded and the parent corporation shall be deemed to own its ratable share of the subsidiary’s assets, and a corporation shall be considered a subsidiary if the parent owns 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or 50% more of the total value of shares of all classes of stock outstanding. In determining total assets there shall be excluded cash and cash items (including receivables) and Government securities.

Based upon the foregoing assumptions, our opinions with respect to the federal and North Carolina income tax consequences of the Conversion are as follows (for purposes of the opinions set forth below, Account Holders shall include, if applicable pursuant to the Plan, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Depositors and Other Members):

 

1. The conversion of Macon Bancorp’s charter to a North Carolina-chartered stock corporation by merger of Macon Bancorp with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting entity will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of the Code. None of the Holding Company, Macon Bancorp, the Bank or Account Holders will recognize any gain or loss as a result of the Conversion.

 

2. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase the Holding Company common stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Account Holders upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of the Holding Company common stock. Account Holders will not realize any taxable income as a result of their exercise of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

3. It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof, and that the holding period for such shares of common stock will begin on the date of completion of the offering.


Boards of Directors

Entegra Financial Corp.

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

March 17, 2014

Page 5

 

4. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for the Holding Company common stock sold in the offering.

 

5. For North Carolina income tax purposes, the Conversion will be treated in a manner identical to the way the Conversion is treated pursuant to the Code. Sections 105-130.3, 105-130.5, 105-134.5, and 105-134.6 of the North Carolina General Statutes.

The opinion under item 2 above is based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase Conversion Shares received by Account Holders have a fair market value of zero. The opinion under item 3 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights.

If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the Bank may be subject to tax on the distribution of the subscription rights.

No opinion is expressed with regard to the following:

 

1. The tax treatment of any aspect of the Conversion that is not specifically set forth and addressed in the foregoing opinions.

 

2. The status, including without limitation, the tax treatment, of the Bank’s bad-debt reserves before or after the Conversion.

 

3. For purposes of Section 381 of the Code, the effect upon Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company of the acquisition of all of the common stock of the Bank by the Holding Company in the Conversion.

The opinions herein expressed represent only our best judgments with respect to the interpretation of published material and are not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service or the courts. Our opinions are limited to matters of North Carolina and federal law.

The opinions contained herein are rendered solely for the purpose of the Conversion and the transactions described herein, and may not be used for any other purpose whatsoever or referred to in any document without our prior written consent in each instance. We hereby consent to the


Boards of Directors

Entegra Financial Corp.

Macon Bancorp

Macon Bank, Inc.

March 17, 2014

Page 6

 

inclusion of this letter as an exhibit to the Applications and as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Form S-1 under the captions “The Conversion -Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ BROOKS, PIERCE, McLENDON HUMPHREY & LEONARD, L.L.P.

BROOKS, PIERCE, McLENDON
HUMPHREY & LEONARD, L.L.P.

Exhibit 10.1

EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE

OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered as of the              day of                     , 2014 by and among Entegra Financial Corp. ( “ Entegra ”), Macon Bank, Inc. (the “ Bank ”) (Entegra and the Bank are collectively referred to as the “ Employer ”), and Roger D. Plemens (“ Executive ”).

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, the expertise and experience of Executive, and Executive’s relationships and reputation in the financial institutions industry are extremely valuable to the Employer; and

WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Employer to maintain an experienced and sound executive management team to manage the Employer and to further the Employer’s overall strategies to protect and enhance the value of its shareholders’ investments; and

WHEREAS, the Employer and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to establish the scope, terms and conditions of Executive’s employment by the Employer

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Effective Date . The effective time and date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be 12:00:01 o’clock, a.m., on the date of its making set forth above (the “ Effective Date ”).

2. Definitions . The following defined terms are defined in the referenced Sections of this Agreement.

 

Term

  

Section

Accrued Obligations    Section 8(a)(i)(A)
Base Salary    Section 6(a)
Entegra Board    Section 7(b)
Bank Board    Section 6(a)
Bank Group    Section 12(a)
Benefit Plans    Section 6(c)
Business    Section 12(a)
Cause    Section 7(b)
Change of Control    Section 9(b)
Change of Control Termination    Section 9(a)
Change of Control Termination Date    Section 9(a)
COBRA    Section 8(d)
Code    Section 4
Commissioner    Section 14(b)


Date of Termination    Section 7(f)
Disability    Section 7(a)
Disability Effective Date    Section 7(a)
Effective Date    Section 1
Employment Period    Section 4
FDIC    Section 14(d)
Good Reason    Section 7(c)
Group    Section 9(b)
Incumbent Directors    Section 9(b)
Insurance Benefit Plans    Section 6(d)
ISOs    Section 8(b)
Notice of Termination    Section 7(e)
NSOs    Section 8(b)
Other Benefits    Section 8(b)
Person    Section 9(b)
Restricted Period    Section 12(a)
Rules    Section 12(f)
Section 409A    Section 4
Terminate    Section 4
Welfare Benefit Plans    Section 6(d)

3. Employment . Executive is employed as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Entegra and the Bank. Executive’s responsibilities, duties, prerogatives and authority in such executive offices, and the clerical, administrative and other support staff and office facilities provided to him, shall be those customary for persons holding such executive offices of institutions that are a part of the financial institutions industry.

4. Employment Period . Unless extended by renewal as provided below or earlier Terminated in accordance with Sections 7 or 9 hereof, Executive’s employment shall be for a three (3) year term beginning as of the Effective Date (the “ Employment Period ”). Upon the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Effective Date and on each subsequent anniversary thereof, the term shall be renewed for one (1) year unless the Employer shall give Executive notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the then existing term. Upon the expiration of the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate and Executive shall be an “at will” employee of the Employer. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Terminate ” (and variations and derivatives thereof) shall mean, when used in connection with a cessation of employment, that the Executive has incurred a separation from service as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and guidance and regulations issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).

5. Extent of Service . During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation, sick or other leave to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement, Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time to the business and affairs of the Bank commensurate with his offices, and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to Executive hereunder, to use Executive’s reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently Executive’s responsibilities and duties under this Agreement.

 

2


6. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Employer will pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of at least $325,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”), less normal withholdings, payable in equal monthly or more frequent installments as are customary under the Bank’s payroll practices from time to time. In accordance with the policies and procedures of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Bank Board ”), the Employer shall review Executive’s total compensation at least annually and in its sole discretion may adjust Executive’s total compensation from year to year; provided, however, that periodic increases in Base Salary, once granted, shall not be subject to revocation nor shall the Base Salary be subject to reduction. The annual review of Executive’s total compensation will consider, among other things, changes in the cost of living, Executive’s own performance and the Entegra’s consolidated performance.

(b) Incentive Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled (i) to participate in all of executive management incentive plans of the Employer, and any successor or substitute plans; and (ii) to participate in all stock option, stock grant, management stock right recognition and similar plans of the Employer, and any successor or substitute plans, in each of the foregoing cases in at least as favorable a manner as any participant who is a member of the senior executive management (i.e. First Vice-President level and above) of the Employer.

(c) Savings and Retirement Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all savings, deferred compensation, pension and retirement plans (including supplemental retirement plans), practices, policies and programs applicable generally to senior executive employees of the Employer (the “ Benefit Plans ”), and on at least as favorable a basis as any other participant who is a member of the senior executive management of the Employer.

(d) Welfare Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive and/or Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under all welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Employer (including, without limitation, medical, hospitalization, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and dismemberment, and travel accident insurance plans and programs) (“ Welfare Benefit Plans ”) to the extent applicable generally to members of the senior executive management of the Employer. The Welfare Benefit Plans pertaining to medical, hospitalization, prescription and dental insurance coverages are referred to herein as the “ Insurance Benefit Plans ”. The Bank Board may also designate Executive as a participant in other similar plans in its discretion.

(e) Expenses . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Employer to the extent applicable generally to any employee who is a member of the senior executive management of the Employer. The expenses eligible for reimbursement under this item (e) in any year shall not affect any expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other year. Executive’s rights under this item (e) are not subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

3


(f) Fringe and Similar Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies of the Employer in effect for employees who are members of its senior executive management.

(g) Vacation, Sick and Other Leave . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled annually that number of paid time off days specified in the employment policies of the Employer and shall have such rights with respect to such days as are provided in those policies.

7. Termination of Employment (Other Than In Connection With A Change Of Control) .

(a) Death or Disability . Executive’s employment with the Employer shall Terminate automatically upon Executive’s death during the Employment Period. If the Employer determines in good faith that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to Executive written notice in accordance with Section 7(e) of this Agreement of its intention to Terminate Executive’s employment. In such event, Executive’s employment with the Employer shall Terminate effective on the 45th day after receipt of such written notice by Executive (the “ Disability Effective Date ”), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of Executive’s duties on a continuing basis. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean the absence of Executive from Executive’s duties with the Employer on a full-time basis for at least 30 of any 45 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness or injury which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Employer, or the insurers of the Employer, and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld, subject to the Employer’s obligations, and Executive’s rights, under (A) the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S. C. §§ 1210 et seq. , and (B) the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U. S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (and the regulations promulgated under the foregoing Acts).

(b) Cause . The Employer may Terminate Executive’s employment with the Employer for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean:

 

  (i) the continued failure of Executive to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Employer, other than any such failure resulting from Disability, after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Bank Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Bank Board believes that Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties;

 

4


  (ii) the engaging by Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Employer;

 

  (iii) insubordination with respect to one or more directives of the Bank Board after receipt of a written warning from the Bank Board with respect thereto; or

 

  (iv) an act by Executive which constitutes a material breach of Executive’s fiduciary duty to the Employer and which has an adverse impact upon the reputation or business of the Employer.

Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to resolutions duly adopted by the Bank Board or the Board of Directors of Entegra (“ Entegra Board ”) or based upon the advice of legal counsel for the Employer, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Employer and to not constitute insubordination or a failure to perform.

(c) Voluntary Termination; Good Reason . Executive may Terminate Executive’s employment with the Employer voluntarily or for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (ii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform the services to be performed by Executive pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Employer of this Agreement. Executive must provide notice of voluntary Termination at least 30 days prior to the applicable Date of Termination. Executive must provide notice to the Employer of the condition Executive contends is Good Reason within 30 days of the initial existence of the condition, and the Employer must have a period of at least 30 days to remedy the condition. If the condition is not remedied, Executive must provide a Notice of Termination as set forth in Section 7(e) within 30 days of the end of the Employer’s remedy period.

(d) Without Cause . The Employer may Terminate Executive’s employment without Cause (“ Without Cause ”).

(e) Notice of Termination . Any Termination (other than for death) shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination given in accordance with Section 16(h) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Date of Termination (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice except as otherwise provided in Section 7(a)). The failure to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Disability, Cause, or Good Reason shall not waive any right of Executive or the Employer hereunder or preclude Executive or the Employer from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s or the Employer’s rights hereunder.

 

5


(f) Date of Termination . “ Date of Termination ” means (i) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by the Employer for Cause or Without Cause, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, (ii) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, (iii) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by Executive voluntarily, the Date of Termination shall be the 30 th day following the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, and (iv) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

8. Obligations of the Employer Upon Termination (Other Than In Connection With A Change Of Control) . The provisions of this Section 8 apply only to Terminations that are not in connection with a Change of Control.

(a) Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason . If, during the Employment Period, the Employer shall Terminate Executive’s employment Without Cause or the Executive shall Terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason, then in consideration of Executive’s services rendered prior to such Termination;

 

  (i) the Employer shall pay to Executive:

 

  A. a lump sum in cash on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination equal to (1) Executive’s Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Accrued Obligations ”); and

 

  B. a lump sum in cash on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination equal to the product of (1) Executive’s aggregate cash bonus for the last completed fiscal year, whether paid to Executive under Section 6 above or otherwise paid to Executive, and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365; and

 

  C. in six (6) as nearly as equal as possible semi-annual installments, beginning on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination an amount equal to 2.99 times Executive’s Base Salary;

 

6


  (ii) for a period of 24 months after the Date of Termination the Employer shall continue to provide benefits to Executive and/or Executive’s family at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the Insurance Benefit Plans if Executive’s employment had not been Terminated; provided, however, that if Executive becomes employed with another employer and is eligible to receive substantially the same benefits under the other employer’s plans as Executive would receive under the Insurance Benefit Plans under this item (ii), the benefits provided under this item (ii) shall be terminated;

 

  (iii) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Employer shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided herein or which Executive is eligible to receive under any Welfare Benefit Plan; and

 

  (iv) provided, however, that if during the Restricted Period Executive violates Section 12, no payments otherwise due following the date of such violation shall be due or paid under item (i)(C).

(b) Death . If Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of Executive’s death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement, except that: (i) Accrued Obligations shall timely be paid as provided below; (ii) Other Benefits shall be timely paid or provided as described below; (iii) all stock options that are “incentive stock options”, as described in Section 422 of the Code (“ ISOs ”), previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the longer of 12 months and the exercise period in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; (iv) all nonqualified stock options (“ NSOs ”) previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the period of exercise in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; (v) all options previously granted to Executive and scheduled to vest in the year of death shall immediately vest and be exercisable for the applicable period set forth in the preceding items (iii) and (iv); and (vi) Executive’s rights to all benefits under all Benefit Plans that are “non-qualified” plans shall be 100% vested, regardless of Executive’s age or years of service, at the time of Executive’s death. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term “ Other Benefits ” as utilized in this Section 8(b) shall mean, and Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, all benefits under the Employer’s Welfare Benefit Plans relating to death benefits. Without limiting the foregoing, for one (1) year after Executive’s death, the Employer shall pay any premium required for any “qualified beneficiary” to continue his or her health care coverage in accordance with Title 1, Part 6 of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(c) Disability . If Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, except that: (i) Accrued Obligations shall be timely paid as provided below; (ii) Other Benefits shall be timely paid or provided as described below; (iii) all stock options that are ISOs previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the longer of 12 months and the exercise period in

 

7


effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; (iv) all NSOs previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the period of exercise in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; and (v) all options previously granted to Executive and scheduled to vest in the year in which the Disability Effective Date occurs shall immediately vest and be exercisable for the applicable period set forth in the preceding items (iii) and (iv). Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 8(c) shall include, without limitation, and Executive shall be entitled after the Date of Termination to, (1) receipt of all disability benefits under all Welfare Benefit Plans relating to disability, (2) receipt, for the remainder of the then current Employment Period, of all benefits available to Executive under all Insurance Benefit Plans, subject to the Employer Benefit Election, and (3) for the remainder of the then current Employment Period continued participation in group life and employee life insurance programs generally available to senior executive officers.

(d) Voluntary Termination; Cause . If Executive voluntarily Terminates his employment or if Executive’s employment shall be Terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, except that (i) the Accrued Obligations shall be paid in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination, and (ii) Other Benefits shall be paid or provided in a timely manner, in each case to the extent theretofore unpaid; provided, however, that Executive’s right to continue to participate in Welfare Benefit Plans shall terminate on the 30th day following the Date of Termination, subject to Executive’s rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161 et seq. (“ COBRA ”).

9. Termination In Connection With a Change of Control .

(a) Change of Control Termination . In the event that, at the time of, within 90 days prior to, or within one (1) year after, a Change of Control, and during the Employment Period, the Employer Terminates Executive’s employment Without Cause or Executive Terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason (each a “ Change of Control Termination ”), Executive shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefits specified in this Section 9. The date on which the Employer or Executive receives notice in accordance with Section 16(h) of a Change of Control Termination shall be deemed the “ Change of Control Termination Date .”

(b) Definition of Change of Control . “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) a Change of Ownership; (ii) a Change in Effective Control; or (iii) a Change of Asset Ownership; in each case, as defined herein and as further defined and interpreted in Section 409A.

A. “ Change in Effective Control ” shall mean the date either (i) any “Person” or “Group” (as those terms are defined in or pursuant to Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, but not including Entegra or any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in or pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3) of Entegra or the Bank) acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months)

 

8


ownership of outstanding stock of Entegra possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Entegra’s outstanding stock or (B) a majority of the Entegra Board is replaced during any 12 month period by directors whose election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Entegra Board prior to such election.

B. “ Change of Asset Ownership ” shall mean the date any Person or Group acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) assets from Entegra or the Bank that have a total gross fair market value that is equal to or exceeds 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of Entegra’s consolidated assets immediately prior to such acquisition.

C. “ Change of Ownership ” shall mean the date any Person or Group acquires ownership of outstanding stock of Entegra that, together with stock previously held, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of Entegra provided that such Person or Group did not previously own 50% or more of the value of voting power of the outstanding stock of Entegra.

(c) Change of Control Payments and Benefits . Upon a Change Of Control Termination:

 

  (i) The Employer shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Change of Control Termination Date the aggregate of the following amounts:

 

  (A) the sum of the Accrued Obligations; and

 

  (B) in six (6) as nearly as equal as possible semi-annual installments beginning on the 30 th day after the Change of Control Termination Date, an amount equal to 2.99 times the total of Executive’s average annual compensation as calculated for purposes of Code Section 280G;

 

  (C) provided, however, that if during the Restricted Period Executive violates Section 12, no payments otherwise due following the date of such violation shall be due or paid under item (i) (B).

 

  (ii) for a period of 24 months from and after the Change of Control Termination Date, the Employer shall continue to provide benefits to Executive and/or Executive’s family at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the Insurance Benefit Plans if Executive’s employment had not been Terminated; provided, however, that if Executive becomes employed with another employer and is eligible to receive substantially the same benefits under the other employer’s plans as Executive would receive under the Insurance Benefit Plans under this item (ii), the benefits provided under this item (ii) shall be terminated;

 

9


  (iii) All options previously granted to Executive that are unvested as of the Change of Control Termination Date shall be deemed vested, fully exercisable and non-forfeitable as of the Change of Control Termination Date (provided, however, that options granted less than six (6) months before the Change of Control Termination Date shall not be exercisable until the first day subsequent to the six (6) months following their dates of grant) and all previously granted options that are vested, but unexercised, on the Change of Control Termination Date shall remain exercisable, in each case for the period during which they would have been exercisable absent the Termination of Executive’s employment except as otherwise specifically provided by the Code.

 

  (iv) Executive’s benefits under all Benefit Plans that are non-qualified plans shall be 100% vested, regardless of Executive’s age or years of service, as of the Change of Control Termination Date.

 

  (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the Employer may reduce any amount, distribution, acceleration of vesting or other right described in this Section 9, in whole or part, such that the aggregate value of all payments, distributions and benefits received by Executive shall not constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided, however, that the Employer will endeavor to effect any such reduction in a way that results in the most favorable tax consequences for Executive and that such reduced aggregate amount shall be the maximum amount which would not constitute an “excess parachute payment”.

10. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy, or practice provided by the Employer and for which Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Employer. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Employer at or subsequent to a Date of Termination or Change of Control Termination Date shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or such contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

10


11. Full Settlement . The Employer’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Employer may have against Executive or others. In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Employer agrees to recognize as an indebtedness to Executive and shall reimburse all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest by the Employer, Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement) in which the outcome is deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been in majority part favorable to Executive, plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the “applicable federal rate” provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code.

12. Covenants .

(a) Covenant Not to Compete . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, within the geographic areas composed of the circles surrounding the Bank’s then existing banking offices from or through which it provides loan and/or deposit taking services with each circle having the applicable such banking office as its center point and a radius of 50 miles (the “ Territory ”), directly or indirectly, in any capacity, render services, or engage or have a financial interest in, any business that shall be competitive with any of those business activities in which Entegra or any of the Entegra’s subsidiaries or affiliates (the “ Bank Group ”) is engaged as of the date of this Agreement, which business activities include, but are not limited to, the provision of banking services (collectively, the “ Business ”); provided, however, that Executive’s ownership of less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of any entity engaged in the Business that has a class of securities listed on a securities exchange or qualified for quotation on any over-the-counter market shall not be a violation of the foregoing. For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in Section 17, “ Restricted Period ” shall mean the period of three (3) years following the Termination of Executive’s employment as provided by this Agreement.

(b) Covenant Not to Solicit Customers . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person or entity (other than a member of the Bank Group), offer to provide banking services to any person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, or other entity who is or was (i) a customer of any member of the Bank Group during any part of the 12 month period immediately prior to the Date of Termination, or (ii) a potential customer to whom any member of the Bank Group offered to provide banking services during any part of the 12 month period immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

(c) Covenant Not to Solicit Employees . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, recruit or entice, directly or indirectly, any employee of any member of the Bank Group to leave the employment of such member to work with Executive or with any person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity with whom Executive is or becomes affiliated or associated.

 

11


(d) Non-Disparagement; Confidentiality . Executive covenants and agrees that following Termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not disparage, hold up to ridicule or make false statements, whether directly or by inference, regarding Entegra or the Bank or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, the financial results or financial condition of either of Entegra or the Bank, or the prospects of Entegra or the Bank.

Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall hold inviolate and secret, and shall not use for Executive’s personal benefit or the benefit of any Person other than Entegra or the Bank, all confidential and/or proprietary information of either Entegra or the Bank, including, but not limited to, all processes, procedures, programs, know-how, trade secrets, pricing strategies and techniques, investment strategies and techniques, marketing plans and strategies, personnel information, customer lists, analyses and compilations of customer information, financial projections, and other similar information, regardless of the form in which such information is obtained, retained or maintained by or on behalf of Entegra or the Bank. Executive agrees that the foregoing obligations are in addition to, and not in limitation of Executive’s confidentiality obligations or duties under applicable corporate law, federal securities laws, or federal or state financial institution laws.

(e) Reasonableness of Scope and Duration . The parties hereto agree that the covenants and agreements contained in this Section 12 are reasonable in their time, territory and scope, and they intend that they be enforced, and no party shall raise any issue of the reasonableness of the time, territory or scope of any such covenants in any proceeding to enforce any such covenants.

(f) Enforceability . Executive agrees that monetary damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 12, and that in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Entegra and the Bank, they shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief as a remedy for any such breach or threatened breach. Any determination of whether Executive has violated such covenants shall be made by arbitration in Greensboro, North Carolina under the Rules of Commercial Arbitration (the “ Rules ”) of the American Arbitration Association, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.

(g) Separate Covenants and Severability . The covenants and agreements contained in this Section 12 shall be construed as separate and independent covenants. Should any part or provision of any such covenant or agreement be held invalid, void or unenforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, no other part or provision of this Agreement shall be rendered invalid, void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, no other part or provision of this Agreement shall be rendered invalid, void or unenforceable as a result. If any portion of the foregoing provisions is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction unless modified, it is the intent of the parties that the otherwise invalid or unreasonable term shall be reformed, or a new enforceable term provided, so as to most closely effectuate the provisions as is validly possible.

 

12


13. Assignment and Successors .

(a) Executive . This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Employer shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

(b) The Employer . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Employer and its successors and assigns. Entegra and the Bank will each require any successor to it (whether direct or indirect, by stock or asset purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its business or more than 50% of its assets to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent it would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

14. Regulatory Intervention . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement are subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) If Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1818 (e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Bank’s obligations hereunder, as applicable, shall be suspended as of the date of service unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, all of the Employer’s obligations which were suspended shall be reinstated.

(b) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1 818 (e)(4) and (g)(1)) or by an order of the North Carolina Commissioner of Bank (the “ Commissioner ”), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

(c) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S. C. § 1813 (X)(1)), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but any vested rights of Executive shall not be affected.

(d) All obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, if so ordered by the Commissioner at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13 (c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.§ 1823 (c)), or if so ordered b the Commissioner at the time the FDIC approves a

 

13


supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Commissioner to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of Executive that shall have vested under this Agreement shall not be affected by such action. Provided that any termination of this Agreement, in whole or in part, shall be in compliance with Section 409A to the extent Section 409A applies to any portion of this Agreement.

(e) With regard to the provisions of this Section 14(a) through (d):

 

  (i) The Bank agrees to use its best efforts to oppose any such notice of charges as to which there are reasonable defenses;

 

  (ii) In the event the notice of charges is dismissed or otherwise resolved in manner that will permit the Employer to resume its obligations to pay compensation hereunder, the Employer will promptly make such payment hereunder; and

 

  (iii) During any period of suspension under Section 14(a), the vested rights of Executive shall not be affected except to the extent precluded by such notice.

(f) The Employer’s obligations to provide compensation or other benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be terminated or limited to the extent required by the provisions of any final regulation or order of the FDIC promulgated under Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1828(k)) limiting or prohibiting any “golden parachute payment” as defined therein, but only to the extent that the compensation or payments to be provided by the Employer under this Agreement are so prohibited or limited.

15. Certain Payments Delayed for a Specified Employee . If Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A, then, notwithstanding any other provision herein, any payment(s) required under this Agreement on account of a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A shall be made and/or shall begin on the first day of the seventh (7 th ) month following the date of Executive’s Termination to the extent such payments are not exempt from Section 409A, and the six (6) month delay in payment is required by Section 409A.

16. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise and, except as provided in Sections 8(a)(ii), no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation or benefits provided to Executive in any subsequent employment.

(b) Waiver . Failure of either party to insist, in one or more instances, on performance by the other in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right granted in this Agreement or of the future performance of any such term or condition or of any other term or condition of this Agreement, unless such waiver is contained in a writing signed by the party making the waiver.

 

14


(c) Severability . If any provision or covenant, of any part thereof, of this Agreement should be held by any court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either in whole or in part, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality enforceability of the remaining provisions or covenants, or any part thereof, of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

(d) Other Agents . Nothing in this Agreement is to be interpreted as limiting the Employer from employing other personnel on such terms and conditions as may be satisfactory to it.

(e) Entire Agreement . Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Employer and Executive, with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and invalidates any previous employment and severance agreements or contracts with Executive. No representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, which are not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

(f) Compliance with Section 409A . It is intended that this Agreement shall conform with all applicable Section 409A requirements to the extent Section 409A applies to any provisions of the Agreement. Accordingly, in interpreting, construing or applying any provisions of the Agreement, the same shall be construed in such manner as shall meet and comply with Section 409A, and in the event of any inconsistency with Section 409A, the same shall be reformed so as to meet the requirements of Section 409A. Executive acknowledges that the Employer has not made any representation or warranty regarding the treatment of this Agreement or the benefits payable under this Agreement under federal, state or local income tax laws, including but not limited to Section 409A.

(g) Governing Law . Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of North Carolina shall govern this Agreement in all respects, whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

(h) Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or seven (7) days after mailing if mailed, first class, certified mail, postage prepaid:

To the Employer:

Entegra Financial Corp.

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734-3445

Attention: Chairman of the Board

To Executive:

 

Roger D. Plemens

 

 

  

 

15


Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be delivered or mailed by giving notice thereof to the other party in the same manner provided herein.

(i) Amendments and Modifications . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by all parties hereto, which makes specific reference to this Agreement. Provided, further, that no amendment or modification to this Agreement shall be adopted unless it complies with Section 409A to the extent Section 409A applies to this Agreement and/or to the amendment or modification.

17. Regulatory Prohibition . In the event that the Bank shall be deemed a “troubled bank” by the FDIC with the result that the payment of severance payments to Executive upon Termination of Executive’s employment shall be prohibited by federal statutes or regulations (including, but not limited to, Part 359 of the regulations of the FDIC), then the term “Restricted Period” used in Section 12 shall be deemed to be three (3) months from the Date of Termination or Change of Control Termination Date, as applicable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Employment and Change of Control Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.
By:  

 

                                                                 , Chairman
MACON BANK, INC.
By:  

 

                                                                 , Chairman
EXECUTIVE:

 

Roger D. Plemens

 

16

Exhibit 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE

OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered as of the             day of             , 2014 by and among Entegra Financial Corp. ( “ Entegra ”), Macon Bank, Inc. (the “ Bank ”) (Entegra and the Bank are collectively referred to as the “ Employer ”), and Ryan Scaggs (“ Executive ”).

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, the expertise and experience of Executive, and Executive’s relationships and reputation in the financial institutions industry are extremely valuable to the Employer; and

WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Employer to maintain an experienced and sound executive management team to manage the Employer and to further the Employer’s overall strategies to protect and enhance the value of its shareholders’ investments; and

WHEREAS, the Employer and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to establish the scope, terms and conditions of Executive’s employment by the Employer

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Effective Date . The effective time and date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be 12:00:01 o’clock, a.m., on the date of its making set forth above (the “ Effective Date ”).

2. Definitions . The following defined terms are defined in the referenced Sections of this Agreement.

 

Term

  

Section

Accrued Obligations

   Section 8(a)(i)(A)

Base Salary

   Section 6(a)

Entegra Board

   Section 7(b)

Bank Board

   Section 6(a)

Bank Group

   Section 12(a)

Benefit Plans

   Section 6(c)

Business

   Section 12(a)

Cause

   Section 7(b)

Change of Control

   Section 9(b)

Change of Control Termination

   Section 9(a)

Change of Control Termination Date

   Section 9(a)

COBRA

   Section 8(d)

Code

   Section 4

Commissioner

   Section 14(b)


Date of Termination

   Section 7(f)

Disability

   Section 7(a)

Disability Effective Date

   Section 7(a)

Effective Date

   Section 1

Employment Period

   Section 4

FDIC

   Section 14(d)

Good Reason

   Section 7(c)

Group

   Section 9(b)

Incumbent Directors

   Section 9(b)

Insurance Benefit Plans

   Section 6(d)

ISOs

   Section 8(b)

Management

   Section 7(b)

Notice of Termination

   Section 7(e)

NSOs

   Section 8(b)

Other Benefits

   Section 8(b)

Person

   Section 9(b)

Restricted Period

   Section 12(a)

Rules

   Section 12(f)

Section 409A

   Section 4

Terminate

   Section 4

Welfare Benefit Plans

   Section 6(d)

3. Employment . Executive is employed as the First Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Entegra and the Bank. Executive’s responsibilities, duties, prerogatives and authority in such executive offices, and the clerical, administrative and other support staff and office facilities provided to him, shall be those customary for persons holding such executive offices of institutions that are a part of the financial institutions industry.

4. Employment Period . Unless extended by renewal as provided below or earlier Terminated in accordance with Sections 7 or 9 hereof, Executive’s employment shall be for a thirty (30) month term beginning as of the Effective Date (the “ Employment Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate and Executive shall be an “at will” employee of the Employer. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Terminate ” (and variations and derivatives thereof) shall mean, when used in connection with a cessation of employment, that the Executive has incurred a separation from service as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and guidance and regulations issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).

5. Extent of Service . During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation, sick or other leave to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement, Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time to the business and affairs of the Bank commensurate with his offices, and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to Executive hereunder, to use Executive’s reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently Executive’s responsibilities and duties under this Agreement.

 

2


6. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Employer will pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of at least $185,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”), less normal withholdings, payable in equal monthly or more frequent installments as are customary under the Bank’s payroll practices from time to time. In accordance with the policies and procedures of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Bank Board ”), the Employer shall review Executive’s total compensation at least annually and in its sole discretion may adjust Executive’s total compensation from year to year; provided, however, that periodic increases in Base Salary, once granted, shall not be subject to revocation nor shall the Base Salary be subject to reduction. The annual review of Executive’s total compensation will consider, among other things, changes in the cost of living, Executive’s own performance and the Entegra’s consolidated performance.

(b) Incentive Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled (i) to participate in all of executive management incentive plans of the Employer, and any successor or substitute plans; and (ii) to participate in all stock option, stock grant, management stock right recognition and similar plans of the Employer, and any successor or substitute plans.

(c) Savings and Retirement Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all savings, deferred compensation, pension and retirement plans (including supplemental retirement plans), practices, policies and programs applicable generally to senior executive employees of the Employer (the “ Benefit Plans ”).

(d) Welfare Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive and/or Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under all welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Employer (including, without limitation, medical, hospitalization, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and dismemberment, and travel accident insurance plans and programs) (“ Welfare Benefit Plans ”) to the extent applicable generally to members of the senior executive management of the Employer. The Welfare Benefit Plans pertaining to medical, hospitalization, prescription and dental insurance coverages are referred to herein as the “ Insurance Benefit Plans ”. The Bank Board may also designate Executive as a participant in other similar plans in its discretion.

(e) Expenses . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Employer to the extent applicable generally to any employee who is a member of the senior executive management of the Employer. The expenses eligible for reimbursement under this item (e) in any year shall not affect any expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other year. Executive’s rights under this item (e) are not subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(f) Fringe and Similar Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies of the Employer in effect for employees who are members of its senior executive management.

 

3


(g) Vacation, Sick and Other Leave . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled annually to that number of paid time off days specified in the employment policies of the Employer and shall have such rights with respect to such days as are provided in those policies.

7. Termination of Employment (Other Than In Connection With A Change Of Control) .

(a) Death or Disability . Executive’s employment with the Employer shall Terminate automatically upon Executive’s death during the Employment Period. If the Employer determines in good faith that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to Executive written notice in accordance with Section 7(e) of this Agreement of its intention to Terminate Executive’s employment. In such event, Executive’s employment with the Employer shall Terminate effective on the 45th day after receipt of such written notice by Executive (the “ Disability Effective Date ”), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of Executive’s duties on a continuing basis. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean the absence of Executive from Executive’s duties with the Employer on a full-time basis for at least 30 of any 45 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness or injury which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Employer, or the insurers of the Employer, and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld, subject to the Employer’s obligations, and Executive’s rights, under (A) the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S. C. §§ 1210 et seq. , and (B) the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U. S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (and the regulations promulgated under the foregoing Acts).

(b) Cause . The Employer may Terminate Executive’s employment with the Employer for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean:

 

  (i) the continued failure of Executive to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Employer, other than any such failure resulting from Disability, after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Employer (“ Management ”) which specifically identifies the manner in which Management believes that Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties;

 

  (ii) the engaging by Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Employer;

 

  (iii) insubordination with respect to one or more directives of Management after receipt of a written warning from the Management with respect thereto; or

 

4


  (iv) an act by Executive which constitutes a material breach of Executive’s fiduciary duty to the Employer and which has an adverse impact upon the reputation or business of the Employer.

Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to resolutions duly adopted by the Bank Board or the Board of Directors of Entegra (“ Entegra Board ”) or based upon the advice of legal counsel for the Employer, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Employer and to not constitute insubordination or a failure to perform.

(c) Voluntary Termination; Good Reason . Executive may Terminate Executive’s employment with the Employer voluntarily or for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (ii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform the services to be performed by Executive pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Employer of this Agreement. Executive must provide notice of voluntary Termination at least 30 days prior to the applicable Date of Termination. Executive must provide notice to the Employer of the condition Executive contends is Good Reason within 30 days of the initial existence of the condition, and the Employer must have a period of at least 30 days to remedy the condition. If the condition is not remedied, Executive must provide a Notice of Termination as set forth in Section 7(e) within 30 days of the end of the Employer’s remedy period.

(d) Without Cause . The Employer may Terminate Executive’s employment without Cause (“ Without Cause ”).

(e) Notice of Termination . Any Termination (other than for death) shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination given in accordance with Section 16(g) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Date of Termination (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice except as otherwise provided in Section 7(a)). The failure to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Disability, Cause, or Good Reason shall not waive any right of Executive or the Employer hereunder or preclude Executive or the Employer from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s or the Employer’s rights hereunder.

(f) Date of Termination . “ Date of Termination ” means (i) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by the Employer for Cause or Without Cause, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, (ii) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, (iii) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by Executive voluntarily, the Date of Termination shall be the 30 th day following the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, and (iv) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

 

5


8. Obligations of the Employer Upon Termination (Other Than In Connection With A Change Of Control) . The provisions of this Section 8 apply only to Terminations that are not in connection with a Change of Control.

(a) Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason . If, during the Employment Period, the Employer shall Terminate Executive’s employment Without Cause or the Executive shall Terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason, then in consideration of Executive’s services rendered prior to such Termination;

 

  (i) the Employer shall pay to Executive:

 

  A. a lump sum in cash on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination equal to (1) Executive’s Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Accrued Obligations ”); and

 

  B. a lump sum in cash on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination equal to the product of (1) Executive’s aggregate cash bonus for the last completed fiscal year, whether paid to Executive under Section 6 above or otherwise paid to Executive, and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365; and

 

  C. in five (5) as nearly as equal as possible semi-annual installments, beginning on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination an amount equal to two point fifty (2.50) times Executive’s Base Salary;

 

  (ii) for a period of 12 months from and after the Date of Termination the Employer shall continue to provide benefits to Executive and/or Executive’s family at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the Insurance Benefit Plans if Executive’s employment had not been Terminated; provided, however, that if Executive becomes employed with another employer and is eligible to receive substantially the same benefits under the other employer’s plans as Executive would receive under the Insurance Benefit Plans under this item (ii), the benefits provided under this item (ii) shall be terminated;

 

6


  (iii) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Employer shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided herein or which Executive is eligible to receive under any Welfare Benefit Plan; and

 

  (iv) provided, however, that if during the Restricted Period Executive violates Section 12, no payments otherwise due following the date of such violation shall be due or paid under item (i)(C).

(b) Death . If Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of Executive’s death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement, except that: (i) Accrued Obligations shall timely be paid as provided below; (ii) Other Benefits shall be timely paid or provided as described below; (iii) all stock options that are “incentive stock options”, as described in Section 422 of the Code (“ ISOs ”), previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the longer of 12 months and the exercise period in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; (iv) all nonqualified stock options (“ NSOs ”) previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the period of exercise in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; (v) all options previously granted to Executive and scheduled to vest in the year of death shall immediately vest and be exercisable for the applicable period set forth in the preceding items (iii) and (iv); and (vi) Executive’s rights to all benefits under all Benefit Plans that are “non-qualified” plans shall be 100% vested, regardless of Executive’s age or years of service, at the time of Executive’s death. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term “ Other Benefits ” as utilized in this Section 8(b) shall mean, and Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, all benefits under the Employer’s Welfare Benefit Plans relating to death benefits. Without limiting the foregoing, for one (1) year after Executive’s death, the Employer shall pay any premium required for any “qualified beneficiary” to continue his or her health care coverage in accordance with Title 1, Part 6 of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(c) Disability . If Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, except that: (i) Accrued Obligations shall be timely paid as provided below; (ii) Other Benefits shall be timely paid or provided as described below; (iii) all stock options that are ISOs previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the longer of 12 months and the exercise period in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; (iv) all NSOs previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the period of exercise in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; and (v) all options previously granted to Executive and scheduled to vest in the year in which the Disability Effective Date occurs shall immediately vest and be exercisable for the applicable period set forth in the preceding items (iii) and (iv). Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of

 

7


Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 8(c) shall include, without limitation, and Executive shall be entitled after the Date of Termination to, (1) receipt of all disability benefits under all Welfare Benefit Plans relating to disability, (2) receipt, for the remainder of the then current Employment Period, of all benefits available to Executive under all Insurance Benefit Plans, subject to the Employer Benefit Election, and (3) for the remainder of the then current Employment Period continued participation in group life and employee life insurance programs generally available to senior executive officers.

(d) Voluntary Termination; Cause . If Executive voluntarily Terminates his employment or if Executive’s employment shall be Terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, except that (i) the Accrued Obligations shall be paid in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination, and (ii) Other Benefits shall be paid or provided in a timely manner, in each case to the extent theretofore unpaid; provided, however, that Executive’s right to continue to participate in Welfare Benefit Plans shall terminate on the 30th day following the Date of Termination, subject to Executive’s rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161 et seq. (“ COBRA ”).

9. Termination In Connection With a Change of Control .

(a) Change of Control Termination . In the event that, at the time of, within 90 days prior to, or within one (1) year after, a Change of Control, and during the Employment Period, the Employer Terminates Executive’s employment Without Cause or Executive Terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason (each a “ Change of Control Termination ”), Executive shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefits specified in this Section 9. The date on which the Employer or Executive receives notice in accordance with Section 16(h) of a Change of Control Termination shall be deemed the “ Change of Control Termination Date .”

(b) Definition of Change of Control . “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) a Change of Ownership; (ii) a Change in Effective Control; or (iii) a Change of Asset Ownership; in each case, as defined herein and as further defined and interpreted in Section 409A.

A. “ Change in Effective Control ” shall mean the date either (i) any “Person” or “Group” (as those terms are defined in or pursuant to Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, but not including Entegra or any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in or pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3) of Entegra or the Bank) acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) ownership of outstanding stock of Entegra possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Entegra’s outstanding stock or (B) a majority of the Entegra Board is replaced during any 12 month period by directors whose election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Entegra Board prior to such election.

 

8


B. “ Change of Asset Ownership ” shall mean the date any Person or Group acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) assets from Entegra or the Bank that have a total gross fair market value that is equal to or exceeds 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of Entegra’s consolidated assets immediately prior to such acquisition.

C. “ Change of Ownership ” shall mean the date any Person or Group acquires ownership of outstanding stock of Entegra that, together with stock previously held, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of Entegra provided that such Person or Group did not previously own 50% or more of the value of voting power of the outstanding stock of Entegra.

(c) Change of Control Payments and Benefits . Upon a Change Of Control Termination:

 

  (i) The Employer shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Change of Control Termination Date the aggregate of the following amounts:

 

  (A) the sum of the Accrued Obligations; and

 

  (B) in five (5) as nearly as equal as possible semi-annual installments beginning on the 30 th day after the Change of Control Termination Date, an amount equal to two point fifty (2.50) times the total of Executive’s average annual compensation as calculated for purposes of Code Section 280G;

 

  (C) provided, however, that if during the Restricted Period Executive violates Section 12, no payments otherwise due following the date of such violation shall be due or paid under item (i)(B).

 

  (ii) for a period of 12 months from and after the Change of Control Date of Termination the Employer shall continue to provide benefits to Executive and/or Executive’s family at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the Insurance Benefit Plans if Executive’s employment had not been Terminated; provided, however, that if Executive becomes employed with another employer and is eligible to receive substantially the same benefits under the other employer’s plans as Executive would receive under the Insurance Benefit Plans under this item (ii), the benefits provided under this item (ii) shall be terminated;

 

9


  (iii) All options previously granted to Executive that are unvested as of the Change of Control Termination Date shall be deemed vested, fully exercisable and non-forfeitable as of the Change of Control Termination Date (provided, however, that options granted less than six (6) months before the Change of Control Termination Date shall not be exercisable until the first day subsequent to the six (6) months following their dates of grant) and all previously granted options that are vested, but unexercised, on the Change of Control Termination Date shall remain exercisable, in each case for the period during which they would have been exercisable absent the Termination of Executive’s employment except as otherwise specifically provided by the Code.

 

  (iv) Executive’s benefits under all Benefit Plans that are non-qualified plans shall be 100% vested, regardless of Executive’s age or years of service, as of the Change of Control Termination Date.

 

  (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the Employer may reduce any amount, distribution, acceleration of vesting or other right described in this Section 9, in whole or part, such that the aggregate value of all payments, distributions and benefits received by Executive shall not constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided, however, that the Employer will endeavor to effect any such reduction in a way that results in the most favorable tax consequences for Executive and that such reduced aggregate amount shall be the maximum amount which would not constitute an “excess parachute payment”.

10. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy, or practice provided by the Employer and for which Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Employer. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Employer at or subsequent to a Date of Termination or Change of Control Termination Date shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or such contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

11. Full Settlement . The Employer’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Employer may have against Executive or others. The Employer agrees to recognize as an indebtedness to Executive and shall reimburse all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest by the Employer, Executive or others of the validity or enforceability

 

10


of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement) in which the outcome is deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been in majority part favorable to Executive, plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the “applicable federal rate” provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code.

12. Covenants .

(a) Covenant Not to Compete . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, within the geographic areas composed of the circles surrounding the Bank’s then existing banking offices from or through which it provides loan and/or deposit taking services with each circle having the applicable such banking office as its center point and a radius of 50 miles (the “ Territory ”), directly or indirectly, in any capacity, render services, or engage or have a financial interest in, any business that shall be competitive with any of those business activities in which Entegra or any of the Entegra’s subsidiaries or affiliates (the “ Bank Group ”) is engaged as of the date of this Agreement, which business activities include, but are not limited to, the provision of banking services (collectively, the “ Business ”); provided, however, that Executive’s ownership of less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of any entity engaged in the Business that has a class of securities listed on a securities exchange or qualified for quotation on any over-the-counter market shall not be a violation of the foregoing. For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in Section 17, “ Restricted Period ” shall mean the period of three (3) years following the Termination of Executive’s employment as provided by this Agreement.

(b) Covenant Not to Solicit Customers . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person or entity (other than a member of the Bank Group), offer to provide banking services to any person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, or other entity who is or was (i) a customer of any member of the Bank Group during any part of the 12 month period immediately prior to the Date of Termination, or (ii) a potential customer to whom any member of the Bank Group offered to provide banking services during any part of the 12 month period immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

(c) Covenant Not to Solicit Employees . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, recruit or entice, directly or indirectly, any employee of any member of the Bank Group to leave the employment of such member to work with Executive or with any person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity with whom Executive is or becomes affiliated or associated.

(d) Non-Disparagement; Confidentiality . Executive covenants and agrees that following Termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not disparage, hold up to ridicule or make false statements, whether directly or by inference, regarding Entegra or the Bank or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, the financial results or financial condition of either of Entegra or the Bank, or the prospects of Entegra or the Bank.

 

11


Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall hold inviolate and secret, and shall not use for Executive’s personal benefit or the benefit of any Person other than Entegra or the Bank, all confidential and/or proprietary information of either Entegra or the Bank, including, but not limited to, all processes, procedures, programs, know-how, trade secrets, pricing strategies and techniques, investment strategies and techniques, marketing plans and strategies, personnel information, customer lists, analyses and compilations of customer information, financial projections, and other similar information, regardless of the form in which such information is obtained, retained or maintained by or on behalf of Entegra or the Bank. Executive agrees that the foregoing obligations are in addition to, and not in limitation of Executive’s confidentiality obligations or duties under applicable corporate law, federal securities laws, or federal or state financial institution laws.

(e) Reasonableness of Scope and Duration . The parties hereto agree that the covenants and agreements contained in this Section 12 are reasonable in their time, territory and scope, and they intend that they be enforced, and no party shall raise any issue of the reasonableness of the time, territory or scope of any such covenants in any proceeding to enforce any such covenants.

(f) Enforceability . Executive agrees that monetary damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 12, and that in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Entegra and the Bank, they shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief as a remedy for any such breach or threatened breach. Any determination of whether Executive has violated such covenants shall be made by arbitration in Greensboro, North Carolina under the Rules of Commercial Arbitration (the “ Rules ”) of the American Arbitration Association, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.

(g) Separate Covenants and Severability . The covenants and agreements contained in this Section 12 shall be construed as separate and independent covenants. Should any part or provision of any such covenant or agreement be held invalid, void or unenforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, no other part or provision of this Agreement shall be rendered invalid, void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, no other part or provision of this Agreement shall be rendered invalid, void or unenforceable as a result. If any portion of the foregoing provisions is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction unless modified, it is the intent of the parties that the otherwise invalid or unreasonable term shall be reformed, or a new enforceable term provided, so as to most closely effectuate the provisions as is validly possible.

13. Assignment and Successors .

(a) Executive . This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Employer shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

 

12


(b) The Employer . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Employer and its successors and assigns. Entegra and the Bank will each require any successor to it (whether direct or indirect, by stock or asset purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its business or more than 50% of its assets to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent it would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

14. Regulatory Intervention . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement are subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) If Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1818 (e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Bank’s obligations hereunder, as applicable, shall be suspended as of the date of service unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, all of the Employer’s obligations which were suspended shall be reinstated.

(b) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1 818 (e)(4) and (g)(1)) or by an order of the North Carolina Commissioner of Bank (the “ Commissioner ”), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

(c) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S. C. § 1813 (X)(1)), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but any vested rights of Executive shall not be affected.

(d) All obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, if so ordered by the Commissioner at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13 (c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.§ 1823 (c)), or if so ordered b the Commissioner at the time the FDIC approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Commissioner to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of Executive that shall have vested under this Agreement shall not be affected by such action. Provided that any termination of this Agreement, in whole or in part, shall be in compliance with Section 409A to the extent Section 409A applies to any portion of this Agreement.

(e) With regard to the provisions of this Section 14(a) through (d):

 

13


  (i) The Bank agrees to use its best efforts to oppose any such notice of charges as to which there are reasonable defenses;

 

  (ii) In the event the notice of charges is dismissed or otherwise resolved in manner that will permit the Employer to resume its obligations to pay compensation hereunder, the Employer will promptly make such payment hereunder; and

 

  (iii) During any period of suspension under Section 14(a), the vested rights of Executive shall not be affected except to the extent precluded by such notice.

(f) The Employer’s obligations to provide compensation or other benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be terminated or limited to the extent required by the provisions of any final regulation or order of the FDIC promulgated under Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1828(k)) limiting or prohibiting any “golden parachute payment” as defined therein, but only to the extent that the compensation or payments to be provided by the Employer under this Agreement are so prohibited or limited.

15. Certain Payments Delayed for a Specified Employee . If Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A, then, notwithstanding any other provision herein, any payment(s) required under this Agreement on account of a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A shall be made and/or shall begin on the first day of the seventh (7 th ) month following the date of Executive’s Termination to the extent such payments are not exempt from Section 409A, and the six (6) month delay in payment is required by Section 409A.

16. Miscellaneous .

(a) Waiver . Failure of either party to insist, in one or more instances, on performance by the other in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right granted in this Agreement or of the future performance of any such term or condition or of any other term or condition of this Agreement, unless such waiver is contained in a writing signed by the party making the waiver.

(b) Severability . If any provision or covenant, of any part thereof, of this Agreement should be held by any court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either in whole or in part, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality enforceability of the remaining provisions or covenants, or any part thereof, of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Other Agents . Nothing in this Agreement is to be interpreted as limiting the Employer from employing other personnel on such terms and conditions as may be satisfactory to it.

 

14


(d) Entire Agreement . Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Employer and Executive, with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and invalidates any previous employment and severance agreements or contracts with Executive. No representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, which are not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

(e) Compliance with Section 409A . It is intended that this Agreement shall conform with all applicable Section 409A requirements to the extent Section 409A applies to any provisions of the Agreement. Accordingly, in interpreting, construing or applying any provisions of the Agreement, the same shall be construed in such manner as shall meet and comply with Section 409A, and in the event of any inconsistency with Section 409A, the same shall be reformed so as to meet the requirements of Section 409A. Executive acknowledges that the Employer has not made any representation or warranty regarding the treatment of this Agreement or the benefits payable under this Agreement under federal, state or local income tax laws, including but not limited to Section 409A.

(f) Governing Law . Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of North Carolina shall govern this Agreement in all respects, whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

(g) Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or seven (7) days after mailing if mailed, first class, certified mail, postage prepaid:

To the Employer:

Entegra Financial Corp.

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734-3445

Attention: Chairman of the Board

To Executive:

Ryan Scaggs

 

          
          

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be delivered or mailed by giving notice thereof to the other party in the same manner provided herein.

(h) Amendments and Modifications . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by all parties hereto, which makes specific reference to this Agreement. Provided, further, that no amendment or modification to this Agreement shall be adopted unless it complies with Section 409A to the extent Section 409A applies to this Agreement and/or to the amendment or modification.

 

15


17. Regulatory Prohibition . In the event that the Bank shall be deemed a “troubled bank” by the FDIC with the result that the payment of severance payments to Executive upon Termination of Executive’s employment shall be prohibited by federal statutes or regulations (including, but not limited to, Part 359 of the regulations of the FDIC), then the term “Restricted Period” used in Section 12 shall be deemed to be three (3) months from the Date of Termination or Change of Control Termination Date, as applicable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Employment and Change of Control Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

By:

   
                                                                    , Chairman
 

MACON BANK, INC.

By:

   
                                                                    , Chairman

EXECUTIVE:

 

Ryan Scaggs

 

16

Exhibit 10.3

EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE

OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered as of the             day of                     , 2014 by and among Entegra Financial Corp. ( “ Entegra ”), Macon Bank, Inc. (the “ Bank ”) (Entegra and the Bank are collectively referred to as the “ Employer ”), and David A. Bright (“ Executive ”).

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, the expertise and experience of Executive, and Executive’s relationships and reputation in the financial institutions industry are extremely valuable to the Employer; and

WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Employer to maintain an experienced and sound executive management team to manage the Employer and to further the Employer’s overall strategies to protect and enhance the value of its shareholders’ investments; and

WHEREAS, the Employer and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to establish the scope, terms and conditions of Executive’s employment by the Employer

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Effective Date . The effective time and date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be 12:00:01 o’clock, a.m., on the date of its making set forth above (the “ Effective Date ”).

2. Definitions . The following defined terms are defined in the referenced Sections of this Agreement.

 

Term

  

Section

Accrued Obligations

   Section 8(a)(i)(A)

Base Salary

   Section 6(a)

Entegra Board

   Section 7(b)

Bank Board

   Section 6(a)

Bank Group

   Section 12(a)

Benefit Plans

   Section 6(c)

Business

   Section 12(a)

Cause

   Section 7(b)

Change of Control

   Section 9(b)

Change of Control Termination

   Section 9(a)

Change of Control Termination Date

   Section 9(a)

COBRA

   Section 8(d)

Code

   Section 4

Commissioner

   Section 14(b)


Date of Termination

   Section 7(f)

Disability

   Section 7(a)

Disability Effective Date

   Section 7(a)

Effective Date

   Section 1

Employment Period

   Section 4

FDIC

   Section 14(d)

Good Reason

   Section 7(c)

Group

   Section 9(b)

Incumbent Directors

   Section 9(b)

Insurance Benefit Plans

   Section 6(d)

ISOs

   Section 8(b)

Management

   Section 7(b)

Notice of Termination

   Section 7(e)

NSOs

   Section 8(b)

Other Benefits

   Section 8(b)

Person

   Section 9(b)

Restricted Period

   Section 12(a)

Rules

   Section 12(f)

Section 409A

   Section 4

Terminate

   Section 4

Welfare Benefit Plans

   Section 6(d)

3. Employment . Executive is employed as the Chief Financial Officer of Entegra and the Bank. Executive’s responsibilities, duties, prerogatives and authority in such executive offices, and the clerical, administrative and other support staff and office facilities provided to him, shall be those customary for persons holding such executive offices of institutions that are a part of the financial institutions industry.

4. Employment Period . Unless extended by renewal as provided below or earlier Terminated in accordance with Sections 7 or 9 hereof, Executive’s employment shall be for a twenty-four (24) month term beginning as of the Effective Date (the “ Employment Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate and Executive shall be an “at will” employee of the Employer. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Terminate ” (and variations and derivatives thereof) shall mean, when used in connection with a cessation of employment, that the Executive has incurred a separation from service as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and guidance and regulations issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).

5. Extent of Service . During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation, sick or other leave to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement, Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time to the business and affairs of the Bank commensurate with his offices, and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to Executive hereunder, to use Executive’s reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently Executive’s responsibilities and duties under this Agreement.

 

2


6. Compensation and Benefits .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Employer will pay to Executive a base salary at the rate of at least $180,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”), less normal withholdings, payable in equal monthly or more frequent installments as are customary under the Bank’s payroll practices from time to time. In accordance with the policies and procedures of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Bank Board ”), the Employer shall review Executive’s total compensation at least annually and in its sole discretion may adjust Executive’s total compensation from year to year; provided, however, that periodic increases in Base Salary, once granted, shall not be subject to revocation nor shall the Base Salary be subject to reduction. The annual review of Executive’s total compensation will consider, among other things, changes in the cost of living, Executive’s own performance and the Entegra’s consolidated performance.

(b) Incentive Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled (i) to participate in all of executive management incentive plans of the Employer, and any successor or substitute plans; and (ii) to participate in all stock option, stock grant, management stock right recognition and similar plans of the Employer, and any successor or substitute plans.

(c) Savings and Retirement Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all savings, deferred compensation, pension and retirement plans (including supplemental retirement plans), practices, policies and programs applicable generally to senior executive employees of the Employer (the “ Benefit Plans ”).

(d) Welfare Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive and/or Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under all welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Employer (including, without limitation, medical, hospitalization, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and dismemberment, and travel accident insurance plans and programs) (“ Welfare Benefit Plans ”) to the extent applicable generally to members of the senior executive management of the Employer. The Welfare Benefit Plans pertaining to medical, hospitalization, prescription and dental insurance coverages are referred to herein as the “ Insurance Benefit Plans ”. The Bank Board may also designate Executive as a participant in other similar plans in its discretion.

(e) Expenses . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Employer to the extent applicable generally to any employee who is a member of the senior executive management of the Employer. The expenses eligible for reimbursement under this item (e) in any year shall not affect any expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other year. Executive’s rights under this item (e) are not subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(f) Fringe and Similar Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies of the Employer in effect for employees who are members of its senior executive management.

 

3


(g) Vacation, Sick and Other Leave . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled annually to that number of paid time off days specified in the employment policies of the Employer and shall have such rights with respect to such days as are provided in those policies.

7. Termination of Employment (Other Than In Connection With A Change Of Control) .

(a) Death or Disability . Executive’s employment with the Employer shall Terminate automatically upon Executive’s death during the Employment Period. If the Employer determines in good faith that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to Executive written notice in accordance with Section 7(e) of this Agreement of its intention to Terminate Executive’s employment. In such event, Executive’s employment with the Employer shall Terminate effective on the 45th day after receipt of such written notice by Executive (the “ Disability Effective Date ”), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of Executive’s duties on a continuing basis. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean the absence of Executive from Executive’s duties with the Employer on a full-time basis for at least 30 of any 45 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness or injury which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Employer, or the insurers of the Employer, and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld, subject to the Employer’s obligations, and Executive’s rights, under (A) the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S. C. §§ 1210 et seq. , and (B) the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U. S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (and the regulations promulgated under the foregoing Acts).

(b) Cause . The Employer may Terminate Executive’s employment with the Employer for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean:

 

  (i) the continued failure of Executive to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Employer, other than any such failure resulting from Disability, after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Employer (“ Management ”) which specifically identifies the manner in which Management believes that Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties;

 

  (ii) the engaging by Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Employer;

 

  (iii) insubordination with respect to one or more directives of Management after receipt of a written warning from the Management with respect thereto; or

 

4


  (iv) an act by Executive which constitutes a material breach of Executive’s fiduciary duty to the Employer and which has an adverse impact upon the reputation or business of the Employer.

Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to resolutions duly adopted by the Bank Board or the Board of Directors of Entegra (“ Entegra Board ”) or based upon the advice of legal counsel for the Employer, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Employer and to not constitute insubordination or a failure to perform.

(c) Voluntary Termination; Good Reason . Executive may Terminate Executive’s employment with the Employer voluntarily or for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (ii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform the services to be performed by Executive pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Employer of this Agreement. Executive must provide notice of voluntary Termination at least 30 days prior to the applicable Date of Termination. Executive must provide notice to the Employer of the condition Executive contends is Good Reason within 30 days of the initial existence of the condition, and the Employer must have a period of at least 30 days to remedy the condition. If the condition is not remedied, Executive must provide a Notice of Termination as set forth in Section 7(e) within 30 days of the end of the Employer’s remedy period.

(d) Without Cause . The Employer may Terminate Executive’s employment without Cause (“ Without Cause ”).

(e) Notice of Termination . Any Termination (other than for death) shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination given in accordance with Section 16(g) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Date of Termination (which date shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice except as otherwise provided in Section 7(a)). The failure to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Disability, Cause, or Good Reason shall not waive any right of Executive or the Employer hereunder or preclude Executive or the Employer from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive’s or the Employer’s rights hereunder.

(f) Date of Termination . “ Date of Termination ” means (i) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by the Employer for Cause or Without Cause, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, (ii) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, (iii) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by Executive voluntarily, the Date of Termination shall be the 30 th day following the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination, and (iv) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

 

5


8. Obligations of the Employer Upon Termination (Other Than In Connection With A Change Of Control) . The provisions of this Section 8 apply only to Terminations that are not in connection with a Change of Control.

(a) Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason . If, during the Employment Period, the Employer shall Terminate Executive’s employment Without Cause or the Executive shall Terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason, then in consideration of Executive’s services rendered prior to such Termination;

 

  (i) the Employer shall pay to Executive:

 

  A. a lump sum in cash on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination equal to (1) Executive’s Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Accrued Obligations ”); and

 

  B. a lump sum in cash on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination equal to the product of (1) Executive’s aggregate cash bonus for the last completed fiscal year, whether paid to Executive under Section 6 above or otherwise paid to Executive, and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365; and

 

  C. in four (4) as nearly as equal as possible semi-annual installments, beginning on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination an amount equal to two (2) times Executive’s Base Salary;

 

  (ii) for a period of 12 months from and after the Date of Termination the Employer shall continue to provide benefits to Executive and/or Executive’s family at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the Insurance Benefit Plans if Executive’s employment had not been Terminated; provided, however, that if Executive becomes employed with another employer and is eligible to receive substantially the same benefits under the other employer’s plans as Executive would receive under the Insurance Benefit Plans under this item (ii), the benefits provided under this item (ii) shall be terminated;

 

6


  (iii) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Employer shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided herein or which Executive is eligible to receive under any Welfare Benefit Plan; and

 

  (iv) provided, however, that if during the Restricted Period Executive violates Section 12, no payments otherwise due following the date of such violation shall be due or paid under item (i)(C).

(b) Death . If Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of Executive’s death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement, except that: (i) Accrued Obligations shall timely be paid as provided below; (ii) Other Benefits shall be timely paid or provided as described below; (iii) all stock options that are “incentive stock options”, as described in Section 422 of the Code (“ ISOs ”), previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the longer of 12 months and the exercise period in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; (iv) all nonqualified stock options (“ NSOs ”) previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the period of exercise in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; (v) all options previously granted to Executive and scheduled to vest in the year of death shall immediately vest and be exercisable for the applicable period set forth in the preceding items (iii) and (iv); and (vi) Executive’s rights to all benefits under all Benefit Plans that are “non-qualified” plans shall be 100% vested, regardless of Executive’s age or years of service, at the time of Executive’s death. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term “ Other Benefits ” as utilized in this Section 8(b) shall mean, and Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, all benefits under the Employer’s Welfare Benefit Plans relating to death benefits. Without limiting the foregoing, for one (1) year after Executive’s death, the Employer shall pay any premium required for any “qualified beneficiary” to continue his or her health care coverage in accordance with Title 1, Part 6 of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(c) Disability . If Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, except that: (i) Accrued Obligations shall be timely paid as provided below; (ii) Other Benefits shall be timely paid or provided as described below; (iii) all stock options that are ISOs previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the longer of 12 months and the exercise period in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; (iv) all NSOs previously granted to Executive that vested at or prior to the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the period of exercise in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; and (v) all options previously granted to Executive and scheduled to vest in the year in which the Disability Effective Date occurs shall immediately vest and be exercisable for the applicable period set forth in the preceding items (iii) and (iv). Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of

 

7


Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 8(c) shall include, without limitation, and Executive shall be entitled after the Date of Termination to, (1) receipt of all disability benefits under all Welfare Benefit Plans relating to disability, (2) receipt, for the remainder of the then current Employment Period, of all benefits available to Executive under all Insurance Benefit Plans, subject to the Employer Benefit Election, and (3) for the remainder of the then current Employment Period continued participation in group life and employee life insurance programs generally available to senior executive officers.

(d) Voluntary Termination; Cause . If Executive voluntarily Terminates his employment or if Executive’s employment shall be Terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, except that (i) the Accrued Obligations shall be paid in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination, and (ii) Other Benefits shall be paid or provided in a timely manner, in each case to the extent theretofore unpaid; provided, however, that Executive’s right to continue to participate in Welfare Benefit Plans shall terminate on the 30th day following the Date of Termination, subject to Executive’s rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161 et seq. (“ COBRA ”).

9. Termination In Connection With a Change of Control .

(a) Change of Control Termination . In the event that, at the time of, within 90 days prior to, or within one (1) year after, a Change of Control, and during the Employment Period, the Employer Terminates Executive’s employment Without Cause or Executive Terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason (each a “ Change of Control Termination ”), Executive shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefits specified in this Section 9. The date on which the Employer or Executive receives notice in accordance with Section 16(h) of a Change of Control Termination shall be deemed the “ Change of Control Termination Date .”

(b) Definition of Change of Control . “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) a Change of Ownership; (ii) a Change in Effective Control; or (iii) a Change of Asset Ownership; in each case, as defined herein and as further defined and interpreted in Section 409A.

A. “ Change in Effective Control ” shall mean the date either (i) any “Person” or “Group” (as those terms are defined in or pursuant to Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, but not including Entegra or any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in or pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3) of Entegra or the Bank) acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) ownership of outstanding stock of Entegra possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Entegra’s outstanding stock or (B) a majority of the Entegra Board is replaced during any 12 month period by directors whose election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Entegra Board prior to such election.

 

8


B. “ Change of Asset Ownership ” shall mean the date any Person or Group acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) assets from Entegra or the Bank that have a total gross fair market value that is equal to or exceeds 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of Entegra’s consolidated assets immediately prior to such acquisition.

C. “ Change of Ownership ” shall mean the date any Person or Group acquires ownership of outstanding stock of Entegra that, together with stock previously held, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of Entegra provided that such Person or Group did not previously own 50% or more of the value of voting power of the outstanding stock of Entegra.

(c) Change of Control Payments and Benefits . Upon a Change Of Control Termination:

 

  (i) The Employer shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Change of Control Termination Date the aggregate of the following amounts:

 

  (A) the sum of the Accrued Obligations; and

 

  (B) in four (4) as nearly as equal as possible semi-annual installments beginning on the 30 th day after the Change of Control Termination Date, an amount equal to two (2) times the total of Executive’s average annual compensation as calculated for purposes of Code Section 280G;

 

  (C) provided, however, that if during the Restricted Period Executive violates Section 12, no payments otherwise due following the date of such violation shall be due or paid under item (i)(B).

 

  (ii) for a period of 12 months from and after the Change of Control Date of Termination the Employer shall continue to provide benefits to Executive and/or Executive’s family at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the Insurance Benefit Plans if Executive’s employment had not been Terminated; provided, however, that if Executive becomes employed with another employer and is eligible to receive substantially the same benefits under the other employer’s plans as Executive would receive under the Insurance Benefit Plans under this item (ii), the benefits provided under this item (ii) shall be terminated;

 

9


  (iii) All options previously granted to Executive that are unvested as of the Change of Control Termination Date shall be deemed vested, fully exercisable and non-forfeitable as of the Change of Control Termination Date (provided, however, that options granted less than six (6) months before the Change of Control Termination Date shall not be exercisable until the first day subsequent to the six (6) months following their dates of grant) and all previously granted options that are vested, but unexercised, on the Change of Control Termination Date shall remain exercisable, in each case for the period during which they would have been exercisable absent the Termination of Executive’s employment except as otherwise specifically provided by the Code.

 

  (iv) Executive’s benefits under all Benefit Plans that are non-qualified plans shall be 100% vested, regardless of Executive’s age or years of service, as of the Change of Control Termination Date.

 

  (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the Employer may reduce any amount, distribution, acceleration of vesting or other right described in this Section 9, in whole or part, such that the aggregate value of all payments, distributions and benefits received by Executive shall not constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided, however, that the Employer will endeavor to effect any such reduction in a way that results in the most favorable tax consequences for Executive and that such reduced aggregate amount shall be the maximum amount which would not constitute an “excess parachute payment”.

10. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy, or practice provided by the Employer and for which Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Employer. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Employer at or subsequent to a Date of Termination or Change of Control Termination Date shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or such contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

11. Full Settlement . The Employer’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Employer may have against Executive or others. The Employer agrees to recognize as an indebtedness to Executive and shall reimburse all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest by the Employer, Executive or others of the validity or enforceability

 

10


of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement) in which the outcome is deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been in majority part favorable to Executive, plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the “applicable federal rate” provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code.

12. Covenants .

(a) Covenant Not to Compete . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, within the geographic areas composed of the circles surrounding the Bank’s then existing banking offices from or through which it provides loan and/or deposit taking services with each circle having the applicable such banking office as its center point and a radius of 50 miles (the “ Territory ”), directly or indirectly, in any capacity, render services, or engage or have a financial interest in, any business that shall be competitive with any of those business activities in which Entegra or any of the Entegra’s subsidiaries or affiliates (the “ Bank Group ”) is engaged as of the date of this Agreement, which business activities include, but are not limited to, the provision of banking services (collectively, the “ Business ”); provided, however, that Executive’s ownership of less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of any entity engaged in the Business that has a class of securities listed on a securities exchange or qualified for quotation on any over-the-counter market shall not be a violation of the foregoing. For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in Section 17, “ Restricted Period ” shall mean the period of three (3) years following the Termination of Executive’s employment as provided by this Agreement.

(b) Covenant Not to Solicit Customers . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person or entity (other than a member of the Bank Group), offer to provide banking services to any person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, or other entity who is or was (i) a customer of any member of the Bank Group during any part of the 12 month period immediately prior to the Date of Termination, or (ii) a potential customer to whom any member of the Bank Group offered to provide banking services during any part of the 12 month period immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

(c) Covenant Not to Solicit Employees . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, recruit or entice, directly or indirectly, any employee of any member of the Bank Group to leave the employment of such member to work with Executive or with any person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity with whom Executive is or becomes affiliated or associated.

(d) Non-Disparagement; Confidentiality . Executive covenants and agrees that following Termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not disparage, hold up to ridicule or make false statements, whether directly or by inference, regarding Entegra or the Bank or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, the financial results or financial condition of either of Entegra or the Bank, or the prospects of Entegra or the Bank.

 

11


Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall hold inviolate and secret, and shall not use for Executive’s personal benefit or the benefit of any Person other than Entegra or the Bank, all confidential and/or proprietary information of either Entegra or the Bank, including, but not limited to, all processes, procedures, programs, know-how, trade secrets, pricing strategies and techniques, investment strategies and techniques, marketing plans and strategies, personnel information, customer lists, analyses and compilations of customer information, financial projections, and other similar information, regardless of the form in which such information is obtained, retained or maintained by or on behalf of Entegra or the Bank. Executive agrees that the foregoing obligations are in addition to, and not in limitation of Executive’s confidentiality obligations or duties under applicable corporate law, federal securities laws, or federal or state financial institution laws.

(e) Reasonableness of Scope and Duration . The parties hereto agree that the covenants and agreements contained in this Section 12 are reasonable in their time, territory and scope, and they intend that they be enforced, and no party shall raise any issue of the reasonableness of the time, territory or scope of any such covenants in any proceeding to enforce any such covenants.

(f) Enforceability . Executive agrees that monetary damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 12, and that in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Entegra and the Bank, they shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief as a remedy for any such breach or threatened breach. Any determination of whether Executive has violated such covenants shall be made by arbitration in Greensboro, North Carolina under the Rules of Commercial Arbitration (the “ Rules ”) of the American Arbitration Association, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.

(g) Separate Covenants and Severability . The covenants and agreements contained in this Section 12 shall be construed as separate and independent covenants. Should any part or provision of any such covenant or agreement be held invalid, void or unenforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, no other part or provision of this Agreement shall be rendered invalid, void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, no other part or provision of this Agreement shall be rendered invalid, void or unenforceable as a result. If any portion of the foregoing provisions is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction unless modified, it is the intent of the parties that the otherwise invalid or unreasonable term shall be reformed, or a new enforceable term provided, so as to most closely effectuate the provisions as is validly possible.

13. Assignment and Successors .

(a) Executive . This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Employer shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

 

12


(b) The Employer . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Employer and its successors and assigns. Entegra and the Bank will each require any successor to it (whether direct or indirect, by stock or asset purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its business or more than 50% of its assets to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent it would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

14. Regulatory Intervention . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement are subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) If Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1818 (e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Bank’s obligations hereunder, as applicable, shall be suspended as of the date of service unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, all of the Employer’s obligations which were suspended shall be reinstated.

(b) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1 818 (e)(4) and (g)(1)) or by an order of the North Carolina Commissioner of Bank (the “ Commissioner ”), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

(c) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S. C. § 1813 (X)(1)), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but any vested rights of Executive shall not be affected.

(d) All obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, if so ordered by the Commissioner at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13 (c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.§ 1823 (c)), or if so ordered b the Commissioner at the time the FDIC approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Commissioner to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of Executive that shall have vested under this Agreement shall not be affected by such action. Provided that any termination of this Agreement, in whole or in part, shall be in compliance with Section 409A to the extent Section 409A applies to any portion of this Agreement.

(e) With regard to the provisions of this Section 14(a) through (d):

 

13


  (i) The Bank agrees to use its best efforts to oppose any such notice of charges as to which there are reasonable defenses;

 

  (ii) In the event the notice of charges is dismissed or otherwise resolved in manner that will permit the Employer to resume its obligations to pay compensation hereunder, the Employer will promptly make such payment hereunder; and

 

  (iii) During any period of suspension under Section 14(a), the vested rights of Executive shall not be affected except to the extent precluded by such notice.

(f) The Employer’s obligations to provide compensation or other benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be terminated or limited to the extent required by the provisions of any final regulation or order of the FDIC promulgated under Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1828(k)) limiting or prohibiting any “golden parachute payment” as defined therein, but only to the extent that the compensation or payments to be provided by the Employer under this Agreement are so prohibited or limited.

15. Certain Payments Delayed for a Specified Employee . If Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A, then, notwithstanding any other provision herein, any payment(s) required under this Agreement on account of a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A shall be made and/or shall begin on the first day of the seventh (7 th ) month following the date of Executive’s Termination to the extent such payments are not exempt from Section 409A, and the six (6) month delay in payment is required by Section 409A.

16. Miscellaneous .

(a) Waiver . Failure of either party to insist, in one or more instances, on performance by the other in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right granted in this Agreement or of the future performance of any such term or condition or of any other term or condition of this Agreement, unless such waiver is contained in a writing signed by the party making the waiver.

(b) Severability . If any provision or covenant, of any part thereof, of this Agreement should be held by any court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either in whole or in part, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality enforceability of the remaining provisions or covenants, or any part thereof, of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Other Agents . Nothing in this Agreement is to be interpreted as limiting the Employer from employing other personnel on such terms and conditions as may be satisfactory to it.

 

14


(d) Entire Agreement . Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Employer and Executive, with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and invalidates any previous employment and severance agreements or contracts with Executive. No representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, which are not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

(e) Compliance with Section 409A . It is intended that this Agreement shall conform with all applicable Section 409A requirements to the extent Section 409A applies to any provisions of the Agreement. Accordingly, in interpreting, construing or applying any provisions of the Agreement, the same shall be construed in such manner as shall meet and comply with Section 409A, and in the event of any inconsistency with Section 409A, the same shall be reformed so as to meet the requirements of Section 409A. Executive acknowledges that the Employer has not made any representation or warranty regarding the treatment of this Agreement or the benefits payable under this Agreement under federal, state or local income tax laws, including but not limited to Section 409A.

(f) Governing Law . Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of North Carolina shall govern this Agreement in all respects, whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

(g) Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered or seven (7) days after mailing if mailed, first class, certified mail, postage prepaid:

To the Employer:

Entegra Financial Corp.

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734-3445

Attention: Chairman of the Board

To Executive:

David A. Bright

 

          
          

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be delivered or mailed by giving notice thereof to the other party in the same manner provided herein.

(h) Amendments and Modifications . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by all parties hereto, which makes specific reference to this Agreement. Provided, further, that no amendment or modification to this Agreement shall be adopted unless it complies with Section 409A to the extent Section 409A applies to this Agreement and/or to the amendment or modification.

 

15


17. Regulatory Prohibition . In the event that the Bank shall be deemed a “troubled bank” by the FDIC with the result that the payment of severance payments to Executive upon Termination of Executive’s employment shall be prohibited by federal statutes or regulations (including, but not limited to, Part 359 of the regulations of the FDIC), then the term “Restricted Period” used in Section 12 shall be deemed to be three (3) months from the Date of Termination or Change of Control Termination Date, as applicable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Employment and Change of Control Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.
By:  

 

                                       , Chairman
MACON BANK, INC.
By:  

 

                                       , Chairman
EXECUTIVE:

 

David A. Bright

 

16

Exhibit 10.4

SEVERANCE AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

THIS SEVERANCE AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered as of the             day of             , 2014 by and between Macon Bank, Inc. (“Employer”) and             (“Executive”).

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, the expertise and experience of Executive, and Executive’s relationships and reputation in the banking industry are extremely valuable to the Employer; and

WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Employer to maintain an experienced and sound executive management team to manage the Employer and to further the Employer’s overall strategies to protect and enhance the value of its owners’ investments; and

WHEREAS, the Employer and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to provide for the Executive’s rights and obligations upon termination of employment; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is an agreement for the payment of severance benefits in certain circumstances but is not to be deemed an agreement of employment for any period.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Effective Date . The effective time and date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be 12:00:01 o’clock, a.m., on the date of its making set forth above (the “ Effective Date ”).

2. Definitions . The following defined terms are defined in the referenced Sections of this Agreement.

 

Term

  

Section

Accrued Obligations

   Section 3(a)

Business

   Section 6(a)

Cause

   Section 3(a)

Change of Control

   Section 3(a)

Code

   Section 3(a)

Date of Termination

   Section 3(a)

Disability

   Section 3(a)

Effective Date

   Section 1

Employer Group

   Section 6(b)

Good Reason

   Section 3(a)

Governmental Authorities

   Section 13(a)

Management

   Section 3(a)

Notice of Termination

   Section 3(a)

Other Benefits

   Section 3(b)

Person

   Section 6(b)

Restricted Period

   Section 6(a)

Rules

   Section 6(f)

Section 409A

   Section 3(a)

Terminate

   Section 3(a)

Territory

   Section 6(a)

Welfare Benefit Plans

   Section 3(b)

 


3. Obligations of the Employer Upon Termination .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them herein.

Cause ” shall mean:

 

  (i) the continued failure of Executive to perform substantially Executive’s duties with the Employer, other than any such failure resulting from Disability, after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Employer or his designee (collectively referred to as “ Management ”), which specifically identifies the manner in which Management believes that Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties;

 

  (ii) the engaging by Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Employer;

 

  (iii) insubordination with respect to one or more directives of Management after receipt of a written warning from Management with respect thereto; or

 

  (iv) an act by Executive which constitutes a material breach of Executive’s fiduciary duty to the Employer and which has an adverse impact upon the reputation or business of the Employer.

Change of Control ” shall mean (i) a Change of Ownership; (ii) a Change in Effective Control; or (iii) a Change of Asset Ownership; in each case, as defined herein and as further defined and interpreted in Section 409A.

A. “Change in Effective Control” shall mean the date either (i) any “Person” or “Group” (as those terms are defined in or pursuant to Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, but not including Entegra or any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in or pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1002(3) of Entegra or the Bank) acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) ownership of outstanding stock of Entegra possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Entegra’s outstanding stock or (B) a majority of the Board of Directors of Entegra is replaced during any 12 month period by directors whose election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Entegra Board prior to such election.

 

2


B. “Change of Asset Ownership” shall mean the date any Person or Group acquires (or has acquired during the preceding 12 months) assets from Entegra or the Employer that have a total gross fair market value that is equal to or exceeds 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of Entegra’s consolidated assets immediately prior to such acquisition.

C. “Change of Ownership” shall mean the date any Person or Group acquires ownership of outstanding stock of Entegra that, together with stock previously held, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of Entegra provided that such Person or Group did not previously own 50% or more of the value of voting power of the outstanding stock of Entegra.

Date of Termination ” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by the Employer for Cause or without Cause, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, (ii) if Executive’s employment is Terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of Executive or the date on which Executive is deemed to have a Disability, as the case may be, or (iii) if Executive voluntarily Terminates employment or Terminates employment for Good Reason, the date of the Employer’s receipt of a Notice of Termination from Executive.

Disability ” shall mean the absence of Executive from Executive’s duties with the Employer on a full-time basis for at least 30 of any 45 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness or injury which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Employer, or the insurers of the Employer, and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld, subject to the Employer’s obligations, and Executive’s rights, under (A) the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S. C. §§ 1210 et seq., and (B) the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U. S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (and the regulations promulgated under the foregoing Acts).

Entegra ” means Entegra Financial Corp.

Good Reason ” shall mean that following a Change of Control, there shall occur: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (ii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform the services to be performed by Executive pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Employer of this Agreement. Executive must provide notice of voluntary Termination at least 30 days prior to the applicable Date of Termination. Executive must provide notice to the Employer of the condition Executive contends is Good Reason within 30 days of the initial existence of the condition, and the Employer must have a period of at least 30 days to remedy the condition. If the condition is not remedied, Executive must provide a Notice of Termination within 30 days of the end of the Employer’s remedy period.

 

3


Notice of Termination ” shall mean written notice of Termination delivered by the Employer to Executive by hand delivery, facsimile transmission or United States mail, postage prepaid.

Terminate ” (and derivatives thereof) shall mean, when used in connection with a cessation of employment, that the Executive has incurred a separation from service as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and guidance and regulations issued thereunder (“Section 409A”).

(b) Termination Without Cause or For Good Reason . Subject to Section 11, if the Employer shall Terminate Executive’s employment without Cause or if Executive shall Terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason, then in consideration of Executive’s services rendered prior to such Termination;

 

  (i) the Employer shall pay to Executive the aggregate of the following amounts:

 

  A. in a lump sum on the 30 th day following the Date of Termination, (1) Executive’s Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Accrued Obligations ”); and

 

  B. in             (            ) as equal as possible semi-annual installments, beginning on the first day of the first calendar month following the Date of Termination, an amount equal to             (            ) times Executive’s Base Salary; and

 

  (ii) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided and to the extent due in connection upon a Termination of employment, the Employer shall timely pay or provide to Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided herein or which Executive is eligible to receive under any welfare benefit plan, practice, policy or program provided by the Employer (including, without limitation, medical, hospitalization, prescription, dental, disability, employee group life, accidental death and dismembership, and travel accident insurance plans and programs (“ Welfare Benefit Plans ”) in which Executive is a participant; and

 

  (iii)

for a period of             months following the Date of Termination, the Employer shall continue to provide medical, hospitalization, prescription and dental insurance coverages (“Insurance Coverages”) to Executive and/or Executive’s family at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance

 

4


  with the Employer’s Insurance Coverages as of the Date of Termination had Executive’s employment not been terminated; provided, however, that if Executive becomes employed with another employer and is eligible to receive substantially the same benefits under the other employer’s plans as Executive and/or Executive’s family would receive under the Insurance Coverages, the Insurance Coverages shall be secondary to those provided under the other employer’s plans.

(c) Death . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement, except that: (i) Accrued Obligations shall timely be paid as provided below; and (ii) Other Benefits shall be timely paid or provided as described below. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term “ Other Benefits ” as utilized in this Section 3(c) shall mean, and Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, all benefits under the Employer’s Welfare Benefit Plans relating to death benefits. Without limiting the foregoing, for one (1) year after Executive’s death, the Bank shall pay any premium required for any “qualified beneficiary” to continue his or her health care coverage in accordance with Title 1, Part 6 of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(d) Disability . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s Disability, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, except that: (i) Accrued Obligations shall be timely paid as provided below; and (ii) Other Benefits shall be timely paid or provided as described below. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 3(d) shall include, without limitation, and Executive shall be entitled after the Date of Termination to receive, all disability benefits under all Welfare Benefit Plans relating to disability.

(e) Cause; Voluntary Termination . If Executive’s employment shall be Terminated for Cause or if Executive voluntarily Terminates Executive’s employment, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to Executive, except that (i) the Accrued Obligations shall be paid in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination, and (ii) Other Benefits shall be paid or provided in a timely manner, in each case to the extent theretofore unpaid; provided, however, that Executive’s right to continue to participate in Welfare Benefit Plans shall terminate on the 30th day following the Date of Termination, subject to Executive’s rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161 et seq.

4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy, or practice provided by the Employer and for which Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any other contract or agreement with the Employer. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to

 

5


receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any other contract or agreement with the Employer at or subsequent to a Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or such other contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

5. Full Settlement . The Employer’s obligation to make the payments and provide the benefits set forth in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Employer may have against Executive or others. The Employer agrees to recognize as an indebtedness to Executive and shall reimburse all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Employer, Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement (including as a result of any contest by Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement) in which the outcome is deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been in majority part favorable to Executive, plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the “applicable federal rate” provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code.

6. Covenants of Executive .

(a) Covenant Not to Compete . During the period beginning on the Date of Termination and continuing through the end of the following             (            ) month period (the “ Restricted Period ”), Executive shall not, within the area composed of the circles surrounding Employer’s then existing banking offices from or through which it provides loan and/or deposit taking services, with each circle having the applicable such banking office as its center point and a radius of 50 miles (the “ Territory ”), directly or indirectly, in any capacity, render services, or engage or have a financial interest in, any business that shall be competitive with any of those business activities in which Entegra, the Employer or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates (the “ Employer Group ”) is engaged as of the date of this Agreement, which business activities include, but are not limited to, the provision of banking services (collectively, the “ Business ”); provided, however, that Executive’s ownership of less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of any entity engaged in the Business that has a class of securities listed on a securities exchange or qualified for quotation on any over-the-counter market shall not be a violation of the foregoing.

(b) Covenant Not to Solicit Customers . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any other natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust or other business entity (each a “ Person ”) (other than a member of the Employer Group), offer to provide banking services to any person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, or other entity who is or was (i) a customer of any member of the Employer Group during any part of the 12 month period immediately prior to the Date of Termination, or (ii) a potential customer to whom any member of the Employer Group offered to provide banking services during any part of the 12 month period immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

 

6


(c) Covenant Not to Solicit Employees . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any Person, solicit, recruit or entice, directly or indirectly, any employee of any member of the Employer Group to leave the employment of such member to work with Executive or with any Person with whom Executive is or becomes affiliated or associated.

(d) Non-Disparagement; Confidentiality . Executive covenants and agrees that following Termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not disparage, hold up to ridicule or make false statements, whether directly or by inference, regarding any member of the Employer Group or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, the financial results or financial condition of any member of the Employer Group, or the prospects of any member of the Employer Group.

 

7


Executive further covenants and agrees that during the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall hold inviolate and secret, and shall not use for Executive’s personal benefit or the benefit of any Person other than members of the Employer Group, all confidential and/or proprietary information of any member of the Employer Group, including, but not limited to, all processes, procedures, programs, know-how, trade secrets, pricing strategies and techniques, investment strategies and techniques, marketing plans and strategies, personnel information, customer lists, analyses and compilations of customer information, financial projections, and other similar information, regardless of the form in which such information is obtained, retained or maintained by or on behalf of any member of the Employer Group. Executive agrees that the foregoing obligations are in addition to, and not in limitation of Executive’s confidentiality obligations or duties under applicable corporate law, federal securities laws, or federal or state financial institution laws.

(e) Reasonableness of Scope and Duration . The parties hereto agree that the covenants and agreements contained in this Section 6 are reasonable in their time, territory and scope, and they intend that they be enforced, and no party shall raise any issue of the reasonableness of the time, territory or scope of any such covenants in any proceeding to enforce any such covenants.

(f) Enforceability . Executive agrees that monetary damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 6, and that in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Employer, it shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief as a remedy for any such breach or threatened breach. Any determination of whether Executive has violated such covenants shall be made by arbitration in Greensboro, North Carolina under the Rules of Commercial Arbitration (the “ Rules ”) of the American Arbitration Association, which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.

(g) Separate Covenants and Severability . The covenants and agreements contained in this Section 6 shall be construed as separate and independent covenants. Should any part or provision of any such covenant or agreement be held invalid, void or unenforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, no other part or provision of this Agreement shall be rendered invalid, void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, no other part or provision of this Agreement shall be rendered invalid, void or unenforceable as a result. If any portion of the foregoing provisions is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction unless modified, it is the intent of the parties that the otherwise invalid or unreasonable term shall be reformed, or a new enforceable term provided, so as to most closely effectuate the provisions as is validly possible.

7. Assignment and Successors .

(a) Executive . This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Employer shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives.

 

8


(b) The Employer . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Employer and its successors and assigns. The Employer will require any successor to it (whether direct or indirect, by stock or asset purchase, merger, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of its business or more than 50% of its assets to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent it would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

8. Regulatory Intervention . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations of the Employer under this Agreement are subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) If the Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Employer’s affairs by any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Employer or any of its activities (“ Governmental Authorities ”), the Employer’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended during such period Executive is so suspended or prohibited from participation. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, all of the Employer’s obligations which were suspended shall be reinstated.

(b) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Employer’s affairs by an order of a Governmental Authority, all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

(c) With regard to the provisions of Section 7(a) and (b):

 

  (i) The Employer agrees to use its best efforts to oppose any such notice of charges as to which there are reasonable defenses;

 

  (ii) In the event the notice of charges is dismissed or otherwise resolved in manner that will permit the Employer to resume its obligations to pay severance benefit hereunder, the Employer will promptly be obligated to perform hereunder; and

 

  (iii) During any period of suspension under Section 8(a), the vested rights of Executive shall not be affected except to the extent precluded by such notice.

9. Certain Payments Delayed for a Specified Employee . If Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, then any payment(s) under this Agreement on account of a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A shall be made and/or shall begin on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Executive’s Termination to the extent such payments are not exempt from Section 409A, and the six month delay in payment is required by Section 409A.

 

9


10. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation or benefits provided to Executive in any subsequent employment, in each case except as otherwise provided in Section 3(c).

(b) Waiver . Failure of either party to insist, in one or more instances, on performance by the other in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right granted in this Agreement or of the future performance of any such term or condition or of any other term or condition of this Agreement, unless such waiver is contained in a writing signed by the party making the waiver.

(c) Severability . If any provision or covenant, of any part thereof, of this Agreement should be held by any court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either in whole or in part, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality enforceability of the remaining provisions or covenants, or any part thereof, of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

(d) Other Agents . Nothing in this Agreement is to be interpreted as limiting the Employer from employing other personnel on such terms and conditions as may be satisfactory to it.

(e) Entire Agreement . Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Employer and Executive, with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and invalidates any previous employment and severance agreements or contracts with Executive. No representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, which are not embodied herein, shall be of any force or effect.

(f) Compliance with Section 409A . It is intended that this Agreement shall conform with all applicable Section 409A requirements to the extent Section 409A applies to any provisions of the Agreement. Accordingly, in interpreting, construing or applying any provisions of the Agreement, the same shall be construed in such manner as shall meet and comply with Section 409A, and in the event of any inconsistency with Section 409A, the same shall be reformed so as to meet the requirements of Section 409A. Executive acknowledges that the Employer has not made any representation or warranty regarding the treatment of this Agreement or the benefits payable under this Agreement under federal, state or local income tax laws, including but not limited to Section 409A.

(g) Governing Law . Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of North Carolina shall govern this Agreement in all respects, whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

 

10


(h) Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or through facsimile transmission, or three (3) days after mailing if mailed, first class, certified mail, postage prepaid:

 

To the Employer:

 

Macon Bank, Inc.

 

___________________

___________________

Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile Number:                                         

 

To Executive:

 

___________________

___________________

___________________

Facsimile Number:                                         

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be delivered or mailed by giving notice thereof to the other party in the same manner provided herein.

(i) Amendments and Modifications . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a writing signed by all parties hereto, which makes specific reference to this Agreement. Provided, further, that no amendment or modification to this Agreement shall be adopted unless it complies with Section 409A to the extent Section 409A applies to this Agreement and/or to the amendment or modification.

11. Conditions To Payment . Executive’s (a) right to receive payments and benefits under this Agreement shall be conditioned upon Executive’s execution and delivery as of the Date of Termination of the Separation Agreement attached hereto as Appendix A and Executive’s determination to not revoke such Separation Agreement as provided therein, and (b) right to receive continuing payments under Section 3(b) shall be conditioned upon Executive’s performance of Executive’s obligations under Section 6.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Severance and Non-Competition Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MACON BANK, INC.
By:  

 

  Roger D. Plemens, President and Chief
  Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE:

 

 

12


APPENDIX A

SEPARATION AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made by and between Macon Bank, Inc. (hereinafter the “Company”) and             for himself/herself and his/her heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, representatives, and agents (hereinafter the “Employee”).

For reasons separately discussed between the Company and the Employee, the Employee’s employment with the Company shall terminate as of 5:00 o’clock, p.m.,             on             , 20    .

In exchange and consideration for the respective promises, waivers and releases of the Company and the Employee herein and in the Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between the Company and the Employee which consideration the parties agree is adequate consideration, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:

1. The Employee releases the Company and its parent corporation, and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns; its present and former shareholders, directors, officers, agents, representatives and attorneys; and its present and former employees (collectively and individually, in their official capacities with the Company, its parent corporation and/or any of their respective subsidiaries and in their individual capacities) (the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, demands, and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to any claim under state or federal employment discrimination statutes relating to race, color, religion, sex, age, disability, or national origin, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101-12213; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634; and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e-2000e-17, whether or not such claims are asserted or unasserted prior to the effective date of this Agreement. The Employee understands that this Agreement is a general, unconditional release with respect to all such possible claims.

2. The Employee waives his/her right to seek or recover any monetary, equitable, or other relief from the Released Parties on account of any claims, damages, expenses, and/or injury the Employee might have, whether or not such are known prior to the effective date of this Agreement. The Employee understands that this Agreement is a general, unconditional waiver with respect to all possible relief the Employee might seek.

3. The Employee agrees to return all Company property issued to him/her.

4. The Employee agrees not to seek employment with the Company in the future and releases any and all rights he/she may have to re-employment or consideration for employment with the Company or its parent corporation, or any of their respective subsidiaries.

5. The Employee covenants that he/she will not in the future file, and that he/she does not have any pending, (a) administrative charges with any local, state, or federal agency or (b) civil actions relating to or based upon events which have occurred prior to the effective date of this Agreement, in each case against any Released Party.

 

A-1


6. The Employee acknowledges that he/she has been hereby advised in writing and has been encouraged to consult an attorney concerning this Agreement and the meaning and consequences of signing it. The Employee acknowledges that he/she has been hereby advised that he/she has a period of 21 days within which to consider this Agreement and that, by executing this Agreement, he/she enters into this Agreement freely, voluntarily, and after having been afforded the opportunity to consult with counsel. The Employee further acknowledges that he/she has been hereby advised that he/she has seven (7) days following his/her execution of this Agreement within which he/she may revoke this Agreement and that this Agreement will become effective and enforceable only after such revocation period has expired. To revoke his/her acceptance of this Agreement, the Employee must provide written notice of such revocation so that it is received by the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, within seven (7) days following his/her execution of the Employee Acceptance of this Agreement attached hereto.

7. The Employee agrees that the Severance and Non-Competition Agreement sets forth all compensation and benefits due to him/her as of the date of the termination by the Company.

8. Except as expressly stated above, the parties, by executing this Agreement, acknowledge that this Agreement and the Severance and Non-Competition Agreement set forth and constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and it is expressly understood that no amendment, deletion, addition, modification, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed by all parties. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

A-2


ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF OFFER ONLY

The Company acknowledges that on this the      day of         , 20    , it has offered the Employee this Agreement. Such offer will remain open for at least 21 days from this date or until it is accepted by the Employee, whichever is earlier. If the Employee has not accepted this Agreement within 21 days, the Company may revoke its offer of this Agreement to Employee without further action.

This the      day of         , 20    .

 

MACON BANK, INC.
By:  

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT ONLY

The Employee acknowledges that this Agreement was offered to him/her for his/her consideration on the      day of         , 20    , and that he/she has 21 days from such date in which to consult with counsel and consider this Agreement.

This the      day of         , 20    .

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT

The Employee acknowledges that he/she has been afforded the opportunity to consult with an attorney, has chosen to voluntarily enter into this Agreement for the purposes and consideration and on the terms stated therein, and hereby accepts this Agreement. He/she understands that this Agreement will not become effective for seven (7) days after the date stated below, during which seven (7) day period he may revoke his acceptance of this Agreement in the manner provided in this Agreement.

This the      day of         , 20    .

 

 

 

 

 

A-3


COMPANY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT

The Company hereby accepts this Agreement.

This the      day of         , 20    .

 

 

MACON BANK, INC.
By:  

 

 

 

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.5

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

MACON BANCORP AND

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Merger Agreement”) dated as of                 , 2014, is made by and among Macon Bancorp (“Macon Bancorp”) and Entegra Financial Corp. (the “Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) of Macon Bancorp dated January 23, 2014, unless otherwise defined herein.

RECITALS:

1. The Holding Company is a North Carolina stock corporation.

2. Macon Bancorp is a North Carolina mutual holding company that owns 100% of the capital stock of Macon Bank (the “Bank”).

3. At least a majority of the entire Board of Directors of each of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company have approved this Merger Agreement whereby Macon Bancorp will merge with an into the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the “Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery of this Merger Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1. Merger. At and on the Effective Date of the Merger, Macon Bancorp will merge with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the Surviving or resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and Eligible Depositors of the Bank will automatically, without further action on the part of the Eligible Depositors, receive an interest in the Liquidation Account in exchange for their ownership interests in Macon Bancorp.

2. Effective Date. The Merger shall not be effective until and unless (i) the Plan is approved by the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp and the Holding Company, and at least a majority of the eligible votes of Voting Members, (ii) any required approvals of the Plan by Bank Regulators have been received, and (iii) the Articles of Merger shall have been accepted for filing with respect to the Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of this Merger Agreement and the Conversion by the Voting Members.

3. Name. The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Macon Bancorp.

4. Offices. The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 220 One Center Court, Franklin, North Carolina 28734.


5. Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of Macon Bancorp immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6. Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation. At the Effective Date, Macon Bancorp shall be merged with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Holding Company and Macon Bancorp shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interest, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Holding Company and Macon Bancorp. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Holding Company and Macon Bancorp immediately prior to the Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Holding Company and Macon Bancorp, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books or accounts or records of the Holding Company or Macon Bancorp. All rights of creditors and other obliges and all liens on property of the Holding Company and Macon Bancorp shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7. Rights of Stockholders. At the Effective Date, 100% of the Bank’s issued and outstanding common stock will be owned by the Resulting Corporation and Eligible Depositors of the Bank will automatically, without further action on the part of the Eligible Depositors, receive an interest in the Liquidation Account in exchange for their ownership interests in Macon Bancorp.

8. Other Terms. All terms used in this Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Holding Company and Macon Bancorp have caused this Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

ATTEST:

    MACON BANCORP
      By:    
 

                                                          Secretary

      Roger D. Plemens
        President and Chief Executive Officer
ATTEST:     ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.
      By:    
                                                            Secretary       Roger D. Plemens
        President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

among

MACON BANCORP,

as Depositor

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Property Trustee

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY DELAWARE,

as Delaware Trustee

and

THE ADMINISTRATIVE TRUSTEES NAMED HEREIN

as Administrative Trustees

 

 

Dated as of December 30, 2003

MACON CAPITAL TRUST I

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  
ARTICLE I. Defined Terms      1   

SECTION 1.1.

   Definitions      1   
ARTICLE II. The Trust      10   

SECTION 2.1.

   Name      10   

SECTION 2.2.

   Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business      11   

SECTION 2.3.

   Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Fees, Costs and Expenses      11   

SECTION 2.4.

   Purposes of Trust      11   

SECTION 2.5.

   Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions      11   

SECTION 2.6.

   Assets of Trust      14   

SECTION 2.7.

   Title to Trust Property      14   
ARTICLE III. Payment Account; Paying Agents      14   

SECTION 3.1.

   Payment Account      14   

SECTION 3.2.

   Appointment of Paving Agents      15   
ARTICLE IV. Distributions; Redemption      15   

SECTION 4.1.

   Distributions      15   

SECTION 4.2.

   Redemption      17   

SECTION 4.3.

   Subordination of Common Securities      19   

SECTION 4.4.

   Payment Procedures      20   

SECTION 4.5.

   Withholding Tax      20   

SECTION 4.6.

   Tax Returns and Other Reports      21   

SECTION 4.7.

   Payment of Taxes, Duties, Etc. of the Trust      21   

SECTION 4.8.

   Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions      21   

SECTION 4.9.

   Exchanges      21   

SECTION 4.10.

   Calculation Agent      22   

SECTION 4.11.

   Certain Accounting Matters      23   
ARTICLE V. Securities      23   

SECTION 5.1.

   Initial Ownership      23   

SECTION 5 2.

   Authorized Trust Securities      23   

SECTION 5.3.

   Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase of Notes      24   

SECTION 5.4.

   The Securities Certificates      24   

SECTION 5.5.

   Rights of Holders      25   

SECTION 5.6.

   Book-Entry Preferred Securities      25   

SECTION 5.7.

   Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates      27   

SECTION 5.8.

   Mutilated Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities Certificates      28   

SECTION 5.9.

   Persons Deemed Holders      29   

SECTION 5.10.

   Cancellation      29   

SECTION 5.11.

   Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor      29   

SECTION 5.12.

   Restricted Legends      30   

SECTION 5.13.

   Form of Certificate of Authentication      33   
ARTICLE VI. Meetings; Voting; Acts of Holders      33   

SECTION 6.1.

   Notice of Meetings      33   

 

i


SECTION 6.2.

   Meetings of Holders of the Preferred Securities      33   

SECTION 6.3.

   Voting Rights      34   

SECTION 6.4.

   Proxies, Etc.      34   

SECTION 6.5.

   Holder Action by Written Consent      34   

SECTION 6.6.

   Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes      34   

SECTION 6.7.

   Acts of Holders      34   

SECTION 6.8.

   Inspection of Records      35   

SECTION 6.9.

   Limitations on Voting Rights      36   

SECTION 6.10.

   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission of Annulment; Waivers of Past Defaults      36   
ARTICLE VII. Representations and Warranties      39   

SECTION 7.1.

   Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee      39   

SECTION 7.2.

   Representations and Warranties of Depositor      40   
ARTICLE VIII. The Trustees      41   

SECTION 8.1.

   Number of Trustees      41   

SECTION 8.2.

   Property Trustee Required      41   

SECTION 8.3.

   Delaware Trustee Required      41   

SECTION 8.4.

   Appointment of Administrative Trustees      42   

SECTION 8.5.

   Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees      42   

SECTION 8.6.

   Notices of Defaults and Extensions      44   

SECTION 8.7.

   Certain Rights of Property Trustee      44   

SECTION 8.8.

   Delegation of Power      46   

SECTION 8.9.

   May Hold Securities      46   

SECTION 8.10.

   Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity      47   

SECTION 8.11.

   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor      48   

SECTION 8.12.

   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor      49   

SECTION 8.13.

   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business      49   

SECTION 8.14.

   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities      50   

SECTION 8.15.

   Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      50   

SECTION 8.16.

   Reports to and from the Property Trustee      50   
ARTICLE IX. Termination Liquidation and Merger      51   

SECTION 9.1.

   Dissolution Upon Expiration Date      51   

SECTION 9.2.

   Early Termination      51   

SECTION 9.3.

   Termination      52   

SECTION 9.4.

   Liquidation      52   

SECTION 9.5.

   Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust      53   
ARTICLE X. Miscellaneous Provisions      54   

SECTION 10.1.

   Limitation of Rights of Holders      54   

SECTION 10.2.

   Agreed Tax Treatment of Trust and Trust Securities      55   

SECTION 10.3.

   Amendment      55   

SECTION 10.4.

   Separability      56   

SECTION 10.5.

   Governing Law      56   

SECTION 10.6.

   Successors      57   

SECTION 10.7.

   Headings      57   

SECTION 10.8.

   Reports, Notices and Demands      57   

SECTION 10.9.

   Agreement Not to Petition      58   

 

ii


Exhibit A    Certificate of Trust of Macon Capital Trust I
Exhibit B    Form of Common Securities Certificate
Exhibit C    Form of Preferred Securities Certificate
Exhibit D    Junior Subordinated Indenture
Exhibit E    Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by Transferees other than QIBs
Exhibit F    Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by QIBs
Exhibit G    Form of Officer’s Certificate
Schedule A    Calculation of LIBOR

 

iii


AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of December 30, 2003, among (i) Macon Bancorp, a North Carolina corporation (including any successors or permitted assigns, the “Depositor”), (ii) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as property trustee (in such capacity, the “Property Trustee”), (iii) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, a Delaware banking corporation, as Delaware trustee (in such capacity, the “Delaware Trustee”), (iv) Everett Stiles, an individual, Stan M. Jeffress, an individual, and Roger Plemens, an individual, each of whose address is c/o Macon Bancorp, One Center Court, Franklin, North Carolina 28734, as administrative trustees (in such capacities, each an “Administrative Trustee” and, collectively, the “Administrative Trustees” and, together with the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, the “Trustees”) and (v) the several Holders, as hereinafter defined.

W ITNESSETH

W HEREAS , the Depositor, the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee have heretofore created a Delaware statutory trust pursuant to the Delaware Statutory Trust Act by entering into a Trust Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003 (the “Original Trust Agreement”), and by executing and filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware the Certificate of Trust, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A ; and

W HEREAS , the Depositor and the Trustees desire to amend and restate the Original Trust Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein to provide for, among other things, (i) the issuance of the Common Securities by the Trust to the Depositor, (ii) the issuance and sale of the Preferred Securities by the Trust pursuant to the Subscription Agreement and (iii) the acquisition by the Trust from the Depositor of all of the right, title and interest in and to the Notes;

Now, T HEREFORE , in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party, for the benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of the Holders, hereby amends and restates the Original Trust Agreement in its entirety and agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I.

D EFINED T ERMS

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I;

(b) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;


(c) all accounting terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles;

(d) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article”, a “Section”, a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” refers to an Article, a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, of or to this Trust Agreement;

(e) the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Trust Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

(g) the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 6.7 .

“Additional Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Additional Interest Amount” means, with respect to Trust Securities of a given Liquidation Amount and/or a given period, the amount of Additional Interest paid by the Depositor on a Like Amount of Notes for such period.

“Additional Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Additional Tax Sums” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5 of the Indenture.

“Administrative Trustee” means each of the Persons identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in each such Person’s capacity as Administrative Trustee of the Trust and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or any successor Administrative Trustee appointed as herein provided.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Applicable Depositary Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Book-Entry Preferred Security, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Book-Entry Preferred Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person:

 

2


(a) the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises (i) judging such Person a bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjudication or composition of or in respect of such Person under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, (iii) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property or (iv) ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(b) the institution by such Person of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by such Person in furtherance of any such action.

“Bankruptcy Laws” means all Federal and state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws, including the United States Bankruptcy Code.

“Book-Entry Preferred Security” means a Preferred Security, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

“Business Day” means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday, (b) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (c) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office is closed for business.

“Calculation Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10 .

“Capital Disqualification Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Closing Date” has the meaning specified in the Placement Agreement.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement such Commission is not existing and performing the duties assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Common Securities Certificate” means a certificate evidencing ownership of Common Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B .

 

3


“Common Security” means an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust, having a Liquidation Amount of $1,000 and having the rights provided therefor in this Trust Agreement.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Property Trustee at which any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Trust Agreement is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005-2858, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services.

“Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates” means Preferred Securities issued in certificated, fully registered form that are not Global Preferred Securities.

“Delaware Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq., or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Delaware Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Delaware Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Delaware Trustee appointed as herein provided.

“Depositary” means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Depositor or any successor thereto. DTC will be the initial Depositary.

“Depositary Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time the Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

“Depositor” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Trust Agreement and any successors and permitted assigns.

“Depositor Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Section 4.9 .

“Distribution Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a)(i) .

“Distributions” means amounts payable in respect of the Trust Securities as provided in Section 4.1 .

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto.

“Early Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2 .

“Event of Default” means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

4


(a) the occurrence of a Note Event of Default; or

(b) default by the Trust in the payment of any Distribution when it becomes due and payable, and continuation of such default for a period of thirty (30) days; or

(c) default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price of any Trust Security when it becomes due and payable; or

(d) default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect of any covenant or warranty of the Trustees in this Trust Agreement (other than those specified in clause (b) or (c) above) and continuation of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Trustees and to the Depositor by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(e) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Property Trustee if a successor Property Trustee has not been appointed within ninety (90) days thereof.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1 .

“Extension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a)(ii) .

“Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the staff thereof, or a Federal Reserve Bank, acting through delegated authority, in each case under the rules, regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve System, or if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement any such entity is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, any successor body performing similar duties or functions.

“Fiscal Year” shall be the fiscal year of the Trust, which shall be the calendar year, or such other period as is required by the Code.

“Global Preferred Security” means a Preferred Securities Certificate evidencing ownership of Book-Entry Preferred Securities.

“Guarantee Agreement” means the Guarantee Agreement executed and delivered by the Depositor and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as guarantee trustee, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement for the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Securities, as amended from time to time.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Trust Security or Trust Securities are registered in the Securities Register; any such Person shall be a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

 

5


“Indemnified Person” has the meaning specified in Section 8.10(c) .

“Indenture” means the Junior Subordinated Indenture executed and delivered by the Depositor and the Note Trustee contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D , as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indenture Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2(c) .

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Investment Company Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“Lien” means any lien, pledge, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, adverse ownership interest, hypothecation, assignment, security interest or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever.

“Like Amount” means (a) with respect to a redemption of any Trust Securities, Trust Securities having a Liquidation Amount equal to the principal amount of Notes to be contemporaneously redeemed or paid at maturity in accordance with the Indenture, the proceeds of which will be used to pay the Redemption Price of such Trust Securities, (b) with respect to a distribution of Notes to Holders of Trust Securities in connection with a dissolution of the Trust, Notes having a principal amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities of the Holder to whom such Notes are distributed and (c) with respect to any distribution of Additional Interest Amounts to Holders of Trust Securities, Notes having a principal amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities in respect of which such distribution is made.

“Liquidation Amount” means the stated amount of $1,000 per Trust Security.

“Liquidation Date” means the date on which assets are to be distributed to Holders in accordance with Section 9.4(a) hereunder following dissolution of the Trust.

“Liquidation Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(d) .

“Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities” means Preferred Securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of all (or a specified group of) then Outstanding Preferred Securities.

 

6


“Note Event of Default” means any “Event of Default” specified in Section 5.1 of the Indenture.

“Note Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Notes to be redeemed under the Indenture, the date fixed for redemption of such Notes under the Indenture.

“Note Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Trustee” in the Indenture, solely in its capacity as Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Trustee appointed as provided in the Indenture.

“Notes” means the Depositor’s Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture.

“Office of Thrift Supervision” means the Office of Thrift Supervision, as from time to time constituted or, if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement such Office is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or an Executive Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, of the Depositor, and delivered to the Trustees. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Trust Agreement (other than the Officers’ Certificate provided pursuant to Section 8.16(a)) shall include:

(a) a statement by each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate that such officer has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by such officer in rendering the Officers’ Certificate;

(c) a statement that such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

“Operative Documents” means the Placement Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, the Notes and the Trust Securities.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for, or an employee of, the Depositor or any Affiliate of the Depositor.

“Original Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Trust Securities.

 

7


“Original Trust Agreement” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Trust Agreement.

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to any Trust Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Trust Securities theretofore executed and delivered under this Trust Agreement, except:

(a) Trust Securities theretofore canceled by the Property Trustee or delivered to the Property Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Trust Securities for which payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Property Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Trust Securities; provided, that if such Trust Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Trust Agreement; and

(c) Trust Securities that have been paid or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Trust Securities have been executed and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Agreement, unless proof satisfactory to the Property Trustee is presented that any such Trust Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Trust Securities are valid, legal and binding obligations of the Trust;

provided, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Preferred Securities owned by the Depositor, any Trustee or any Affiliate of the Depositor or of any Trustee shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that (i) in determining whether any Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Preferred Securities that such Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded and (ii) the foregoing shall not apply at any time when all of the Outstanding Preferred Securities are owned by the Depositor, one or more of the Trustees and/or any such Affiliate. Preferred Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Administrative Trustees the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Preferred Securities and that the pledgee is not the Depositor, any Trustee or any Affiliate of the Depositor or of any Trustee.

“Owner” means each Person who is the beneficial owner of Book-Entry Preferred Securities as reflected in the records of the Depositary or, if a Depositary Participant is not the beneficial owner, then the beneficial owner as reflected in the records of the Depositary Participant.

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Administrative Trustees to pay Distributions or other amounts in respect of any Trust Securities on behalf of the Trust.

“Payment Account” means a segregated non-interest-bearing corporate trust account maintained by the Property Trustee for the benefit of the Holders in which all amounts paid in respect of the Notes will be held and from which the Property Trustee, through the Paying Agent, shall make payments to the Holders in accordance with Sections 3.1 , 4.1 and 4.2 .

 

8


“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association or government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Placement Agreement” means the Placement Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2003, executed and delivered by the Trust, the Depositor and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, as placement agent.

“Preferred Security” means an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust, having a Liquidation Amount of $1,000 and having the rights provided therefor in this Trust Agreement.

“Preferred Securities Certificate” means a certificate evidencing ownership of Preferred Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C .

“Property Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Property Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Property Trustee appointed as herein provided.

“Purchaser” means Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands branch, as purchaser of the Preferred Securities pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Trust Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Trust Agreement; provided, that each Note Redemption Date and the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes shall be a Redemption Date for a Like Amount of Trust Securities.

“Redemption Price” means, with respect to any Trust Security, the Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security, plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions to the Redemption Date, plus the related amount of the premium, if any, paid by the Depositor upon the concurrent redemption or payment at maturity of a Like Amount of Notes.

“Reference Banks” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Property Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer or any other officer of the Corporate Trust Department of the Property Trustee and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

9


“Securities Certificate” means any one of the Common Securities Certificates or the Preferred Securities Certificates.

“Securities Register” and “Securities Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 5.7 .

“Subscription Agreement” means the Preferred Securities Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2003, by and among the Company, the Trust, the Purchaser and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (as to certain provisions thereof).

“Successor Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 9.5(a) .

“ Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Trust” means the Delaware statutory trust known as “Macon Capital Trust I,” which was created on December 23, 2003, under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act pursuant to the Original Trust Agreement and the filing of the Certificate of Trust, and continued pursuant to this Trust Agreement.

“Trust Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, including all Schedules and Exhibits, as the same may be modified, amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof.

‘Trustees” means the Administrative Trustees, the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each as defined in this Article I .

“Trust Property” means (a) the Notes, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Payment Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Property Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Trust Agreement.

“Trust Security” means any one of the Common Securities or the Preferred Securities.

ARTICLE II.

T HE T RUST

SECTION 2.1. Name.

The trust continued hereby shall be known as “Macon Capital Trust I,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrative Trustees following written notice to the Holders of Trust Securities and the other Trustees, in which name the Trustees may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

 

10


SECTION 2.2. Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business.

The address of the Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware is 1011 Centre Road, Second Floor, Wilmington, Delaware 19805, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services, or such other address in the State of Delaware as the Delaware Trustee may designate by written notice to the Holders, the Depositor, the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. The principal executive office of the Trust is c/o Macon Bancorp, One Center Court, Franklin, North Carolina 28734, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, as such address may be changed from time to time by the Administrative Trustees following written notice to the Holders and the other Trustees.

SECTION 2.3. Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Fees, Costs and Expenses.

The Property Trustee acknowledges receipt from the Depositor in connection with the Original Trust Agreement of the sum of ten dollars ($10), which constituted the initial Trust Property. The Depositor shall pay all fees, costs and expenses of the Trust (except with respect to the Trust Securities) as they arise or shall, upon request of any Trustee, promptly reimburse such Trustee for any such fees, costs and expenses paid by such Trustee. The Depositor shall make no claim upon the Trust Property for the payment of such fees, costs or expenses.

SECTION 2.4. Purposes of Trust.

(a) The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are to (i) issue and sell Trust Securities and use the proceeds from such sale to acquire the Notes and (ii) engage in only those activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Delaware Trustee, the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees are trustees of the Trust, and have all the rights, powers and duties to the extent set forth herein. The Trustees hereby acknowledge that they are trustees of the Trust.

(b) So long as this Trust Agreement remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, the Trust (or the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Trust Agreement, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt, (iv) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a Lien on any of the Trust Property, (v) take or consent to any action that would reasonably be expected to cause the Trust to become taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, (vi) take or consent to any action that would cause the Notes to be treated as other than indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or (vii) take or consent to any action that would cause the Trust to be deemed to be an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

SECTION 2.5. Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions.

(a) The Trustees shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement. In accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Trustees shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the

 

11


Trustees to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees, under this Trust Agreement, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including the following:

(i) As among the Trustees, each Administrative Trustee shall severally have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the issuance and sale of the Trust Securities;

(B) to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including, without limitation, the Placement Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, a common securities subscription agreement and a junior subordinated note subscription agreement;

(C) assisting in the sale of the Preferred Securities in one or more transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and in compliance with applicable state securities or blue sky laws;

(D) assisting in the sending of notices (other than notices of default) and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Notes to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(E) the appointment of a Paying Agent and Securities Registrar in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(F) execution of the Trust Securities on behalf of the Trust in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(G) execution and delivery of closing certificates, if any, pursuant to the Placement Agreement and application for a taxpayer identification number for the Trust;

(H) preparation and filing of all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed on behalf of the Trust;

(I) establishing a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date to be established, except as provided in Section 6. 10(a) :

(J) unless otherwise required by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with the other Administrative Trustees) any documents that such Administrative Trustee has the power to execute pursuant to this Trust Agreement; and

 

12


(K) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as such Administrative Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement.

(ii) As among the Trustees, the Property Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the receipt and holding of legal title of the Notes;

(B) the establishment of the Payment Account;

(C) the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Notes and the holding of such amounts in the Payment Account;

(D) the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts distributable to the Holders in respect of the Trust Securities;

(E) the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement;

(F) the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Notes to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(G) the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement;

(H) to the extent provided in this Trust Agreement, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation of the Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and

(I) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Property Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder).

(b) In connection with the issue and sale of the Preferred Securities, the Depositor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Depositor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Trust Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i) the negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement Agreement providing for the sale of the Preferred Securities in one or more transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and in compliance with applicable state securities or blue sky laws; and

 

13


(ii) the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Trustees are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, so that the Notes will be treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes and so that the Trust will not be deemed to be an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act. In this connection, each Administrative Trustee is authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Trust or this Trust Agreement, that such Administrative Trustee determines in his or her discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, as long as such action does not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of the Outstanding Preferred Securities. In no event shall the Administrative Trustees be liable to the Trust or the Holders for any failure to comply with this Section 2.5 to the extent that such failure results solely from a change in law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof.

(d) Any action taken by a Trustee in accordance with its powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with any Trustee acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of such Trustee to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of any Trustee as set forth in this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 2.6. Assets of Trust.

The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

SECTION 2.7. Title to Trust Property.

(a) Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Property Trustee and shall be held and administered by the Property Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement.

(b) The Holders shall not have any right or title to the Trust Property other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Trust Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Trust Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE III.

P AYMENT A CCOUNT ; P AYING A GENTS

SECTION 3.1. Payment Account.

(a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Property Trustee shall establish the Payment Account. The Property Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have exclusive control and sole right of withdrawal with respect to the Payment Account for the purpose of making deposits in and

 

14


withdrawals from the Payment Account in accordance with this Trust Agreement. All monies and other property deposited or held from time to time in the Payment Account shall be held by the Property Trustee in the Payment Account for the exclusive benefit of the Holders and for Distribution as herein provided.

(b) The Property Trustee shall deposit in the Payment Account, promptly upon receipt, all payments of principal of or interest on, and any other payments with respect to, the Notes. Amounts held in the Payment Account shall not be invested by the Property Trustee pending distribution thereof.

SECTION 3.2. Appointment of Paying Agents.

The Paying Agent shall initially be the Property Trustee. The Paying Agent shall make Distributions to Holders from the Payment Account and shall report the amounts of such Distributions to the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Payment Account solely for the purpose of making the Distributions referred to above. The Administrative Trustees may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent in their sole discretion. Any Person acting as Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee. If the Property Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent or a successor Paying Agent shall resign or its authority to act be revoked, the Administrative Trustees shall appoint a successor (which shall be a bank or trust company) to act as Paying Agent. Such successor Paying Agent appointed by the Administrative Trustees shall execute and deliver to the Trustees an instrument in which such successor Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustees that as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Holders in trust for the benefit of the Holders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Holders. The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Property Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying Agent shall also return all funds in its possession to the Property Trustee. The provisions of Article VIII shall apply to the Property Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the Property Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable, to any other Paying Agent appointed hereunder. Any reference in this Trust Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

ARTICLE IV.

D ISTRIBUTIONS ; R EDEMPTION

SECTION 4.1. Distributions.

(a) The Trust Securities represent undivided beneficial interests in the Trust Property, and Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) will be made on the Trust Securities at the rate and on the dates that payments of interest (including any Additional Interest) are made on the Notes. Accordingly:

(i) Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be cumulative, and shall accumulate whether or not there are funds of the Trust available for the payment of

 

15


Distributions. Distributions shall accumulate from December 30, 2003, and, except as provided in clause (ii) below, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 30 th , June 30 th , September 30 th and December 30 th of each year, commencing on March 30, 2004. If any date on which a Distribution is otherwise payable on the Trust Securities is not a Business Day, then the payment of such Distribution shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after each such date until the next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on such date (each date on which Distributions are payable in accordance with this Section 4.1(a)(i), a “Distribution Date”);

(ii) in the event (and to the extent) that the Depositor exercises its right under the Indenture to defer the payment of interest on the Notes, Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be deferred. Under the Indenture, so long as no Note Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Notes, to defer the payment of interest on the Notes for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest on the Notes shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable). No interest on the Notes shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80%, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment. If Distributions are deferred, the deferred Distributions (including Additional Interest Amounts) shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Trust Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such termination date.

(iii) Distributions shall accumulate in respect of the Trust Securities at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80% of the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities, such rate being the rate of interest payable on the Notes. LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Schedule A . The amount of Distributions payable for any period less than a full Distribution period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution period. The amount of Distributions payable for any period shall include any Additional Interest Amounts in respect of such period; and

(iv) Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be made by the Paying Agent from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each Distribution Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.

 

16


(b) Distributions on the Trust Securities with respect to a Distribution Date shall be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the Securities Register for the Trust Securities at the close of business on the relevant record date, which shall be at the close of business on the fifteenth day (whether or not a Business Day) preceding the relevant Distribution Date. Distributions payable on any Trust Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Date as a result of the Depositor having failed to make an interest payment under the Notes will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distributions and any Additional Interest Amounts will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the special record date, or other specified date for determining Holders entitled to such defaulted Distribution and Additional Interest Amount, established in the same manner, and on the same date, as such is established with respect to the Notes under the Indenture.

SECTION 4.2. Redemption.

(a) On each Note Redemption Date and on the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes and on each other date on (or in respect of) which any principal on the Notes is repaid, the Trust will be required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price.

(b) Notice of redemption shall be given by the Property Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Trust Securities to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Securities Register. All notices of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price provided pursuant to the Indenture, as calculated by the Depositor, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated by the Calculation Agent on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

(iii) if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) and Liquidation Amounts of the particular Trust Securities to be redeemed;

(iv) that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Trust Security, or portion thereof, to be redeemed and that Distributions thereon will cease to accumulate on such Trust Security or such portion, as the case may be, on and after said date, except as provided in Section 4.2(d) ;

(v) the place or places where the Trust Securities are to be surrendered for the payment of the Redemption Price; and

(vi) such other provisions as the Property Trustee deems relevant.

 

17


(c) The Trust Securities (or portion thereof) redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed at the Redemption Price with the proceeds from the contemporaneous redemption or payment at maturity of Notes. Redemptions of the Trust Securities (or portion thereof) shall be made and the Redemption Price shall be payable on each Redemption Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price. Under the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed by the Depositor on any Interest Payment Date, at the Depositor’s option, on or after March 30, 2009, in whole or in part, from time to time at a redemption price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (the “Indenture Redemption Price”); provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required. The Notes may also be redeemed by the Depositor, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event at the Indenture Redemption Price (as set forth in the Indenture).

(d) If the Property Trustee gives a notice of redemption in respect of any Preferred Securities, then by 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Depositor shall deposit sufficient funds with the Property Trustee to pay the Redemption Price. If such deposit has been made by such time, then by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Property Trustee will, with respect to Book-Entry Preferred Securities, irrevocably deposit with the Depositary for such Book-Entry Preferred Securities, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give such Depositary irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Preferred Securities. With respect to Preferred Securities that are not Book-Entry Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee will irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give the Paying Agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Preferred Securities upon surrender of their Preferred Securities Certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributions payable on or prior to the Redemption Date for any Trust Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption shall be payable to the Holders of such Trust Securities as they appear on the Securities Register on the relevant record dates for the related Distribution Dates. If notice of redemption shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then upon the date of such deposit, all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities (or portion thereof) so called for redemption will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive the Redemption Price and any Distribution payable in respect of the Trust Securities on or prior to the Redemption Date, but without interest, and, in the case of a partial redemption, the right of such Holders to receive a new Trust Security or Securities of authorized denominations, in aggregate Liquidation Amount equal to the unredeemed portion of such Trust Security or Securities, and such Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption will cease to be Outstanding. In the event that any date on which any Redemption Price is payable is not a Business Day, then payment of the Redemption Price payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after each such date until the next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on such date. In the event that payment of the Redemption Price in

 

18


respect of any Trust Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Depositor pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, Distributions on such Trust Securities (or portion thereof) will continue to accumulate, as set forth in Section 4.1 , from the Redemption Date originally established by the Trust for such Trust Securities (or portion thereof) to the date such Redemption Price is actually paid, in which case the actual payment date will be the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.

(e) Subject to Section 4.3(a) , if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed on a Redemption Date, then the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities to be redeemed shall be allocated pro rata to the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities based upon the relative aggregate Liquidation Amounts of the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities. The Preferred Securities to be redeemed shall be redeemed on a pro rata basis based upon their respective Liquidation Amounts not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Property Trustee from the Outstanding Preferred Securities not previously called for redemption; provided, however, that with respect to Holders that would be required to hold less than one hundred (100) but more than zero (0) Trust Securities as a result of such redemption, the Trust shall redeem Trust Securities of each such Holder so that after such redemption such Holder shall hold either one hundred (100) Trust Securities or such Holder no longer holds any Trust Securities, and shall use such method (including, without limitation, by lot) as the Trust shall deem fair and appropriate; and provided, further, that so long as the Preferred Securities are Book-Entry Preferred Securities, such selection shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures for the Preferred Securities by such Depositary. The Property Trustee shall promptly notify the Securities Registrar in writing of the Preferred Securities (or portion thereof) selected for redemption and, in the case of any Preferred Securities selected for partial redemption, the Liquidation Amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Preferred Securities shall relate, in the case of any Preferred Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities that has been or is to be redeemed.

(f) The Trust in issuing the Trust Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Property Trustee shall indicate the “CUSIP” numbers of the Trust Securities in notices of redemption and related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Trust Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and related materials.

SECTION 4.3. Subordination of Common Securities.

(a) Payment of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, the Redemption Price of and the Liquidation Distribution in respect of, the Trust Securities, as applicable, shall be made, pro rata among the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities based on the Liquidation Amount of the respective Trust Securities; provided, that if on any Distribution Date, Redemption Date or Liquidation Date an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no payment of any Distribution (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, Redemption Price of or Liquidation Distribution in respect of, any Common Security, and no

 

19


other payment on account of the redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on all Outstanding Preferred Securities for all Distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price the full amount of such Redemption Price on all Outstanding Preferred Securities then called for redemption, or in the case of payment of the Liquidation Distribution the full amount of such Liquidation Distribution on all Outstanding Preferred Securities, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Property Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, or the Redemption Price of or the Liquidation Distribution in respect of, the Preferred Securities then due and payable.

(b) In the case of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Holders of the Common Securities shall have no right to act with respect to any such Event of Default under this Trust Agreement until all such Events of Default with respect to the Preferred Securities have been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated. Until all such Events of Default under this Trust Agreement with respect to the Preferred Securities have been so cured, waived or otherwise eliminated, the Property Trustee shall act solely on behalf of the Holders of the Preferred Securities and not on behalf of the Holders of the Common Securities, and only the Holders of all the Preferred Securities will have the right to direct the Property Trustee to act on their behalf.

SECTION 4.4. Payment Procedures.

Payments of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts), the Redemption Price, Liquidation Amount or any other amounts in respect of the Preferred Securities shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Securities Register. If any Preferred Securities are held by a Depositary, such Distributions thereon shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds. Payments in respect of the Common Securities shall be made in such manner as shall be mutually agreed between the Property Trustee and the Holder of all the Common Securities.

SECTION 4.5. Withholding Tax.

The Trust and the Administrative Trustees shall comply with all withholding and backup withholding tax requirements under United States federal, state and local law. The Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall request, and the Holders shall provide to the Trust, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding and backup withholding tax with respect to each Holder and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding and backup withholding tax obligations. The Administrative Trustees shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding and backup withholding tax is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions.

 

20


To the extent that the Trust is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any jurisdiction with respect to Distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the Holder. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such required withholding.

SECTION 4.6. Tax Returns and Other Reports.

(a) The Administrative Trustees shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, at the Depositor’s expense, and file, all United States federal, state and local tax and information returns and reports required to be filed by or in respect of the Trust. The Administrative Trustees shall prepare at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, and furnish (or cause to be prepared and furnished), by January 31 in each taxable year of the Trust to each Holder all Internal Revenue Service forms and returns required to be provided by the Trust. The Administrative Trustees shall provide the Depositor and the Property Trustee with a copy of all such returns and reports promptly after such filing or furnishing.

(b) So long as the Property Trustee is the Holder of the Notes, the Administrative Trustees will cause the Depositor’s reports on Form FR Y-9C, FR Y-9LP and FR Y-6 to be delivered to the Property Trustee promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve.

SECTION 4.7. Payment of Taxes, Duties, Etc. of the Trust.

Upon receipt under the Notes of Additional Tax Sums and upon the written direction of the Administrative Trustees, the Property Trustee shall promptly pay, solely out of monies on deposit pursuant to this Trust Agreement, any Additional Taxes imposed on the Trust by the United States or any other taxing authority.

SECTION 4.8. Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions.

Any amount payable hereunder to any Holder of Preferred Securities shall be reduced by the amount of any corresponding payment such Holder (or any Owner with respect thereto) has directly received pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Indenture or Section 6.10(b) of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 4.9. Exchanges.

(a) If at any time the Depositor or any of its Affiliates (in either case, a “Depositor Affiliate”) is the Owner or Holder of any Preferred Securities, such Depositor Affiliate shall have the right to deliver to the Property Trustee all or such portion of its Preferred Securities as it elects and receive, in exchange therefor, a Like Amount of Notes. Such election (i) shall be exercisable effective on any Distribution Date by such Depositor Affiliate delivering to the Property Trustee a written notice of such election specifying the Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities with respect to which such election is being made and the Distribution Date

 

21


on which such exchange shall occur, which Distribution Date shall be not less than ten (10) Business Days after the date of receipt by the Property Trustee of such election notice and (ii) shall be conditioned upon such Depositor Affiliate having delivered or caused to be delivered to the Property Trustee or its designee the Preferred Securities that are the subject of such election by 10:00 A.M. New York time, on the Distribution Date on which such exchange is to occur. After the exchange, such Preferred Securities will be canceled and will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding and all rights of the Depositor Affiliate with respect to such Preferred Securities will cease.

(b) In the case of an exchange described in Section 4.9(a) , the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust will, on the date of such exchange, exchange Notes having a principal amount equal to a proportional amount of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Common Securities, based on the ratio of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities exchanged pursuant to Section 4.9(a) divided by the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities Outstanding immediately prior to such exchange, for such proportional amount of Common Securities held by the Depositor (which contemporaneously shall be canceled and no longer be deemed to be Outstanding); provided, that the Depositor delivers or causes to be delivered to the Property Trustee or its designee the required amount of Common Securities to be exchanged by 10:00 A.M. New York time, on the Distribution Date on which such exchange is to occur.

SECTION 4.10. Calculation Agent.

(a) The Property Trustee shall initially, and for so long as it holds any of the Notes, be the Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Distribution Date. The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Administrative Trustees at any time. If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Administrative Trustees, the Administrative Trustees will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transactions in three-month Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurodollar market and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Administrative Trustee or its Affiliates. The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

(b) The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date, but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate (rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Distribution Date, and will communicate such rate and amount to the Depositor, Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Administrative Trustee the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Administrative Trustee before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either: (i) it has determined or is in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor. The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Distribution Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties. For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the

 

22


Trust Securities, “Business Day” shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

SECTION 4.11. Certain Accounting Matters.

(a) At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrative Trustees shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

(b) The Administrative Trustees shall either (i), if the Depositor is then subject to such reporting requirements, cause each Form 10-K and Form 10-Q prepared by the Depositor and filed with the Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act to be delivered to each Holder, with a copy to the Property Trustee, within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof or (ii) cause to be prepared at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, and delivered to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Property Trustee, within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, annual financial statements of the Trust, including a balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related statements of income or loss.

(c) The Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided , however , that all payments of funds in respect of the Notes held by the Property Trustee shall be made directly to the Payment Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Payment Account. The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Payment Account) shall be designated by the Property Trustee.

ARTICLE V.

S ECURITIES

SECTION 5.1. Initial Ownership.

Upon the creation of the Trust and the contribution by the Depositor referred to in Section 2.3 and until the issuance of the Trust Securities, and at any time during which no Trust Securities are Outstanding, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficial owner of the Trust.

SECTION 5.2. Authorized Trust Securities.

The Trust shall be authorized to issue one series of Preferred Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $14,000,000 and one series of Common Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $433,000.

 

23


SECTION 5.3. Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase of Notes.

On the Closing Date, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and deliver to the Depositor Common Securities Certificates, registered in the name of the Depositor, evidencing an aggregate of 433 Common Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $433,000, against receipt by the Trust of the aggregate purchase price of such Common Securities of $433,000. Contemporaneously therewith and with the sale by the Trust to the Holders of an aggregate of 14,000 Preferred Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $14,000,000, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall subscribe for and purchase from the Depositor Notes, to be registered in the name of the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust and having an aggregate principal amount equal to $14,433,000, and, in satisfaction of the purchase price for such Notes, the Property Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall deliver to the Depositor the sum of $14,433,000 (being the aggregate amount paid by the Holders for the Preferred Securities and the amount paid by the Depositor for the Common Securities).

SECTION 5.4. The Securities Certificates.

(a) The Preferred Securities Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 Liquidation Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, and the Common Securities Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $10,000 Liquidation Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Securities Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of at least one Administrative Trustee. Securities Certificates bearing the signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign such Securities Certificates on behalf of the Trust shall be validly issued and entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the delivery of such Securities Certificates or did not have such authority at the date of delivery of such Securities Certificates.

(b) On the Closing Date, upon the written order of an authorized officer of the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees shall cause Securities Certificates to be executed on behalf of the Trust and delivered, without further corporate action by the Depositor, in authorized denominations.

(c) The Preferred Securities issued to QIBs shall be, except as provided in Section 5.6 , Book-Entry Preferred Securities issued in the form of one or more Global Preferred Securities registered in the name of the Depositary, or its nominee and deposited with the Depositary or a custodian for the Depositary for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the Depositary Participants thereof (or such other accounts as they may direct). The Preferred Securities issued to a Person other than a QIB shall be issued in the form of Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate.

(d) A Preferred Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an Authorized Officer of the Property Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Preferred Security has been authenticated under this Trust Agreement. Upon written

 

24


order of the Trust signed by one Administrative Trustee, the Property Trustee shall authenticate the Preferred Securities for original issue. The Property Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Preferred Securities. A Common Security need not be so authenticated and shall be valid upon execution by one or more Administrative Trustees. The form of this certificate of authentication can be found in Section 5.13 .

SECTION 5.5. Rights of Holders.

The Trust Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against payment of the purchase price therefor will be fully paid and nonassessable by the Trust. Except as provided in Section 5.11(b) , the Holders of the Trust Securities, in their capacities as such, shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 5.6. Book-Entry Preferred Securities.

(a) A Global Preferred Security may be exchanged, in whole or in part, for Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates registered in the names of the Owners only if such exchange complies with Section 5.7 and (i) the Depositary advises the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee in writing that the Depositary is no longer willing or able properly to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Global Preferred Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Administrative Trustees within ninety (90) days of receipt of such notice, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and the Administrative Trustees fail to appoint a qualified successor within ninety (90) days of obtaining knowledge of such event, (iii) the Administrative Trustees at their option advise the Property Trustee in writing that the Trust elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) a Note Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Administrative Trustees shall notify the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to notify all Owners of Book-Entry Preferred Securities, the Delaware Trustee and the Property Trustee of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates to Owners of the Preferred Securities requesting the same. Upon the issuance of Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates, the Trustees shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates as Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Preferred Security wishes at any time to transfer an interest in such Global Preferred Security to a Person other than a QIB, such transfer shall be effected, subject to the Applicable Depositary Procedures, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6 and Section 5.7 , and the transferee shall receive a Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate in connection with such transfer. A holder of a Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate that is a QIB may, upon request, and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6 and Section 5.7 , exchange such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate for a beneficial interest in a Global Preferred Security.

(b) If any Global Preferred Security is to be exchanged for Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates or canceled in part, or if any Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate is to be exchanged in whole or in part for any Global Preferred Security, then either (i) such Global

 

25


Preferred Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article V or (ii) the aggregate Liquidation Amount represented by such Global Preferred Security shall be reduced, subject to Section 5.4 , or increased by an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount represented by that portion of the Global Preferred Security to be so exchanged or canceled, or equal to the Liquidation Amount represented by such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates to be so exchanged for any Global Preferred Security, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Property Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such surrender to the Administrative Trustees or the Securities Registrar of any Global Preferred Security or Securities by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, shall execute the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary. None of the Securities Registrar or the Trustees shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

(c) Every Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate executed and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Preferred Security or any portion thereof shall be executed and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Preferred Security, unless such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Preferred Security or a nominee thereof.

(d) The Depositary or its nominee, as registered owner of a Global Preferred Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Preferred Security for all purposes under this Trust Agreement and the Global Preferred Security, and Owners with respect to a Global Preferred Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Depositary Procedures. The Securities Registrar and the Trustees shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Trust Agreement relating to the Global Preferred Securities (including the payment of the Liquidation Amount of and Distributions on the Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and the giving of instructions or directions by Owners of Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and the giving of notices) as the sole Holder of the Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and shall have no obligations to the Owners thereof. None of the Trustees nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

(e) The rights of the Owners of the Book-Entry Preferred Securities shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law, the Applicable Depositary Procedures and agreements between such Owners and the Depositary and/or the Depositary Participants; provided, solely for the purpose of determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Preferred Securities have voted on any matter provided for in this Trust Agreement, to the extent that Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the Trustees may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, any written instrument (including a proxy) delivered to the Property Trustee by the Depositary setting forth the Owners’ votes or assigning the right to vote on any matter to any other Persons either in whole or in part. To the extent that Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the initial Depositary will make book-entry transfers among the

 

26


Depositary Participants and receive and transmit payments on the Preferred Securities that are represented by a Global Preferred Security to such Depositary Participants, and none of the Depositor or the Trustees shall have any responsibility or obligation with respect thereto.

(f) To the extent that a notice or other communication to the Holders is required under this Trust Agreement, for so long as Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the Trustees shall give all such notices and communications to the Depositary, and shall have no obligations to the Owners.

SECTION 5.7. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates.

(a) The Property Trustee shall keep or cause to be kept, at the Corporate Trust Office, a register or registers (the “Securities Register”) in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Trust Securities (the “Securities Registrar”), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Preferred Securities Certificates and Common Securities Certificates and registration of transfers and exchanges of Preferred Securities Certificates as herein provided. The Person acting as the Property Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar. The provisions of Article VIII shall apply to the Property Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

(b) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Preferred Securities Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.7(f) , the Administrative Trustees or any one of them shall execute by manual or facsimile signature and deliver to the Property Trustee, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations of a like aggregate Liquidation Amount as may be required by this Trust Agreement dated the date of execution by such Administrative Trustee or Trustees. At the option of a Holder, Preferred Securities Certificates may be exchanged for other Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations and of a like aggregate Liquidation Amount upon surrender of the Preferred Securities Certificate to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.7(f) . Whenever any Preferred Securities Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Administrative Trustees or any one of them shall execute by manual or facsimile signature and deliver to the Property Trustee, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Preferred Securities Certificates that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(c) The Securities Registrar shall not be required, (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Preferred Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption of such Preferred Securities pursuant to Article IV and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Preferred Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Preferred Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

(d) Every Preferred Securities Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Securities Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such

 

27


Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and (i) if such Preferred Securities Certificate is being transferred otherwise than to a QIB, accompanied by a certificate of the transferee substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit E hereto or (ii) if such Preferred Securities Certificate is being transferred to a QIB, accompanied by a certificate of the transferor substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit F hereto.

(e) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates, but the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates.

(f) The Administrative Trustees shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Preferred Securities Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. The Depositor initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes. The Administrative Trustees shall give prompt written notice to the Depositor, the Property Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

SECTION 5.8. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities Certificates.

(a) If any mutilated Securities Certificate shall be surrendered to the Securities Registrar together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Securities Registrar and the Administrative Trustees to save each of them harmless, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and make available for delivery in exchange therefor a new Securities Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination.

(b) If the Securities Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Securities Certificate and there shall be delivered to the Securities Registrar and the Administrative Trustees such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Securities Certificate shall have been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and make available for delivery, and, with respect to Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee shall authenticate, in exchange for or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificate, a new Securities Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination.

(c) In connection with the issuance of any new Securities Certificate under this Section 5.8 , the Administrative Trustees or the Securities Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

(d) Any duplicate Securities Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 5.8 shall constitute conclusive evidence of an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust corresponding to that evidenced by the mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed Securities Certificate, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Securities Certificate shall be found at any time.

 

28


(e) If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Depositor in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

(f) The provisions of this Section 5.8 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificates.

SECTION 5.9. Persons Deemed Holders.

The Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall each treat the Person in whose name any Securities Certificate shall be registered in the Securities Register as the owner of such Securities Certificate for the purpose of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 5.10. Cancellation.

All Preferred Securities Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Property Trustee, be delivered to the Property Trustee, and any such Preferred Securities Certificates and Preferred Securities Certificates surrendered directly to the Property Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Administrative Trustees may at any time deliver to the Property Trustee for cancellation any Preferred Securities Certificates previously delivered hereunder that the Administrative Trustees may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Preferred Securities Certificates so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Property Trustee. No Preferred Securities Certificates shall be executed and delivered in lieu of or in exchange for any Preferred Securities Certificates canceled as provided in this Section 5.10 , except as expressly permitted by this Trust Agreement. All canceled Preferred Securities Certificates shall be disposed of by the Property Trustee in accordance with its customary practices and the Property Trustee shall deliver to the Administrative Trustees a certificate of such disposition.

SECTION 5.11. Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor.

(a) On the Closing Date, the Depositor shall acquire, and thereafter shall retain, beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities. Neither the Depositor nor any successor Holder of the Common Securities may transfer less than all the Common Securities, and the Depositor or any such successor Holder may transfer the Common Securities only (i) in connection with a consolidation or merger of the Depositor into another Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Depositor of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person (in which event such Common Securities will be transferred to such surviving entity, transferee or lessee, as the case may be), pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Indenture or (ii) to the Depositor or an Affiliate of the Depositor, in each such case in compliance with applicable law (including the Securities Act, and applicable state securities and blue sky laws). To the fullest extent permitted by law, any attempted transfer of the Common Securities other than as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be void. The Administrative Trustees shall cause each Common Securities Certificate issued to the Depositor to contain a legend stating substantially “THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE

 

29


EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.”

(b) Any Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for the debts and obligations of the Trust in the manner and to the extent set forth with respect to the Depositor and agrees that it shall be subject to all liabilities to which the Depositor may be subject and, prior to becoming such a Holder, shall deliver to the Administrative Trustees an instrument of assumption satisfactory to such Trustees.

SECTION 5.12. Restricted Legends .

(a) Each Preferred Security Certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“( IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT : THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC. THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO MACON CAPITAL TRUST I OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY PREFERRED SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES

 

30


MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR THAT (A) SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE TRUST, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (III) OR (V), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO

 

31


TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS PREFERRED SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE “FDIC”).”

(b) The above legend shall not be removed from any of the Preferred Securities Certificates unless there is delivered to the Property Trustee and the Depositor satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, one or more of the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall execute and deliver to the Property Trustee, and the Property Trustee shall deliver, at the written direction of the Administrative Trustees and the Depositor, Preferred Securities Certificates that do not bear the legend.

 

32


SECTION 5.13. Form of Certificate of Authentication.

The Property Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Preferred Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

 

Dated:    

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee

      By:    
        Authorized officer

ARTICLE VI.

M EETINGS ; V OTING ; A CTS OF H OLDERS

SECTION 6.1. Notice of Meetings.

Notice of all meetings of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, stating the time, place and purpose of the meeting, shall be given by the Property Trustee pursuant to Section 10.8 to each Holder of Preferred Securities, at such Holder’s registered address, at least fifteen (15) days and not more than ninety (90) days before the meeting. At any such meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be so considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

SECTION 6.2. Meetings of Holders of the Preferred Securities.

(a) No annual meeting of Holders is required to be held. The Property Trustee, however, shall call a meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities to vote on any matter upon the written request of the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities and the Administrative Trustees or the Property Trustee may, at any time in their discretion, call a meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities to vote on any matters as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

(b) The Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities.

(c) If a quorum is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote by the Holders present, in person or by proxy, holding Preferred Securities representing at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities held by the Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting shall constitute the action of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, unless this Trust Agreement requires a lesser or greater number of affirmative votes.

 

33


SECTION 6.3. Voting Rights.

Holders shall be entitled to one vote for each $10,000 of Liquidation Amount represented by their Outstanding Trust Securities in respect of any matter as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

SECTION 6.4. Proxies, Etc.

At any meeting of Holders, any Holder entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided, that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Administrative Trustees, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Administrative Trustees may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of the Property Trustee, proxies may be solicited in the name of the Property Trustee or one or more officers of the Property Trustee. Only Holders of record shall be entitled to vote. When Trust Securities are held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Trust Securities, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Trust Securities. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. No proxy shall be valid more than three years after its date of execution.

SECTION 6.5. Holder Action by Written Consent.

Any action that may be taken by Holders at a meeting may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if Holders holding at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of all Preferred Securities entitled to vote in respect of such action (or such lesser or greater proportion thereof as shall be required by any other provision of this Trust Agreement) shall consent to the action in writing; provided, that notice of such action is promptly provided to the Holders of Preferred Securities that did not consent to such action. Any action that may be taken by the Holders of all the Common Securities may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if such Holders shall consent to the action in writing.

SECTION 6.6. Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes.

Except as provided in Section 6.10(a) , for the purposes of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting or to act by written consent, or to participate in any distribution on the Trust Securities in respect of which a record date is not otherwise provided for in this Trust Agreement, or for the purpose of any other action, the Administrative Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of a Distribution or other action, as the case may be, as a record date for the determination of the identity of the Holders of record for such purposes.

SECTION 6.7. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Trust Agreement to be given, made or taken by Holders may

 

34


be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing; and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to an Administrative Trustee. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Trust Agreement and conclusive in favor of the Trustees, if made in the manner provided in this Section 6.7 .

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that any Trustee receiving the same deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Trust Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Trust Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Trust Security and the Holder of every Trust Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustees, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Trust Security.

(e) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Trust Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such Liquidation Amount.

(f) If any dispute shall arise among the Holders or the Trustees with respect to the authenticity, validity or binding nature of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of such Holder or Trustee under this Article VI , then the determination of such matter by the Property Trustee shall be conclusive with respect to such matter.

SECTION 6.8. Inspection of Records.

Upon reasonable written notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee, the records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by any Holder during normal business hours for any purpose reasonably related to such Holder’s interest as a Holder.

 

35


SECTION 6.9. Limitations on Voting Rights.

(a) Except as expressly provided in this Trust Agreement and in the Indenture and as otherwise required by law, no Holder of Preferred Securities shall have any right to vote or in any manner otherwise control the administration, operation and management of the Trust or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the Securities Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Holders from time to time as partners or members of an association.

(b) So long as any Notes are held by the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Property Trustee shall not (i) direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Note Trustee, or exercise any trust or power conferred on the Property Trustee with respect to the Notes, (ii) waive any past default that may be waived under Section 5.13 of the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Notes shall be due and payable or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Notes, where such consent shall be required, without, in each case, obtaining the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities; provided, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of each holder of Notes (or each Holder of Preferred Securities) affected thereby, no such consent shall be given by the Property Trustee without the prior written consent of each Holder of Preferred Securities. The Property Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, except by a subsequent vote of the Holders of the Preferred Securities. In addition to obtaining the foregoing approvals of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, prior to taking any of the foregoing actions, the Property Trustee shall, at the expense of the Depositor, obtain an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that such action shall not cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

(c) If any proposed amendment to the Trust Agreement provides for, or the Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect in any material respect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Preferred Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Trust Agreement or otherwise or (ii) the dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust, other than pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement, then the Holders of Outstanding Preferred Securities as a class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, no amendment to this Trust Agreement may be made if, as a result of such amendment, it would cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 6.10. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission of Annulment; Waivers of Past Defaults.

(a) For so long as any Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, if, upon a Note Event of Default, the Note Trustee fails or the holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in principal amount of the outstanding Notes fail to declare the principal of all of the Notes to be

 

36


immediately due and payable, the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then Outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Property Trustee, the Depositor and the Note Trustee. At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Note Trustee as provided in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Depositor and the Note Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Depositor has paid or deposited with the Note Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all of the Notes;

(B) any accrued Additional Interest on all of the Notes;

(C) the principal of and any premium on any Notes that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes; and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Note Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Note Trustee, the Property Trustee and their agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Note Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13 of the Indenture.

Upon receipt by the Property Trustee of written notice requesting such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Preferred Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Preferred Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Property Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is ninety (90) days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.10(a) .

(b) For so long as any Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement and the Indenture, upon a Note Event of Default specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of Section 5.1 of the Indenture, any Holder of

 

37


Preferred Securities shall have the right to institute a proceeding directly against the Depositor, pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Indenture, for enforcement of payment to such Holder of any amounts payable in respect of Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities of such Holder. Except as set forth in Section 6.10(a) and this Section 6.10(b) , the Holders of Preferred Securities shall have no right to exercise directly any right or remedy available to the holders of, or in respect of, the Notes.

(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.10 , the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Preferred Securities, waive any Note Event of Default, except any Note Event of Default arising from the failure to pay any principal of or any premium or interest on (including any Additional Interest) the Notes (unless such Note Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and all principal and premium on all Notes due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Note Trustee) or a Note Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note. Upon any such waiver, such Note Event of Default shall cease to exist and any Note Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture; but no such waiver shall affect any subsequent Note Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.10 , the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Preferred Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Trust Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(e) The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee in respect of this Trust Agreement or the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement; provided, that, subject to Sections 8.5 and 8.7 , the Property Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Property Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Property Trustee in good faith shall, by an officer or officers of the Property Trustee, determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders not party to such direction, and provided, further, that nothing in this Trust Agreement shall impair the right of the Property Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Property Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

38


ARTICLE VII.

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

SECTION 7.1. Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.

The Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each severally on behalf of and as to itself, hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Depositor and the Holders that:

(a) the Property Trustee is a New York banking corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York;

(b) the Property Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(c) the Delaware Trustee is a Delaware banking corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

(d) the Delaware Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(e) this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of each of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity;

(f) the execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and do not require any approval of stockholders of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and such execution, delivery and performance will not (i) violate the Articles of Association or By-laws of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or (ii) violate any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation of the United States or the State of Delaware, as the case may be, governing the banking, trust or general powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee;

(g) neither the authorization, execution or delivery by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee of this Trust Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee contemplated herein requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any other action with respect to any governmental authority or agency under any existing law of the United States or the State of Delaware governing the banking, trust or general powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be; and

 

39


(h) to the best of each of the Property Trustee’s and the Delaware Trustee’s knowledge, there are no proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially and adversely affect the Trust or would question the right, power and authority of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, to enter into or perform its obligations as one of the Trustees under this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 7.2. Representations and Warranties of Depositor.

The Depositor hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Holders that:

(a) the Depositor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation;

(b) the Depositor has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(c) this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Depositor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Depositor enforceable against the Depositor in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity;

(d) the Securities Certificates issued at the Closing Date on behalf of the Trust have been duly authorized and will have been duly and validly executed, issued and delivered by the applicable Trustees pursuant to the terms and provisions of, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Trust Agreement and the Holders will be, as of such date, entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement;

(e) the execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of the Depositor and do not require any approval of stockholders of the Depositor and such execution, delivery and performance will not (i) violate the articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational documents) of the Depositor or (ii) violate any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation governing the Depositor or any material portion of its property or any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Depositor or any material portion of its property;

(f) neither the authorization, execution or delivery by the Depositor of this Trust Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Depositor contemplated herein requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any other action with respect to any governmental authority or agency under any existing law governing the Depositor or any material portion of its property; and

(g) there are no proceedings pending or, to the best of the Depositor’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Depositor or any material portion of its property in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially and adversely affect the Trust or would question the right,

 

40


power and authority of the Depositor, as the case may be, to enter into or perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.

T HE T RUSTEES

SECTION 8.1. Number of Trustees.

The number of Trustees shall be five (5), provided, that the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee may be the same Person, in which case the number of Trustees shall be four (4). The number of Trustees may be increased or decreased by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities subject to Sections 8.2 , 8.3 , and 8.4 . The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of an Trustee shall not operate to annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust.

SECTION 8.2. Property Trustee Required.

There shall at all times be a Property Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. The Property Trustee shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and having an office within the United States. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 8.2 , the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Property Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.2 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VIII .

SECTION 8.3. Delaware Trustee Required.

(a) If required by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, there shall at all times be a Delaware Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities. The Delaware Trustee shall either be (i) a natural person who is at least 21 years of age and a resident of the State of Delaware or (ii) a legal entity that has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware, otherwise meets the requirements of applicable Delaware law and shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind such entity. If at any time the Delaware Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.3 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VIII .

(b) The Delaware Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware Trustee have any of the duties and responsibilities, of the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees set forth herein. The Delaware Trustee shall be one of the trustees of the Trust for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the requirements of Section 3807 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and for taking such actions as are required to be taken by a Delaware trustee under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act. The duties (including fiduciary

 

41


duties), liabilities and obligations of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (a) accepting legal process served on the Trust in the State of Delaware and (b) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware that the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and there shall be no other duties (including fiduciary duties) or obligations, express or implied, at law or in equity, of the Delaware Trustee.

SECTION 8.4. Appointment of Administrative Trustees.

(a) There shall at all times be one or more Administrative Trustees hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. Each Administrative Trustee shall be either a natural person who is at least 21 years of age or a legal entity that shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind that entity. Each of the individuals identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the preamble of this Trust Agreement hereby accepts his or her appointment as such.

(b) Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrative Trustees is expressly set forth in this Trust Agreement, any act required or permitted to be taken by, and any power of the Administrative Trustees may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrative Trustee. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Administrative Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled by the appointment of an Administrative Trustee in accordance with Section 8.11 , the Administrative Trustees in office, regardless of their number (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement), shall have all the powers granted to the Administrative Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Administrative Trustees by this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 8.5. Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees.

(a) The rights, immunities, duties and responsibilities of the Trustees shall be as provided by this Trust Agreement and there shall be no other duties (including fiduciary duties) or obligations, express or implied, at law or in equity, of the Trustees; provided, however, that if an Event of Default known to the Property Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Property Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Trust Agreement shall require any of the Trustees to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its or their rights or powers, if it or they shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Trust Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustees shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.5 . To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Trust Agreement. The provisions of this Trust Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the

 

42


Trustees otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Depositor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustees.

(b) All payments made by the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Trust Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Trust Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Trust Security or for any other liability in respect of any Trust Security. This Section 8.5(b) does not limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Trust Agreement.

(c) No provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Property Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Property Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Property Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii) the Property Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee hereunder or under the Indenture, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement;

(iii) the Property Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safe keeping and physical preservation of the Notes and the Payment Account shall be to deal with such Property in a similar manner as the Property Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement;

(iv) the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree with the Depositor; and money held by the Property Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Payment Account maintained by the Property Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1 and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v) the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrative Trustees or the Depositor with their respective duties under this Trust Agreement, nor shall the Property Trustee be liable for the default or misconduct of any other Trustee or the Depositor.

 

43


SECTION 8.6. Notices of Defaults and Extensions.

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of a default actually known to the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee shall transmit notice of such default to the Holders, the Administrative Trustees and the Depositor, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Trust Security, the Property Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Property Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Trust Securities. For the purpose of this Section 8.6 , the term “default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

(b) Within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of notice of the Depositor’s exercise of its right to defer the payment of interest on the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, the Property Trustee shall transmit, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 10.8 , notice of such exercise to the Holders and the Administrative Trustees, unless such exercise shall have been revoked.

(c) The Property Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Property Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Depositor, any Administrative Trustee or any Holder or unless an officer of the Property Trustee charged with the administration of this Trust Agreement shall have obtained actual knowledge of such Event of Default.

(d) The Property Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Preferred Securities of any notice of default received with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 8.7. Certain Rights of Property Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.5 :

(a) the Property Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, Opinion of Counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee finds a provision ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Property Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Trust Agreement, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of the Preferred Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Depositor requesting the Depositor’s written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Property Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from

 

44


taking such action, as the Property Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Depositor; provided, that if the Property Trustee does not receive such instructions of the Depositor within ten (10) Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice, the Property Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Property Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Property Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

(c) any direction or act of the Depositor contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate unless otherwise expressly provided herein;

(d) any direction or act of an Administrative Trustee contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by a certificate executed by such Administrative Trustee and setting forth such direction or act;

(e) the Property Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any re-recording, re-filing or re-registration thereof;

(f) the Property Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Property Trustee, the Depositor or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Property Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Trust Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g) the Property Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Trust Agreement, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Property Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Property Trustee;

(h) the Property Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Property Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Property Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Depositor, personally or by agent or attorney;

(i) the Property Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for any negligence or misconduct on

 

45


the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j) whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Property Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities as would be entitled to direct the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(k) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Trust Agreement;

(1) without prejudice to any other rights available to the Property Trustee under applicable law, when the Property Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally; and

(m) whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Property Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence or bad faith on its part, request and rely on an Officers’ Certificate which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Depositor.

No provision of this Trust Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on any Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which such Person shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.

SECTION 8.8. Delegation of Power.

Any Trustee may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 its, his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 2.5 . The Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to the Depositor the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 8.9. May Hold Securities.

Any Trustee or any other agent of any Trustee or the Trust, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Trust Securities and except as provided in the

 

46


definition of the term “Outstanding” in Article I , may otherwise deal with the Trust with the same rights it would have if it were not an Trustee or such other agent.

SECTION 8.10. Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

The Depositor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Trustees from time to time such reasonable compensation for all services rendered by them hereunder as may be agreed by the Depositor and the Trustees from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(b) to reimburse the Trustees upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Trust Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to their gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

(c) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Trustee, (ii) any Affiliate of any Trustee, (iii) any officer, director, shareholder, employee, representative or agent of any Trustee or any Affiliate of any Trustee and (iv) any employee or agent of the Trust (referred to herein as an “Indemnified Person”) from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to Section 8.10(a) or (b)  hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Trust hereunder, including the advancement of funds to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

The Trust shall have no payment, reimbursement or indemnity obligations to the Trustees under this Section 8.10 . The provisions of this Section 8.10 shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement and the earlier removal or resignation of any Trustee.

No Trustee may claim any Lien on any Trust Property whether before or after termination of the Trust as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 8.10 .

To the fullest extent permitted by law, in no event shall the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

In no event shall the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Trust Agreement.

 

47


SECTION 8.11. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of any Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12 .

(b) A Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Depositor and, in the case of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, to the Holders.

(c) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed (with or without cause) at any time by Act of the Holder of Common Securities. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed (with or without cause) at such time by Act of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, delivered to the removed Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust). An Administrative Trustee may be removed (with or without cause) only by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities at any time.

(d) If any Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting as Trustee, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of any Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holder of the Common Securities, by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12 . If the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of continuing to act as the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders of the Preferred Securities, by Act of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee, and such successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee and the retiring Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12 . If an Administrative Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting as Administrative Trustee, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holder of the Common Securities by Act of the Holder of Common Securities shall promptly appoint a successor Administrative Trustee and such successor Administrative Trustee and the retiring Administrative Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12 . If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holder of the Common Securities or Holders of the Preferred Securities, as the case may be, and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 8.12 within thirty (30) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by a Trustee, the removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee becoming incapable of acting as such Trustee, any Holder who has been a Holder of Preferred Securities for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee may, in each case, at the expense of the Depositor, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) The Depositor shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee and each appointment of a successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 10.8 . Each notice shall

 

48


include the name of the successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Property Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Trust Agreement, in the event any Administrative Trustee or a Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or becomes, in the opinion of the Holder of Common Securities, incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may be filled by (i) the unanimous act of the remaining Administrative Trustees if there are at least two of them or (ii) otherwise by the Holder of the Common Securities (with the successor in each case being a Person who satisfies the eligibility requirement for Administrative Trustees or Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, set forth in Sections 8.3 and 8.4 ).

(g) Upon the appointment of a successor Delaware Trustee, such successor Delaware Trustee shall file a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3810 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

SECTION 8.12. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Depositor and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any successor Trustee such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities and the Trust.

(b) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Trust (or the retiring Trustee if requested by the Depositor) shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in the preceding paragraph.

(c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VIII .

SECTION 8.13. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of such Trustee, shall be the successor of such Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VIII .

 

49


SECTION 8.14. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities Certificates shall be taken as the statements of the Trust and the Depositor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustees make no representations as to the title to, or value or condition of, the property of the Trust or any part thereof, nor as to the validity or sufficiency of this Trust Agreement, the Notes or the Trust Securities. The Trustees shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Depositor of the proceeds of the Notes.

SECTION 8.15. Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

(a) In case of any Bankruptcy Event (or event that with the passage of time would become a Bankruptcy Event) relative to the Trust or any other obligor upon the Trust Securities or the property of the Trust or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Property Trustee (irrespective of whether any Distributions on the Trust Securities shall then be due and payable and irrespective of whether the Property Trustee shall have made any demand on the Trust for the payment of any past due Distributions) shall be entitled and empowered, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of any Distributions owing and unpaid in respect of the Trust Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Property Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Property Trustee and, in the event the Property Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Property Trustee first any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Property Trustee.

(b) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Property Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or compensation affecting the Trust Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Property Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 8.16. Reports to and from the Property Trustee.

(a) The Depositor and the Administrative Trustees shall deliver to the Property Trustee, not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Depositor and not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Depositor ending after the date of this Trust Agreement, an Officers’ Certificate covering the preceding

 

50


fiscal period, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Depositor and the Trust are in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Trust Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Depositor or the Trust shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they have knowledge.

(b) The Depositor shall furnish to (i) the Property Trustee, (ii) the Purchaser and (iii) any Owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Depositor and the Trust (which identification may be made either by such Owner or by the Placement Agent or Purchaser), a duly completed and executed certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, including the financial statements referenced in such Exhibit, which certificate and financial statements shall be so furnished by the Depositor not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Depositor and not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Depositor.

(c) The Property Trustee shall obtain all reports, certificate and information, which it is entitled to obtain under each of the Operative Documents.

ARTICLE IX.

T ERMINATION , L IQUIDATION AND M ERGER

SECTION 9.1. Dissolution Upon Expiration Date.

Unless earlier dissolved, the Trust shall automatically dissolve on March 30, 2039 (the “Expiration Date”), and the Trust Property shall be liquidated in accordance with Section 9.4 .

SECTION 9.2. Early Termination.

The first to occur of any of the following events is an “Early Termination Event”, upon the occurrence of which the Trust shall be dissolved:

(a) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event in respect of, or the dissolution or liquidation of, the Depositor, in its capacity as the Holder of the Common Securities, unless the Depositor shall have transferred the Common Securities as provided by Section 5.11 , in which case this provision shall refer instead to any such successor Holder of the Common Securities;

(b) the written direction to the Property Trustee from the Holder of the Common Securities at any time to dissolve the Trust and, after satisfaction of any liabilities of the Trust as required by applicable law, to distribute the Notes to Holders in exchange for the Preferred Securities (which direction is optional and wholly within the discretion of the Holder of the Common Securities), provided, that the Holder of the Common Securities shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required;

(c) the redemption of all of the Preferred Securities in connection with the payment at maturity or redemption of all the Notes; and

 

51


(d) the entry of an order for dissolution of the Trust by a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.3. Termination.

The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Trust shall terminate upon the latest to occur of the following: (a) the distribution by the Property Trustee to Holders of all amounts required to be distributed hereunder upon the liquidation of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.4 , or upon the redemption of all of the Trust Securities pursuant to Section 4.2 ; (b) the satisfaction of any expenses owed by the Trust: and (c) the discharge of all administrative duties of the Administrative Trustees, including the performance of any tax reporting obligations with respect to the Trust or the Holders.

SECTION 9.4. Liquidation.

(a) If an Early Termination Event specified in Section 9.2(a) , (b)  or (d)  occurs or upon the Expiration Date, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Property Trustee as expeditiously as the Property Trustee shall determine to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, to each Holder a Like Amount of Notes, subject to Section 9.4(d) . Notice of liquidation shall be given by the Property Trustee not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Liquidation Date to each Holder of Trust Securities at such Holder’s address appearing in the Securities Register. All such notices of liquidation shall:

(i) state the Liquidation Date;

(ii) state that from and after the Liquidation Date, the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding and (subject to Section 9.4(d) ) any Securities Certificates not surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Notes; and

(iii) provide such information with respect to the mechanics by which Holders may exchange Securities Certificates for Notes, or if Section 9.4(d) applies, receive a Liquidation Distribution, as the Property Trustee shall deem appropriate.

(b) Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, in order to effect the liquidation of the Trust and distribution of the Notes to Holders, the Property Trustee, either itself acting as exchange agent or through the appointment of a separate exchange agent, shall establish a record date for such distribution (which shall not be more than forty-five (45) days prior to the Liquidation Date nor prior to the date on which notice of such liquidation is given to the Holders) and establish such procedures as it shall deem appropriate to effect the distribution of Notes in exchange for the Outstanding Securities Certificates.

(c) Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, after the Liquidation Date, (i) the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding, (ii) certificates representing a Like Amount of Notes will be issued to Holders of Securities Certificates, upon surrender of such Certificates to the exchange agent for exchange, (iii) the Depositor shall use its best efforts to have the Notes listed on the New York Stock Exchange or on such other exchange, interdealer

 

52


quotation system or self-regulatory organization on which the Preferred Securities are then listed, if any, (iv) Securities Certificates not so surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Notes bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accumulated and unpaid Distributions on such Securities Certificates until such certificates are so surrendered (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal will be made to Holders of Securities Certificates with respect to such Notes) and (v) all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Notes upon surrender of Securities Certificates.

(d) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.4 , if distribution of the Notes in the manner provided herein is determined by the Property Trustee not to be permitted or practical, the Trust Property shall be liquidated, and the Trust shall be wound up by the Property Trustee in such manner as the Property Trustee determines. In such event, Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount per Trust Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the “Liquidation Distribution”). If, upon any such winding up the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then, subject to the next succeeding sentence, the amounts payable by the Trust on the Trust Securities shall be paid on a pro rata basis (based upon Liquidation Amounts). The Holder of the Common Securities will be entitled to receive Liquidation Distributions upon any such winding up pro rata (based upon Liquidation Amounts) with Holders of all Trust Securities, except that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Preferred Securities shall have a priority over the Common Securities as provided in Section 4.3 .

SECTION 9.5. Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust.

The Trust may not merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to, any Person except pursuant to this Article IX . At the request of the Holders of the Common Securities, without the consent of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, the Trust may merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any State; provided, that:

(a) such successor entity either (i) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under this Trust Agreement with respect to the Preferred Securities or (ii) substitutes for the Preferred Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Preferred Securities (such other Securities, the “Successor Securities”) so long as the Successor Securities have the same priority as the Preferred Securities with respect to distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(b) a trustee of such successor entity possessing substantially the same powers and duties as the Property Trustee is appointed to hold the Notes;

 

53


(c) if the Preferred Securities or the Notes are rated, such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the Preferred Securities or the Notes (including any Successor Securities) to be downgraded by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that then assigns a rating to the Preferred Securities or the Notes;

(d) the Preferred Securities are listed, or any Successor Securities will be listed upon notice of issuance, on any national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Preferred Securities are then listed, if any;

(e) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

(f) such successor entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(g) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Depositor has received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect; (ii) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor such successor entity will be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act and (iii) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust (or the successor entity) will continue to be classified as a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

(h) the Depositor or its permitted transferee owns all of the common securities of such successor entity and guarantees the obligations of such successor entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of all of the Preferred Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace, the Trust if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the Trust or the successor entity to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or cause the Notes to be treated as other than indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE X.

M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS

SECTION 10.1. Limitation of Rights of Holders.

Except as set forth in Section 9.2 , the death, bankruptcy, termination, dissolution or incapacity of any Person having an interest, beneficial or otherwise, in Trust Securities shall not operate to terminate this Trust Agreement, nor annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust nor entitle

 

54


the legal representatives or heirs of such Person or any Holder for such Person, to claim an accounting, take any action or bring any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the arrangements contemplated hereby, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.

SECTION 10.2. Agreed Tax Treatment of Trust and Trust Securities.

The parties hereto and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Trust Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, such Trust Security intend and agree to treat the Trust as a grantor trust for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, and to treat the Trust Securities (including all payments and proceeds with respect to such Trust Securities) as undivided beneficial ownership interests in the Trust Property (and payments and proceeds therefrom, respectively) for United States federal, state and local tax purposes. The provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

SECTION 10.3. Amendment.

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Property Trustee, the Administrative Trustees and the Holder of all the Common Securities, without the consent of any Holder of the Preferred Securities, (i) to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Trust Agreement, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Trust Agreement, (ii) to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of this Trust Agreement to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trust will neither be taxable as a corporation nor be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes at all times that any Trust Securities are Outstanding or to ensure that the Notes are treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes, or to ensure that the Trust will not be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act or (iii) to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Depositor; provided, that in the case of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), such action shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holder.

(b) Except as provided in Section 10.3(c) , any provision of this Trust Agreement may be amended by the Property Trustee, the Administrative Trustees and the Holder of all of the Common Securities and with (i) the consent of Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities and (ii) receipt by the Trustees of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment or the exercise of any power granted to the Trustees in accordance with such amendment will not cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or affect the treatment of the Notes as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or affect the Trust’s exemption from status (or from any requirement to register) as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, without the consent of each Holder, this Trust Agreement may not be amended to (i) change the accrual rate, amount,

 

55


currency or timing of any Distribution on or the redemption price of the Trust Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution or other payment required to be made in respect of the Trust Securities as of a specified date, (ii) restrict or impair the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, (iii) reduce the percentage of aggregate Liquidation Amount of Outstanding Preferred Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such amendment, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Trust Agreement or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Trust Agreement; (iv) impair or adversely affect the rights and interests of the Holders in the Trust Property, or permit the creation of any Lien on any portion of the Trust Property; or (v) modify the definition of “Outstanding,” this Section 10.3(c) , Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.3 , 6.10(e) or Article IX .

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, no Trustee shall enter into or consent to any amendment to this Trust Agreement that would cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or that would cause the Notes to fail or cease to be treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or that would cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify for the exemption from status (or from any requirement to register) as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

(e) If any amendment to this Trust Agreement is made, the Administrative Trustees or the Property Trustee shall promptly provide to the Depositor a copy of such amendment.

(f) No Trustee shall be required to enter into any amendment to this Trust Agreement that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Trust Agreement. The Trustees shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate stating that any amendment to this Trust Agreement is in compliance with this Trust Agreement and all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been met.

(g) No amendment or modification to this Trust Agreement that adversely affects in any material respect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Delaware Trustee hereunder shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Delaware Trustee.

SECTION 10.4. Separability.

If any provision in this Trust Agreement or in the Securities Certificates shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

SECTION 10.5. Governing Law.

THIS TRUST AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE HOLDERS, THE TRUST, THE DEPOSITOR AND THE TRUSTEES WITH RESPECT TO THIS TRUST AGREEMENT AND THE TRUST SECURITIES SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE

 

56


STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS.

SECTION 10.6. Successors.

This Trust Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Depositor, the Trust and any Trustee, including any successor by operation of law. Except in connection with a transaction involving the Depositor that is permitted under Article VIII of the Indenture and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Depositor’s obligations hereunder, the Depositor shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 10.7. Headings.

The Article and Section headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 10.8. Reports, Notices and Demands.

(a) Any report, notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon any Holder or the Depositor may be given or served in writing delivered in person, or by reputable, overnight courier, by telecopy or by deposit thereof, first-class postage prepaid, in the United States mail, addressed, (a) in the case of a Holder of Preferred Securities, to such Holder as such Holder’s name and address may appear on the Securities Register; and (b) in the case of the Holder of all the Common Securities or the Depositor, to Macon Bancorp, One Center Court, Franklin, North Carolina 28734, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as may be specified in a written notice by the Holder of all the Common Securities or the Depositor, as the case may be, to the Property Trustee. Such report, notice, demand or other communication to or upon a Holder or the Depositor shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, within one (1) Business Day following delivery by overnight courier, when telecopied with receipt confirmed, or within three (3) Business Days following delivery by mail, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

(b) Any notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust shall be given in writing by deposit thereof, first-class postage prepaid, in the U.S. mail, personal delivery or facsimile transmission, addressed to such Person as follows: (a) with respect to the Property Trustee to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services, facsimile no. (212) 797-8622; (b) with respect to the Delaware Trustee, to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, 1011 Centre Road, Second Floor, Wilmington, DE 19804, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services, facsimile no. (302) 636-3222; (c) with respect to the Administrative Trustees, to them at the address above for notices to the Depositor, marked “Attention: Administrative Trustees of Macon Capital Trust I,” and (d) with respect to the Trust, to its principal executive office specified in Section 2.2 , with a copy to the Property

 

57


Trustee. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon the Trust, the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of the writing by the Trust, the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees.

SECTION 10.9. Agreement Not to Petition.

Each of the Trustees and the Depositor agree for the benefit of the Holders that, until at least one year and one day after the Trust has been terminated in accordance with Article IX , they shall not file, or join in the filing of, a petition against the Trust under any Bankruptcy Law or otherwise join in the commencement of any proceeding against the Trust under any Bankruptcy Law. If the Depositor takes action in violation of this Section 10.9 , the Property Trustee agrees, for the benefit of Holders, that at the expense of the Depositor, it shall file an answer with the applicable bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest the filing of such petition by the Depositor against the Trust or the commencement of such action and raise the defense that the Depositor has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as counsel for the Property Trustee or the Trust may assert.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

58


I N WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

M ACON B ANCORP ,

as Depositor

By:   /s/ Everett Stiles
  Everett Stiles
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

D EUTSCHE B ANK T RUST C OMPANY D ELAWARE ,
as Delaware Trustee

By:  

/s/ ELIZABETH B. FERRY

  Name:   ELIZABETH B. FERRY
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

D EUTSCHE B ANK T RUST C OMPANY A MERICAS ,
as Property Trustee

By:   /s/ Wanda Camacho
  Name:
  Title:

 

/s/ Everett Stiles

Everett Stiles

Administrative Trustee

/s/ Stan M. Jeffress

Stan M. Jeffress

Administrative Trustee

/s/ Roger Plemens

Roger Plemens

Administrative Trustee

A&RTA


Exhibit A

CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

OF

Macon Capital Trust I

This Certificate of Trust of Macon Capital Trust I (the “Trust”) is being duly executed and filed on behalf of the Trust by the undersigned, as trustees, to form a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del . C. §3801 et sec .) (the “Act”).

1. Name . The name of the statutory trust formed by this Certificate of Trust is: Macon Capital Trust I.

2. Delaware Trustee . The name and business address of the trustee of the Trust with its principal place of business in the State of Delaware are Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, 1011 Centre Road, Second Floor, Wilmington, DE 19805, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services.

3. Effective Date . This Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance with
Section 3811(a)(l) of the Act.

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Delaware Trustee
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

A-1


Exhibit B

[FORM OF COMMON SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES

ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER

APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR

OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM

REGISTRATION. THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN

COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST

AGREEMENT

 

Certificate Number                     Common Securities

C-

Certificate Evidencing Common Securities

of

Macon Capital Trust I

Floating Rate Common Securities

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security)

Macon Capital Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that                                  (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of                  common securities of the Trust representing undivided common beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and designated the Macon Capital Trust I Floating Rate Common Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security) (the “Common Securities”). Except in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below), the Common Securities are not transferable and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any attempted transfer hereof other than in accordance therewith shall be void. The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Common Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Trust, dated as of December 30, 2003, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”), among Macon Bancorp, as Depositor, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Property Trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein and the Holders, from time to time, of Trust Securities. The Trust will furnish a copy of the Trust Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Trust at its principal place of business or registered office.

 

B-1


Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

This Common Securities Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

Terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed on behalf of the Trust this certificate this          day of                          .

 

M ACON C APITAL T RUST I
By:    
  Name:
  Administrative Trustee

 

B-2


Exhibit C

[FORM OF PREFERRED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]

“[ IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC. THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR PREFERRED SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO MACON CAPITAL TRUST I OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY PREFERRED SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR THAT (A) SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE TRUST, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE

 

C-1


SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (III) OR (V), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS PREFERRED SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION

 

C-2


4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE “FDIC”).

 

C-3


Certificate Number                     Preferred Securities
                    Aggregate Liquidation Amount

CUSIP NO.

 

 

Certificate Evidencing Preferred Securities

of

Macon Capital Trust I

Floating Rate Preferred Securities

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Preferred Security)

Macon Capital Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that                          (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of                  Preferred Securities [ if the Preferred Security is a Global Security, then insert— , or such other number of Preferred Securities represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Trust Agreement (as defined below),] of the Trust representing an undivided preferred beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust and designated the Macon Capital Trust I Floating Rate Preferred Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Preferred Security) (the “Preferred Securities”). The Preferred Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer as provided in Section 5.7 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below). The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Preferred Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Preferred Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Trust, dated as of December 30, 2003, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”), among Macon Bancorp, a North Carolina corporation, as Depositor, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Property Trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein and the Holders, from time to time, of Trust Securities. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee Agreement entered into by Macon Bancorp and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Guarantee Trustee, dated as of December 30, 2003, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Guarantee Agreement”), to the extent provided therein. The Trust will furnish a copy of each of the Trust Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Property Trustee at its principal place of business or registered office.

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

C-4


This Preferred Securities Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Preferred Securities Certificate are used with the meanings specified in the Trust Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits thereto.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed on behalf of the Trust this certificate this      day of                  ,          .

 

M ACON C APITAL T RUST I
By:    
  Name:
  Administrative Trustee

This is one of the Preferred Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

Dated:

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee
By:    
  Authorized officer

 

C-5


[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

The Trust promises to pay Distributions from December 30, 2003, or from the most recent Distribution Date to which Distributions have been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 30 th , June 30 th , September 30 th and December 30 th of each year, commencing on March 30, 2004, at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80% of the Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities represented by this Preferred Securities Certificate, together with any Additional Interest Amounts, in respect to such period.

Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be made by the Paying Agent from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each Distribution Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.

In the event (and to the extent) that the Depositor exercises its right under the Indenture to defer the payment of interest on the Notes, Distributions on the Preferred Securities shall be deferred.

Under the Indenture, so long as no Note Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Notes, to defer the payment of interest on the Notes for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable). No interest on the Notes shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80%, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment. If Distributions are deferred, the deferred Distributions (including Additional Interest Amounts) shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Trust Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such termination date.

Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such Distributions in the Payment Account of the Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Preferred Securities will be limited to payments received from the Depositor. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Depositor pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

During any such Extension Period, the Depositor shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Depositor to, (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Depositor’s capital stock or any Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the

 

C-6


Company), or (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Depositor or any Affiliate of the Depositor that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Notes (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Depositor in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (3) the issuance of capital stock of the Depositor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Depositor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Depositor) for any class or series of the Depositor’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Depositor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Depositor’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Depositor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan (as defined in the Indenture), the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

On each Note Redemption Date, on the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes and on each other date on (or in respect of) which any principal on the Notes is repaid, the Trust will be required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price. Under the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed by the Depositor on any Interest Payment Date, at the Depositor’s option, on or after March 30, 2009 in whole or in part from time to time at a redemption price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof or the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required. The Notes may also be redeemed by the Depositor, at its option, at any time, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event at the Indenture Redemption Price.

The Trust Securities redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed at the Redemption Price with the proceeds from the contemporaneous redemption or payment at maturity of Notes. Redemptions of the Trust Securities (or portion thereof) shall be made and the Redemption Price shall be payable on each Redemption Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price.

Payments of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts), the Redemption Price, Liquidation Amount or any other amounts in respect of the Preferred Securities shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed

 

C-7


to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register. If any Preferred Securities are held by a Depositary, such Distributions shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds.

The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (as defined in the Indenture), and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto.

 

C-8


ASSIGNMENT

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned assigns and transfers this Preferred Securities Certificate to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

(Insert address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoints

agent to transfer this Preferred Securities Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

 

Date:

   _______________________

Signature:

   __________________________________________________________________________________________
   (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Preferred Securities Certificate)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

C-9


Exhibit D

Junior Subordinated Indenture

 

D-1


Exhibit E

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE

TO BE EXECUTED BY TRANSFEREES OTHER THAN QIBS

December 30, 2003

Macon Bancorp

Macon Capital Trust I

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

 

  Re: Purchase of $1,000 stated liquidation amount of Floating Rate Preferred

Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of Macon Capital Trust I

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our purchase of the Preferred Securities we confirm that:

1. We understand that the Floating Rate Preferred Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of Macon Capital Trust I (the “Trust”) (including the guarantee (the “Guarantee”) of Macon Bancorp (the “Company”) executed in connection therewith) and the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes due 2034 of the Company (the “Subordinated Notes”) (the Preferred Securities, the Guarantee and the Subordinated Notes together being referred to herein as the “Offered Securities”), have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing the Offered Securities that, if we decide to offer, sell or otherwise transfer any such Offered Securities, (i) such offer, sale or transfer will be made only (a) to the Trust, (b) to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” (a “QIB”) (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (c) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring Offered Securities for its own account, or for the account of such an “accredited investor,” for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, (d) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (e) pursuant to an exemption from the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and, in the case of (c) or (e), subject to the right of the Trust and the depositor to require an opinion of counsel and other information satisfactory to each of them. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the date on which, in the written opinion of counsel, the Preferred Securities are not “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If any resale or other transfer of the Offered Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (c) or (e) above, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Property Trustee as Transfer Agent, which shall provide as applicable, among other things, that the transferee is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We acknowledge

 

E-1


on our behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities that the Trust and the Company reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer pursuant to clause (c) or (e) to require the delivery of any opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Trust and the Company. We understand that the certificates for any Offered Security that we receive will bear a legend substantially to the effect of the foregoing.

2. We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an “accredited investor,” and we are acquiring the Offered Securities for investment purposes and not with view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Offered Securities, and we and any account for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risks of our or its investment.

3. We are acquiring the Offered Securities purchased by us for our own account (or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion and have authority to make, and do make, the statements contained in this letter) and not with a view to any distribution of the Offered Securities, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property will at all times be and remain within our control.

4. In the event that we purchase any Preferred Securities or any Subordinated Notes, we will acquire such Preferred Securities having an aggregate stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000 or such Subordinated Notes having an aggregate principal amount not less than $100,000, for our own account and for each separate account for which we are acting.

5. We acknowledge that we either (A) are not a fiduciary of a employee benefit, individual retirement account or other plan or arrangement subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (each a “Plan”), or an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity, and are not purchasing the Offered Securities on behalf of or with “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity, (B) are eligible for the exemptive relief available under one or more of the following prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) issued by the U.S. Department of Labor: PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 or 84-14 or another applicable exemption, or (C) our purchase and holding of this security, or any interest therein, is not prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to such purchase or holding.

6. We acknowledge that the Trust and the Company and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements and agree that if any of the acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements deemed to have been made by our purchase of the Offered Securities are no longer accurate, we shall promptly notify the Company. If we are acquiring any Offered Securities as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, we represent that we have sole discretion with respect to each such investor account and that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreement on behalf of each such investor account.

 

E-2


(Name of Purchaser)
By:    
Date:     

Upon transfer, the Offered Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows.

Name:                                                              

Address:                                                          

Taxpayer ID Number:                                   

 

E-3


Exhibit F

FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

TO BE EXECUTED FOR QIBs

December 30, 2003

Macon Bancorp

Macon Capital Trust I

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

 

  Re: Purchase of $1,000 stated liquidation amount of Floating Rate

Preferred Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of Macon Capital Trust I

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Macon Capital Trust I, dated as of December 30, 2003 (the “Trust Agreement”), among Everett Stiles, Stan M. Jeffress and Roger Plemens, as Administrative Trustees, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, as Delaware Trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Property Trustee, Macon Bancorp, as Depositor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of Macon Capital Trust I. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Trust Agreement.

This letter relates to $                                  aggregate liquidation amount of Preferred Securities which are held in the name of                          (the “Transferor”).

In accordance with Article V of the Trust Agreement, the Transferor hereby certifies that such Preferred Securities are being transferred in accordance with (i) the transfer restrictions set forth in the Preferred Securities and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Preferred Securities for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

(Name of Transferor)
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

Date:                                     

 

F-1


Exhibit G

Officer’s Certificate

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer] [Treasurer] [Executive Vice President] hereby certifies, pursuant to Section 8.16(b) of the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2003, among Macon Bancorp (the “Company”), Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as property trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, as Delaware trustee and the administrative trustees named therein, that, as of [date], [20      ], the Company had the following ratios and balances:

BANK HOLDING COMPANY

As of [Quarterly Financial Dates]

 

Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets

     ____________ 

Ratio of Double Leverage

     ____________ 

Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO

     ____________ 

Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets

     ____________ 

Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans

     ____________ 

Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans

     ____________ 

Return on Average Assets (annualized)

     ____________ 

Net Interest Margin (annualized)

     ____________ 

Efficiency Ratio

     ____________ 

Ratio of Loans to Assets

     ____________ 

Ratio of Loans to Deposits

     ____________ 

Double Leverage (exclude trust preferred as equity)

       ____________ 

Total Assets

     $____________   

Year to Date Income

     $____________   

 

* A table describing the quarterly report calculation procedures is provided on page       

[FOR FISCAL YEAR END: Attached hereto are the audited consolidated financial statements (including the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, and notes thereto, together with the report of the independent accountants thereon) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the three years ended                      , 20          .]

[FOR FISCAL QUARTER END: Attached hereto are the unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements (including the balance sheet and income statement) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter] ended [date], 20          .

 

G-1


The financial statements fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the results of operations and changes in financial condition as of the date, and for the [        quarter interim] [annual] period ended [date], 20      , and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved (expect as otherwise noted therein).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of this              day of                          , 20         

   

Name:

Title:

Macon Bancorp

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

(828) 524-7000

 

G-2


Financial Definitions

 

Report Item

  

Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with

Line Item corresponding Schedules

  

Description of

Calculation

Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets   

BHCK7206

Schedule HC-R

   Tier 1 Risk Ratio: Core Capital (Tier 1)/ Risk- Adjusted Assets
Ratio of Double Leverage   

(BHCP0365)/(BCHCP3210)

Schedule PC in the LP

   Total equity investments in subsidiaries divided by the total equity capital. This field is calculated at the parent company level. “Subsidiaries” include bank, bank holding company, and non-bank subsidiaries.
Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO   

(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526- BHCK3507+BHCK2744)/(BHCK2122+BHCK2 744)

Schedules HC-C, HC-M & HC-N

   Total Nonperforming Assets (NPLs+Foreclosed Real Estate+Other Nonaccrual & Repossessed Assets)/Total Loans+Foreclosed Real Estate
Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets   

(BHDM3210-BHCK3163)/(BHCK2170- BHCK3163)

Schedule HC

   (Equity Capital – Goodwill)/(Total Assets – Goodwill)
Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans   

(BHCK3123+BHCK3128)/(BHCK5525- BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507)

Schedules HC & HC-N & HC-R

   Total Loan Loss and Allocated Transfer Risk Reserves/ Total Nonperforming Loans (Nonaccrual + Restructured)
Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans   

(BHCK4635-BHCK4605)/(BHCK3516)

Schedules HC-B & HC-K

   Net charge offs for the period as a percentage of average loans.
Return on Average Assets (annualized)   

(BHCK4340/BHCK3368)

Schedules HI & HC-K

   Net Income as a percentage of Assets.
Net Interest Margin    (BHCK4519)/(BHCK3515+BHCK3365+BHCK3 516+BHCK3401+BHCKB985)    (Net Interest Income Fully Taxable

 

G-3


Report Item

  

Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with

Line Item corresponding Schedules

  

Description of

Calculation

(annualized)    Schedules HI Memorandum and HC-K    Equivalent, if available/Average Earning Assets)
Efficiency Ratio   

(BHCK4093)/(BHCK4519+BHCK4079)

Schedule HI

   (Non-interest Expense)/(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available, plus Non-interest Income)
Ratio of Loans to Assets   

(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHCK2170)

Schedule HC

   Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve/Total Assets
Ratio of Loans to Deposits   

(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHDM6631+BHD M6636+BHFN6631+BHFN6636)

Schedule HC

   Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Deposits (Includes Domestic and Foreign Deposits)
Total Assets   

(BHCK2170)

Schedule HC

   The sum of total assets. Includes cash and balances due from depository institutions; securities; federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; loans and lease financing receivables; trading assets; premises and fixed assets; other real estate owned; investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies; customer’s liability on acceptances outstanding; intangible assets; and other assets.
Net Income   

(BHCK4300)

Schedule HI

   The sum of income (loss) before extraordinary items and

 

G-4


Report Item

  

Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with

Line Item corresponding Schedules

  

Description of

Calculation

      other adjustments and extraordinary items; and other adjustments, net of income taxes.

 

G-5


Schedule A

With respect to the Trust Securities, the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

(1) On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to a Distribution Date (except, with respect to the first distribution payment date, on December 26, 2003) (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date”), LIBOR for any given security shall, for the following distribution period, equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month Eurodollar deposits that appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 1991 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

(2) If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided, that if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

(3) As used herein: “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and “LIBOR Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

 

Schedule A-1

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

between

MACON BANCORP,

As Guarantor,

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

As Guarantee Trustee

Dated as of December 30, 2003

MACON CAPITAL TRUST I

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

   INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS      2   

SECTION 1.1

   Interpretation      2   

SECTION 1.2

   Definitions      2   

ARTICLE II

   REPORTS      6   

SECTION 2 1

   List of Holders      6   

SECTION 2.2

   Periodic Resorts to the Guarantee Trustee      6   

SECTION 2.3

   Event of Default; Waiver      6   

SECTION 2.4

   Event of Default; Notice      6   

ARTICLE III

   POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE      7   

SECTION 3.1

   Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee      7   

SECTION 3.2

   Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee      8   

SECTION 3.3

   Compensation      10   

SECTION 3.4

   Indemnity      10   

SECTION 3.5

   Securities      11   

ARTICLE IV

   GUARANTEE TRUSTEE      11   

SECTION 4.1

   Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility      11   

SECTION 4.2

   Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee      11   

ARTICLE V

   GUARANTEE      12   

SECTION 5.1

   Guarantee      12   

SECTION 5.2

   Waiver of Notice and Demand      13   

SECTION 5.3

   Obligations Not Affected      13   

SECTION 5.4

   Rights of Holders      14   

SECTION 5.5

   Guarantee of Payment      14   

SECTION 5.6

   Subrogation      14   

SECTION 5.7

   Independent Obligations      14   

SECTION 5.8

   Enforcement      15   

ARTICLE VI

   COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION      15   

SECTION 6.1

   Dividends Distributions and Payments      15   

SECTION 6.2

   Subordination      16   

SECTION 6.3

   Pari Passu Guarantees      16   
     

ARTICLE VII

   TERMINATION      16   

SECTION 7.1

   Termination      16   

ARTICLE VIII

   MISCELLANEOUS      17   

SECTION 8.1

   Successors and Assigns      17   

SECTION 8 2

   Amendments      17   

SECTION 8.3

   Notices      17   

SECTION 8.4

   Benefit      18   

 

i


SECTION 8.5

   Governing Law      18   

SECTION 8.6

   Submission to Jurisdiction      18   

SECTION 8.7

   Counterparts      19   

 

ii


G UARANTEE A GREEMENT , dated as of December 30, 2003, executed and delivered by M ACON B ANCORP , a North Carolina corporation (the “Guarantor” ) having its principal office at One Center Court, Franklin, North Carolina 28734, and D EUTSCHE B ANK T RUST C OMPANY A MERICAS , a New York banking corporation, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Guarantee Trustee” ), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as defined herein) of Macon Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer” ).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , pursuant to an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Trust Agreement”), among the Guarantor, as Depositor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein and the holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as hereinafter defined), the Issuer is issuing $14,000,000 aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of its Floating Rate Preferred Securities (Liquidation Amount $1,000 per preferred security) (the “Preferred Securities” ) representing preferred undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer and having the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement;

W HEREAS , the Preferred Securities will be issued by the Issuer and the proceeds thereof, together with the proceeds from the issuance of the Issuer’s Common Securities (as defined below), will be used to purchase the Notes (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

W HEREAS , as incentive for the Holders to purchase Preferred Securities the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth herein, to pay to the Holders of the Preferred Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

Now, T HEREFORE , in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of Preferred Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee Agreement to provide as follows for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities:


ARTICLE I

I NTERPRETATION AND D EFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Interpretation.

In this Guarantee Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) capitalized terms used in this Guarantee Agreement but not defined in the preamble hereto have the respective meanings assigned to them in Section 1.2 ;

(b) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

(c) all references to “the Guarantee Agreement” or “this Guarantee Agreement” are to this Guarantee Agreement as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d) all references in this Guarantee Agreement to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Guarantee Agreement unless otherwise specified;

(e) the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Guarantee Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

(g) the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

SECTION 1.2 Definitions.

As used in this Guarantee Agreement, the terms set forth below shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person; provided, that the Issuer shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Guarantor. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Beneficiaries” means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

 

2


“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Guarantor or any duly authorized committee of that board.

“Common Securities” means the securities representing common undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer.

“Debt” means with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred, and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Guarantee Agreement or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options, swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals, extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

“Event of Default” means a default by the Guarantor on any of its payment or other obligations under this Guarantee Agreement; provided, that except with respect to a default in payment of any Guarantee Payments, the Guarantor shall have received notice of default from the Guarantee Trustee and shall not have cured such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice.

“Guarantee Payments” means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Preferred Securities, to the extent not paid or made by or on behalf of the Issuer: (i) any accumulated and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Trust Agreement) required to be paid on the Preferred Securities, to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, (ii) the Redemption Price with respect to any Preferred Securities to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, and (iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary termination, winding up or liquidation of the Issuer, unless Notes are distributed to the Holders, the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the Liquidation Amount of $1,000 per Preferred Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions on the Preferred Securities to the date of payment, to the extent that the Issuer shall have funds available therefor at such

 

3


time and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Issuer in accordance with applicable law (in either case, the “Liquidation Distribution” ).

“Guarantee Trustee” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee, as defined below, has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement, and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

“Holder” means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Preferred Securities; provided , that, in determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of Preferred Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder” shall not include the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee or any Affiliate of the Guarantor or the Guarantee Trustee.

“Indenture” means the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, as supplemented and amended, between the Guarantor and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee.

“List of Holders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

“Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities” means a vote by the Holder(s), voting separately as a class, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of all then outstanding Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer.

“Obligations” means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer, other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President or a Vice President of such Person, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, and delivered to the Guarantee Trustee. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee Agreement (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 2.4 ) shall include:

(a) a statement that each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officers’ Certificate;

(c) a statement that each officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to

 

4


express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer or any other officer of the Corporate Trust Department of the Guarantee Trustee and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Senior Debt” means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Guarantor whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt of the Guarantor, whether incurred on or prior to the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Preferred Securities; provided, however, that if the Guarantor is subject to the regulation and supervision of an “appropriate Federal banking agency” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), the Guarantor shall have received the approval of such appropriate Federal banking agency prior to issuing any such obligation; provided further, that Senior Debt shall not include any other debt securities, and guarantees in respect of such debt securities, issued to any trust other than the Issuer (or a trustee of such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Guarantor that is a financing vehicle of the Guarantor (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to this Guarantee Agreement.

“Successor Guarantee Trustee” means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 4.1.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Guarantee Agreement.

 

5


Capitalized or otherwise defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

ARTICLE II

R EPORTS

SECTION 2.1 List of Holders.

The Guarantor shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee at such times as the Guarantee Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Guarantor of any such request, a list, in such form as the Guarantee Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders (the “List of Holders” ) as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Guarantor and is not identical to a previously supplied list of Holders or has not otherwise been received by the Guarantee Trustee in its capacity as such. The Guarantee Trustee may destroy any List of Holders previously given to it on receipt of a new List of Holders.

SECTION 2.2 Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.

The Guarantor shall deliver to the Guarantee Trustee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor ending after the date of this Guarantee Agreement, an Officers’ Certificate covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Guarantor is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms or provisions or any of the conditions of this Guarantee Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Guarantor shall be in default thereof, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they have knowledge.

SECTION 2.3 Event of Default; Waiver.

The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent therefrom.

SECTION 2.4 Event of Default; Notice.

(a) The Guarantee Trustee shall, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of a default, transmit to the Holders notices of all defaults actually known to the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice, provided, that, except in the case of a default in

 

6


the payment of a Guarantee Payment, the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders. For the purpose of this Section 2.4 , the term “default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice, or a Responsible Officer charged with the administration of this Guarantee Agreement shall have obtained written notice, of such Event of Default from the Guarantor or a Holder.

ARTICLE III

P OWERS , D UTIES A ND R IGHTS O F T HE G UARANTEE T RUSTEE

SECTION 3.1 Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) This Guarantee Agreement shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee Agreement to any Person except a Holder exercising its rights pursuant to Section 5.4(d) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment hereunder, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b) The rights, immunities, duties and responsibilities of the Guarantee Trustee shall be as provided by this Guarantee Agreement and there shall be no other duties or obligations, express or implied, of the Guarantee Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provisions of this Guarantee Agreement shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Guarantee Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Guarantee Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 3.1 . To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Guarantee Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Guarantor or the Holders, the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder for the Guarantee Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Guarantee

 

7


Agreement. The provisions of this Guarantee Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Guarantee Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Guarantor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Guarantee Trustee.

(c) No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made; and

(ii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 3.2 Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1 :

(i) the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

(ii) any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate unless otherwise prescribed herein;

(iii) the Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice. Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may be one of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

8


(iv) the Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided, that, nothing contained in this Section  3.2(a)(iv) shall be taken to relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement;

(v) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Guarantee Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney;

(vi) the Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(vii) whenever in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (C) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(viii) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Guarantee Agreement; and

(ix) whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein

 

9


specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and rely upon an Officers’ Certificate which, upon receipt of such request from the Guarantee Trustee, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

(b) No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty to act in accordance with such power and authority.

SECTION 3.3 Compensation.

The Guarantor agrees to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provisions of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) and to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its attorneys and agents) incurred or made by the Guarantee Trustee in accordance with any provisions of this Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 3.4 Indemnity.

The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Guarantee Trustee and any of its Affiliates and any of their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, representatives or agents from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.3 ). penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Guarantee Agreement, including the” costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The Guarantee Trustee will not claim or exact any lien or charge on any Guarantee Payments as a result of any amount due to it under this Guarantee Agreement. This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

In no event shall the Guarantee Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Guarantee Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

In no event shall the Guarantee Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo or government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations,

 

10


governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 3.5 Securities.

The Guarantee Trustee or any other agent of the Guarantee Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Common or Preferred Securities.

ARTICLE IV

G UARANTEE T RUSTEE

SECTION 4.1 Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

(a) There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

(ii) be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority and having an office within the United States. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 4.1 , the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b) If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a) , the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(c) .

(c) If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(c) .

SECTION 4.2 Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) Subject to Section 4.2(b) , the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor, except during an Event of Default.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by

 

11


written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee appointed hereunder shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation. The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

(d) If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 4.2 within thirty (30) days after delivery to the Guarantor of an instrument of resignation, the resigning Guarantee Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Guarantor, any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

ARTICLE V

G UARANTEE

SECTION 5.1 Guarantee.

(a) The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by or on behalf of the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except for the defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim which the Issuer may have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders. The Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Guarantee Trustee in the event it makes any direct payment to the Holders hereunder.

(b) The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer, and, in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the Beneficiaries who have received notice hereof.

 

12


SECTION 5.2 Waiver of Notice and Demand.

The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of the Guarantee Agreement and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Guarantee Trustee, Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

SECTION 5.3 Obligations Not Affected.

The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

(a) the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Preferred Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

(b) the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Notes as provided in the Indenture), Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Preferred Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Preferred Securities;

(c) any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

(d) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

(e) any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Preferred Securities;

(f) the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

(g) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 5.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

 

13


There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain the consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 5.4 Rights of Holders.

The Guarantor expressly acknowledges that: (a) this Guarantee Agreement will be deposited with the Guarantee Trustee to be held for the benefit of the Holders; (b) the Guarantee Trustee has the right to enforce this Guarantee Agreement on behalf of the Holders; (c) the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee Agreement or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement; and (d) any Holder may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce its rights under this Guarantee Agreement, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee Trustee, the Issuer or any other Person.

SECTION 5.5 Guarantee of Payment.

This Guarantee Agreement creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection. This Guarantee Agreement will not be discharged except by payment of the Guarantee Payments in full (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer) or upon distribution of Notes to Holders as provided in the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 5.6 Subrogation.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement and shall have the right to waive payment by the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.1 ; provided, that, the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee Agreement, if, at the time of any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee Agreement. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

SECTION 5.7 Independent Obligations.

The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Preferred Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 5.3 .

 

14


SECTION 5.8 Enforcement.

A Beneficiary may enforce the Obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 5.l(b) directly against the Guarantor, and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor.

ARTICLE VI

C OVENANTS AND S UBORDINATION

SECTION 6.1 Dividends, Distributions and Payments.

So long as any Preferred Securities remain outstanding, if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or the Guarantor shall have entered into an Extension Period as provided for in the Indenture and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor may not, and may not allow any Affiliate of the Guarantor to, (a) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s capital stock or any Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company), or (b) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Preferred Securities (other than (i) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of such Event of Default or the applicable Extension Period, (ii) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or any class of series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversions or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any rights plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any rights plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

 

15


SECTION 6.2 Subordination.

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement will constitute unsecured obligations of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior Debt of the Guarantor.

SECTION 6.3 Pari Passu Guarantees.

(a) The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall rank pari passu with the obligations of the Guarantor under any similar guarantee agreements issued by the Guarantor with respect to preferred securities (if any) similar to the Preferred Securities, issued by trusts other than the Issuer established or to be established by the Guarantor (if any), in each case similar to the Issuer.

(b) The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments thereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Debt of the Guarantor, under any indenture or agreement that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

ARTICLE VII

T ERMINATION

SECTION 7.1 Termination.

This Guarantee Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) full payment of the Redemption Price of all Preferred Securities, (b) the distribution of Notes to the Holders in exchange for all of the Preferred Securities or (c) full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Trust Agreement upon liquidation of the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guarantee Agreement will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder must restore payment of any sums paid with respect to Preferred Securities or this Guarantee Agreement. The obligations of the Guarantor under Sections 3.3 and 3.4 shall survive any such termination or the resignation and removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

 

16


ARTICLE VIII

M ISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1 Successors and Assigns.

All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee Agreement shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Preferred Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with a consolidation, merger or sale involving the Guarantor that is permitted under Article VIII of the Indenture and pursuant to which the successor or assignee agrees in writing to perform the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, the Guarantor shall not assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder without the prior approval of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities.

SECTION 8.2 Amendments.

Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material respect (in which case no consent of the Holders will be required), this Guarantee Agreement may only be amended with the prior approval of the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders of not less than a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities. The provisions of Article VI of the Trust Agreement concerning meetings or consents of the Holders shall apply to the giving of such approval.

SECTION 8.3 Notices.

Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail as follows:

(a) if given to the Guarantor, to the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Guarantor may give notice to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders:

Macon Bancorp

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

Facsimile No.: (828) 369-0525

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

17


(b) if given to the Issuer, at the Issuer’s address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Issuer may give notice to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders:

Macon Capital Trust I

c/o Macon Bancorp

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

Facsimile No.: (828) 369-0525

Attention: Administrative Trustee

(c) if given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice to the Guarantor and the Holders:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005-2858

Facsimile No.: (212) 797-8622

Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services

(d) if given to any Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

All notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

SECTION 8.4 Benefit.

This Guarantee Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Holders and is not separately transferable from the Preferred Securities.

SECTION 8.5 Governing Law.

This Guarantee Agreement and the rights and obligations of each party hereto, shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

SECTION 8.6 Submission to Jurisdiction.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY OR AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO OR WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTEE

 

18


AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN OR REMOVED TO THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (IN EACH CASE SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY ACCEPTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS (AND COURTS OF APPEALS THEREFROM) FOR LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT.

SECTION 8.7 Counterparts.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

19


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Guarantee Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

M ACON B ANCORP
By:    /s/ Everett Stiles
  Everett Stiles
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

D EUTSCHE B ANK T RUST C OMPANY A MERICAS ,
not in its individual capacity, but solely as
Guarantee Trustee
By:    /s/ Wanda Camacho
  Name:
  Title:

Guarantee

Exhibit 10.8

 

 

 

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE

between

MACON BANCORP

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Trustee

 

 

Dated as of December 30,2003

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
  ARTICLE I   
  Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application   

SECTION 1.1.

  Definitions      1   

SECTION 1.2.

  Compliance Certificate and Opinions      10   

SECTION 1.3.

  Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee      11   

SECTION 1.4.

  Acts of Holders      11   

SECTION 1.5.

  Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company      13   

SECTION 1.6.

  Notice to Holders; Waiver      13   

SECTION 1.7.

  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents      14   

SECTION 1.8.

  Successors and Assigns      14   

SECTION 1.9.

  Separability Clause      14   

SECTION 1.10.

  Benefits of Indenture      14   

SECTION 1.11.

  Governing Law      14   

SECTION 1 12

  Submission to Jurisdiction      15   

SECTION 1.13.

  Non-Business Days      15   
 

ARTICLE II

Security Forms

  

SECTION 2.1.

  Form of Security      15   

SECTION 2.2.

  Restricted Legend      20   

SECTION 2.3.

  Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication      23   

SECTION 2.4.

  Temporary Securities      23   

SECTION 2.5.

  Definitive Securities      24   
  ARTICLE III   
  The Securities   

SECTION 3.1.

  Payment of Principal and Interest      24   

SECTION 3.2.

  Denominations      26   

SECTION 3.3.

  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating      26   

SECTION 3.4.

  Global Securities      27   

SECTION 3.5.

  Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally      29   

SECTION 3.6.

  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities      30   

SECTION 3.7.

  Persons Deemed Owners      30   

SECTION 3.8.

  Cancellation      30   

SECTION 3.9.

  Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates      31   

SECTION 3.10.

  Right of Set-Off      32   

 

-i-


SECTI0N 3.11.

  Agreed Tax Treatment      32   

SECTION 3.12.

  CUSIP Numbers      32   
  ARTICLE IV   
  Satisfaction and Discharge   

SECTION 4.1.

  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture      32   

SECTION 4.2.

  Application of Trust Money      34   
  ARTICLE V   
  Remedies   

SECTION 5.1.

  Events of Default      34   

SECTION 5.2.

  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment      35   

SECTION 5.3.

  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee      36   

SECTION 5.4.

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      37   

SECTION 5.5.

  Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities      37   

SECTION 5.6.

  Application of Money Collected      37   

SECTION 5.7.

  Limitation on Suits      38   

SECTION 5.8.

  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest; Direct Action by Holders of Preferred Securities      38   

SECTION 5.9.

  Restoration of Rights and Remedies      39   

SECTION 5.10.

  Rights and Remedies Cumulative      39   

SECTION 5.11.

  Delay or Omission Not Waiver      39   

SECTION 5.12.

  Control by Holders      39   

SECTION 5.13.

  Waiver of Past Defaults      40   

SECTION 5.14.

  Undertaking for Costs      40   

SECTION 5.15.

  Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws      40   
  ARTICLE VI   
  The Trustee   

SECTION 6.1.

  Corporate Trustee Required      41   

SECTION 6.2.

  Certain Duties and Responsibilities      41   

SECTION 6.3.

  Notice of Defaults      42   

SECTION 6.4.

  Certain Rights of Trustee      43   

SECTION 6.5.

  May Hold Securities      44   

SECTION 6.6.

  Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity      45   

SECTION 6.7.

  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor      46   

SECTION 6.8.

  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor      46   

SECTION 6.9.

  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business      47   

SECTION 6.10.

  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities      47   

SECTION 6.11.

  Appointment of Authenticating Agent      47   

 

-ii-


  ARTICLE VII   
  Holder’s Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company   

SECTION 7.1.

  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders      49   

SECTION 7.2.

  Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders      49   

SECTION 7.3.

  Reports by Company      50   
  ARTICLE VIII   
  Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease   

SECTION 8.1.

  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms      50   

SECTION 8.2.

  Successor Company Substituted      51   
  ARTICLE IX   
  Supplemental Indentures   

SECTION 9.1.

  Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders      51   

SECTION 9.2.

  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders      52   

SECTION 9.3.

  Execution of Supplemental Indentures      53   

SECTION 9.4.

  Effect of Supplemental Indentures      53   

SECTION 9.5.

  Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures      53   
  ARTICLE X   
  Covenants   

SECTION 10.1.

  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest      53   

SECTION 10.2.

  Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust      54   

SECTION 10.3.

  Statement as to Compliance      55   

SECTION 10.4.

  Calculation Agent      55   

SECTION 10.5.

  Additional Tax Sums      56   

SECTION 10.6.

  Additional Covenants      56   

SECTION 10.7.

  Waiver of Covenants      57   

SECTION 10.8.

  Treatment of Securities      57   
  ARTICLE XI   
  Redemption of Securities   

SECTION 11.1.

  Optional Redemption      57   

SECTION 11.2.

  Special Event Redemption      58   

SECTION 11.3.

  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee      58   

SECTION 11.4.

  Selection of Securities to be Redeemed      58   

SECTION 11.5.

  Notice of Redemption      59   

SECTION 11.6.

  Deposit of Redemption Price      59   

SECTION 11.7.

  Payment of Securities Called for Redemption      60   

 

-iii-


  ARTICLE XII   
  Subordination of Securities   

SECTION 12.1.

  Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt      60   

SECTION 12.2.

  No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.      60   

SECTION 12.3.

  Payment Permitted If No Default      62   

SECTION 12.4.

  Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt      62   

SECTION 12.5.

  Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights      63   

SECTION 12.6.

  Trustee to Effectuate Subordination      63   

SECTION 12.7.

  No Waiver of Subordination Provisions      63   

SECTION 12.8.

  Notice to Trustee      64   

SECTION 12.9.

  Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent      64   

SECTION 12.10.

  Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt      64   

SECTION 12.11.

  Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights      65   

SECTION 12.12.

  Article Applicable to Paying Agents      65   

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule A

  Determination of LIBOR   

Exhibit A

  Form of Officer’s Certificate   

 

-iv-


J UNIOR S UBORDINATED I NDENTURE , dated as of December 30, 2003, between M ACON B ANCORP , a North Carolina corporation (the “Company” ) , and D EUTSCHE B ANK T RUST C OMPANY A MERICAS , a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee” ).

R ECITALS OF THE C OMPANY

W HEREAS , the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its unsecured junior subordinated deferrable interest notes (the “Securities” ) issued to evidence loans made to the Company of the proceeds from the issuance by Macon Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust” ), of undivided preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Preferred Securities” ) and undivided common beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common Securities” and, collectively with the Preferred Securities, the “Trust Securities” ), and to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered; and

W HEREAS , all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

Now, therefore, this Indenture Witnesseth:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I ;

(b) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

(c) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

(d) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article” or a “Section” refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

 

1


(e) the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

(g) the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

“Act” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.4 .

“Administrative Trustee” means, with respect to the Trust, a Person identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Administrative Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Administrative Trustee appointed as therein provided.

“Additional Interest” means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on any amounts payable on the Securities, the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the rate per annum specified or determined as specified in such Security.

“Additional Tax Sums” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5 .

“Additional Taxes” means taxes, duties or other governmental charges imposed on the Trust as a result of a Tax Event (which, for the sake of clarity, does not include amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Trust from payments made by the Trust to or for the benefit of the Holder of, or any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, the Securities).

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Applicable Depository Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.11 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate the Securities.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

 

2


“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

“Business Day” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

“Calculation Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 10.4 .

“Capital Disqualification Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters that, as a result of an amendment to or a change in law or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than insubstantial risk that within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, the aggregate principal amount of the Securities will not be eligible to be treated by the Company as “Tier 1 Capital” (or the then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve or other “appropriate Federal banking agency” as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), which amendment, change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of issuance of the Securities; provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the principal amount of the Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Disqualification Event if such inability results from the Company having such Securities outstanding in an amount that for any reason is in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

“Common Securities” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor corporation.

“Company Request” and “Company Order” mean, respectively, the written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by its Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005-2858, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services.

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar

 

3


instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options and swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals, extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1 .

“Delaware Trustee” means, with respect to the Trust, the Person identified as the “Delaware Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Delaware Trustee appointed as therein provided.

“Depositary” means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Company or any successor thereto. DTC will be the initial Depositary.

“Depository Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

“Distributions” means amounts payable in respect of the Trust Securities as provided in the Trust Agreement and referred to therein as “Distributions.”

“Dollar” or “$” means the currency of the United States of America that, as at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1 .

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.4 .

“Extension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 3.9 .

 

4


“Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the staff thereof, or a Federal Reserve Bank, acting through delegated authority, in each case under the rules, regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve System, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture any such entity is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, any successor body performing similar duties or functions.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, from time to time in effect.

“Global Security” means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

“Government Obligation” means (a) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (b) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any Government Obligation that is specified in clause (a) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided, mat (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Guarantee Agreement” means the Guarantee Agreement executed by the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Guarantee Trustee, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture, for the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Securities, as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Securities Register.

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented by one or more amendments or indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

“Interest Payment Date” means March 30 th , June 30 th , September 30 th and December 30 th of each year, commencing on March 30, 2004, during the term of this Indenture.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Investment Company Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a written change in

 

5


interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Securities.

“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or any installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

“Notice of Default” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 5.1(c) .

“Office of Thrift Supervision” means the Office of Thrift Supervision, as from time to time constituted or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Office is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

“Original Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of each Security.

“Outstanding” means, when used in reference to any Securities, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided, that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

 

6


(iii) Securities that have been paid, or in substitution for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Securities are valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company;

provided, that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Securities initially issued to the Trust that are owned by the Trust shall be deemed to be Outstanding notwithstanding the ownership by the Company or an Affiliate of any beneficial interest in the Trust.

“Paying Agent” means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on, or other amounts in respect of, any Securities on behalf of the Company.

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Place of Payment” means, with respect to the Securities, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

“Preferred Securities” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security. For the purposes of this definition, any security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

“Proceeding” has the meaning specified in Section 12.2 .

“Property Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Property Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Property Trustee appointed as therein provided.

 

7


“Purchaser” means Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands branch, as purchaser of the Preferred Securities pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

“Redemption Date” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Redemption Price” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, the price at which such security or portion thereof is to be redeemed as fixed by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Reference Banks” has the meaning specified in Schedule A .

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date with respect to the Securities means the date that is fifteen (15) days preceding such Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day).

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer, or any other officer of the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Rights Plan” means a plan of the Company providing for the issuance by the Company to all holders of its common stock of rights entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Company which rights (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of such common stock and (ii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of such common stock, in each case until the occurrence of a specified event or events.

“Securities” or “Security” means any debt securities or debt security, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Securities Register” and “Securities Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.5 .

“Senior Debt” means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company, whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt of the Company, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Preferred Securities; provided, however, that if the Company is subject to the regulation and supervision of an “appropriate Federal banking agency” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), the Company shall have received the approval of such appropriate Federal banking

 

8


agency prior to issuing any such obligation; provided further, that Senior Debt shall not include any other debt securities, and guarantees in respect of such debt securities, issued to any trust other than the Trust (or a trustee of such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Company pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to the Indenture.

“Special Event” means the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1 .

“Stated Maturity” means March 30, 2034.

“Subscription Agreement” means the Preferred Securities Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2003, by and among the Company, the Trust, the Purchaser and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (as to certain provisions thereof).

“Subsidiary” means a Person more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other voting interests of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock that ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

“Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (b) any judicial decision or any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum or field service advice) or regulatory procedure, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt any such pronouncement or procedure (an “Administrative Action”), regardless of whether such judicial decision or Administrative Action is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, change, judicial decision or Administrative Action is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case, on or after the date of issuance of the Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that (i) the Trust is, or will be within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Securities, (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Securities is not, or within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes, or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

“Trust” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

 

9


“Trust Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement executed and delivered by the Company, the Property Trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware and the Administrative Trustees named therein, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture, for the benefit of the holders of the Trust Securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument, solely in its capacity as such and not in its individual capacity, until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and, thereafter, “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date as of this Indenture.

“Trust Securities” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

SECTION 1.2. Compliance Certificate and Opinions.

(a) Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, have been complied with, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

(b) Every certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 10.3) shall include:

(i) a statement by each individual signing such certificate or opinion that such individual has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions of such individual contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

10


SECTION 1.3. Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

(a) In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

(b) Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

(c) Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

(d) Whenever, subsequent to the receipt by the Trustee of any Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or other document or instrument, a clerical, typographical or other inadvertent or unintentional error or omission shall be discovered therein, a new document or instrument may be substituted therefor in corrected form with the same force and effect as if originally received in the corrected form and, irrespective of the date or dates of the actual execution and/or delivery thereof, such substitute document or instrument shall be deemed to have been executed and/or delivered as of the date or dates required with respect to the document or instrument for which it is substituted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Securities issued under the authority of such defective document or instrument shall nevertheless be the valid obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all other Outstanding Securities.

SECTION 1.4. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given to or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments (including any appointment of an agent) is or are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing

 

11


appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4 .

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a Person acting in other than his or her individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his or her authority. The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine.

(c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

(e) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

(f) Except as set forth in paragraph (g) of this Section 1.4 , the Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Securities. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date (as defined below) by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect). Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 .

(g) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration or rescission or annulment thereof referred to in Section 5.2 , (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 5.7(b) or (iv) any

 

12


direction referred to in Section 5.12 . If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect). Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 .

(h) With respect to any record date set pursuant to paragraph (f) or (g) of this Section 1.4 , the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided, that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 . on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4 , the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the ninetieth (90 th ) day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the one hundred and eightieth (180 th ) day after the applicable record date.

SECTION 1.5. Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, Act of Holders, or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

(a) the Trustee by any Holder, any holder of Preferred Securities or the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

(b) the Company by the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of Preferred Securities shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at One Center Court, Franklin, North Carolina 28734 Attn: Chief Financial Officer, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

SECTION 1.6. Notice to Holders; Waiver.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event to the address of such Holder as it

 

13


appears in the Securities Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. If, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or for any other reason, it shall be impossible or impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when said notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

SECTION 1.7. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Indenture.

SECTION 1.8. Successors and Assigns.

This Indenture shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company and the Trustee, including any successor by operation of law. Except in connection with a transaction involving the Company that is permitted under Article VIII and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder, the Company shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 1.9. Separability Clause.

If any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

SECTION 1.10. Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities and, to the extent expressly provided in Sections 5.2 , 5.8 , 5.9 , 5.11 , 5.13 , 9.2 and 10.7 . the holders of Preferred Securities, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 1.11. Governing Law.

This Indenture and the rights and obligations of each of the Holders, the Company and the Trustee shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

 

14


SECTION 1.12. Submission to Jurisdiction.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY OR AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO OR WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS INDENTURE MAY BE BROUGHT IN OR REMOVED TO THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (IN EACH CASE SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS INDENTURE, EACH PARTY ACCEPTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS (AND COURTS OF APPEALS THEREFROM) FOR LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE.

SECTION 1.13. Non-Business Days.

If any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Securities) payment of interest, premium or principal or other amounts in respect of such Security shall not be made on such date, but shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, until such next succeeding Business Day) except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity.

ARTICLE II

Security Forms

SECTION 2.1. Form of Security.

Any Security issued hereunder shall be in substantially the following form:

MACON BANCORP

Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Note due 2034

 

No.                     

   $                     

Macon Bancorp, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of North Carolina (hereinafter called the “Company,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                  Dollars [ if the Security is a Global Security, then insert — or such other principal amount represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Indenture] on March 30, 2034. The Company further promises to pay interest on said principal sum from December 30,2003, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which

 

15


interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 30 th , June 30 th , September 30 th and December 30 th of each year, commencing on March 30, 2004, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date until such next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80%, together with Additional Tax Sums, if any, as provided in Section 10.5 of the Indenture, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment; provided, that any overdue principal, premium or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80%, compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand.

The amount of interest payable shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period. The amount of interest payable for any full interest period shall be computed by dividing the applicable rate per annum by four. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of this Security, to defer the payment of interest on this Security for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “Extension Period” ), during which Extension Period(s), no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable). No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable), except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80%, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or made available for payment. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on this Security, together with such Additional Interest. Prior to the

 

16


termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. The Company shall give the Holder of this Security and the Trustee written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on this Security would be payable but for such deferral or, so long as this Security is held by the Trust, at least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which Distributions on the Preferred Securities of Macon Capital Trust I would be payable but for such deferral and (ii) the date on which the Property Trustee of such Trust is required to give notice to any securities exchange or other applicable self-regulatory organization or to holders of such Preferred Securities of the record date for the payment of such Distributions.

During any such Extension Period, the Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or any Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company), (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to this Security (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (3) the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Security shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender

 

17


for payment of public and private debts. Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of this Security shall be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent, and payments of interest shall be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Security is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including any overdue installment of interest and Additional Tax Sums, if any) on this Security will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Property Trustee.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (the “Securities” ) issued under the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003 (the “Indenture” ), between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

All terms used in this Security that are defined in the Indenture or in the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2003 (as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Trust Agreement” ), relating to Macon Capital Trust I (the “Trust” ), among the Company, as Depositor, the Trustees named therein and the Holders from time to time of the Trust Securities issued pursuant thereto, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

The Company may, on any Interest Payment Date, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a

 

18


shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) on or after March 30, 2009 and subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture, redeem this Security in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount hereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), redeem this Security, in whole but not in part, subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount hereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof. If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a supplemental indenture or indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations of the Company and of the Holders of the Securities, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest, including any Additional Interest, on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar and duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s

 

19


attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities, of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Company and, by its acceptance of this Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, this Security agree that, for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, it is intended that this Security constitute indebtedness.

This Security shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

MACON BANCORP
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

SECTION 2.2. Restricted Legend.

(a) Any Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“[ IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME

 

20


OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH SECURITIES, AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (III) OR (V), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE

 

21


COMPANY TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

 

22


THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE “ FDIC ”).”

(b) The above legend shall not be removed from any Security unless there is delivered to the Company satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall deliver, at the written direction of the Company, a Security that does not bear the legend.

SECTION 2.3. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

The Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Securities designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Trustee
By:    
  Authorized officer

SECTION 2.4. Temporary Securities.

(a) Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

(b) If temporary Securities are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of any authorized denominations having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having the same terms as such temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities.

 

23


SECTION 2.5. Definitive Securities.

The Securities issued on the Original Issue Date shall be in definitive form. The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of these methods, if required by any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

ARTICLE III

The Securities

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Principal and Interest.

(a) The unpaid principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80% until paid or duly provided for, such interest to accrue from the Original Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, and any overdue principal, premium or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80% from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or funds for the payment thereof are made available for payment.

(b) Interest and Additional Interest on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the principal of a Security or on a Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. The initial payment of interest on any Security that is issued between a Regular Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided in such Security.

(c) Any interest on any Security that is due and payable, but is not timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities (herein called “Defaulted Interest” ) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in paragraph (i) or (ii) below:

(i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a “Special Record Date” ), which shall be fixed in the following manner. At least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the

 

24


Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Security at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date; or

(ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange (or by the Trustee if the Securities are not listed), if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

(d) Payments of interest on the Securities shall include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for the Securities shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period.

(e) Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of such Securities shall be made at the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent and payments of interest shall be made subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of the Security is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of (and premium if any) and interest (including any overdue installment of interest and Additional Tax Sums, if any) on the Security will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Property Trustee.

 

25


(f) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1 , each Security delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 3.2. Denominations.

The Securities shall be in registered form without coupons and shall be issuable in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 3.3. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

(a) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities in an aggregate principal amount (including all then Outstanding Securities) not in excess of $14,433,000 executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon:

(i) a copy of any Board Resolution relating thereto; and

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(b) The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the Board, its President or one of its Vice Presidents. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile. Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

(c) No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.8 , for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

26


(d) Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

SECTION 3.4. Global Securities.

(a) Upon the election of the Holder after the Original Issue Date, which election need not be in writing, the Securities owned by such Holder shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Each Global Security issued under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated by the Company for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such Global Security shall constitute a single Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Securities registered, and no transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof unless (i) such Depositary advises the Trustee and the Company in writing that such Depositary is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as Depositary with respect to such Global Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Company of such notice, (ii) such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and no successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days after obtaining knowledge of such event, (iii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order stating that the Company elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Trustee shall notify the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to notify all owners of beneficial interests in such Global Security of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of Securities to such owners of beneficial interests requesting the same. Upon the issuance of such Securities and the registration in the Securities Register of such Securities in the names of the Holders of the beneficial interests therein, the Trustees shall recognize such holders of beneficial interests as Holders.

(c) If any Global Security is to be exchanged for other Securities or canceled in part, or if another Security is to be exchanged in whole or in part for a beneficial interest in any Global Security, then either (i) such Global Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article III or (ii) the principal amount thereof shall be reduced or increased by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged or canceled, or equal to the principal amount of such other Security to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depository Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such surrender or adjustment of a Global Security by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any Securities issuable in exchange for such Global Security (or any portion thereof) in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary. The Trustee shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

 

27


(d) Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security, unless such Security is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof.

(e) Securities distributed to holders of Book-Entry Preferred Securities (as defined in the applicable Trust Agreement) upon the dissolution of the Trust shall be distributed in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, and deposited with the Securities Registrar, as custodian for such Depositary, or with such Depositary, for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of the Securities represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct). Securities distributed to holders of Preferred Securities other than Book-Entry Preferred Securities upon the dissolution of the Trust shall not be issued in the form of a Global Security or any other form intended to facilitate book-entry trading in beneficial interests in such Securities.

(f) The Depositary or its nominee, as the registered owner of a Global Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Security for all purposes under this Indenture and the Securities, and owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Depository Procedures. Accordingly, any such owner’s beneficial interest in a Global Security shall be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Depositary Participants. The Securities Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Indenture relating to a Global Security (including the payment of principal and interest thereon and the giving of instructions or directions by owners of beneficial interests therein and the giving of notices) as the sole Holder of the Security and shall have no obligations to the owners of beneficial interests therein. Neither the Trustee nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

(g) The rights of owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such owners and the Depositary and/or its Depositary Participants.

(h) No holder of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its behalf by a Depositary shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Security, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. None of the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary or impair, as between a Depositary and such holders of beneficial interests, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of any Security.

 

28


SECTION 3.5. Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally.

(a) The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the “Securities Register”) in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Securities (the “Securities Registrar”), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers and exchanges of Securities. The Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar. The provisions of Article VI shall apply to the Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

(b) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security at the offices or agencies of the Company designated for that purpose the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of any authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

(c) At the option of the Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other Securities of any authorized denominations, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(d) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(e) Every Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

(f) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Securities.

(g) Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.5 to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption of Securities pursuant to Article XI and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

(h) The Company shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Securities may be surrendered for registration or transfer or exchange. The Company initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

 

29


SECTION 3.6. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

(a) If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(b) If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bonafide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount as such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(c) If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

(d) Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 3.6 , the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

(e) Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 3.6 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

(f) The provisions of this Section 3.6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

SECTION 3.7. Persons Deemed Owners.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 3.8. Cancellation.

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such

 

30


Securities and Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section 3.8 , except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary practices and the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a certificate of such disposition.

SECTION 3.9. Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.

(a) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Security, to defer the payment of interest on the Securities for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “Extension Period” ), during which Extension Period(s), the Company shall have the right to make no payments or partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date (except any Additional Tax Sums that otherwise may be due and payable). No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 2.80%, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Securities together with such Additional Interest. Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may extend such Extension Period and further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. The Company shall give the Holders of the Securities and the Trustee written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on the Securities would be payable but for such deferral or, so long as any Securities are held by the Trust, at least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which Distributions on the Preferred Securities of such Trust would be payable but for such deferral and (ii) the date on which the Property Trustee of such Trust is required to give notice to any securities exchange or other applicable self-regulatory organization or to holders of such Preferred Securities of the record date for the payment of such Distributions.

 

31


(b) In connection with any such Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 10.6(a) .

SECTION 3.10. Right of Set-Off.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall have the right to set off any payment it is otherwise required to make in respect of any Security to the extent the Company has theretofore made, or is concurrently on the date of such payment making, a payment under the Guarantee Agreement relating to such Security or to a holder of Preferred Securities pursuant to an action undertaken under Section 5.8 of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.11. Agreed Tax Treatment.

Each Security issued hereunder shall provide that the Company and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a direct or indirect beneficial interest in, such Security, intend and agree to treat such Security as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes and to treat the Preferred Securities (including but not limited to all payments and proceeds with respect to the Preferred Securities) as an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Securities (and payments and proceeds therefrom, respectively) for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes. The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

SECTION 3.12. CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption and other similar or related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice or other materials may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or other materials and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

ARTICLE IV

Satisfaction and Discharge

SECTION 4.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for and as otherwise provided in this Section 4.1 ) and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(a) either

 

32


(i) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Securities that have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6 and (B) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided in Section 10.2) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

  (A) have become due and payable, or

 

  (B) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year of the date of deposit, or

 

  (C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and the Company, in the case of subclause (ii)(A), (B) or (C) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose (x) an amount in the currency or currencies in which the Securities are payable, (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (z) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.6 , the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.11 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (a)(ii) of this Section 4.1 , the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2 and Section 10.2(e) shall survive.

 

33


SECTION 4.2. Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2(e) , all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment in accordance with Section 3.1 , either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) for the payment of which such money or obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee. Moneys held by the Trustee under this Section 4.2 shall not be subject to the claims of holders of Senior Debt under Article XII .

ARTICLE V

Remedies

SECTION 5.1. Events of Default.

“Event of Default” means, wherever used herein with respect to the Securities, any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case of an Extension Period); or

(b) default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security at its Maturity; or

(c) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture and continuance of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(d) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of a decree or order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

 

34


(e) the institution by the Company of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by the Company to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by the Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action; or

(f) the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence, except in connection with (1) the distribution of the Securities to holders of the Preferred Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (2) the redemption of all of the outstanding Preferred Securities or (3) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as and to the extent permitted by the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 5.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

(a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may declare the principal amount of all the Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided, that if, upon an Event of Default, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities fail to declare the principal of all the Outstanding Securities to be immediately due and payable, the holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee; and upon any such declaration the principal amount of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable.

(b) At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article V , the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by written notice to the Indenture Trustee, or the Holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities, by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

  (A) all overdue installments of interest on all Securities,

 

  (B) any accrued Additional Interest on all Securities,

 

35


  (C) the principal of and any premium on any Securities that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and

 

  (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Property Trustee and their agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to Securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13 ;

provided, that if the Holders of such Securities fail to annul such declaration and waive such default, the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities then outstanding shall also have the right to rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.2 . No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

(a) The Company covenants that if:

(i) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of thirty (30) days, or

(ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of and any premium on any Security at the Maturity thereof,

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) and, in addition thereto, all amounts owing the Trustee under Section 6.6 .

(b) If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.

(c) If an Event of Default with respect to Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the

 

36


Holders of Securities by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 5.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or similar judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized hereunder in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to first pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6 .

SECTION 5.5. Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, subject to Article XII and after provision for the payment of all the amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6 . be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 5.6. Application of Money Collected.

Any money or property collected or to be applied by the Trustee with respect to the Securities pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money or property on account of principal or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest), upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6 ;

SECOND: To the payment of all Senior Debt of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XII .

THIRD: Subject to Article XII , to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) in

 

37


respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest), respectively; and

FOURTH: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

SECTION 5.7. Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 5.8 , no Holder of any Securities shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities;

(b) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(d) the Trustee after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding for sixty (60) days; and

(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such sixty (60)-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

SECTION 5.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest; Direct Action by Holders of Preferred Securities.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium on such Security at its Maturity and payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security when due and payable and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. Any registered holder of the Preferred Securities shall have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 5. 1(a) or Section 5.1(b) , to institute a suit directly against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder of principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities having a principal amount equal to

 

38


the aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities held by such holder.

SECTION 5.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of Preferred Securities has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee, such Holder or such holder of Preferred Securities, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee, such Holders and such holder of Preferred Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, such Holder and such holder of Preferred Securities shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.6(f) , no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee, any Holder of any Securities or any holder of any Preferred Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders and the right and remedy given to the holders of Preferred Securities by Section 5.8 may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Holders or the holders of Preferred Securities, as the case may be.

SECTION 5.12. Control by Holders.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, that:

(a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

(c) subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 , the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow such direction if a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee shall, in good faith,

 

39


reasonably determine that the proceeding so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not joining in any such direction or would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

SECTION 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults.

(a) The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities and the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities may waive any past Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except an Event of Default:

(i) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security (unless such Event of Default has been cured and the Company has paid to or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all installments of interest (including any Additional Interest) due and past due and all principal of and any premium on all Securities due otherwise than by acceleration), or

(ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of any Outstanding Security.

(b) Any such waiver shall be deemed to be on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities or, in the case of a waiver by holders of Preferred Securities issued by such Trust, by all holders of Preferred Securities.

(c) Upon any such waiver, such Event of Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.14. Undertaking for Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his or her acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.14 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or any premium on the Security after the Stated Maturity or any interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security after it is due and payable.

SECTION 5.15. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,

 

40


any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE VI

The Trustee

SECTION 6.1. Corporate Trustee Required.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities. The Trustee shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority and having an office within the United States. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 6.1 , the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VI .

SECTION 6.2. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided , that in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they substantially conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

(b) If an Event of Default known to the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

41


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2 . To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Holders, the Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder for the Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Indenture. The provisions of this Indenture, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Company and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustee.

(d) No provisions of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Trustee under this Indenture for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee under this Indenture; and

(iii) the Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company and money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 6.3. Notice of Defaults.

Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any default actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give the Holders notice of such default unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided , that except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities, the Trustee shall by fully protected in withholding the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of holders of Securities; and provided , that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.1 (c) , no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section 6.3 , the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

 

42


SECTION 6.4. Certain Rights of Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 :

(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Indenture the Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee finds ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Indenture, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders are entitled to decide under the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Company requesting the Company’s written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Company; provided, that if the Trustee does not receive such instructions from the Company within ten Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice the Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

(c) any request or direction of the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Trustee, the Company or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Trustee;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, indenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee in its discretion may make such inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit,

 

43


and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(h) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Trustees (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Securities as would be entitled to direct the Trustee under this Indenture in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(i) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Indenture;

(j) without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding referred to in clauses (d) or (e) of the definition of Event of Default, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy laws or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(k) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate addressing such matter, which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Company;

(1) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless either (i) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or (ii) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof from the Company or a Holder; and

(m) in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent or Securities Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded such Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent, or Securities Registrar.

SECTION 6.5.  May Hold Securities.

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Securities Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would

 

44


have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Securities Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 6.6. Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

(a) The Company agrees

(i) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in such amounts as the Company and the Trustee shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(ii) to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

(iii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify the Trustee and its Affiliates, and their officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives and employees for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to (i) or (ii) hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or the performance of the Trustee’s duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

(b) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 6.6, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, other than money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Securities. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(d) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(e) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action

 

45


or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture.

SECTION 6.7. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.8 .

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

(c) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed at any time by the Company by a Board Resolution. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8 . If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders, by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8 . If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by the Trustee or the removal of the Trustee in the manner required by Section 6.8 , any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) The Company shall give notice to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 1.6 of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

SECTION 6.8. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring

 

46


Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.8 .

(c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VI .

SECTION 6.9. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VI . In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation or as otherwise provided above in this Section 6.9 to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated, and in case any Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor Trustee or in the name of such successor Trustee, and in all cases the certificate of authentication shall have the full force which it is provided anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 6.10. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 6.11. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

(a) The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to the Securities, which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.6 , and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an

 

47


Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, or of any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.11 the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11 , such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section 6.11 .

(b) Any Person into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent shall be the successor Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise eligible under this Section 6.11 , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

(c) An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11 , the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under the provisions of this Section 6.11 , which shall be acceptable to the Company, and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.

(d) The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.11 in such amounts as the Company and the Authenticating Agent shall agree from time to time.

(e) If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to this Section 6.11 , the Securities may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

This is one of the Securities designated therein referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

 

48


[DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS], not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
 
Authenticating Agent
By:    
  Authorized Officer

ARTICLE VII

Holder’s Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company

SECTION 7.1. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a) semi-annually, on or before June 30 and December 31 of each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the delivery thereof, and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Company and has not otherwise been received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar.

SECTION 7.2. Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided in the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

49


SECTION 7.3. Reports by Company.

(a) The Company shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective purchasers of Securities, upon their request, the information required to be furnished pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Company shall furnish to the Trustee and, so long as the Property Trustee holds any of the Securities, the Company shall furnish to the Property Trustee, reports on Form FR Y-9C, FR Y-9LP and FR Y-6 promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve.

(b) The Company shall furnish to (i) the Holders and to subsequent holders of Securities, (ii) the Purchaser and (iii) any beneficial owner of the Securities reasonably identified to the Company (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by Credit Suisse First Boston LLC or the Purchaser), a duly completed and executed certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, including the financial statements referenced in such Exhibit, which certificate and financial statements shall be so furnished by the Company not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company and not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company.

ARTICLE VIII

Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease

SECTION 8.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and no Person shall consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless:

(a) if the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer, or that leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, any such supplemental indenture comply with this Article VIII and that all conditions precedent herein provided for

 

50


relating to such transaction have been complied with; and the Trustee may rely upon such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such transaction complies with this Section 8.1 .

SECTION 8.2. Successor Company Substituted.

(a) Upon any consolidation or merger by the Company with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Company of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 8.1 and the execution and delivery to the Trustee of the supplemental indenture described in Section 8.1 (a) , the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, following the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Securities.

(b) Such successor Person may cause to be executed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder that theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities that such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be executed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

(c) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate to reflect such occurrence.

ARTICLE IX

Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(a) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

(b) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with

 

51


respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Indenture, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (b) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities; or

(c) to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Company or to add to the Events of Default, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (c) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities; or

(d) to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Securities are treated as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal income tax purposes, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (d) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities.

SECTION 9.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

(a) With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities under this Indenture; provided, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security,

(i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal or any premium of any Security or change the date of payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or interest thereon is payable, or restrict or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, or

(ii) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture, or

(iii) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2 , Section 5.13 or Section 10.7 , except to increase any percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any reason, or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Security;

provided, further, that, so long as any Preferred Securities remain outstanding, no amendment under this Section 9.2 shall be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Trust Securities shall have consented to such amendment;

 

52


provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each Outstanding Security is required for any amendment under this Indenture, such amendment shall not be effective until the holder of each Outstanding Trust Security shall have consented to such amendment.

(b) It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 9.3. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Copies of the final form of each supplemental indenture shall be delivered by the Trustee at the expense of the Company to each Holder, and, if the Trustee is the Property Trustee, to each holder of Preferred Securities, promptly after the execution thereof.

SECTION 9.4. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX , this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 9.5. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.

ARTICLE X

Covenants

SECTION 10.1. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

 

53


SECTION 10.2. Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.

(a) If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium or interest (including Additional Interest) so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its failure so to act.

(b) Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided in the Trust Indenture Act and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

(c) The Company will cause each Paying Agent for the Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.2 , that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities.

(d) The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(e) Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and any premium or interest has become due and payable shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be paid on Company Request to the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business

 

54


Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 10.3. Statement as to Compliance.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder), and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

SECTION 10.4. Calculation Agent.

(a) The Company hereby agrees that for so long as any of the Securities remain Outstanding, there will at all times be an agent appointed to calculate LIBOR in respect of each Interest Payment Date in accordance with the terms of Schedule A (the “Calculation Agent” ). The Company has initially appointed the Trustee as Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Interest Payment Date. The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Company at any time. So long as the Property Trustee holds any of the Securities, the Calculation Agent shall be the Property Trustee. If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Company, the Company will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurodollar market and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Company or its Affiliates. The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

(b) The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date (as defined in Schedule A ), but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate (rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Interest Payment Date, and will communicate such rate and amount to the Company, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Company the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Company before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either: (i) it has determined or is in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor. The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Interest Payment Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties. For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the Securities, “Business Day” shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

 

55


SECTION 10.5. Additional Tax Sums.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if (a) the Trust is the Holder of all of the Outstanding Securities and (b) a Tax Event described in clause (i) or (iii) in the definition of Tax Event in Section 1.1 hereof has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall pay to the Trust (and its permitted successors or assigns under the related Trust Agreement) for so long as the Trust (or its permitted successor or assignee) is the registered holder of the Outstanding Securities, such amounts as may be necessary in order that the amount of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement)) then due and payable by the Trust on the Preferred Securities and Common Securities that at any time remain outstanding in accordance with the terms thereof shall not be reduced as a result of any Additional Taxes arising from such Tax Event (additional such amounts payable by the Company to the Trust, the “Additional Tax Sums” ). Whenever in this Indenture or the Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payments of the Additional Tax Sums provided for in this Section 10.5 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Tax Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.5 and express mention of the payment of Additional Tax Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Tax Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided, that the deferral of the payment of interest pursuant to Section 3.9 on the Securities shall not defer the payment of any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable.

SECTION 10.6. Additional Covenants.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees with each Holder of Securities that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period with respect to the Securities and shall not have rescinded such notice, or such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, it shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to, (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company), or (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Securities (other than (A) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (B) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (C) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (D) any declaration of a dividend in connection

 

56


with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (E) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

(b) The Company also covenants with each Holder of Securities (i) to hold, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the Common Securities of the Trust, provided , that any permitted successor of the Company hereunder may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities, (ii) as holder of such Common Securities, not to voluntarily dissolve, wind-up or liquidate the Trust other than (A) in connection with a distribution of the Securities to the holders of the Preferred Securities in liquidation of the Trust or (B) in connection with certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations permitted by the Trust Agreement and (iii) to use its reasonable commercial efforts, consistent with the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement, to cause the Trust to continue to be taxable as a grantor trust and not as a corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 10.7. Waiver of Covenants.

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition contained in Section 10.6 if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall, by Act of such Holders, and at least a majority of the aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Preferred Securities then outstanding, by consent of such holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10.8. Treatment of Securities.

The Company will treat the Securities as indebtedness, and the amounts payable in respect of the principal amount of such Securities as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of the Securities will be made free and clear of U.S. withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its non-U.S. status for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE XI

Redemption of Securities

SECTION 11.1. Optional Redemption.

The Company may, at its option, on any Interest Payment Date, on or after March 30, 2009, redeem the Securities in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof (or of the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable), together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued

 

57


interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve with respect to such redemption if then required.

SECTION 11.2. Special Event Redemption.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Securities, in whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve with respect to such redemption if then required.

SECTION 11.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities, in whole or in part, shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, not less than forty five (45) days and not more than seventy five (75) days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee and the Property Trustee under the Trust Agreement in writing of such date and of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed and provide the additional information required to be included in the notice or notices contemplated by Section 11.5 . In the case of any redemption of Securities, in whole or in part, (a) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in this Indenture or the Securities or (b) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in this Indenture or the Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

SECTION 11 . 4 . Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.

(a) If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any or each Security, provided, that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

(b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security that has been or is to be redeemed.

(c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 11.4 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a single Security, whether such Security is to be

 

58


redeemed in whole or in part. In the case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

SECTION 11.5. Notice of Redemption.

(a) Notice of redemption shall be given not later than the thirtieth (30th) day, and not earlier than the sixtieth (60th) day, prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Property Trustee under the related Trust Agreement).

(b) With respect to Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, each notice of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price, as calculated by the Company, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

(iii) if less than all Outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

(iv) that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security or portion thereof, and that any interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security or such portion, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue on and after said date; and

(v) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price.

(c) Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall be irrevocable. The notice if mailed in the manner provided above shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, a failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security.

SECTION 11.6. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in Section 11.5 , the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents (or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the

 

59


Company will segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.2 ) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and any accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on, all the Securities (or portions thereof) that are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 11.7. Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.

(a) If any notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 11.5 , the Securities or portion of Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a Place of Payment specified in such notice, the Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date.

(b) Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented and having the same Original Issue Date, Stated Maturity and terms.

(c) If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal of and any premium on such Security shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

ARTICLE XII

Subordination of Securities

SECTION 12.1. Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt.

The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article XII , the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on each and all of the Securities are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt.

SECTION 12.2. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.

(a) In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of any principal of or any premium or interest on any Senior Debt (following any grace period, if applicable) when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise, then, upon written notice of such default to the Company by the holders of such Senior Debt or any trustee therefor, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no direct or indirect payment (in cash, property, securities, by set-off or otherwise) shall be made or agreed to be made on account of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional

 

60


Interest) on any of the Securities, or in respect of any redemption, repayment, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any of the Securities.

(b) In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding described in clause (d) or (e) of the definition of Event of Default (each such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a “Proceeding” ), all Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any Holder of any of the Securities on account thereof. Any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment), which would otherwise (but for these subordination provisions) be payable or deliverable in respect of the Securities shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of Senior Debt in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders until all Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) shall have been paid in full.

(c) In the event of any Proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Securities, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities and such other obligations before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or any obligations of the Company, or any Affiliate of the Company, ranking junior to the Securities and such other obligations. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of any character or any security, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment) shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder in contravention of any of the terms hereof and before all Senior Debt shall have been paid in full, such payment or distribution or security shall be received in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered and transferred to, the holders of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) in full. In the event of the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to endorse or assign any such payment, distribution or security, each holder of Senior Debt is hereby irrevocably authorized to endorse or assign the same.

(d) The Trustee and the Holders, at the expense of the Company, shall take such reasonable action (including the delivery of this Indenture to an agent for any holders of Senior Debt or consent to the filing of a financing statement with respect hereto) as may, in the opinion

 

61


of counsel designated by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding, be necessary or appropriate to assure the effectiveness of the subordination effected by these provisions.

(e) The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall not impair any rights, interests, remedies or powers of any secured creditor of the Company in respect of any security interest the creation of which is not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture.

(f) The securing of any obligations of the Company, otherwise ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities, shall not be deemed to prevent such obligations from constituting, respectively, obligations ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities.

SECTION 12.3. Payment Permitted If No Default.

Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time, except during the pendency of the conditions described in paragraph (a) of Section 12.2 or of any Proceeding referred to in Section 12.2 , from making payments at any time of principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or (b) the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge (in accordance with Section 12.8 ) that such payment would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article XII , except as provided in Section 12.8 .

SECTION 12.4. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

Subject to the payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on all Senior Debt, or the provision for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company that by its express terms is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated to the Senior Debt and is entitled to like rights of subrogation by reason of any payments or distributions made to holders of such Senior Debt) to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XII , and no payments made pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII to the holders of Senior Debt by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt.

 

62


SECTION 12.5. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

The provisions of this Article XII are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities, the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security (or to the extent expressly provided herein, the holder of any Preferred Security) from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, including filing and voting claims in any Proceeding, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XII of the holders of Senior Debt to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.

SECTION 12.6. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

Each Holder of a Security by his or her acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XII and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 12.7. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

(a) No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

(b) Without in any way limiting the generality of paragraph (a) of this Section 12.7 , the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, without incurring responsibility to such Holders of the Securities and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XII or the obligations hereunder of such Holders of the Securities to the holders of Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding, (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt, (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment of Senior Debt and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

 

63


SECTION 12.8. Notice to Trustee.

(a) The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XII or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any trustee, agent or representative therefor; provided, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 12.8 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any monies may become payable for any purpose (including, the payment of the principal of and any premium on or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

(b) The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor). In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII , the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XII , and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

SECTION 12.9. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XII , the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XII .

SECTION 12.10. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt.

The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it

 

64


shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Securities or to the Company or to any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XII or otherwise.

SECTION 12.11. Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights.

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XII with respect to any Senior Debt that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

SECTION 12.12. Article Applicable to Paying Agents.

If at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “ Trustee ” as used in this Article XII shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article XII in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, that Sections 12.8 and 12.11 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if the Company or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

* * * *

 

65


I N WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

M ACON B ANCORP
By:   /s/ Everett Stiles
  Everett Stiles
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

D EUTSCHE B ANK T RUST C OMPANY A MERICAS , not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:   /s/ Wanda Camacho
  Name:
  Title:

Indenture


Schedule A

DETERMINATION OF LIBOR

With respect to the Securities, the London interbank offered rate ( “LIBOR” ) shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

(1) On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to an Interest Payment Date (except, with respect to the first interest payment period, on December 26, 2003) (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date” ), LIBOR for any given security shall, for the following interest payment period, equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month Eurodollar deposits that appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 1991 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

(2) If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided that, if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

(3) As used herein: “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and “LIBOR Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

 

Schedule A-1


Exhibit A

Officer’s Certificate

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer] [Treasurer] [Executive Vice President] hereby certifies, pursuant to Section 7.3(b) of the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003, among Macon Bancorp (the “Company”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, that, as of [date], [20      ], the Company had the following ratios and balances:

BANK HOLDING COMPANY

As of [Quarterly Financial Dates]

 

Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets

     _________

Ratio of Double Leverage

     _________

Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO

     _________

Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets

     _________

Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans

     _________

Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans

     _________

Return on Average Assets (annualized)

     _________

Net Interest Margin (annualized)

     _________

Efficiency Ratio

     _________

Ratio of Loans to Assets

     _________

Ratio of Loans to Deposits

     _________

Double Leverage (exclude trust preferred as equity)

     _________

Total Assets

   $ _________   

Year to Date Income

   $ _________   

 

* A table describing the quarterly report calculation procedures is provided on page     

[FOR FISCAL YEAR END: Attached hereto are the audited consolidated financial statements (including the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, and notes thereto, together with the report of the independent accountants thereon) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the three years ended              , 20      .]

[FOR FISCAL QUARTER END: Attached hereto are the unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements (including the balance sheet and income statement) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter] ended [date], 20      .

The financial statements fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the results of operations and changes in financial condition as of the date, and for the [        quarter interim] [annual] period ended [date], 20      , and such financial

 

Ex. A-1


Exhibit A

 

statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved (expect as otherwise noted therein).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of this              day of                          , 20     

   
Name:
Title:

Macon Bancorp

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

(828) 524-7000

 

Ex. A-2


Financial Definitions

 

Report Item

  

Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with Line
Item corresponding Schedules

  

Description of Calculation

Tier 1 Risk

Weighted Assets

  

BHCK7206

Schedule HC-R

   Tier 1 Risk Ratio: Core Capital (Tier 1)/ Risk-Adjusted Assets
Ratio of Double Leverage   

(BHCP0365)/(BCHCP3210)

Schedule PC in the LP

   Total equity investments in subsidiaries divided by the total equity capital. This field is calculated at the parent company level. “Subsidiaries” include bank, bank holding company, and non-bank subsidiaries.
Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO   

(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507+BHCK2744)/(BHCK2122+BHCK2744)

Schedules HC-C, HC-M & HC-N

   Total Nonperforming Assets (NPLs+Foreclosed Real Estate+Other Nonaccrual & Repossessed Assets)/Total Loans+Foreclosed Real Estate
Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets   

(BHDM3210-BHCK3163)/(BHCK2170-BHCK3163)

 

Schedule HC

   (Equity Capital – Goodwill)/(Total Assets – Goodwill)
Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans   

(BHCK3123+BHCK3128)/(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507)

 

Schedules HC & HC-N & HC-R

   Total Loan Loss and Allocated Transfer Risk Reserves/ Total Nonperforming Loans (Nonaccrual + Restructured)
Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans   

(BHCK4635-BHCK4605)/(BHCK3516)

 

Schedules HC-B & HC-K

   Net charge offs for the period as a percentage of average loans.
Return on Average Assets (annualized)   

(BHCK4340/BHCK3368)

 

Schedules HI & HC-K

   Net Income as a percentage of Assets.
Net Interest Margin (annualized)   

(BHCK4519)/(BHCK3515+BHCK3365+BHCK3516 +BHCK3401+BHCKB985)

 

Schedules HI Memorandum and HC-K

   (Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available/Average Earning Assets)
Efficiency Ratio   

(BHCK4093)/(BHCK4519+BHCK4079)

 

Schedule HI

   (Non-interest Expense)/(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available, plus Non-interest Income)
Ratio of Loans to Assets   

(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHCK2170)

 

Schedule HC

   Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Assets
Ratio of Loans to Deposits   

(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHDM6631+BHDM663 6+BHFN6631+BHFN6636)

 

Schedule HC

   Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve/Total Deposits (Includes Domestic and Foreign Deposits)

 

1


Total Assets   

(BHCK2170)

 

Schedule HC

   The sum of total assets. Includes cash and balances due from depository institutions; securities; federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; loans and lease financing receivables; trading assets; premises and fixed assets; other real estate owned; investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies; customer’s liability on acceptances outstanding; intangible assets; and other assets.
Net Income   

(BHCK4300)

 

Schedule HI

   The sum of income (loss) before extraordinary items and other adjustments and extraordinary items; and other adjustments, net of income taxes.

 

2

Exhibit 10.9

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

WASHINGTON, D.C.

and

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

NORTH CAROLINA COMMISSIONER OF BANKS

RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA

 

In the Matter of

 

MACON BANK, INC.

FRANKLIN, NORTH CAROLINA

 

(Insured State Nonmember Bank)

  )

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

  

CONSENT ORDER

      FDIC-12-058b

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) is the appropriate Federal banking agency for Macon Bank, Franklin, North Carolina (“Bank”), under 12 U.S.C. § 1813(q).

The Bank, by and through its duly elected and acting Board of Directors (“Board”), has executed a “Stipulation to the Issuance of a Consent Order” (“STIPULATION”), dated March 26, 2012, that is accepted by the FDIC and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (“Commissioner”). With the STIPULATION, the Bank has consented, without admitting or denying any charges of unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation relating to weakness in capital, asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk, to the issuance of this Consent Order (“ORDER”) by the FDIC and the Commissioner. The Commissioner may issue an ORDER pursuant to N.C. Gen. Stat. § 54C-76(a) (2005).

Having determined that the requirements for issuance of an order under 12 U.S.C. § 1818(b) and N.C. Gen. Stat. § 54C-76(a) (2005) have been satisfied, the FDIC and the Commissioner hereby order that:


BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1. (a) As of the effective date of this ORDER, the Board shall increase its participation in the affairs of the Bank, assuming full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives and for the supervision of all of the Bank’s activities, consistent with the role and expertise commonly expected for directors of banks of comparable size. This participation shall include meetings to be held no less frequently than monthly at which, at a minimum, the following areas shall be reviewed and approved: reports of income and expenses; new, overdue, renewal, insider, charged off, and recovered loans; investment activity; adoption or modification of operating policies; individual committee reports; audit reports; internal control reviews including management’s responses; and compliance with this ORDER. Board meeting minutes shall document these reviews and approvals, including the names of any dissenting directors.

(b) Within 30 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Board shall establish a Board committee (“Directors’ Committee”), consisting of at least five members, to oversee the Bank’s compliance with this ORDER. At least three of the members of such committee shall be directors not employed in any capacity by the Bank other than as a director. The Directors’ Committee shall formulate and review monthly reports detailing the Bank’s actions with respect to compliance with this ORDER. The Directors’ Committee shall present a report to the Board at each regularly scheduled Board meeting, and such report shall detail the Bank’s adherence to this ORDER. Such report shall be recorded in the appropriate Board meeting minutes and shall be retained in the Bank’s records. Establishment of this committee does not in any way diminish the responsibility of the entire Board to ensure compliance with the provisions of this ORDER.

 

2


(c) Within 30 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Board shall designate a directors’ committee to review and approve loans of 1,000,000 or more, with such committee being structured so that a majority of its members are directors who are not actively involved in the Bank’s lending activities.

MANAGEMENT

2. (a) Within 90 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall have and retain qualified management with the qualifications and experience commensurate with assigned duties and responsibilities at the Bank. Each member of management shall be provided appropriate written authority from the Board to implement the provisions of this ORDER. At a minimum, management shall include the following:

(i) A chief executive officer with proven ability in managing a bank of comparable size and in effectively implementing lending, investment and operating policies in accordance with safe and sound banking practices;

(ii) A senior lending officer with a significant amount of appropriate lending, collection, and loan supervision experience, and experience in upgrading a low quality loan portfolio; and

(iii) A chief financial officer with a significant amount of appropriate experience in managing the operations of a bank of similar size and complexity in accordance with sound banking practices.

 

3


(b) The qualifications of management shall be assessed on its ability to:

(i) Comply with the requirements of this ORDER;

(ii) Operate the Bank in a safe and sound manner;

(iii) Comply with applicable laws and regulations; and

(iv) Restore all aspects of the Bank to a safe and sound condition, including, but not limited to, asset quality, capital adequacy, earnings, management effectiveness, risk management, liquidity and sensitivity to market risk.

(c) During the life of this ORDER, the Bank shall notify the Regional Director of the FDIC’s Atlanta Regional Office (“Regional Director”) and the Commissioner (collectively, “Supervisory Authorities”), in writing, of the resignation or termination of any of the Bank’s directors or senior executive officers. Prior to the addition of any individual to the Board or the employment of any individual as a senior executive officer, the Bank shall comply with the requirements of section 32 of the Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1831i, 12 C.F.R. §§ 303.100-303.104, and any State requirement for prior notification and approval. If the Supervisory Authorities issue a notice of disapproval pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1831i, with respect to the proposed individual, then such individual may not be added to the Board or employed by the Bank.

(d) Within 60 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall develop and approve a written analysis and assessment of the Bank’s management and staffing needs (“Management Plan”) for the purpose of providing qualified management for the Bank. The Management Plan shall include, at a minimum:

(i) Identification of both the type and number of officer positions needed to properly manage and supervise the affairs of the Bank;

 

4


(ii) Identification and establishment of such Bank committees as are needed to provide guidance and oversight to active management;

(iii) Written evaluations of all senior executive officers to determine whether such individuals possess the ability, experience and other qualifications required to perform present and anticipated duties, including, but not limited to, adherence to the Bank’s established policies and practices, restoration of the Bank to a safe and sound condition, and maintenance of the Bank in a safe and sound condition thereafter;

(iv) A plan to recruit and hire any additional or replacement personnel with the requisite ability, experience and other qualifications to fill those officer or staff member positions consistent with the needs identified in the Management Plan; and

(v) An organizational chart.

(e) Such Management Plan and its implementation shall be satisfactory to the Supervisory Authorities at the initial review and at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

CAPITAL

3. (a) Within 90 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall have Tier 1 Capital in such amount as to equal or exceed 8 percent of its Total Assets, and shall have Total Risk-Based Capital in such an amount as to equal or exceed 11 percent of the Bank’s total risk-weighted assets.

 

5


(b) During the life of this ORDER, the Bank shall maintain a Leverage Capital Ratio of at least 8 percent and a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of at least 11 percent as those capital ratios are defined in 12 C.F.R. § 325.

(c) The level of Tier 1 Capital to be maintained during the life of this ORDER pursuant to this paragraph shall be in addition to a fully funded allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”), the adequacy of which shall be satisfactory to the Supervisory Authorities as determined at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

(d) Within 60 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall submit to the Supervisory Authorities a written capital plan. Such capital plan shall detail the steps that the Bank shall take to achieve and maintain the capital requirements set forth in this ORDER. In developing the capital plan, the Bank shall take into consideration:

(i) The volume of the Bank’s adversely classified assets;

(ii) The nature and level of the Bank’s asset concentrations;

(iii) The adequacy of the Bank’s ALLL;

(iv) The anticipated level of retained earnings;

(v) Anticipated and contingent liquidity needs; and

(vi) The source and timing of additional funds to fulfill future capital needs.

(e) In addition, the capital plan must include a contingency plan in the event that the Bank has failed to:

(i) Maintain the minimum capital ratios required by this paragraph;

 

6


(ii) Submit an acceptable capital plan as required by this paragraph; or

(iii) Implement or adhere to a capital plan to which the Supervisory Authorities has taken no written objection pursuant to this paragraph.

(f) The contingency plan shall include a plan to sell or merge the Bank. The Bank shall implement the contingency plan upon written notice from the Supervisory Authorities.

(g) If any such capital ratios are less than the percentages required by this ORDER, as determined as of the date of any Consolidated Report of Condition and Income or at an examination by the FDIC or the Commissioner, the Bank shall, within 30 days from receipt of a written notice of the capital deficiency from Supervisory Authorities, present to the Supervisory Authorities a plan to increase the Bank’s Tier 1 Capital or to take other measures to bring all the capital ratios to the percentages required by this ORDER. After the Supervisory Authorities respond to the plan, the Board shall implement the plan, including any modifications and/or amendments requested by the Supervisory Authorities.

(h) Any increase in Tier 1 Capital necessary to meet the requirements of this ORDER may be accomplished by the following:

(i) Sale of common stock;

(ii) Sale of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock;

(iii) Direct contribution of cash by the Board, shareholders, and/or parent holding company;

(iv) Any combination of the above means; or

(v) Any other means acceptable to the Supervisory Authorities.

 

7


(i) No increase in Tier 1 Capital that is necessary to meet the requirements of this ORDER may be accomplished through a deduction from the Bank’s ALLL.

(j) If all or part of any necessary increase in Tier 1 Capital required by this ORDER is accomplished by the sale of new securities, the Board shall take all necessary steps to implement a plan for the sale of such additional securities, including the voting of any shares owned or proxies held or controlled by them in favor of the plan. Should the implementation of the plan involve a public distribution of the Bank’s securities (including a distribution limited only to the Bank’s existing shareholders), the Bank shall prepare offering materials fully describing the securities being offered, including an accurate description of the financial condition of the Bank and the circumstances giving rise to the offering, and any other material disclosures necessary to comply with applicable federal securities laws. Prior to the implementation of the plan and, in any event, not less than 15 days prior to the dissemination of such materials, the plan and any materials used in the sale of the securities shall be submitted to the FDIC, Division of Risk Management Supervision, Accounting and Securities Disclosure Section, 550 17th Street, N.W., Room MB-5073, Washington, D.C. 20429 and to the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks, 4309 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699, for review. Any changes requested to be made in the plan or materials by the FDIC shall be made prior to the dissemination of the plan and materials. If the increase in Tier 1 Capital is provided by the sale of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, then all terms and conditions of the issue, including but not limited to those terms and conditions relative to interest rate and convertibility factor, shall be presented to the Supervisory Authorities for prior approval.

 

8


(k) In complying with the provisions of the Capital paragraph of this ORDER, if all or part of any necessary increase in Tier 1 Capital required by this ORDER is accomplished by the sale of securities, the Bank shall provide written notice of any material events to any subscriber and/or purchaser of the Bank’s securities until closing of the offering and disbursement of funds to the Bank from escrow. A material event is an occurrence that would likely be viewed by a reasonable investor as directly affecting the decision to purchase, or not to purchase, the Bank’s securities through an offering. The written notice required by this paragraph shall be furnished within 10 days from the date a material event was planned or occurred, whichever is earlier, and shall be furnished to every subscriber and/or purchaser of the Bank’s securities who received or was tendered the Bank’s original offering information.

CLASSIFIED ASSET REDUCTION

4. (a) Within 60 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall submit a written plan to the Supervisory Authorities to reduce the remaining assets classified “Doubtful” and “Substandard” in the Report of Examination dated November 14, 2011 (“Report”) or any future regulatory examination report. The plan shall address each asset so classified with a balance of $350,000 or greater and provide the following:

(i) The name under which the asset is carried on the books of the Bank;

(ii) Type of asset;

(iii) Actions to be taken in order to reduce the classified asset; and

(iv) Timeframes for accomplishing the proposed actions.

 

9


(b) The plan shall also include, at a minimum:

(i) A review of the financial position of each such borrower, including the source of repayment, repayment ability, and alternate repayment sources; and

(ii) An evaluation of the available collateral for each such credit, including possible actions to improve the Bank’s collateral position.

(c) In addition, the Bank’s plan shall contain a schedule detailing the projected reduction of total classified assets on a quarterly basis. Further, the plan shall require the submission of monthly progress reports to the Board and mandate a review by the Board.

(d) The Bank shall present the plan to the Supervisory Authorities for review. Within 30 days from the Supervisory Authorities’ response, the plan, including any requested modifications or amendments, shall be adopted by the Board and the approval shall be recorded in the Board minutes. The Bank shall then immediately implement the plan.

(e) For purposes of the plan, the reduction of adversely classified assets as of the Report shall be detailed using quarterly targets expressed as a percentage of the Bank’s Tier 1 Capital plus the Bank’s ALLL and may be accomplished by:

(i) Charge-off;

(ii) Collection;

(iii) Sufficient improvement in the quality of adversely classified assets so as to warrant removing any adverse classification, as determined by the FDIC or the State; and/or

(iv) Increase in the Bank’s Tier 1 Capital.

 

10


CHARGE-OFF LOSS AND DOUBTFUL

5.(a) Within 10 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall eliminate from its books, by charge-off or collection, all assets or portions of assets classified “Loss” in the Report that have not been previously collected or charged-off. If an asset is classified “Doubtful”, the Bank may, in the alternative, charge-off the amount that is considered uncollectible in accordance with the Bank’s written analysis of loan or lease impairment. Such analysis shall be accomplished in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) Instructions for Preparation of Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (FFIEC 031 and 041) , http://www.ffiec.gov/, Interagency Statements of Policy on the ALLL, and other applicable regulatory guidance that addresses the adequacy of the Bank’s ALLL. Elimination of any of these assets through proceeds of other loans made by the Bank is not considered collection for purposes of this paragraph.

(b) Additionally, while this ORDER remains in effect, the Bank shall, within 30 days from the receipt of any official Report of Examination of the Bank from the FDIC or the Commissioner, eliminate from its books, by collection, charge-off, or other proper entry, the remaining balance of any asset classified “Loss” and fifty percent (50%) of those assets classified “Doubtful” unless otherwise approved in writing by the Supervisory Authorities.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT

6. (a) Within 90 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall perform a risk segmentation analysis and develop a plan with respect to the concentrations of credit listed on the Concentrations page(s) of the Report. The analysis and plan should incorporate applicable guidance set forth in Guidance on Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound

 

11


Risk Management Practices , FIL-104-2006 (Dec. 12, 2006). Concentrations should be identified by product type, geographic distribution, underlying collateral, or other asset groups which are considered economically related, and in the aggregate represent a large portion of the Bank’s Tier 1 Capital and reserve for ALLL. A copy of this analysis and plan shall be provided to the Supervisory Authorities. The plan and its implementation shall be in a form and manner acceptable to the Supervisory Authorities at the initial review and at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

(b) Within 90 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall develop and submit for review a written plan for systematically reducing and monitoring the Bank’s Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”) Loans concentration of credit identified in the Report to an amount which is commensurate with the Bank’s business strategy, management expertise, size, and location (“Concentration Reduction Plan”).

(c) The Concentration Reduction Plan shall comply with applicable guidance referenced in Guidance on Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices , FIL-104-2006 (Dec. 12, 2006), and Managing Commercial Real Estate Concentrations in a Challenging Environment, FIL-22-2008 (Mar. 17, 2008). The Concentration Reduction Plan shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) Dollar levels and percent of total capital to which the Bank shall reduce each concentration;

(ii) Timeframes for achieving the reduction in dollar levels in response to the paragraph above;

(iii) Provisions for controlling and monitoring of CRE, including plans to address the rationale for CRE levels as they relate to growth and capital targets, segmentation, and testing of the CRE portfolio to detect and limit concentrations with similar risk characteristics; and

 

12


(iv) Provisions for the submission of monthly written progress reports to the Board for review and notation in minutes of the Board meetings.

(d) The Concentration Reduction Plan shall be submitted to the Supervisory Authorities for non-objection or comment. Within 30 days from receipt of non-objection or any comments from the Supervisory Authorities, and after incorporation and adoption of all comments, the Board shall approve the Concentration Reduction Plan, which approval shall be recorded in the Board meeting minutes. Thereafter, the Bank shall implement and fully comply with the Concentration Reduction Plan.

LENDING

7. Within 90 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Board shall review, revise, adopt, and submit to the Supervisory Authorities its written lending and collection policy to provide effective guidance and control over the Bank’s lending and credit administration functions, which implementation shall include the resolution of those exceptions enumerated in the Report. The written policy shall include specific guidelines for concentrations of credit, placing loans on nonaccrual status, limitations on interest reserves and deferred payment plans, procedures to ensure that the Bank performs appropriate underwriting prior to purchasing loan participations, and provisions which establish a written policy governing the Bank’s Other Assets. In addition, the Bank shall obtain adequate and current documentation for all loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Such policy and its implementation shall be in a form and manner acceptable to the Supervisory Authorities at the initial review and at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

 

13


ASSET GROWTH

8. While this ORDER is in effect, the Bank shall notify the Supervisory Authorities at least 60 days prior to undertaking asset growth that exceeds 10 percent or more per annum or initiating material changes in asset or liability composition. In no event shall asset growth result in noncompliance with the capital maintenance provisions of this ORDER unless the Bank receives prior written approval from the Supervisory Authorities.

ASSET/LIABILITY POLICY

9. (a) Within 60 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Board shall review and revise, as necessary, the Bank’s written policy and procedures for managing interest rate risk, taking into consideration examination findings. At a minimum, the policy shall include:

(i) Establishment of appropriate systems to identify, measure, and monitor interest rate risk over various time horizons;

(ii) Specific risk limits and parameters;

(iii) Strategies to reduce and manage interest rate risk;

(iv) A system for monitoring and reporting risk exposures to the Board;

(v) Designation of the oversight responsibility and authority for managing risk; and

(vi) A system for internal controls, review, and audit to ensure the integrity of the overall risk management process.

 

14


(b) At least quarterly, the Bank shall analyze and measure its level of interest rate risk exposure. The level of exposure shall be maintained within the limits set forth in the interest rate risk policy. The Bank’s interest rate risk position shall be reported to the Board at least quarterly. All exceptions to policy guidelines shall be approved by the Board, and applicable minutes shall address, in detail, the Bank’s interest rate risk posture, areas of noncompliance with the policy, and strategies to be employed to bring the Bank into compliance with established policy parameters.

(c) In addition, the Bank shall ensure compliance with the Joint Agency Policy Statement on Interest Rate Risk , FIL-52-1996 (June 26, 1996), and Financial Institution Management of Interest Rate Risk , FIL-2-2010 (Jan. 20, 2010).

(d) Such policies shall be satisfactory to the Supervisory Authorities at the initial review and at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

NO ADDITIONAL CREDIT

10. (a) Beginning with the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall not extend, directly or indirectly, any additional credit to, or for the benefit of, any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit from the Bank that has been charged off or classified, in whole or in part, “Loss” or “Doubtful” and is uncollected. The requirements of this paragraph shall not prohibit the Bank from renewing credit already extended to a borrower after full collection, in cash, of interest due from the borrower.

(b) Additionally, during the life of this ORDER, the Bank shall not extend, directly or indirectly, any additional credit to, or for the benefit of, any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit from the Bank that has been classified, in whole or part, “Substandard.”

 

15


(c) The preceding limitations on additional credit shall not apply if the Bank’s failure to extend further credit to a particular borrower would be detrimental to the best interests of the Bank. Prior to the extension of any additional credit pursuant to this paragraph, either in the form of an extension or further advance of funds, such additional credit shall be approved by a majority of the Board or a designated committee thereof, who shall certify in writing that:

(i) The failure of the Bank to extend such credit would be detrimental to the best interests of the Bank, including an explanatory statement of why it would be detrimental to the Bank’s best interests;

(ii) The Bank’s position would be improved thereby, including an explanatory statement of how the Bank’s position would be improved; and

(iii) An appropriate workout plan has been developed and will be implemented in conjunction with the additional credit to be extended.

(d) The signed certification shall be made a part of the meeting minutes of the Board or its designated committee and a copy of the signed certification shall be retained in the borrower’s credit file.

(e) Any additional extensions of credit to classified borrowers made under this provision shall be reported to the Supervisory Authorities at 90-day intervals with the other reporting requirements set forth in this ORDER. At a minimum, the 90-day reports shall include the name of the classified borrower, the amount of additional credit extended, and the total outstanding balance of credit extended to the classified borrower.

 

16


ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES AND CALL REPORT

11. Within 90 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Board shall review the adequacy of the ALLL and establish a comprehensive policy for determining the adequacy of the ALLL. For the purpose of this determination, the adequacy of the ALLL shall be determined after the charge-off of all loans or other items classified “Loss”. The policy shall provide for a review of the ALLL at least once each calendar quarter. Said review shall be completed in time to properly report the ALLL in the quarterly Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income. The review shall focus on the results of the Bank’s internal loan review, loan and lease loss experience, trends of delinquent and non-accrual loans, an estimate of potential loss exposure of significant credits, concentrations of credit, and present and prospective economic conditions. The review should include a review of compliance with ASC 450 (Topic 450, “Contingencies”) and ASC 310-10-35 (Section 35, “Subsequent Measurement General,” of Subtopic 310-10). The policy shall adhere to the guidance set forth in the Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses , FIL-105-2006 (Dec. 13, 2006). A deficiency in the ALLL shall be remedied in the calendar quarter it is discovered, prior to submitting the next Consolidated Report of Condition and Income, by a charge to current operating earnings. The Board meeting minutes for the meeting at which such review is undertaken shall indicate the results of the review. The Bank’s policy for determining the adequacy of the ALLL and its implementation shall be satisfactory to the Supervisory Authorities as determined at the initial review and at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

 

17


STRATEGIC PLAN

12. (a) Within 90 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall prepare and submit to the Supervisory Authorities an acceptable written business/strategic plan covering the overall operation of the Bank. At a minimum the plan shall establish objectives for the Bank’s earnings performance, growth, balance sheet mix, liability structure, capital adequacy, and reduction of nonperforming and underperforming assets, together with strategies for achieving those objectives. The plan shall also identify capital, funding, managerial, and other resources needed to accomplish its objectives. Such plan shall specifically provide for the following:

(i) Goals for the composition of the loan portfolio by loan type including strategies to diversify the type and improve the quality of loans held;

(ii) Goals for the composition of the deposit base including strategies to reduce reliance on volatile and costly deposits; and

(iii) Plans for effective risk management and collection practices.

(b) The Board shall approve the business/strategic plan, which approval shall be recorded in the Board meeting minutes for the meeting at which the business/strategic plan was approved.

RESTRICTIONS OF CERTAIN PAYMENTS

13. (a) While this ORDER is in effect, the Bank shall not declare or pay dividends, bonuses, or make any other form of payment outside the ordinary course of business resulting in a reduction of capital, without the prior written approval of the Supervisory Authorities. All

 

18


requests for prior approval shall be received at least 30 days prior to the proposed dividend or bonus payment declaration date (or at least 5 days with respect to any request filed within the first 30 days from the date of this ORDER) and shall contain, but not be limited to, an analysis of the impact such dividend or bonus payment would have on the Bank’s capital, income, and/or liquidity positions.

(b) During the term of this ORDER, the Bank shall not make any distributions of interest, principal or other sums on subordinated debentures, if any, without the prior written approval of the Supervisory Authorities.

VIOLATIONS OF LAW, REGULATION, AND CONTRAVENTION OF POLICY

14. (a) Within 90 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank will eliminate and/or correct all violations of laws, regulations, and/or contraventions of statements of policy in the Report and shall adopt and implement appropriate procedures to ensure future compliance with all such applicable federal and state laws, regulations, and/or statements of policy.

BROKERED DEPOSITS

15. Throughout the effective life of this ORDER, the Bank shall not accept, renew, or rollover any brokered deposit, as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 337.6(a)(2), unless it is in compliance with the requirements of 12 C.F.R. § 337.6(b) which governs the solicitation and acceptance of brokered deposits by insured depository institutions. The Bank shall comply with the restrictions on the effective yields on deposits as described in 12 C.F.R. § 337.6.

 

19


BUDGET

16. (a) Within 60 days from the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall implement a written plan and a comprehensive budget for all categories of income and expense for the calendar year ending “December 31, 2012”. The plan and budget required by this paragraph shall include formal goals and strategies, consistent with sound banking practices, and take into account the Bank’s other written policies in order to improve the Bank’s net interest margin, increase interest income, reduce discretionary expenses, control overhead, and improve and sustain earnings of the Bank. The plan shall include a description of the operating assumptions that form the basis for, and adequately support, major projected income and expense components. Thereafter, the Bank shall formulate such a plan and budget by November 30 of each subsequent year and submit the plan and budget to the Supervisory Authorities for review and comment by December 15 of each subsequent year. The plan and budget required by this ORDER shall be acceptable to the Supervisory Authorities at the initial review and at subsequent examinations and/or visitations.

(b) On a monthly basis, the Board shall evaluate the Bank’s actual performance in relation to the plan and budget required by this ORDER and shall record the results of the evaluation, and any actions taken by the Bank, in the minutes of the Board meeting at which such evaluation is undertaken. The actual performance compared to the budget shall be submitted to the Supervisory Authorities with the quarterly progress reports required by this ORDER.

 

20


SHAREHOLDER DISCLOSURE

17. Following the effective date of this ORDER, the Bank shall provide to its shareholders or otherwise furnish a description of this ORDER, in conjunction with the earlier of the Bank’s next shareholder communication or the notice or proxy statement preceding the Bank’s next shareholder meeting. The description shall fully describe this ORDER in all material respects. The description and any accompanying communication, statement, or notice shall be sent to the FDIC, Division of Risk Management Supervision, Accounting and Securities Disclosure Section, 550 17th Street, N.W., Room MB-5073, Washington, D.C. 20429 and to the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks, 4309 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-4309, for non-objection or comment at least 30 days prior to dissemination to shareholders. Any changes requested by the Supervisory Authorities shall be made prior to dissemination of the description, communication, notice, or statement.

PROGRESS REPORTS

18. Within 30 days from the end of the first quarter following the effective date of this ORDER, and within 30 days from the end of each quarter thereafter, the Bank shall furnish written progress reports to the Supervisory Authorities detailing the form and manner of any actions taken to secure compliance with this ORDER and the results thereof. Such reports shall include a copy of the Bank’s Consolidated Reports of Condition and of Income. Such reports may be discontinued when the corrections required by this ORDER have been accomplished and the Supervisory Authorities have released the Bank in writing from making further reports. All progress reports and other written responses to this ORDER shall be reviewed by the Board and made a part of the appropriate Board meeting minutes.

 

21


The provisions of this ORDER shall not bar, stop, or otherwise prevent the FDIC or any other federal or state agency or department from taking any other action against the Bank or any of the Bank’s current or former institution-affiliated parties.

This ORDER shall be effective on the date of issuance.

The provisions of this ORDER shall be binding upon the Bank, its institution-affiliated parties, and any successors and assigns thereof.

The provisions of this ORDER shall remain effective and enforceable except to the extent that and until such time as any provision has been modified, terminated, suspended, or set aside by the FDIC.

Issued Pursuant to Delegated Authority.

 

Dated:      day of         , 2012.
By:  

 

  Thomas J. Dujenski
  Supervisory Authorities
  Division of Risk Management Supervision
  Atlanta Region
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

22


The North Carolina Commissioner of Banks having duly approved the foregoing ORDER, and the Bank, through its Board, agree that the issuance of the said ORDER by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation shall be binding as between the Bank and the Commissioner to the same degree and legal effect that such ORDER would be binding on the Bank if the Commissioner had issued a separate order that included and incorporated all of the provisions of the foregoing ORDER pursuant to the provisions of N.C. Stat. § 54C-76(a) (2005).

Dated this      day of         , 2012.

 

By:

 

Ray Grace
Acting Commissioner of Banks
State of North Carolina

 

23

Exhibit 10.10

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

BEFORE THE

BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

WASHINGTON, D.C.

 

Written Agreement by and between   
    

Docket No. 12-056-WA/RB-HC

MACON BANCORP   
Franklin, North Carolina   
 
and   
 

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK

OF RICHMOND

  
Richmond, Virginia   

WHEREAS, Macon Bancorp, Franklin, North Carolina (“Bancorp”), a registered bank holding company, owns and controls Macon Bank, Inc., Franklin, North Carolina, (the “Bank”), a state-chartered nonmember bank, and a nonbank subsidiary;

WHEREAS, it is the common goal of Bancorp and the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (the “Reserve Bank”) to maintain the financial soundness of Bancorp so that Bancorp may serve as a source of strength to the Bank;

WHEREAS, Bancorp and the Reserve Bank have mutually agreed to enter into this Written Agreement (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, on             , 2012, the board of directors of Bancorp, at a duly constituted meeting, adopted a resolution authorizing and directing Edward Shatley, Chairman of the Board, to enter into this Agreement on behalf of Bancorp, and consenting to compliance with each and every provision of this Agreement by Bancorp and its institution-affiliated parties, as defined in sections 3(u) and 8(b)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDI Act”) (12 U.S.C. §§ 1813(u) and 1818(b)(3)).


NOW, THEREFORE, Bancorp and the Reserve Bank agree as follows:

Source of Strength

1. The board of directors of Bancorp shall take appropriate steps to fully utilize Bancorp’s financial and managerial resources, pursuant to section 38A of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. § 18310-1) and section 225.4(a) of Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Board of Governors”) (12 C.F.R. § 225.4(a)), to serve as a source of strength to the Bank, including, but not limited to, taking steps to ensure that the Bank complies with the Consent Order entered into with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) on March 30, 2012 and any other supervisory action taken by the Bank’s federal or state regulator.

Dividends and Distributions

2. (a) Bancorp shall not declare or pay any dividends without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director of the Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation (the “Director”) of the Board of Governors.

(b) Bancorp shall not directly or indirectly take dividends or any other form of payment representing a reduction in capital from the Bank without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank.

(c) Bancorp and its nonbank subsidiary shall not make any distributions of interest, principal, or other sums on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Director.

 

2


(d) All requests for prior approval shall be received by the Reserve Bank at least 30 days prior to the proposed dividend declaration date, proposed distribution on subordinated debentures, and required notice of deferral on trust preferred securities. All requests shall contain, at a minimum, current and projected information on Bancorp’s capital, earnings, and cash flow; the Bank’s capital, asset quality, earnings, and allowance for loan and lease losses; and identification of the sources of funds for the proposed payment or distribution. For requests to declare or pay dividends, Bancorp must also demonstrate that the requested declaration or payment of dividends is consistent with the Board of Governors’ Policy Statement on the Payment of Cash Dividends by State Member Banks and Bank Holding Companies, dated November 14, 1985 (Federal Reserve Regulatory Service, 4-877 at page 4-323).

Capital Plan

3. Within 60 days of this Agreement, Bancorp shall submit to the Reserve Bank an acceptable written plan to maintain sufficient capital at Bancorp on a consolidated basis. The plan shall, at a minimum, address, consider, and include:

(a) The consolidated organization’s and the Bank’s current and future capital requirements, including compliance with the Capital Adequacy Guidelines for Bank Holding Companies: Risk-Based Measure and Tier 1 Leverage Measure, Appendices A and D of Regulation Y of the Board of Governors (12 C.F.R. Part 225, App. A and D) and the applicable capital adequacy guidelines for the Bank issued by the Bank’s federal regulator;

(b) the adequacy of the Bank’s capital, taking into account the volume of classified credits, concentrations of credit, allowance for loan and lease losses, current and projected asset growth, and projected retained earnings;

 

3


(c) the source and timing of additional funds necessary to fulfill the consolidated organization’s and the Bank’s future capital requirements;

(d) supervisory requests for additional capital at the Bank or the requirements of any supervisory action imposed on the Bank by its federal regulator; and

(e) the requirements of section 38A of the FDI Act and section 225.4(a) of Regulation Y of the Board of Governors that Bancorp serve as a source of strength to the Bank.

4. Bancorp shall notify the Reserve Bank, in writing, no more than 45 days after the end of any quarter in which any of Bancorp’s capital ratios fall below the approved plan’s minimum ratios. Together with the notification, Bancorp shall submit an acceptable written plan that details the steps that Bancorp will take to increase Bancorp’s capital ratios to or above the approved plan’s minimums.

Debt and Stock Redemption

5. (a) Bancorp and any nonbank subsidiary shall not, directly or indirectly, incur, increase, or guarantee any debt without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank. All requests for prior written approval shall contain, but not be limited to, a statement regarding the purpose of the debt, the terms of the debt, and the planned source(s) for debt repayment, and an analysis of the cash flow resources available to meet such debt repayment.

(b) Bancorp shall not, directly or indirectly, purchase or redeem any shares of its stock without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank. Cash Flow Projections

6. Within 60 days of this Agreement, Bancorp shall submit to the Reserve Bank a written statement of its planned sources and uses of cash for debt service, operating expenses, and other purposes (“Cash Flow Projection”) for 2012. Bancorp shall submit to the Reserve Bank a Cash Flow Projection for each calendar year subsequent to 2012 at least one month prior to the beginning of that calendar year.

 

4


Compliance with Laws and Regulations

7. (a) In appointing any new director or senior executive officer, or changing the responsibilities of any senior executive officer so that the officer would assume a different senior executive officer position, Bancorp shall comply with the notice provisions of section 32 of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. § 1831i) and Subpart H of Regulation Y of the Board of Governors (12 C.F.R. §§ 225.71 et seq.).

(b) Bancorp shall comply with the restrictions on indemnification and severance payments of section 18(k) of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. § 1828(k)) and Part 359 of the FDIC’s regulations (12 C.F.R. Part 359).

Progress Reports

8. Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter following the date of this Agreement, the board of directors shall submit to the Reserve Bank written progress reports detailing the form and manner of all actions taken to secure compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the results thereof, and a parent company only balance sheet, income statement, and, as applicable, report of changes in stockholders’ equity.

Approval and Implementation of Plan

9. (a) Bancorp shall submit a written capital plan that is acceptable to the . Reserve Bank within the applicable time periods set forth in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Agreement.

 

5


(b) Within 10 days of approval by the Reserve Bank, Bancorp shall adopt the approved capital plan. Upon adoption, Bancorp shall promptly implement the approved plan, and thereafter fully comply with it.

(c) During the term of this Agreement, the approved capital plan shall not be amended or rescinded without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank.

Communications

10. All communications regarding this Agreement shall be sent to:

 

  (a) Ms. Joan T. Garton

Vice President

Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond

P.O. Box 27622

Richmond, Virginia 23261-7622

 

  (b) Mr. Roger Plemens

President/CEO

Macon Bancorp

P.O. Box 1559

Franklin, North Carolina 28744

Miscellaneous

11. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Reserve Bank may, in its sole discretion, grant written extensions of time to Bancorp to comply with any provision of this Agreement.

12. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon Bancorp and its institution-affiliated parties, in their capacities as such, and their successors and assigns.

13. Each provision of this Agreement shall remain effective and enforceable until stayed, modified, terminated, or suspended in writing by the Reserve Bank.

14. The provisions of this Agreement shall not bar, estop, or otherwise prevent the Board of Governors, the Reserve Bank, or any other federal or state agency from taking any other action affecting Bancorp, the Bank, any nonbank subsidiary of Bancorp, or any of their current or former institution-affiliated parties and their successors and assigns.

 

6


15. Pursuant to section 50 of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. § 1831aa), this Agreement is enforceable by the Board of Governors under section 8 of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. § 1818).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the      day of         , 2012.

 

MACON BANCORP

   

FEDERAL RESERVE BANK

OF RICHMOND

By:

        By:    
 

Edward Shatley

      Joan T. Garton
 

Chairman of the Board

      Vice President

 

7

Exhibit 21

Schedule of Subsidiaries

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of Organization

Macon Bank, Inc. (1)

   North Carolina

Macon Services, Inc. (2)

   North Carolina

Macon Capital Trust I (3)

   Delaware

 

(1)   Wholly owned subsidiary of Macon Bancorp. All banking offices do business under the name “Macon Bank”.
(2)   Wholly owned subsidiary of Macon Bank, Inc.
(3) In 2003, Macon Bancorp formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust. All of the common securities of the trust are owned by Macon Bancorp.

Exhibit 23.2

LOGO

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Entegra Financial Corp. and Macon Bancorp

Franklin, North Carolina

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Entegra Financial Corp. of our report dated March 14, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Macon Bancorp and Subsidiaries and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

March 14, 2014

Exhibit 23.3

 

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

   
Advisory | Planning | Valuation    

March 17, 2014

Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Entegra Financial Corp.

Macon Bank

220 One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

Members of the Boards of Directors:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board and North Carolina Commissioner of Banks, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates in such filings including the prospectus of Entegra Financial Corp. and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ RP Financial, LC.

RP FINANCIAL, LC.

 

 

Washington Headquarters    
Three Ballston Plaza     Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600     Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201     Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com     E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

January 3, 2014

Mr. Ryan M. Scaggs

Chief Operating Officer

Macon Bancorp I Macon Bank, Inc.

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

Dear Mr. Scaggs:

This letter sets forth the agreement between Macon Bank, Inc. Franklin, North Carolina, the wholly owned subsidiary of Macon Bancorp (collectively, the “Company”), and RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) for independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the stock to be issued concurrent with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction. The specific conversion appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below.

Description of Appraisal Services

RP Financial will conduct financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines.

RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds both in the short term and over the longer term. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded Companying companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group’s pricing ratios.

We will review pertinent sections of the applications and offering documents and conduct discussions with representatives of the Company to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal, including the impact of key deal elements on the appraised value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, characteristics of stock plans and charitable foundation contribution (if applicable).

The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations.

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters    Direct: (703) 647-6553
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Telephone: (703) 528-1700
Arlington, VA 22201    Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
www.rpfinancial.com    Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
E-Mail: mfaust@rpfinancial.com   


Macon Bancorp / Macon Bank, Inc.

January 3, 2014

Page 2

 

RP Financial agrees to deliver the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory application. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates. RP Financial will also prepare the pro forma presentations for inclusion in the prospectus, reflecting the original appraisal and subsequent updates, as appropriate.

RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board. It is understood that this appraisal may be presented either in person or telephonically.

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

The Company agrees to pay RP Financial a fixed fee of $60,000 for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and $10,000 for each subsequent update, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

    $10,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

    $50,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and,

 

    $10,000 for each valuation update that may be required, provided that the transaction is not delayed for reasons described below.

The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services, and will not exceed $8,000 in the aggregate, without the Company’s authorization to exceed this level.

In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed stock offering prior to delivery of the completed documents set forth above and payment of the respective progress payment fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after giving full credit to the initial retainer fee. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $450 per hour for managing directors.


Macon Bancorp / Macon Bank, Inc.

January 3, 2014

Page 3

 

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to appraisals, major changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of applications by the regulators such that completion of the transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:

1. The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.

2. The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3. (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.


Macon Bancorp / Macon Bank, Inc.

January 3, 2014

Page 4

 

(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

(c) Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

(d) In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal Companying agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.

* * * * * * * * * * *


Macon Bancorp / Macon Bank, Inc.

January 3, 2014

Page 5

 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $10,000.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Marcus Faust

Marcus Faust
Managing Director

 

Agreed To and Accepted By:    Ryan M. Scaggs  

/s/ Ryan M. Scaggs

   
   Chief Operating Officer  

 

Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For:   Macon Bancorp / Macon Bank, Inc.
  Franklin, North Carolina   

 

Date Executed:   

1/13/2014

  

Exhibit 99.2

 

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

   
Advisory | Planning | Valuation    

March 17, 2014

Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Entegra Financial Corp.

Macon Bank

220 One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

 

Re: Plan of Conversion

Macon Bancorp

Entegra Financial Corp.

Members of the Boards of Directors:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp (the “MHC”) and Macon Bank (the “Bank”). The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank, will be merged into Entegra Financial Corp., a North Carolina corporation, (“Entegra Financial” or the “Company”), which will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the conversion is completed, the MHC will cease to exist, and the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra Financial. Therefore, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and, (3) Other Depositors and Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community and/or syndicated offerings, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

  (1) the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

  (2) the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
RP Financial, LC.

 

 

Washington Headquarters    
Three Ballston Plaza     Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600     Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201     Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com     E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.3

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

STANDARD CONVERSION

Entegra Financial Corp.  |   Franklin, North Carolina

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

Macon Bank  |   Franklin, North Carolina

Dated as of February 14, 2014

 

LOGO

1100 North Glebe Road Suite 600

Arlington, Virginia 22201

703.528.1700

rpfinancial.com


 

RP ® Financial, LC.    TABLE OF CONTENTS
   i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

MACON BANK

Franklin, North Carolina

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE
NUMBER
 
CHAPTER ONE   

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

     I.1     

Plan of Conversion

     I.2     

Use of Conversion Proceeds

     I.3     

Strategic Overview

     I.3     

Regulatory Agreements

     I.7     

Balance Sheet Trends

     I.10   

Income and Expense Trends

     I.14   

Interest Rate Risk Management

     I.19   

Lending Activities and Strategy

     I.20   

Asset Quality

     I.23   

Funding Composition and Strategy

     I.24   

Subsidiaries

     I.25   

Legal Proceedings

     I.25   
CHAPTER TWO   

MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

     II.1     

National Economic Factors

     II.2     

Interest Rate Environment

     II.4     

Market Area Demographics

     II.5     

Local Economy

     II.7     

Unemployment Trends

     II.9     

Real Estate Trends

     II.9     

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition

     II.10   
CHAPTER THREE   

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

  

Peer Group Selection Process

     III.1     

Financial Condition

     III.9     

Income and Expense Components

     III.13   

Loan Composition

     III.16   

Credit Risk

     III.16   

Interest Rate Risk

     III.19   

Summary

     III.19   


 

RP ® Financial, LC.    TABLE OF CONTENTS
   ii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

MACON BANK

Franklin, North Carolina

(continued)

 

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE
NUMBER
 
CHAPTER FOUR   

VALUATION ANALYSIS

  

Introduction

     IV.1     

Appraisal Guidelines

     IV.1     

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

     IV.1     

Valuation Analysis

     IV.2     

1.     Financial Condition

     IV.3     

2.     Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

     IV.4     

3.     Asset Growth

     IV.6     

4.     Primary Market Area

     IV.7     

5.     Dividends

     IV.8     

6.     Liquidity of the Shares

     IV.9     

7.     Marketing of the Issue

     IV.9     

    A.     The Public Market

     IV.9     

    B.     The New Issue Market

     IV.13   

    C.     The Acquisition Market

     IV.16   

8.     Management

     IV.18   

9.     Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

     IV.18   

Summary of Adjustments

     IV.19   

Valuation Approaches

     IV.19   

1.     Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

     IV.20   

2.     Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

     IV.21   

3.     Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

     IV.21   

Comparison to Recent Offerings

     IV.23   

Valuation Conclusion

     IV.23   


 

RP ® Financial, LC.    LIST OF TABLES
   iii

 

LIST OF TABLES

ENTEGRA FINANCIAL CORP.

MACON BANK

Franklin, North Carolina

 

TABLE
NUMBER

    

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE  
1.1     

Historical Balance Sheets

     I.11   
1.2     

Historical Income Statements

     I.15   
2.1     

Summary Demographic Data

     II.6     
2.2     

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

     II.7     
2.3     

Market Area Largest Employers

     II.8     
2.4     

Unemployment Trends

     II.9     
2.5     

Deposit Summary

     II.11   
2.6     

Market Area Deposit Competitors

     II.13   
3.1     

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

     III.4     
3.2     

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

     III.10   
3.3     

Income as a % of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

     III.14   
3.4     

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

     III.17   
3.5     

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

     III.18   
3.6     

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

     III.20   
4.1     

Conversions Completed in Last Three Months

     IV.15   
4.2     

Market Pricing Comparatives

     IV.17   
4.3     

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

     IV.22   


LOGO

February 14, 2014

Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Entegra Financial Corp.

Macon Bank

220 One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

Members of the Boards of Directors:

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings Institutions Converting from the Mutual to the Stock Form of Organization” (the “Valuation Guidelines”) of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and accepted by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (“Commissioner”) and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

Description of Plan of Conversion

On January 23, 2014, the respective Board of Directors of Macon Bancorp (the “MHC”), a North Carolina-chartered mutual holding company and Macon Bank (the “Bank”) adopted the plan of conversion (the “Conversion”). Pursuant to the plan of Conversion, the MHC will merge with and into Entegra Financial Corp. (“Entegra”), a North Carolina corporation organized in 2011 as “Macon Financial Corp.” and renamed “Entegra Financial Corp.” in 2014, and in doing so, the organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the stock form of organization. As a result, Entegra will be the surviving entity and the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra. As part of the Conversion, Entegra will offer 100% of its common stock to eligible depositors of the Bank in a subscription offering and, if necessary, to members of the general public through community and/or syndicated offerings (the “Offering”). When the Conversion and Offering are completed, the MHC will no longer exist and Entegra will own all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank, and all of the outstanding common stock of Entegra will be owned by public shareholders. For purposes of this Appraisal, the existing consolidated entity and Entegra will both be referred to as “Macon” or the “Company,” unless specifically indicated otherwise.

Entegra will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Other Depositors and Other Members, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of

 

 

Washington Headquarters   
Three Ballston Plaza    Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201    Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com    E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


Boards of Directors

February 14, 2014

Page 2

 

all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and/or a syndicated offering. A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the common stock will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.

At this time, not other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Entegra may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends and/or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

RP ® Financial, LC.

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. For its appraisal services, RP Financial is being compensated on a fixed fee basis for the original appraisal and for any subsequent updates, and such fees are payable regardless of the valuation conclusion or the completion of the conversion offering transaction. We believe that we are independent of the Company, the Bank, the MHC, and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

Valuation Methodology

In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of Entegra, the Bank, and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB, FDIC, Commissioner, and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company that has included a review of audited financial information for the past five years through the year ended December 31, 2013. To the extent we have conducted due diligence related discussions with Macon’s management; Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, Macon’s independent auditor; Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey & Leonard, L.L.P., Macon’s conversion counsel; and, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., Macon’s financial and marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

We have investigated the competitive environment within which Macon operates and have assessed the Company’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have monitored all material regulatory and legislative actions affecting financial institutions generally and analyzed the potential impact of such developments on Macon and the industry as a whole to the extent we were aware of such matters. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on the Company’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Entegra. We have reviewed the economy and demographic


Boards of Directors

February 14, 2014

Page 3

 

characteristics of the primary market area in which the Company currently operates. We have compared Macon’s financial performance and condition with publicly-traded thrift institutions evaluated and selected in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrifts and thrift holding companies, including the market for new issues.

The Appraisal is based on Macon’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by the Company and its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers, and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Company, or its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers, and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of Macon. The valuation considers Macon only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Company’s liquidation value.

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state, and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. It is our understanding that Macon intends to remain an independent institution and there are no current plans for selling control of the Company as a converted institution. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Company’s stock, immediately upon completion of the offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that, as of February 14, 2014, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion equaled $43,000,000 at the midpoint, equal to 4,300,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $36,550,000 and a maximum value of $49,450,000. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 3,655,000 at the minimum and 4,945,000 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a super maximum value of $56,867,500 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the super maximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 5,686,750.

Limiting Factors and Considerations

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily


Boards of Directors

February 14, 2014

Page 4

 

based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Entegra immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the public stock offering.

The valuation prepared by RP Financial in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines, was based on the financial condition and operations of Macon as of December 31, 2013, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its financial institution clients.

The valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Macon, management policies and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift stocks, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market in general, the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of the stock offering.

 

Respectfully submitted,
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
LOGO

 

William E. Pommerening

Managing Director
LOGO

 

Marcus Faust

Managing Director


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.1

 

I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Introduction

Macon Bank, Inc. (“Macon Bank” or the “Bank”) is a North Carolina chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Franklin, North Carolina. The Bank was organized in 1922 as a North Carolina chartered mutual savings and loan association. In 1997, the Bank reorganized into the single-tier mutual holding company structure and Macon Bancorp, a North Carolina-chartered mutual holding company (the “MHC”) was formed. The MHC is regulated by the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”) and the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) of Richmond and its principal activity is owning 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Macon Bank. The MHC has one non-bank subsidiary, Macon Capital Trust I (“Macon Capital”), a Delaware statutory trust. Entegra Financial Corp. (“Entegra”), a North Carolina corporation organized in 2011 as “Macon Financial Corp.” and renamed “Entegra Financial Corp.” in 2014, has not engaged in any business to date other than matters of an organizational nature.

Pursuant to the conversion transaction (the “Conversion”), the MHC will merge with and into Entegra, which will own all of the outstanding shares of the Bank. Following the Conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. Hereinafter, unless otherwise noted, the discussion contained herein reflects the assets and liabilities of Macon Bancorp, inclusive of the Bank. For purposes of this Appraisal, the existing consolidated entity and Entegra will both be referred to as “Macon” or the “Company,” unless specifically indicated otherwise.

The Bank operates as a community-focused retail bank, originating real estate based mortgage, consumer and commercial loans and accepting deposits from consumers and small businesses through its corporate headquarters and 11 banking offices in Western North Carolina located in Macon, Henderson, Jackson, Polk, Cherokee and Transylvania Counties. The Bank has one wholly-owned subsidiary, Macon Services, Inc., which owns an investment real estate property. The majority of the Bank’s retail banking and depository activities are conducted within the six county primary market area. In addition, the Bank regularly extends credit to customers located in nearby counties including Buncombe, Clay, Haywood, and Rutherford in North Carolina; Fannin, Rabun, Towns, and Union in Georgia; and, Cherokee, Greenville, Oconee, Pickens, and Spartanburg in South Carolina.

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Federal Deposit Insurance


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.2

 

Corporation (“FDIC”). At December 31, 2013, the Company reported $784.6 million in assets, $684.2 million in deposits, and total equity of $32.5 million, equal to 4.14% of total assets. The Company’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-1 and key operating ratios are shown in Exhibit I-2.

Plan of Conversion

Macon has operated in a single-tier MHC form of organization since 1997, with the Bank regulated by the FDIC, while the MHC is regulated by the FRB. No shares were publicly issued at the time of the MHC reorganization. The respective Boards of Directors of the MHC and the Bank, adopted a plan of Conversion on January 23, 2014. Pursuant to the plan of Conversion, the MHC will merge with and into Entegra and in doing so, the organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the stock form of organization. As a result, Entegra will be the surviving entity and the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra. As part of the Conversion, Entegra will offer 100% of its common stock to eligible depositors of the Bank in a subscription offering and, if necessary, to members of the general public through community and syndicated offerings (the “Offering”). When the Conversion and Offering are completed, Entegra will own all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank, and all of the outstanding common stock of Entegra will be owned by public shareholders.

In addition to the Bank, Macon Capital will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra following the Conversion. Macon Capital was formed in 2003 to facilitate the issuance of $14.4 million of trust preferred securities (“subordinated debentures”) by the Company to Macon Capital, pursuant to which the Company downstreamed the funds into the Bank to qualify as Tier 1 capital. The interest payments on the subordinated debentures have been deferred for 12 consecutive quarters (since December 2010). Under the terms of the debenture, the Company may defer interest payments for a period of up to 20 consecutive quarters. In conjunction with the Offering, the Company intends to pay the deferred interest payments and resume debt service on the subordinated debentures.

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, the Company may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.3

 

Use of Conversion Proceeds

Management has indicated that both the increased capital from the Conversion as well as being in the stock form of organization will facilitate the Bank’s compliance with its capital requirements as required by the Consent Order with the FDIC and the Commissioner dated March 26, 2012 (the “Order”). Over the longer term, the increased capital will facilitate the Company’s ability to expand the balance sheet and achieve other key corporate objectives. The projected uses of proceeds from the Conversion are highlighted below.

 

    Entegra. The Company is expected to retain up to 30% of the net offering proceeds. The amount of offering proceeds retained at the Company is dependent on the offering amount and is expected to range from 15% at the minimum to 30% at the supermaximum. At present, funds at the Company level are expected to be utilized to pay the deferred interest payments on subordinated debentures ($1.6 million as of December 31, 2013) and thereafter, continue to service the subordinated debentures, invest into short-term investment grade securities and liquid funds. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of cash dividends.

 

    Macon Bank. At least 70% and up to 85% of the net stock proceeds will be infused into the Bank in exchange for all of the Bank’s stock. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds.

Overall, it is the Company’s objective to satisfy the requirements of the Order (including the Bank’s minimum capital requirements under the Order) and the Written Agreement by and between the Company and the FRB of Richmond dated July 18, 2012 (the “Written Agreement”). Therefore, the Company expects to continue to preserve its capital position over the near term by limiting growth and continuing to focus on resolving problem assets with the objective of minimizing the Company’s credit risk exposure. Over the near to intermediate term, Macon will seek to undertake moderate loan and deposit growth and other strategies to enhance the Company’s long term earnings potential and shareholder returns.

Strategic Overview

Macon Bank is a service community bank, with a primary strategic objective of meeting the borrowing and savings needs of its local customer base. Historically, Macon’s operating strategy has been fairly reflective of a traditional thrift, in which 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and retail deposits have constituted the principal components of the Company’s assets and liabilities, respectively. In full the mid-1990s, the Company pursued implementation of a more diversified lending strategy into higher yielding and more rate sensitive types of loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.4

 

Lending diversification by the Company emphasized growth of construction and land loans and commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans. Importantly, the Company’s market area encompasses the Smoky Mountains and, thus, the regional market area’s attractiveness as a destination for outdoor recreational and leisure activities has had a significant influence on the local economy. Accordingly, a significant portion of the Company’s construction and land lending activities were sustained by demand for second homes in the regional market area.

The economic recession experienced nationally impacted the Company’s markets, in terms of job losses, increasing rates of unemployment, and a decrease in demand for second homes, which in turn, has resulted in increased loan delinquency rates and loan foreclosures. Additionally, real estate prices, including the prices of residential and income producing/commercial properties, diminished, continuing to erode the collateral value of the properties securing the Company’s mortgage loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”) properties. Over the past several years, the Company has substantially curtailed construction and land lending. CRE lending has also been de-emphasized as an area of lending diversification and, in response to the recessionary economic environment which resulted in operating losses and reduction in the Company’s regulatory capital ratios, an asset shrinkage strategy has been employed over the past four years. The objective of the balance sheet shrinkage was to reduce assets and preserve its regulatory capital ratios in face of operating losses and deteriorating credit quality.

As a result of the asset shrinkage strategy, loans in all categories decreased and construction and land loans decreased as a percent of total loans. However, construction and land loans and CRE loans continue to constitute the more significant areas of lending diversification in the Company’s loan portfolio. The Company’s lending activities going forward will continue to emphasize originations of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and emphasize commercial business loans as the primary area of lending diversification. Pursuant to targeting growth of commercial business loans, the Company will also place an emphasis on growing commercial deposit accounts through establishing full service banking relationships with its commercial borrowers. In support of growing the commercial loan portfolio, the Company recently added a commercial lender and is seeking to add additional commercial lending experience that can provide leadership in the new commercial business line. The Bank may also participate in commercial shared national credits (“SNCs”) to increase commercial production, as necessary. However, the Board has established conservative exposure limits regarding these commercial loan participations. Additionally, the Bank provides Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans primarily to franchise owners and other small business customers throughout certain areas of the country.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.5

 

Reduction of non-performing assets (“NPAs”) continues to be a strategic priority for the Company and management has been focused on improving credit quality by establishing appropriate levels of valuation allowances and resolving NPAs. NPAs plus 90 day delinquent loans, including troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), have decreased to 6.26% of assets as of December 31, 2013, from the fiscal year end peak level of 9.50% as of December 31, 2010. Consequently, loan loss provisions impacted profitability significantly for fiscal 2009 through fiscal 2013. Although still elevated, the past two years have reflected significant declines in the provision for loan losses, $7.9 million for fiscal 2012 and $4.4 million for fiscal 2013, compared to the previous three years of extremely high loan loss provisions ($21.9 million for fiscal 2009, $18.9 million for fiscal 2010, and $24.1 million for fiscal 2011).

Going forward, the Company projects modest asset growth as the Company expects to continue to preserve its capital position over the near term. Total assets are projected to increase by approximately 10% from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2016 funded by proceeds from the Conversion, modest deposit growth, and earnings. Loans are expected to increase 7.8% from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2016 with the remaining asset growth in short-term investments. Loan growth is expected primarily in residential 1-4 family loans (including second mortgages and home equity loans) and commercial business loans, while commercial construction loans will continue to decrease and the other loan portfolios will remain relatively flat.

The Company reported pretax operating losses (excluding gains on the sale of investments) for each of the past four fiscal years. Significantly impacting earnings in each of these years was the extraordinarily large provisions for loan losses and high valuation losses on OREO. Additionally, the high level of NPAs adversely impacted the Company’s net interest margin (i.e., the high level of NPAs has increased non-interest earning assets) and the expenses related to problem assets increased the Company’s operating costs. The Company’s smaller earning asset base also contributed to the reduction in net interest income. The significantly reduced provisions for loan losses for the most recent two fiscal years and the gain on sale of investments over the same time period resulted in a pretax loss of $78,000 for fiscal 2012 and pretax income of $60,000 for fiscal 2013. Reported earnings for fiscal 2012 was net income of $933,000, or 0.11% of average assets and for fiscal 2013 was a net loss of $415,000, or 0.05% of average assets, respectively. For fiscal 2013, the Company’s pretax income


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.6

 

resulted in a reported after tax loss due to an increase of $429,000 in its deferred tax asset (“DTA”) valuation allowance, which was recorded as tax expense. Conversely, for fiscal 2012, the Company’s pretax loss resulted in reported net income primarily due to tax benefits recognized related to tax exempt income from municipal securities and bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”).

The capital raised in the Conversion will enhance the Company’s earnings with the reinvestment of the net proceeds and will provide additional capital to address the NPAs over the near term and capital for growth through earnings over the longer term. The post-Offering business plan of the Company will continue to focus on near term problem asset resolution and modest growth of loans and core deposits.

The Company has developed an operating strategy to reposition the Company to return to profitability in the near term and explore growth opportunities over the longer term. Included in the Company’s strategy is to diversify its business both geographically and from a product perspective to reduce its concentration in real estate in Western North Carolina. Key objectives of the post-Conversion business strategy include the following:

Pursue Opportunities in Existing Markets

 

    Organic Growth . The Company is well established in its primary market area and intends to continue to increase market share in existing markets and expand into adjacent areas. The Company already makes loans in a number of adjacent counties and will consider opportunities to open loan production offices and/or branch offices as they arise.

 

    Capitalize on Market Disruption. Management believes that the Company has a unique opportunity to attract new customers and hire additional experienced personnel based on the market disruption that was brought on by the recession, including local community banks undergoing name changes, management and ownership changes, reorganizations, branch closures and other business disruptions.

Diversify Geography and Product Mix and Explore Growth Opportunities

 

    Increase the Small and Middle Market Commercial Banking Business. The Company will increase its focus on small and middle market commercial businesses; thereby increasing its originations of commercial business and SBA loans as a means to deploying investable funds profitably. Expanding the commercial banking business will further diversify the Company’s loan portfolio and increase fee income and low cost deposits by attracting commercial deposit accounts.

 

   

Explore Lending Opportunities in Larger, Contiguous Markets. The Company and its offices are located in close proximity to a number of larger


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.7

 

 

metropolitan markets with more attractive growth opportunities, such as Asheville and Charlotte in North Carolina, and Greenville, South Carolina. The Company intends to explore expansion opportunities into these markets in order to achieve geographic diversification for the Company’s loan portfolio and expand its customer base.

 

    Continue to Improve Asset Quality. The resolution of NPAs and improvement of asset quality continues to be a priority of management over the near term. While asset quality trends have been improving over the past several years, non-performing assets (including performing TDRs) levels remain elevated. Although management believes that the majority of losses from defaults and problem assets are behind them, resolution of the remaining classifieds and non-performing assets is likely to result in some level of additional losses.

Improve Profitability

 

    Continue to Reduce Problem Asset Expenses and Losses. As the level of problem assets decreased, so have the Company’s levels of provision for loan losses, valuation losses on OREO, and OREO expenses. These expenses have declined by $23.2 million or 70% to $10.0 million for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2011, and the Company expects the declining trend to continue.

 

    Grow Net Interest Income. For each of the past three years the decreases in net interest income as a result of the Company’s asset shrinkage and level of NPAs offset the increases in net interest income from margin improvement. As a result, the Company’s net interest income has remained flat for the past three years. With the benefit of the additional capital, the Company intends to pursue controlled growth in loans, which will have a positive impact on net interest income. In addition, the growth in higher interest earning commercial business loans will serve to increase the Company’s asset yield, while increases in commercial deposits and continued runoff of longer term brokered deposits and jumbo time deposits will reduce the Company’s cost of funds.

 

    Deferred Tax Asset. Currently the Company has a DTA of $26.8 million, and a $22.6 million valuation allowance reducing the carrying value to $4.2 million. Under certain circumstances, including the Company achieving a consistent level of earnings, Macon will be able to reduce some or all of the deferred tax valuation allowance.

 

    Continue History of Strong Core Earnings (pretax earnings excluding credit costs and non recurring items). The Company’s headquarter’s location in Western North Carolina provides a lower cost environment for the Company’s core operations. Management also carefully monitors and controls spending and heavily utilizes technology to drive efficiencies. Following the Conversion, growth in net interest income and non-interest income are expected to offset the increase in operating expenses related to the benefit plans and operating as a publicly traded company.

Regulatory Agreements

The Order requires the Bank to address certain areas of operations and meet certain capital levels. Pursuant to the Order, the Bank has agreed to the following, among other things:

 

  (1) Increase Board of Directors participation in the affairs of the Bank, assuming full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives and for the supervision of all the Bank’s activities, consistent with the role and expertise commonly expected for directors of banks of comparable size.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.8

 

  (2) Establish a Board committee to oversee the Bank’s compliance with the Order.

 

  (3) Designate a Board of Directors’ committee to review and approve loans of $1.0 million or greater.

 

  (4) Develop and approve a written analysis and assessment of the Bank’s management and staffing needs (“Management Plan”) and have and retain qualified management.

 

  (5) Maintain an amount of Tier 1 capital equal to or exceeding 8% of its total assets and Total Risk Based capital equal to or exceeding 11% of the Bank’s total risk-weighted assets.

 

  (6) Submit a written capital plan that (i) details the steps the Bank will take to achieve and maintain the capital requirements of the Order as noted above and (ii) includes a contingency plan.

 

  (7) Submit a written plan to reduce the classified assets in the Report of Examination dated November 14, 2011 (“the Report”) or any future regulatory examination report. The plan shall address each classified asset greater than $350,000. The plan shall contain a schedule detailing the projected reduction of classified assets on a quarterly basis using quarterly targets as a percentage of the Bank’s Tier 1 capital plus the Bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”).

 

  (8) Submit a Concentration Reduction Plan for systematically reducing and monitoring the Bank’s CRE loan concentration identified in the Report to an amount commensurate with the Bank’s business strategy, management expertise, size and location.

 

  (9) Submit written lending and collection policy with specific guidelines for credit concentrations, placing loans on nonaccrual status, limitations on interest reserves and deferred payment plans, procedures to ensure the appropriate underwriting is performed prior to purchasing loan participations and provisions which establish a written policy governing the Bank’s Other Assets.

 

  (10) Provide notice to supervisory authorities prior to undertaking asset growth that exceeds 10% per annum or initiating material changes in asset or liability composition.

 

  (11) Review and revise, as necessary, the Bank’s policy and procedures for managing interest rate risk.

 

  (12) Review the adequacy of the Bank’s ALLL and establish a policy to determine and maintain an adequate ALLL.

 

  (13) Submit a written business/strategic plan that establishes objectives and strategies for the Bank’s earnings performance, growth, balance sheet mix, liability structure, capital adequacy and reduction of nonperforming and underperforming assets.

 

  (14) Not declare or pay dividends, bonuses, or make any other form of payment outside the ordinary course of business resulting in a reduction of capital, without prior written supervisory approval.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.9

 

  (15) Eliminate and/or correct all reported violations of laws, regulations, and/or contraventions of statements of policy, and adopt and implement appropriate procedures to ensure future compliance.

 

  (16) Not accept, renew or rollover any brokered deposits, without prior regulatory approval.

 

  (17) Implement a written plan and comprehensive budget for all income and expense categories.

The Bank has submitted the required plans and the remediation actions and management believes the Bank is generally in compliance with the Order, except the Bank has a Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.02%, which does not meet the required 8% as of December 31, 2013.

Pursuant to the Written Agreement, the Company has agreed, among other things, to the following:

 

  (1) Take appropriate steps to fully utilize the MHC’s financial and managerial resources to serve as a source of strength to the Bank including taking steps to ensure the Bank complies with the Order.

 

  (2) Not declare or pay dividends without the prior written approval of supervisory authorities.

 

  (3) Not directly or indirectly take dividends or any other form of payment representing a reduction in capital from the Bank without approval of the FRB.

 

  (4) Not make any distributions of interest, principal or other sums on the Company’s subordinated debentures without written approval from supervisory authorities.

 

  (5) Submit an acceptable written plan to maintain sufficient capital at the Company on a consolidated basis.

 

  (6) Not, directly or indirectly, incur, increase or guarantee any debt without prior written approval of the FRB.

 

  (7) Not, directly or indirectly, purchase or redeem any shares of its stock without prior written approval of the FRB.

 

  (8) Submit to the FRB a statement of its planned sources and uses of cash for debt service, operating expenses and other purposes (“Cash Flow Projection”) annually.

 

  (9) Comply with the applicable notice provisions in appointing any new director or senior executive officer, or changing the responsibilities of any senior executive officer.

 

  (10) Comply with the applicable laws and regulations on indemnification and severance payments.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.10

 

Management believes the Company is currently in compliance with the Written Agreement.

Balance Sheet Trends

Growth Trends

Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five years through December 31, 2013. Balance sheet growth trends for the Company are presented in Table 1.1, highlighting the trends noted previously. From fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2013, the Company’s total assets declined at a 7.7% compounded annual rate or by 27.3% ($294.0 million) in aggregate over the past four years, to equal $784.6 million as of December 31, 2013. Importantly, total assets increased $14.6 million or by 1.9% over the past year. Asset composition in terms of loans and investments remained relatively unchanged through the years 2010 to 2012 with loans approximating 70.0% of assets; however, as of December 31, 2013, loans to assets decreased to 64.7%, as the growth in deposits and borrowings during 2013 was funneled into cash and investments, while loans receivable continued to decrease. As a result, cash and investments (including FHLB stock) as a percent of assets was 27.2% as of December 31, 2013, as compared to 22.4% at December 31, 2009.

The Company’s assets are funded through a combination of deposits, borrowings and retained earnings. Deposits have always comprised the majority of funding liabilities, but decreased at a modest 3.5% compounded annual rate since December 31, 2009 primarily due to the $92.9 million decline in brokered deposits, consistent with the Company’s objectives to shrink the balance sheet and reduce brokered deposits. However, the majority of balance sheet shrinkage was the result of the repayment of outstanding FHLB advances, which decreased at a compounded annual rate of 31.2%, or 77.6% in aggregate. Specifically, FHLB advances which had a balance of $178.4 million as of December 31, 2009, were paid down to $25.0 million as of December 31, 2012; however, the Company increased its FHLB borrowings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 by $15 million to take advantage of the current low interest rates and extend the average life of its liabilities, therefore FHLB advances totaled $40.0 million as of December 31, 2013. There has been no change in the amount of outstanding subordinated debentures over the past four fiscal years. However, the Company has deferred the interest payments since December 2010.

Equity has diminished at a 20.6% compounded annual rate since December 31, 2009, or by 60.2% in aggregate, primarily as a result of net losses incurred in fiscal years 2010


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.11

 

Table 1.1

Macon Bancorp

Historical Balance Sheet Data

 

   

 

At Year Ended December 31,

    12/31/09-
12/31/13
Annual.
Growth Rate
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013    
    Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Pct  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     (%)  

Total Amount of:

                     

Assets

  $ 1,078,537        100.00   $ 1,021,777        100.00   $ 874,706        100.00   $ 769,939        100.00   $ 784,554        100.00     -7.65

Cash and cash equivalents

    34,344        3.18     18,048        1.77     14,601        1.67     25,362        3.29     34,316        4.37     -0.02

Investment securities

    194,977        18.08     218,197        21.35     192,150        21.97     131,091        17.03     176,472        22.49     -2.46

Loans held for sale

    302        0.03     210        0.02     0        0.00     745        0.10     5,688        0.72     108.32

Loans receivable, net

    753,966        69.91     698,309        68.34     598,839        68.46     545,850        70.90     507,623        64.70     -9.42

FHLB stock

    12,288        1.14     10,979        1.07     6,490        0.74     2,437        0.32     2,724        0.35     -31.38

Bank-owned life insurance

    17,701        1.64     18,315        1.79     18,943        2.17     19,479        2.53     19,961        2.54     3.05

Other real estate owned

    22,829        2.12     21,511        2.11     16,830        1.92     19,755        2.57     10,506        1.34     -17.64

Mortgage servicing rights

    3,024        0.28     2,534        0.25     2,314        0.26     1,908        0.25     1,883        0.24     -11.17

Deposits

  $ 790,408        73.29   $ 798,419        78.14     750,832        85.84   $ 675,098        87.68   $ 684,226        87.21     -3.54

FHLB advances

    178,400        16.54     128,400        12.57     52,400        5.99     25,000        3.25     40,000        5.10     -31.19

Trust preferred debentures

    14,433        1.34     14,433        1.41     14,433        1.65     14,433        1.87     14,433        1.84     0.00

Equity

  $ 81,631        7.57   $ 65,968        6.46   $ 43,484        4.97   $ 42,294        5.49   $ 32,518        4.14     -20.55

Full Service Banking Offices Open

    11          11          11          11          11       

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.

Sources: Macon Bancorp’s prospectus, audited and unaudited financial statements, and RP Financial calculations.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.12

 

and 2011. In addition, the change in the unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale (“AFS”), from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 contributed to a decrease of $9.8 million in equity ($2.3 million in unrealized gains at December 31, 2009 versus $7.5 million unrealized losses at December 31, 2013). Although the Company has been shrinking its balance sheet at the same time, the equity to assets ratio declined to 4.1% at December 31, 2013, as compared to 7.6% at December 31, 2009. All the Company’s equity is tangible and will increase with the completion of the Conversion. The post-Offering equity growth rate will largely be a function of the Company’s ability to improve asset quality and stem the level of loan loss provisions and valuation losses on OREO. In addition, under certain circumstances (including the Company’s ability to generate future taxable earnings, not triggering a change in control under the Internal Revenue Code, among other items), the Company’s valuation allowance on its DTA could be reversed, positively impacting capital.

Loans Receivable

The Company’s loan portfolio balance has been decreasing since the end of fiscal 2009, as the Company executed its asset shrinkage strategy and retrenched from portfolio lending as the level of classified assets and NPAs were high. While all of the loan categories decreased over the five year period, the majority of the loan portfolio shrinkage has been realized in the construction and land portfolio, declining $145.7 million or 66.4% since December 31, 2009. Macon’s loan portfolio composition as of December 31, 2013 consist of 43.1% of 1-4 family residential loans, 28.4% of CRE loans, 14.1% of construction/land loans, 10.9% of home equity loans and lines of credit, 1.6% of commercial business loans, 1.3% of multifamily loans, and 0.7% of consumer loans.

Shrinkage in the residential loan portfolio has resulted from low loan demand in the local market area and, in part, from low interest rates, which has increased demand for loans with maturities in excess of 15 years, which the Company typically sells into the secondary market. For the past several years, the Bank has curtailed its construction and land lending due to the increase in problem assets stemming from this portfolio and as a result, charge offs and foreclosures contributed to the decrease in outstanding construction and land loans.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s portfolio of cash and cash equivalents totaled $34.3 million, equal to 4.4% of assets. In 2013, the Company transferred $21.0 million of structured agency securities from AFS to held to maturity (“HTM”). At December 31, 2013, the


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.13

 

total investment portfolio (AFS and HTM) totaled $176.5 million, equal to 22.5% of total assets (see Exhibit I-3 for the investment portfolio composition). MBS comprised the largest segment of the investment portfolio, totaling $107.4 million, or 13.7% of assets and 60.9% of investment securities as of December 31, 2013. The MBS were primarily US Government agencies; however, the Company also held $18.2 million in SBA securities and $3.0 million in collateralized mortgage obligations. The balance of the investment portfolio was comprised of US Government and agency securities ($42.9 million), municipal securities ($25.6 million), and mutual funds ($0.6 million).

Proceeds from the Conversion will be invested in short term securities until redeployed into loans and the level of cash and investments is anticipated to increase following the Conversion.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

As of December 31, 2013, the balance of BOLI totaled $20.0 million, or 2.5% of assets, which reflects modest increases over the last four fiscal years owing to increases in the cash surrender value of the policies. The balance of the BOLI reflects the value of life insurance contracts on selected members of the Company’s management and has been purchased with the intent to offset various benefit program expenses on a tax-advantaged basis. The increase in the cash surrender value of the BOLI is recognized as an addition to non-interest income on an annual basis.

Funding Structure

Retail deposits have consistently served as the primary funding source for the Company, while borrowings, brokered deposits and Internet deposits have been utilized to fund growth and manage interest rate risk. Time deposits or Certificates of Deposit (“CDs”) constitute the largest portion of the Company’s deposit base. In accordance with the Order, the current practice is to repay brokered deposits at maturity and not renew or roll over for additional terms. The Company utilizes borrowings as a supplemental funding source to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. FHLB advances constitute the primary source of borrowings utilized by the Company, while other borrowings utilized by the Company are generally limited to federal funds. The Company also maintains $14.4 million of subordinated debentures, which was down-streamed into the Bank as equity for the purpose of increasing Tier 1 capital.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.14

 

The deposit composition has changed modestly over the years, as overall deposits have decreased at an annual rate of 3.54% since fiscal 2009 primarily due to the decrease in brokered deposits. Over the past two years, demand deposits and savings accounts increased while brokered deposits, CDs and money market accounts (“MMAs”) have declined. Since the end of fiscal 2011, the proportion of demand accounts (interest bearing and non-interest bearing) has increased from 15.5% to 21.4%, and the proportion of retail CDs (including $45.0 million in Internet or listing deposits as of December 31, 2013) to total deposits increased slightly from 43.7% to 45.8%, while brokered deposits to total deposits has diminished from 13.6% to 2.4%. Savings and MMAs remained relatively consistent as a percent of total deposits and represent 3.8% and 26.6% of total deposits as of December 31, 2013.

Equity

Equity totaled $32.5 million, equal to 4.14% of assets as of December 31, 2013. As noted previously, the Company’s capital base has diminished at a 20.6% compounded annual rate since the end of fiscal 2009, reflecting the impact of operating losses which have primarily resulted from deteriorating asset quality resulting in high loan loss provisions, loan charge offs, and valuation losses on OREO. Two other significant items also impacting equity as of December 31, 2013, were the $22.6 million valuation allowance on the Company’s DTA and the $7.5 million in accumulated other comprehensive loss ($5.5 million unrealized losses on AFS securities and $2.0 million unrealized loss on AFS securities transferred to HTM). Under certain circumstances (including the Company’s ability to generate future taxable earnings, not triggering a change in control under the Internal Revenue Code, among other items), the Company’s valuation allowance on its DTA could be reversed, positively impacting capital. The Offering proceeds will serve to further strengthen the Company’s regulatory capital position and ability to continue to resolve problem assets.

All of the Company’s capital is tangible capital. The Bank currently does not meet the elevated regulatory capital requirements set forth in the Order. It is anticipated that the infusion of net proceeds realized from the Conversion will address the capital requirements of the Order.

Income and Expense Trends

Table 1.2 shows the Company’s historical income statements for the past five fiscal years ended December 31, 2013. The Company’s earnings ranged from a net loss of $26.0


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.15

 

Table 1.2

Macon Bancorp

Historical Income Statements

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013  
    Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  

Interest income

  $ 56,020        5.04   $ 47,326        4.41   $ 39,483        4.21   $ 34,274        4.04   $ 31,257        3.77

Interest expense

    (26,115     -2.35     (20,451     -1.91     (14,572     -1.55     (9,635     -1.14     (6,988     -0.84
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

  $ 29,905        2.69   $ 26,875        2.51   $ 24,911        2.66   $ 24,639        2.90   $ 24,269        2.92

Provision for loan losses

    (21,851     -1.96     (18,926     -1.77     (24,116     -2.57     (7,878     -0.93     (4,358     -0.53
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provisions

  $ 8,054        0.72   $ 7,949        0.74   $ 795        0.08   $ 16,761        1.98   $ 19,911        2.40

Other operating income

  $ 4,540        0.41   $ 3,981        0.37   $ 3,754        0.40   $ 3,941        0.46   $ 3,750        0.45

Mortgage banking income

    2,336        0.21     1,043        0.10     960        0.10     979        0.12     2,281        0.27

Other operating expenses

  ($ 21,534     -1.94   ($ 20,064     -1.87   ($ 25,069     -2.67   ($ 21,761     -2.57   ($ 21,984     -2.65

Valuation losses on other real estate owned

    (8,690     -0.78     (5,127     -0.48     (6,681     -0.71     (3,292     -0.39     (4,256     -0.51
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  ($ 30,224     -2.72   ($ 25,191     -2.35   ($ 31,750     -3.39   ($ 25,053     -2.95   ($ 26,240     -3.16

Net operating income

  ($ 15,294     -1.37   ($ 12,218     -1.14   ($ 26,241     -2.80   ($ 3,372     -0.40   ($ 298     -0.04

Non-operating income (expense)

                   

Gain (loss) on sale of investments

  $ 1,416        0.13   $ 1,665        0.16   $ 1,635        0.17   $ 3,294        0.39   $ 358        0.04

Net income before tax

  ($ 13,878     -1.25   ($ 10,553     -0.98   ($ 24,606     -2.62   ($ 78     -0.01   $ 60        0.01

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (6,091     -0.55     3,705        0.35     1,374        0.15     (1,011     -0.12     475        0.06
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  ($ 7,787     -0.70   ($ 14,258     -1.33   ($ 25,980     -2.77   $ 933        0.11   ($ 415     -0.05

Expense Coverage Ratio (2)

    98.9       106.7       78.5       98.3       92.5  

Efficiency Ratio (3)

    82.2       79.0       107.2       84.8       86.6  

Effective Tax Rate (Benefit)

    -43.9       35.1       5.6       -1296.2       -791.7  

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of average assets.
(2) Expense coverage ratio calculated as net interest income before provisions for loan losses divided by total operating expenses.
(3) Efficiency ratio calculated as operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest income before provisions for loan losses plus other income (excluding net gains).

Sources: Macon Bancorp’s prospectus, audited & unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.16

 

million, or 2.77% of average assets for fiscal 2011 to net income of $933,000, or 0.11% of average assets for fiscal 2012. For fiscal 2013, the Company reported a net loss of $415,000, or 0.05% of average assets. The Company’s reported net losses over the past five year period were largely related to credit quality deterioration that resulted in significant increases in the amount of loan loss provisions established and valuation losses on OREO. In addition, for fiscal 2010 and 2011, losses increased as the Company established a valuation allowance on its DTA.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income declined steadily from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2011, while net interest income has remained at the 2011 level or approximately $24 million since then. The Company’s overall asset shrinkage and increases in nonaccrual loans and OREO is the primary driver negatively impacting the Company’s net interest income in each of the past four years. Net interest income for fiscal 2010 declined $3.0 million over the year, primarily due to a shrinking interest earning asset base while for fiscal 2011, net interest income further decreased by $2.0 million, despite an improvement in net interest margin (as reflected in the 15 basis points increase in net interest income to average assets compared to the year prior). For fiscal 2012 and 2013, the Company continued to make improvements in the net interest margin; however, the benefits from an increasing net interest margin were offset by the continued decline in earning assets resulting in net interest income remaining flat for the past three years. As shown in Table 1.2, net interest income to average assets increased steadily for fiscal 2011 through 2013 reflecting an increase of 26 basis points, yet, net interest income for fiscal 2013 of $24.3 million was $642,000 less than net interest income for fiscal 2010.

The improving net interest margin over the past three years was due to a decrease in the cost of funds as reflected in interest expense to average assets down 71 basis points for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2010. Over the same period, the Company’s interest income to average assets declined 44 basis points, respectively, primarily due to increases in non-accruing loans and OREO.

The impact of decreasing earning assets as a result of the Company’s asset shrinkage and increases in nonaccrual loans and OREO are more fully evidenced in the detailed financial data shown in Table 1.2, as interest income diminished from $56.0 million (5.04% of average assets) in fiscal 2009, to $31.3 million (3.77% of average assets) for fiscal 2013. Over the corresponding timeframe, the annual interest expense diminished by a smaller amount, from


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.17

 

$26.1 million (2.35% of average assets) to $7.0 million (0.84% of average assets) for fiscal 2013. As a result of the foregoing trends in interest income and expense, net interest income has decreased from $29.9 million (2.69% of average assets) in fiscal 2009, to $24.3 million (2.92% of average assets) reported for fiscal 2013. However, the Company’s steadily improving net interest spread and net interest margin over the past three years offset the loss of net interest income from asset shrinkage and resulted in net interest income effectively leveling out for fiscal years 2011 through 2013. The Company’s asset yields, rates on interest bearing liabilities, net interest rate spreads and yields for the past three years are set forth in Exhibit I-4.

Several factors may impact the Company’s future spreads and net interest income. First, the benefit of declining funding costs is expected to continue modestly as longer term brokered deposits mature and roll off and longer term jumbo deposits mature and reprice. At the same time, the reduction of NPAs is a key strategy of management and the ratio of NPAs has recently reflected an improving trend. To the extent remaining NPAs can be returned to earning assets, interest income would improve. Last, the completion of the Conversion will provide the Company with additional interest-free funds to reinvest with limited balance sheet growth in the near term, while over the longer-term, the Company expects to support balance sheet growth including expansion of interest-earning assets at a positive spread.

Loan Loss Provisions

Provisions for loan losses have been significant over the past five years, reflecting the Company’s asset quality. However, trends in the past two years represent declines in the provisions for loan losses. The majority of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate collateral in the Company’s market area. However, since fiscal 2009, the Company has recorded elevated loan loss provisions in response to deteriorating asset quality and significant loan charge offs. Specifically, loan loss provisions reported by the Company peaked in fiscal year 2011 at $24.1 million, or 2.57% of average assets, declining to $7.9 million, or 0.93% of average assets and $4.4 million, or 0.53% of average assets for fiscal years 2012 and 2013.

At December 31, 2013, the Company maintained an ALLL of $14.3 million, equal to 2.73% of loans held for investment, 36.88% of non-performing loans (includes nonaccrual loans and performing TDRs) or 91.19% of non-performing loans excluding performing TDRs. Exhibit I-5 sets forth the Company’s ALLL activity during the review period. Going forward, the Company will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the level of the ALLL on a regular basis and establish additional loan loss provisions in accordance with the Company’s asset classification and loss reserve policies.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.18

 

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest operating income has declined since fiscal 2009, but has remained relatively constant for the four years through fiscal 2013 ranging from $4.0 million or 0.37% of average assets for fiscal 2010 to $3.8 million or 0.45% of assets for fiscal 2013. In addition to customer service fees, BOLI income is the other major contributor to the Company’s non-interest operating income.

Mortgage banking income consist of gains on the sale of loans, loan servicing income offset by the amortization of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) and has fluctuated over the past five years primarily driven by the volume of loan sales. For fiscal 2013, mortgage banking income totaled $2.3 million, or 0.27% of average assets.

Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses (excluding valuation losses on OREO) represent a major component of the Company’s earnings, ranging from a low of 1.87% of average assets during 2010 to a high of 2.67% of average assets during 2011. For fiscal 2013, other operating expenses represented 2.65% of average assets. Asset shrinkage combined with higher operating expenses both contributed to the fluctuation in the Company’s operating expense ratio during the past three years. The significant increase in operating expenses for fiscal 2011 is primarily related to $1.4 million of FHLB advance prepayment penalties that were recorded in the first quarter of 2011. Upward pressure will be placed on the Company’s operating expense ratio following the Offering, due to expenses associated with the stock-related benefit plans and operating as a publicly-traded company. At the same time, the increase in capital realized from the Offering will increase the Company’s capacity to leverage operating expenses through resumption of balance sheet growth. Further, if the Company is successful in the continued resolution of problem assets, this should result in lower operating expenses going forward.

Valuation losses on OREO represent the write-downs, gains, and losses on OREO. Valuation losses on OREO have fluctuated during the period, peaking in the year 2009 at $8.7 million or 0.78% of average assets compared to the low of $3.3 million or 0.39% of average assets for fiscal 2012. As of December 31, 2013, OREO totaled $10.5 million, down from $19.8 million as of December 31, 2012. Valuation losses on OREO increased over fiscal 2013 to $4.3 million, compared to $3.3 million for fiscal 2012, reflecting continued decreasing real estate market values and the increasing rate in which the Company was disposing of the OREO properties.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.19

 

Taxes

The Company has been in a fully taxable position for most of its operating history. In fiscal 2009, the Company reported a tax benefit of $6.1 million on operating losses equal to $13.9 million. However, in 2010, the Company determined a valuation allowance on a portion of its DTA was necessary and was recorded in 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s DTA totaled $26.8 million and there was a valuation allowance equal to $22.6 million against this asset resulting in a net DTA equal to $4.2 million. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has NOL carry-forwards to offset $34.1 million for federal income tax purposes and $42.5 million for state income tax purposes. To the extent the Company can reasonably expect taxable earnings in the future, the valuation allowance on the DTA, or portions thereof could be reversed, positively impacting capital. At the same time, as described in the prospectus, the full benefit of the NOLs and realization of the DTA benefit may be dependent upon participation of depositors in the Conversion and the post-Conversion ownership structure of the Company, both immediately following the Conversion and subsequently in the future.

As set forth in the prospectus, the Company’s effective tax rate going forward (after the reversal of the DTA valuation allowance) approximates 30% and is influenced by the level of tax exempt income received from BOLI and municipal securities.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Company manages interest rate risk primarily from the asset side of the balance sheet through selling originations of fixed rate 1-4 family mortgage loans to the secondary market, maintaining an investment portfolio with varied maturities and diversifying into other types of lending beyond 1-4 family mortgage loans, which consists primarily of shorter term fixed rate loans, adjustable rate loans, or balloon loans. As of December 31, 2013, adjustable rate loans comprised approximately 66.0% of total loans. On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through utilizing FHLB borrowings with terms of up to five years, emphasizing growth of lower costing and less interest rate sensitive core deposits and offering attractive rates on certain longer term CDs during periods when interest rates are low. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company extended its liabilities through $15 million in fixed rate FHLB borrowings with an approximate average life of two years.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.20

 

The interest rate risk analysis as of December 31, 2013 (see Exhibit I-6) reflects that in the event of a further decline in interest rates from the current low levels, the Bank’s net portfolio value (“NPV”) would increase. Conversely, rising interest rates are estimated to have an unfavorable impact on the Bank’s NPV. A 100, 200, or 300 basis point increase in interest rates decreases NPV by 9.05%, 15.70%, and 21.06%, respectively, while a decline in rates of 100 basis points increases the Bank’s NPV by 5.10%.

The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s capital will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

Lending Activities and Strategy

The Company’s loan portfolio balance has been diminishing since the end of fiscal 2009, as the Company executed its asset shrinkage strategy, limited portfolio lending, substantially curtailed construction and land lending and de-emphasized CRE loans as the level of problem assets were high. Going forward, the Bank’s lending activity will be focused on loans to consumers and businesses located in its local markets and expanded market area including Buncombe, Clay, Haywood and Rutherford counties in North Carolina; Fannin, Rabun, Towns and Union counties in Georgia; and, Greenville, Spartanburg, Cherokee, Pickens and Oconee counties in South Carolina.

Fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family residential loan outstandings are expected to increase 14.8% and 10.6%, respectively, over the next three years ending December 31, 2016 while commercial business loans are projected to increase by $17.1 million to $26.3 million over the same period. Construction and land loan balances will continue to decrease while CRE, multi family, and home equity loans are projected to remain relatively flat through the next three year period.

The Company will continue to emphasize real estate lending, including 1-4 family residential mortgage loans with a significant proportion of residential mortgage loans sold into the secondary market, as well as commercial and multi-family mortgage loans at a volume to maintain current loan outstandings. To a lesser extent, the Company extends consumer loans. Details regarding the Company’s loan portfolio composition are included in Exhibits I-7 and I-8, while Exhibit I-9 provides details of the Company’s loan portfolio by contractual maturity date.


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.21

 

Residential Lending

As of December 31, 2013, 1-4 family residential mortgage loans approximated $225.5 million, or 43.1% of total loans. Macon offers both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans with maturities generally up to 30 years. Loans are underwritten to secondary market guidelines, as the Company’s current philosophy is to generally sell 15 and 30 year fixed rate loans into the secondary market.

As of December 31, 2013, Macon’s ARM loans equaled $132.1 million, or approximately 60% of total residential loans in the portfolio. The Company does not originate “interest only” 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and does not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal.

Macon originates 1-4 family residential loans for portfolio up to a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 89%, with or without private mortgage insurance (“PMI”) being required subject to satisfactory underwriting. PMI is required for loans in excess of an 80% LTV ratio. The majority of the 1-4 family mortgage loans that have been originated or purchased by the Company are secured by residences in the Company’s primary and expanded market areas.

The Company’s 1-4 family lending activities include home equity loans and home equity lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary or secondary residence. Home equity loans and lines of credit are currently originated with fixed or adjustable rates of interest and offered up to a LTV ratio of 80% inclusive of other liens on the property for loans secured by a primary residence and 70% for loans secured by a secondary residence. As of December 31, 2013, home equity loans and lines of credit totaled $56.8 million, equal to 10.9% of total loans.

Historically, the Company sold most residential loans with maturities greater than 15 years. During the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Company sold $59.7 million, $40.7 million and $18.2 million of conforming 1-4 family residential loans. The Company generally sells loans with the servicing rights retained. At December 31, 2013 the Company’s residential loans serviced for others totaled $241.2 million.

Commercial Real Estate and Multi-Family Mortgage Lending

CRE and multi-family loans totaled $155.6 million or 29.7% of total loans at December 31, 2013 and were secured primarily by owner occupied properties, small office buildings, office suites, and income producing real estate, substantially located in the Company’s primary market


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.22

 

area. Macon originates CRE loans up to a maximum LTV (or loan to purchase price) ratio of 80% and generally requires a minimum debt-coverage ratio of 1.25 times. CRE loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than 1-4 family residential loans. Also, CRE loans generally have greater credit risks than 1-4 family residential loans typically due to the larger loan amount concentrated with a single borrower or related borrowers.

Commercial loan participations serviced totaled $29.8 million, of which $15.5 million was owned by the Company and $14.3 million was owned by co-participants. From time to time, the Company has participated in loans originated by other financial institutions that service and remit payments to Macon. Participations purchased were $3.3 million as of December 31, 2013.

Construction and Land Loans

Construction loans originated by the Company consist of loans to finance the construction of 1-4 family residences, multi-family properties, and nonresidential real estate. In the prevailing market environment, the Company’s construction lending activities are limited to construction/permanent loans. In the past, the Company originated loans to developers for speculative construction of houses. At December 31, 2013, only $2.6 million of the construction loan portfolio consisted of loans to developers for speculative residential construction. Construction loans are originated up to a LTV ratio of 80% based on the appraised value upon completion and require payment of interest only during the construction period, which generally does not exceed 12 months, and convert to permanent, fully-amortizing financing following the completion of construction. As of December 31, 2013, Macon’s outstanding balance of construction and land loans totaled $73.9 million, or 14.1% of total loans.

Non-Mortgage Loans

The Company’s diversification into non-mortgage types of lending consists primarily of commercial business loans and, to a lesser extent, consumer loans. Commercial business loans are offered as term loans and lines of credit, secured and unsecured to customers in the Company’s market area for purposes of working capital and other general business purposes. Commercial business loans offered by the Company consist of prime rate based loans, as well as fixed rate loans. The Company seeks to originate loans to small and medium size businesses with principal balances between $150,000 to $750,000 and also originates SBA 7(a) loans with higher balances and sells the guaranteed portion. The Company also provides SBA loans to franchise owners throughout certain areas of the country. Commercial business loans


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.23

 

are generally offered for terms of up to 10 years. The Company also may participate in commercial SNCs to increase commercial production as necessary. However, the Board has established conservative exposure limits regarding these commercial participations. Expansion of commercial business lending is a targeted area of lending emphasis for the Company, pursuant to which the Company will seek to become a full service community bank to its commercial loan customers through offering a full range of commercial loan products that can be packaged with lower cost commercial deposit products. As of December 31, 2013, Macon’s total outstanding balance of commercial business loans equaled $8.3 million or 1.6% of total loans.

Consumer lending has been a relatively minor area of lending diversification for the Company. The consumer loan portfolio, exclusive of home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, consists of various types of installment loans, primarily auto loans, and loans secured by deposits. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s outstanding balance of consumer loans equaled $3.7 million or 0.7% of total loans.

Asset Quality

Historically, the Company’s credit quality measures implied limited credit risk exposure, as highlighted by the favorably low ratios maintained for non-performing loans and non-performing assets prior to 2008. However, the Company realized significant increases in the level of NPAs and TDRs in 2008 through 2010 and while NPAs remain elevated, total NPAs have been decreasing for the past three years since 2010. The economic recession experienced nationally impacted the Company’s markets, in terms of job losses, increasing rates of unemployment, and a decrease in demand for second homes, which in turn, has resulted in increased loan delinquency rates and loan foreclosures. Additionally, real estate prices, including the prices of residential and income producing/commercial properties, diminished, continuing to erode the collateral value of the properties securing the Company’s mortgage loans and OREO properties.

As shown in Exhibit I-10, total adjusted NPAs ranged from a high of $82.0 million (excluding performing TDRs) or 8.02% of total assets as of December 31, 2010 to a low of $26.1 million or 3.33% of total assets as of December 31, 2013. The Company also maintains a significant balance of performing TDRs, which totaled $23.0 million as of December 31, 2013. NPAs to total assets including performing TDRs was 9.50% as of December 31, 2010 compared to 6.26% as of December 31, 2013. In light of the very weak market for new development,


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.24

 

credit quality deterioration has been most evident in the Company’s portfolios of construction and land loans and CRE. Adjusted NPAs, excluding performing TDRs, consisted of $15.6 million of non-accruing loans and $10.5 million of OREO as of December 31, 2013. CRE loans accounted for $13.2 million or 51% of total adjusted NPAs and construction and land loans accounted for $8.5 million or 33% of adjusted NPAs as of December 31, 2013.

To track the Company’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, Macon has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures that are consistent with regulatory guidelines. Classified assets are reviewed monthly by senior management and the Board. Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Company establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. Consistent with the level of problem assets, the Company’s loan chargeoffs and valuation losses on OREO have significantly decreased over the past two years, but remain elevated. Net charge-offs to average loans peaked at 3.68% for fiscal 2011 compared to 0.94% for fiscal 2013. Valuation losses on OREO were $4.3 million or 0.51% of assets for fiscal 2013, which is a significant decrease from the peak of $8.7 million or 0.78% of assets for fiscal 2009. However, valuation losses on OREO for fiscal 2013 increased 29% over the prior year reflecting continued market value declines on such properties and the increasing rate in which the Company was disposing of the OREO properties. The Company projects ongoing valuation losses on OREO and loan losses, although at a diminishing rate.

Funding Composition and Strategy

Deposits have consistently served as the Company’s primary funding source. Exhibit I-11 sets forth the Company’s deposit composition for the past three years based on average balances and Exhibit I-12 provides the interest rate and maturity composition of the CD portfolio at December 31, 2013. Notably, the Company’s demand accounts have steadily increased over the three year period representing 21.4% of total deposits or $146.2 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to 15.5% or $120.0 million as of December 31, 2011. Brokered deposits have significantly decreased over the period and averaged $16.1 million or 2.4% of total deposits for fiscal 2013 compared to $105.6 million or 13.6% of total deposits as of December 31, 2011. MMA and savings accounts slightly decreased over the period and totaled $207.2 million or 30.4% of total deposits as of December 31, 2013. Overall, average deposits decreased $95.2 million from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of the decrease in brokered deposits and also in time deposits, partially offset by an increase in demand deposits. Thus, shrinkage in deposits was primarily realized in brokered CDs reflecting the stated


RP ® Financial, LC.    OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
   I.25

 

objectives of management. Further, the changes in the deposit composition over the three year period resulted in a decrease in the weighted average rate paid on deposits from 1.44% as of December 31, 2011 to 0.85% as of December 31, 2013, which is reflected in the Company’s cost of funds.

Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. The balance outstanding in borrowed funds diminished from $178.4 million as of December 31, 2009 to $40.0 million as of December 31, 2013. The Company increased its FHLB borrowings in the fourth quarter of 2013 by $15 million to take advantage of the current low interest rates and extend the average life of its liabilities. There has been no change in the amount of outstanding subordinated debentures over the past five years, however, the Company has deferred the interest payments since December 2010. After the Offering, the Company intends to pay the deferred interest payments and resume debt service on the subordinated debentures. Exhibit I-13 provides further detail of the Company’s borrowings activities during the past three years.

Going forward, the Company will continue its current practices of allowing brokered deposits to run off at maturity, focus on growth in transaction accounts from its primary market area and utilize borrowings for interest rate risk management objectives.

Subsidiaries

In addition to Macon Bank, the Company has one non-bank subsidiary, Macon Capital, a Delaware statutory trust, formed in 2003 to facilitate issuance of trust preferred securities or subordinated debentures. Macon Bank has one subsidiary, Macon Services, Inc., which currently holds a real estate investment. No other activities are currently planned for Macon Services, Inc.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is not currently party to any pending legal proceedings that the Company’s management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.1

 

II. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

Introduction

Macon operates through its corporate headquarters in Franklin, North Carolina and eleven full service branch offices located throughout western North Carolina. Franklin is approximately 70 miles west of Asheville and maintains a population of approximately 3,800. The Company maintains the corporate headquarters and three branch offices in Macon County, two branch offices each in Henderson, Jackson, and Polk Counties, and single branch office locations in Transylvania and Cherokee Counties. The Company considers these North Carolina counties, where retail branch offices are located, its primary market area. The Company also extends loans to customers located in neighboring counties, including Buncombe, Clay, Haywood, and Rutherford Counties in North Carolina; Fannin, Rabun, Towns, and Union Counties in Georgia; and, Cherokee, Greenville, Oconee, Pickens, and Spartanburg Counties in South Carolina. A map showing the Company’s office coverage is set forth below and details regarding the Company’s offices are set forth in Exhibit II-1.

 

LOGO


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.2

 

Future growth opportunities for the Company depend on the future growth and stability of the regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been briefly examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company and the relative economic health of the Company’s market area.

National Economic Factors

The business potential of a financial institution is partially dependent on the future operating environment and growth opportunities for the banking industry and the economy as a whole. The national economy experienced a severe downturn during 2008 and 2009, as the fallout of the housing crisis caused the wider economy to falter, with most significant indicators of economic activity declining by substantial amounts. The overall economic recession was the worst since the great depression of the 1930s. Approximately 8 million jobs were lost during the recession, as consumers cut back on spending, causing a reduction in the demand for many products and services. Total personal wealth declined notably due to the housing crisis and the drop in real estate values. As measured by the nation’s gross domestic product (“GDP”), the recession officially ended in the fourth quarter of 2009, after the national GDP expanded for two consecutive quarters (1.7% annualized growth in the third quarter of 2009 and 3.8% annualized growth in fourth quarter of 2009). The economic expansion has continued since that date, with GDP growth ranging from 1.8% (2011) to 2.8% (2012) since the end of 2009, with GDP growth of 1.9% recorded for the most recent calendar year of 2013. Notably, a large portion of GDP growth during 2009 through 2013 was generated through federal stimulus programs, bringing into question the sustainability of the recovery without government support.

For 2012, the national inflation rate averaged an annual rate of 2.07% and for 2013, averaged an even lower rate of 1.47%. Indicating a level of improvement, the national unemployment rate equaled 6.7% as of December 2013, a moderate decline from 7.9% as of December 2012, but still high compared to recent historical levels. There remains uncertainty about the near term future, particularly in terms of the speed at which the economy will recover, the impact of the housing crisis on longer term economic growth, and the near-term future performance of the real estate industry, including both residential and commercial real estate prices, all of which have the potential to impact future economic growth. The current and projected size of government spending and deficits also has the ability to impact the longer-term economic performance of the country.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.3

 

The major stock exchange indices have reflected improvement over the last 12 months. As an indication of the changes in the nation’s stock markets over the last 12 months, as of February 14, 2014, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 16,154.39, an increase of 15.6% from February 14, 2013, while the NASDAQ Composite Index stood at 4,244.03, an increase of 32.7% over the same time period. The Standard & Poors 500 Index totaled 1,838.63 as of February 14, 2014, an increase of 20.9% from February 14, 2013.

Based on the consensus outlook of 48 economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in January 2014, economic growth is expected to improve from a forecasted growth rate of 2.5% in 2013 to 2.9% in 2016. Most of the economists expect that the unemployment rate will continue to steadily decline at a modest pace from 6.7% in December 2013 to 6.3% in December 2014, and is forecasted to fall below 6% by the end of 2015. On average, the economists expect that the unemployment rate will be 6.3% by the end of 2014, with the economy adding around 200,000 jobs a month over the next year. On average, the economists did not expect the Federal Reserve to begin raising its target rate until mid-2015 at the very earliest, and the yield on the 10-year Treasury would increase to over 4% by the end of 2015. Inflation pressures were forecasted to remain below 2.5% through the end of 2015, and that the price of oil was expected to decline to approximately $95 a barrel through the end of 2014. The Federal Housing Finance Agency house price index was projected to rise by 5% in 2014, while projections for housing starts were mostly steady.

The January 2014 housing forecast from the Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”) was for existing home sales to increase by approximately 3.9% from 2013 levels and new home sales were expected to increase by 9.1% in 2014. Furthermore, the MBA forecasts a slightly larger increase in existing home sales of 4.4% and slower growth in new home sales of approximately 4.1% during 2015. The MBA forecast showed increases in the median sale price for new and existing homes in 2014 and 2015. Total mortgage production is forecasted to be down in 2014 to $1.1 trillion compared to $1.8 trillion in 2013. The reduction in 2014 originations is largely due to a 60% reduction in refinancing volume, with refinancing volume forecasted to total only $440 billion in 2014. Comparatively, home purchase mortgage originations are predicted to increase by 3.8% in 2014, with purchase lending forecasted to total $677 billion in 2014. For 2015, refinancing volume is projected to continue to decline, at a modest pace, while house purchase mortgage originations are projected to increase by a larger 17.6%.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.4

 

Interest Rate Environment

Reflecting a strengthening economy which could lead to inflation, the Federal Reserve increased interest rates a total of 17 times from 2004 to 2006, with the Federal Funds rate and discount rate peaking at 5.25% and 6.25% in 2006. The Federal Reserve then held these two interest rates steady until mid-2007, at which time the downturn in the economy was evident, and the Federal Reserve began reacting to the increasingly negative economic news. Beginning in August 2007 and through December 2008, the Federal Reserve decreased market interest rates a total of 12 times in an effort to stimulate the economy.

As of January 2009, the Discount Rate had been lowered to 0.50%, and the Federal Funds rate target was 0.00% to 0.25%. These historically low rates were intended to enable a faster recovery of the housing industry, while at the same time lower business borrowing costs, and such rates remained in effect through early 2010. In February 2010, the Fed increased the discount rate to 0.75%, reflecting a slight change to monetary strategy. The effect of the interest rate decreases since mid-2008 has been most evident in short term rates, which decreased more than longer term rates, increasing the slope of the yield curve. This low interest rate environment has been maintained as part of a strategy to stimulate the economy by keeping both personal and business borrowing costs as low as possible. The strategy has achieved its goals, as borrowing costs for residential housing have been at or near historical lows for an extended period of time, and the prime rate of interest remains at a low level. Longer-term interest rates (10-year treasury) increased somewhat in mid-2013 in response to the expectation that the Federal Reserve will cease its treasury buying efforts to keep longer term rates low. The Federal Reserve’s mid-December announcement that it would begin to taper its stimulus program provided for a general upward trend in interest rates throughout December, with the 10-year Treasury yield edging above 3.0% in late-December, but interest rates eased lower at the start of 2014, with the 10-year Treasury yield dipping below 3.0%. The downward trend in long-term Treasury yields continued through the balance of January, as investors sought the safe haven of Treasury bonds amid turmoil in emerging markets and soft jobs data. The Federal Reserve concluded its late-January meeting by voting to scale back its bond buying program by another $10 billion. As of February 14, 2014, one- and ten-year U.S. government bonds were yielding 0.11% and 2.75%, respectively, compared to 0.16% and 2.00%, as of February 14, 2013. This has had a mixed impact on the net interest margins of many financial institutions, as they rely on a spread between the yields on longer term assets and the costs of shorter term funding sources. However, institutions who originate substantial


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.5

 

volumes of prime-based loans have given up some of this pickup in yield as the prime rate declined from 5.00% as of June 30, 2008 to 3.25% as of December 31, 2008, and has remained at that level since that date. Data on historical interest rate trends is presented in Exhibit II-2.

Market Area Demographics

Table 2.1 presents information regarding the demographic and economic trends for the Company’s primary market area from 2010 to 2013 and projected through 2018, with additional detail presented in Exhibit II-3. Data for the nation and the state of North Carolina is included for comparative purposes.

Population and household data indicate that markets served by the Company’s branches are largely rural in nature, with five out of the six primary market area counties maintaining populations of less than 50,000, and a correspondingly low number of households. Henderson County, which is part of the Asheville metropolitan statistical area (“MSA”), is the largest primary market area county served by the Company with a population of 110,000.

Demographic growth trends reflect relatively strong growth in the counties that make up the Company’s market area. From 2010 through 2014, annual population growth rates in the Company’s market area ranged from a low of 0.4% in Cherokee County to a high of 1.6% in Macon County. The growth rate in Macon County, along with those in Henderson and Jackson Counties, exceeded the North Carolina growth rate of 1.0% and the U.S. growth rate of 0.6%. Growth rates for households mirrored the population growth rates, with annual growth rates ranging from 0.5% in Polk County to 1.6% in Macon County. Most of the primary market area counties are projected to experience overall slower population and household growth over the next five years, compared to projected growth trends for North Carolina and the U.S. remaining generally the same as the growth rates for 2010-2013.

Income levels in the market area tend to reflect the nature of the rural markets served by the Company across western North Carolina, as median household income for all of the market area counties, except Henderson County, fell below the statewide median. Similarly, per capita income measures for three out of the six primary market area counties were less than the comparable North Carolina measure and median household and per capita income for all the market area counties fell well below the comparable U.S. measures. Among the primary market area counties, income levels were the highest in Henderson County and lowest in Cherokee County.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.6

 

Table 2.1

Macon Bancorp

Summary Demographic Data

 

     Year      Growth Rate  
     2010      2013      2018      2010-2013     2013-2018  
                          (%)     (%)  

Population (000)

             

United States

     308,746         314,468         323,986         0.6     0.6

North Carolina

     9,535         9,827         10,365         1.0     1.1

Macon County

     34         36         37         1.6     0.6

Henderson County

     107         111         117         1.2     1.1

Jackson County

     40         42         43         1.2     0.7

Polk County

     21         21         21         0.5     -0.1

Transylvania County

     33         34         34         0.7     0.2

Cherokee County

     27         28         28         0.4     0.0

Households (000)

             

United States

     116,716         118,979         122,665         0.6     0.6

North Carolina

     3,745         3,864         4,080         1.0     1.1

Macon County

     15         15         16         1.6     0.6

Henderson County

     45         47         50         1.3     1.1

Jackson County

     16         17         18         1.4     0.8

Polk County

     9         9         9         0.5     -0.1

Transylvania County

     14         15         15         0.8     0.3

Cherokee County

     12         12         12         0.6     0.0

Median Household Income ($)

             

United States

     NA         51,314         56,895         NA        2.1

North Carolina

     NA         44,373         50,853         NA        2.8

Macon County

     NA         38,969         40,204         NA        0.6

Henderson County

     NA         47,465         51,391         NA        1.6

Jackson County

     NA         37,922         40,135         NA        1.1

Polk County

     NA         39,573         47,587         NA        3.8

Transylvania County

     NA         38,758         42,998         NA        2.1

Cherokee County

     NA         37,906         38,289         NA        0.2

Per Capita Income ($)

             

United States

     NA         27,567         29,882         NA        1.6

North Carolina

     NA         24,910         26,628         NA        1.3

Macon County

     NA         22,202         22,978         NA        0.7

Henderson County

     NA         25,859         27,248         NA        1.1

Jackson County

     NA         21,067         23,440         NA        2.2

Polk County

     NA         23,381         28,877         NA        4.3

Transylvania County

     NA         25,202         26,809         NA        1.2

Cherokee County

     NA         20,587         21,144         NA        0.5

 

2013 Age Distribution (%)

   0-14 Yrs.      15-34 Yrs.      35-54 Yrs.      55-69 Yrs.      70+ Yrs.  

United States

     19.4         27.5         26.7         17.1         9.4   

North Carolina

     19.4         26.9         27.3         17.3         9.1   

Macon County

     15.5         20.1         23.2         24.2         16.9   

Henderson County

     16.9         19.8         25.2         21.5         16.6   

Jackson County

     14.6         33.6         22.2         19.2         10.4   

Polk County

     14.8         18.0         24.5         24.7         18.0   

Transylvania County

     13.9         20.4         22.7         23.7         19.3   

Cherokee County

     15.3         18.6         24.5         25.6         16.0   

 

     Less Than      $25,000 to      $50,000 to         

2013 HH Income Dist. (%)

   $25,000      $50,000      $100,000      $100,000+  

United States

     24.0         24.6         30.2         21.2   

North Carolina

     27.9         26.6         30.2         15.3   

Macon County

     28.9         33.2         28.2         9.7   

Henderson County

     24.9         27.0         36.0         12.1   

Jackson County

     33.6         28.7         26.8         10.9   

Polk County

     29.2         31.3         27.6         12.0   

Transylvania County

     31.3         27.2         28.9         12.5   

Cherokee County

     33.5         29.7         28.2         8.6   

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.7

 

Over the next five years, projected growth rates for median household income and per capita income in the majority of the market area counties are projected to be below the North Carolina and U.S. growth rates. Exceptionally, projected median household and per capita income growth for Polk County is expected to exceed both the state and national rates. The rural nature of the Company’s market area is further evidenced by the household income distribution measures, as the primary market area counties maintained higher percentages of households with incomes of less than $25,000, and lower percentages of households with incomes over $100,000 relative to the U.S. measures.

Local Economy

The Company’s primary market area is within the Smokey Mountains region of North Carolina and, thus, tourism and outdoor recreational activities have a significant influence on the local economy. As an attractive location for vacationers and retirees, the second home market constitutes a major portion of the regional housing market. Accordingly, with the onset of the economic recession which began in 2008, the dry-up in demand for second homes has had a fairly significant adverse impact on the regional housing market and economy in general.

Table 2.2 provides an overview of employment by sector for the state of North Carolina and the primary market area counties.

Table 2.2

Macon Bancorp

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

           Macon     Henderson     Jackson     Polk     Transylvania     Cherokee  

Employment Sector

   North Carolina     County     County     County     County     County     County  
     (% of Total Employment)  

Services

     27.5     29.9     26.1     47.0     29.9     37.0     19.4

Healthcare

     10.9     14.3     13.9     11.8     15.4     9.9     12.6

Government

     6.9     6.0     5.1     5.1     8.5     11.0     11.5

Wholesale/Retail Trade

     26.5     26.6     26.5     22.6     19.0     21.4     26.8

Finance/Insurance/Real Estate

     5.9     4.8     4.4     4.0     5.1     4.9     3.6

Manufacturing

     10.3     6.1     14.2     2.5     10.7     2.8     15.2

Construction

     5.2     7.6     5.1     3.9     5.0     6.9     5.5

Information

     1.2     0.4     0.3     0.2     0.3     1.5     0.8

Transportation/Utility

     3.4     1.7     2.5     1.3     2.7     1.1     1.2

Agriculture

     1.4     2.4     1.1     1.2     2.5     2.6     2.0

Other

     0.9     0.4     0.6     0.4     1.0     1.1     1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Source: SNL Financial


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.8

 

The Company’s primary market area has a fairly diversified local economy, with employment in services, wholesale/retail trade, health care and government serving as the basis of the market area county economies. Service jobs were the largest employment sector in all of the primary market area counties except Cherokee, followed by wholesale/retail trade as the second largest employment sector. Compared to the state, the market area counties generally have higher levels of employment in services, health care, manufacturing, construction, and agriculture. At the same time, compared to North Carolina, the market area counties display lower concentrations of jobs in finance, information and transportation. Contrary to employment distribution in many areas across the country, manufacturing and construction jobs constituted a fairly significant employment sector in all of the primary market area counties.

Table 2.3 lists the largest employers in the Company’s primary market area counties. Due to the presence of the Asheville metropolitan area and the county’s larger population, most of the market area’s largest employers are located in Henderson County. Among the market area’s largest employers, the most prominent industries are education and health care, followed by manufacturing, trade and other services.

Table 2.3

Macon Bancorp

Market Area Largest Employers

 

Company/Institution

  

Industry

  

County

  

Employees

Henderson Co Board Of Public Ed

   Education    Henderson    1000+

Margaret R Pardee Memorial Hosp

   Health Care    Henderson    1000+

Park Ridge Health

   Health Care    Henderson    1000+

Charter Hr Inc

   Professional Services    Henderson    1000+

Ingles Markets Inc

   Trade    Henderson    1000+

Western Carolina University

   Education    Jackson    1000+

Cherokee County Board Of Education

   Education    Cherokee    500-999

Murphy Medical Center Inc

   Health Care    Cherokee    500-999

County Of Henderson

   Government    Henderson    500-999

Wilsonart Llc

   Manufacturing    Henderson    500-999

Continental Automotive Systems Inc

   Manufacturing    Henderson    500-999

Wal-Mart Associates Inc

   Trade    Henderson    500-999

Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems Llc

   Manufacturing    Henderson    500-999

C J Harris Community Hospital Inc

   Health Care    Jackson    500-999

Jackson County Public Schools

   Education    Jackson    500-999

Macon County Public Schools

   Education    Macon    500-999

Drake Enterprises Ltd (A Corp)

   Professional Services    Macon    500-999

Transylvania County Schools

   Education    Transylvania    500-999

Transylvania Community Hospital Inc

   Health Care    Transylvania    500-999

Source: North Carolina Department of Commerce, 2013.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.9

 

Unemployment Trends

Unemployment trends for the primary market area counties, North Carolina, and the U.S. are displayed in Table 2.4. The data indicates that the December 2013 unemployment rate of 6.6% for North Carolina was similar to the comparable U.S. unemployment rate of 6.7%. December 2013 unemployment rates for the primary market area counties ranged from a low of 4.6% in Polk County to a high of 9.0% in Cherokee County. Four out of the six market area counties exhibited unemployment rates equal to or lower than the comparable state and national aggregates. Consistent with the state and national trends, all of the primary market area counties maintained lower unemployment rates in December 2013 compared to a year ago. Moreover, the decreases in unemployment rates in the market area counties over the last year were generally more significant than the declines in the North Carolina and United States unemployment rates.

Table 2.4

Macon Bancorp

Unemployment Trends

 

Region

   December 2012
Unemployment
    December 2013
Unemployment
 

United States

     7.8     6.7

North Carolina

     9.5     6.6

Macon County

     11.1     7.3

Henderson County

     7.2     4.9

Jackson County

     9.6     5.8

Polk County

     7.8     4.6

Transylvania County

     10.1     6.6

Cherokee County

     12.8     9.0

Source: SNL Financial, LC and U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Real Estate Trends

Home Sales

Home sales activity across North Carolina during the month of December 2013 surpassed the mark posted during December 2012, a positive indicator for an industry that has been impacted by the recession that commenced in 2008. According to statistics provided by the North Carolina Association of Realtors (“NCAR”), single-family home sales during the twelve


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.10

 

months ended December 2013 totaled 8,642, a 13.9% increase from the same period posted in 2012 (when the market recorded 7,598 sales). In addition, the average sales price increased by 3.8% (to $210,634) for the twelve months ended December 2013, from the level for the same time period ended December 2012 ($202,945).

Locally, according to statistics provided by Trulia, a national real estate listings website, home sales in the Company’s primary market area reflected a declining trend, as within the city of Franklin, for the month of December 2013, single-family home sales were down 42% compared with the month of December in 2012 (approximately 26 home sales in December 2013 versus 45 home sales in December 2012). On the other hand, the average sales price of a single-family home increased by 19.5% to equal $121,250 in December 2013 as compared to the month of December in 2012 ($101,464).

According to statistics provided by the NCAR, home sales in the city of Hendersonville, within Henderson County where the Company maintained its second highest concentration of deposits, reflected an increasing trend. During December 2013, single-family home sales were up 26% compared with the month of December in 2012 (approximately 132 home sales in December 2013 versus 105 home sales in December 2012). In addition, the average sales price of a single-family home increased by 7.5% to equal $211,694 for the year ended 2013 as compared to the twelve months ended 2012 ($196,850).

Foreclosure Trends

Single family foreclosures statewide trended generally downward over the twelve months ended December 2013, according to RealtyTrac, a company specializing in real estate foreclosure data. In December 2013, the number of properties that received a foreclosure filing in North Carolina was 13% lower than the same time last year. Specifically, one in every 2,037 housing units in North Carolina received a foreclosure filing for December 2013.

Market Area Deposit Characteristics and Competition

The Company’s retail deposit base is closely tied to the economic fortunes of southwestern North Carolina and, in particular, the markets that are nearby to Macon’s office locations. Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends for the past four years for the Company’s market area counties as well as the state of North Carolina. From 2009 to 2013, annual bank and thrift deposit growth in North Carolina equaled 3.4%. However, all of the primary market area counties exhibited overall declines in total deposits, ranging from a decline of 1.2% in Henderson County to a decline of 3.7% in Transylvania County, except for nominal deposit growth of 0.3% in Cherokee County.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.11

 

Table 2.5

Macon Bancorp

Deposit Summary

 

     As of June 30,         
     2009      2013      Deposit  
            Market     No. of             Market     No. of      Growth Rate  
     Deposits      Share     Branches      Deposits      Share     Branches      2009-2013  
     (Dollars in Thousands)      (%)  

North Carolina

   $ 304,589,436         100.0     2,790       $ 348,055,186         100.0     2,634         3.4

Commercial Banks

     297,401,245         97.6     2,625         342,382,785         98.4     2,516         3.6

Savings Institutions

     7,188,191         2.4     165         5,672,401         1.6     118         -5.7

Macon County

   $ 861,120         100.0     17       $ 796,797         100.0     15         -1.9

Commercial Banks

     474,067         55.1     14         493,754         62.0     12         1.0

Savings Institutions

     387,053         44.9     3         303,043         38.0     3         -5.9

Macon Bank

     387,053         44.9     3         303,043         38.0     3         -5.9

Henderson County

   $ 1,907,447         100.0     33       $ 1,814,791         100.0     31         -1.2

Commercial Banks

     1,531,967         80.3     26         1,540,652         84.9     26         0.1

Savings Institutions

     375,480         19.7     7         274,139         15.1     5         -7.6

Macon Bank

     99,183         5.2     2         96,692         5.3     2         -0.6

Jackson County

   $ 482,393         100.0     14       $ 428,808         100.0     12         -2.9

Commercial Banks

     358,529         74.3     11         325,781         76.0     9         -2.4

Savings Institutions

     123,864         25.7     3         103,027         24.0     3         -4.5

Macon Bank

     104,760         21.7     2         82,989         19.4     2         -5.7

Polk County

   $ 437,493         100.0     11       $ 410,520         100.0     10         -1.6

Commercial Banks

     216,400         49.5     7         189,397         46.1     6         -3.3

Savings Institutions

     221,093         50.5     4         221,123         53.9     4         0.0

Macon Bank

     54,737         12.5     2         71,685         17.5     2         7.0

Transylvania County

   $ 599,553         100.0     12       $ 515,051         100.0     12         -3.7

Commercial Banks

     440,079         73.4     9         427,170         82.9     10         -0.7

Savings Institutions

     159,474         26.6     3         87,881         17.1     2         -13.8

Macon Bank

     73,017         12.2     1         65,716         12.8     1         -2.6

Cherokee County

   $ 487,940         100.0     13       $ 493,860         100.0     12         0.3

Commercial Banks

     388,514         79.6     11         435,935         88.3     11         2.9

Savings Institutions

     99,426         20.4     2         57,925         11.7     1         -12.6

Macon Bank

     55,423         11.4     1         57,925         11.7     1         1.1

Source: FDIC.

With the exception of Polk County, commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in all of the primary market area counties. Macon’s largest holding and highest market share of deposits is in Macon County, where the Company


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.12

 

maintains its corporate center and three branch locations. The Company’s $303.0 million of deposits at the Macon County branches represented a 38.0% market share of bank and thrift deposits at June 30, 2013. The Company’s deposit market share in the five other primary market area counties ranged from 5.3% in Henderson County to 19.4% in Jackson County.

During the four year period covered in Table 2.5, the Company experienced decreases in deposits held in most of the market area counties, ranging from a decrease of 0.6% in Henderson County to a more significant decline of 5.9% in Macon County, except for in Polk and Cherokee Counties, where the Company exhibited deposit growth of 7.0% and 1.1% respectively. However, the Company experienced overall increases in deposit market share in most market area counties, ranging from a minimal increase of 0.1% in Henderson County to a larger gain of 5.0% in Polk County, except for in Macon and Jackson Counties, where it lost 6.9% and 2.4% market share respectively.

Competition among financial institutions in the Company’s market area is viewed to be significant, particularly in light of the largely rural nature of the markets that are served by the Company’s branches. Among the Company’s competitors are much larger and more diversified institutions, which have greater resources than Macon. Financial institution competitors in the Company’s primary market area include other locally-based thrifts and banks, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks. From a competitive standpoint, Macon has sought to emphasize its community orientation in the markets served by its branches. Table 2.6 lists the Company’s largest competitors in the Company’s market area counties, based on deposit market share as noted parenthetically. The Company held the largest deposit market share in Macon County, and was generally ranked in the upper half of all deposit holding institutions in the other market area counties.


RP ® Financial, LC.    MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
   II.13

 

Table 2.6

Macon Bancorp

Market Area Deposit Competitors

 

Location

  

Name

  

Market Share

   

Rank

 

Macon County

   Macon Bancorp      38.03     1 out of 9   
   PNC Financial Services Group      19.91  
   Wells Fargo & Co.      11.78  
   First Citizens BancShares Inc.      11.08  

Henderson County

   First Citizens BancShares Inc.      42.03  
   Wells Fargo & Co.      12.39  
   Toronto-Dominion Bank      9.92  
   Macon Bancorp      5.33     6 out of 14   

Jackson County

   United Community Banks Inc.      27.54  
   Wells Fargo & Co.      22.28  
   Macon Bancorp      19.35     3 out of 8   
   First Citizens BancShares Inc.      8.96  

Polk County

   Home Trust Banchsares Inc.      36.40  
   First Citizens BancShares Inc.      23.12  
   Macon Bancorp      17.46     3 out of 5   
   Bank of America Corp.      15.35  

Transylvania County

   First Citizens BancShares Inc.      26.20  
   Wells Fargo & Co.      18.91  
   United Community Banks Inc.      14.08  
   Macon Bancorp      12.76     4 out of 9   

Cherokee County

   United Community Banks Inc.      35.47  
   First Citizens BancShares Inc.      18.06  
   PNC Financial Services Group      13.29  
   Macon Bancorp      11.73     4 out of 7   

Source: SNL


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.1

 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

This chapter presents an analysis of Macon’s operations versus a group of comparable companies (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions (excluding mutual holding companies (“MHCs”)) in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of the Company was derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to the Company, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and, effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

Peer Group Selection Process

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX), or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-listed (traded on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board (“OTC”) or Pink Sheets), or non publicly traded and closely-held institutions. Institutions that are not listed on a national exchange or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, MHCs and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. Thrifts that were converted less than one year ago are typically excluded as their financial results do not reflect a full year of reinvestments and the stock trading activity is not seasoned. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are approximately 119 publicly-traded institutions nationally, which includes 15 publicly traded MHCs and, thus, it


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.2

 

is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics. To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences. Since Macon will be a 100% stock public company upon completion of the Offering, we considered only full stock public companies (excluding those in MHC form) to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group,.

Based on the foregoing and from the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected 10 institutions with characteristics similar to those of Macon. The Peer Group selection process focused on companies operating in similar markets, with similar asset sizes, comparable asset quality, and comparable core earnings over the last twelve month period. We believe these characteristics are given significant weight by investors in evaluating Macon and similarly situated institutions.

Accordingly, for inclusion in the Peer Group, we selected all Southeast headquartered, publicly-traded thrifts with total assets between $400 million and $2.0 billion, core earnings between -1.0% and 1.0% of average assets on a trailing twelve month basis, and NPAs of over 2.0% and up to 10.0% of assets. Four publicly-traded thrifts met the criteria and only three were included in the Peer Group, as one company (First Federal Bancshares of Arkansas) was excluded due to unusual operating characteristics as a result of its current proposed private placement to sell 2.5 million shares of its common stock and a pending acquisition of another company. As the regulatory valuation guidelines require that the Peer Group include at least 10 companies, we also evaluated publicly-traded thrifts headquartered in the Midwest with the same selection criteria in terms of total assets, core earnings, and NPAs. This process yielded seven companies, all of which were included in the Peer Group, resulting in a total of 10 companies comprising our Peer Group.

The considerations incorporated into the Peer Group selection process are as follows:

 

   

Core Return on Average Assets (“ROAA”) between -1.0% and 1.0%. Given the Company’s recent operating losses and considering the Company reported minimal pre-tax earnings of $60,000 for fiscal year 2013 and a small loss of $236,600 on a core basis, our Peer Group selection focused on selecting comparable publicly-traded thrifts with a core ROAA between -1.0% and 1.0%. Despite the selection criterion, which was designed to include any companies with core net losses, each of the Peer Group companies reported a positive core ROAA, ranging from 0.16% to 0.77% and median and average core ROAA of 0.59% and 0.56%, respectively, as shown in Table 4.3.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.3

 

    NPAs to Assets greater than 2.0% and up to 10%. As of December 31, 2013 the Company’s NPAs to assets ratio was 6.26% (including performing TDRs) and adjusted NPAs was 3.33% of assets. The Peer Group companies reported NPAs to assets ranging from 2.14% to 5.98% and adjusted NPAs to assets ranging from 1.04% to 5.27%. The Peer Group’s median NPAs to assets and adjusted NPAs to assets ratios of 3.29% and 2.10%, respectively, were both lower than the Company’s ratios.

 

    The Bank is subject to the Order and the Company is subject to the Written Agreement, both of which could continue to be in effect following the Conversion. None of the ten Peer Group institutions are subject to formal regulatory agreements from their primary regulators (see the rightmost columns in Table 3.1). While no two regulatory agreements are exactly the same in terms of their requirements and impact on the subject financial institution, they typically limit the operating flexibility of a financial institution and can result in greater regulatory sanctions if the terms of the agreements are not met. Moreover, regulatory agreements can impact shareholder value for a variety of reasons, for example as a result of the costs of compliance, reduced operating flexibility, and more limited ability to grow.

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the ten Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-2 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Macon, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of the Company’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, credit risk, and interest rate risk as of or for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 versus the Peer Group as of or for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.4

 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

 

                                                      As of
February 14, 2014
     Status of
Regulatory Agreements
With Primary Regulator
 

Ticker

  

Financial Institution

   Exchange    Region    City    State    Total
Assets (1)
     Offices      Fiscal
Mth End
   Conv.
Date
   Stock
Price
     Market
Value
     Type of
Agreement
     Date of
Action
 
                              ($Mil)                       ($)      ($Mil)                

UCFC

  

United Community Finl Corp.

   NASDAQ    MW    Youngstown    OH    $ 1,756         33       Dec    7/9/98    $ 3.48       $ 175         None Disclosed         —     

HTBI

  

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

   NASDAQ    SE    Asheville    NC      1,674         21       Jun    7/11/12      15.55         308         None Disclosed         —     

PULB

  

Pulaski Financial Corp.

   NASDAQ    MW    Saint Louis    MO      1,276         13       Sep    12/3/98      10.32         117         None Disclosed         —     

FRNK

  

Franklin Financial Corp.

   NASDAQ    SE    Glen Allen    VA      1,059         8       Sep    4/28/11      19.11         231         None Disclosed         —     

ASBB

  

ASB Bncp Inc

   NASDAQ    SE    Asheville    NC      751         13       Dec    10/12/11      17.45         88         None Disclosed         —     

FSFG

  

First Savings Financial Group

   NASDAQ    MW    Clarksville    IN      660         16       Sep    10/7/08      23.25         53         None Disclosed         —     

FCLF

  

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

   NASDAQ    MW    Edwardsville    IL      647         5       Dec    7/11/06      9.09         64         None Disclosed         —     

CHEV

  

Cheviot Financial

   NASDAQ    MW    Cheviot    OH      592         12       Dec    1/18/12      10.45         71         None Disclosed         —     

UCBA

  

United Community Bancorp

   NASDAQ    MW    Lawrenceburg    IN      511         8       Jun    1/10/13      11.00         57         None Disclosed         —     

WAYN

  

Wayne Savings Bancshares

   NASDAQ    MW    Wooster    OH      400         12       Dec    1/9/03      11.00         31         None Disclosed         —     

 

(1) As of September 30, 2013.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.5

 

A summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to Macon’s characteristics is detailed below.

 

  United Community Financial Corp (“UCFC”), Youngstown, OH operates 33 branches in Northeast Ohio, with a concentration of branches around Youngstown. UCFC’s revenues are more diversified as UCFC provides mortgage loans throughout Ohio and Western Pennsylvania, services loans for others, and offers investment and insurance products through its subsidiary company. UCFC had lower loans to total assets and higher MBS and investments to assets, as well as a less diversified loan portfolio than Macon . UCFC’s loan portfolio was concentrated in 1-4 family residential loans with minimal other loan types except for a CRE loan portfolio. UCFC’s deposits to assets were less due to its higher borrowings and higher equity to assets. Total NPAs plus 90 day delinquent loans-to-assets was more favorable than Macon . Reserves to loans were lower and reserves to NPLs and to NPAs plus 90 day delinquent loans were higher, while net loan charge-offs were lower. In terms of income statement composition, UCFC’s net interest income to assets was lower, primarily due to lower asset yields. Other non-interest income was higher, primarily due to UCFC’s large loan servicing operations ($1.1 billion loans serviced for others). Overall, UCFC’s net income to average assets was higher (Macon reported a net loss) due to its lower provision expense, higher other non-interest income and lower non-interest expense to average assets, partially offset by lower net interest income to average assets. At September 30, 2013, UCFC had total assets of $1.8 billion and as of February 14, 2014, UCFC’s market capitalization was $175 million.

 

  HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. (“HTBI”), Ashville, NC is also headquartered in North Carolina and operates 21 branches in Western North Carolina and South Carolina. HTBI has branches primarily outside of several different metropolitan areas in North Carolina with three of its offices located in two of the same counties as Macon branches. HTBI had higher cash and equivalents, significantly lower MBS and investments, and a similar loan portfolio composition. HTBI’s significantly higher equity to assets level provides a meaningful source of funding as reflected in its lower deposits and borrowings as a percent of assets and significantly lower interest expense to average assets ratio. HTBI’s asset quality and reserve coverage ratios are similar while net loan charge offs were lower as a percent of loans. HTBI’s net income to average assets was higher than the Company with slightly higher net interest income and similar non-interest income as a percent of average assets. Operating expenses are lower and HTBI had a negative provision expense for loan losses over the last twelve month period. At September 30, 2013, HTBI had total assets of $1.7 billion and as of February 14, 2014, HTBI’s market capitalization was $308 million.

 

 

Pulaski Financial Corp (“PULB”), Saint Louis, MO operates 13 branches primarily within and to the east of St Louis. PULB is a more diversified financial services company as, in addition to traditional community banking, PULB has a significant mortgage banking operation with loan production offices throughout Missouri, Eastern Kansas, Omaha, Nebraska and Council Bluffs, Iowa. In addition, investment products are offered through the Bank’s service corporation subsidiary. PULB had a significantly higher loans to assets ratio and significantly less MBS and investments to assets than Macon. PULB’s loan portfolio was more diversified as it has a meaningful commercial business loan portfolio with moderately less 1-4 residential loans and MBS combined, and slightly higher CRE loans. As a percent of assets, PULB had lower deposits, a similar level of subordinated debt, a higher level of borrowings, and higher equity.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.6

 

 

PULB’s NPAs plus 90 day delinquent loans to assets ratio was lower with similar net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans and similar reserve coverage ratios. However, as a percent of average assets, provisions for loan losses was considerably higher than Macon and gains on sale of loans was significantly higher and contributed to PULB’s higher net income to average assets. At September 30, 2013, PULB had total assets of $1.3 billion and as of February 14, 2014, PULB’s market capitalization was $117 million.

 

  Franklin Financial Corp. (“FRNK”), Glen Allen, VA operates 8 branches outside Richmond, Virginia. FRNK’s asset composition reflects significantly lower loans, higher MBS and investments, and higher cash and equivalents than Macon. In addition, FRNK relied significantly more on borrowed funds and its significantly higher level of equity as funding sources. FRNK’s loan composition reflects minimal 1-4 family residential loans but a high level of MBS with the majority of the loan portfolio consisting of CRE, multi-family, and construction and land loans. FRNK’s asset quality measures were comparable, while reserve coverage and net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were lower. While FRNK’s net interest income and non-interest income as a percent of average assets were lower, FRNK’s non-interest expense and provisions for loan losses as a percent of average assets were significantly lower than Macon, resulting in a higher net income to average assets ratio. At September 30, 2013, FRNK had total assets of $1.1 billion and as of February 14, 2014, FRNK’s market capitalization was $231 million.

 

  ASB Bancorp, Inc. (“ASBB”), Asheville, NC is also headquartered in North Carolina, within 70 miles of Macon’s headquarters and operates 13 branches in and around Western North Carolina. ASBB operates branches in two of the same counties as Macon. Overall ASBB’s asset composition reflected a lower level of loans than Macon, with 1-4 family residential loans (inclusive of MBS) representing the highest loan concentration, although ASBB’s exposure to CRE loans was higher. Asset quality measures were more favorable overall. ASBB’s level of borrowings were similar to Macon’s borrowings (inclusive of subordinated debt), although ASBB’s equity to assets ratio was significantly higher. ASBB’s net income to average assets was greater than Macon’s, primarily due to its negative loan loss provision expense, higher non-interest operating income, and higher non-operating gains, which was partially offset by its lower level of net interest income (driven by its significantly lower asset yield) and higher level of non-interest expense. At September 30, 2013, ASBB had total assets of $751 million and as of February 14, 2014, ASBB’s market capitalization was $88 million.

 

  First Savings Financial Group (“FSFG”), Clarksville, IN operates 16 branches in south central Indiana across the river from Louisville, Kentucky. FSFG had higher MBS and investments and lower loans as a percent of assets than the Company. Loan portfolio composition was similar, albeit with lower 1-4 family residential loans (inclusive of MBS). Asset quality was more favorable and net loan charge-offs were lower, which supported the significantly lower reserves to loans ratio. As a percent of assets, deposits were lower, while borrowings and equity (reported and tangible) were higher. Net income to average assets was higher, driven by higher interest income coupled with lower interest expense and lower provision and non-interest expenses. At September 30, 2013, FSFG had total assets of $660 million and as of February 14, 2014, FSFG’s market capitalization was $53 million.

 

 

First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. (“FCLF”), Edwardsville, IL operates 5 branches in suburbs around St. Louis, Missouri. FCLF had a higher level of cash and equivalents and lower loans as a percent of assets. Loan composition was broadly similar to Macon, although with a higher level of commercial business loans. Asset quality was more


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.7

 

 

favorable, with a lower level of net loan charge-offs, which support the significantly lower reserves to loans ratio. Funding composition included a higher level of borrowings and higher level of equity (on a reported and tangible basis). As a percent of average assets, net income was higher despite lower net interest income and lower non-interest income as the provisions for loan losses and non-interest expense were significantly lower. At September 30, 2013, FCLF had total assets of $647 million and as of February 14, 2014, FCLF’s market capitalization was $64 million.

 

  Cheviot Financial Corp. (“CHEV”), Cheviot, OH operates 12 branches in suburbs around Cincinnati, Ohio. CHEV’s asset composition reflected a lower level of loans, while its loan composition was similar to Macon, except for CHEV’s lack of construction and land loans and lower concentration in CRE loans. Risk weighted assets as a percent of assets was also significantly lower. CHEV’s deposits to assets ratio and borrowings (including subordinated debentures) to assets ratio were lower than Macon’s because of its significantly higher equity to assets ratio, on both a reported and tangible basis. CHEV’s asset quality measures were more favorable overall, but reserve coverage ratios for CHEV were less favorable. CHEV had a lower net interest income to average assets ratio (primarily due to its lower asset yield) and lower non-interest income to average assets ratio, while CHEV’s provision for loan losses and non-interest expense to average assets ratios were lower, resulting in a higher net income to average assets ratio. At September 30, 2013, CHEV had total assets of $592 million and as of February 14, 2014, CHEV’s market capitalization was $71 million.

 

  United Community Bancorp (“UCBA”), Lawrenceburg, IN operates 8 branches in both rural and suburban markets in Indiana to the East of Cincinnati, Ohio. UCBA had a significantly lower loans to total assets ratio and a higher MBS and investments to assets ratio, as well as a less diversified loan portfolio than Macon. UCBA’s assets were concentrated in 1-4 family residential loans (inclusive of MBS), with a lower level of CRE loans and an insignificant level of construction and land loans. Risk weighted assets as a percent of assets were also significantly lower. UCBA had a significantly higher equity to assets ratio on both a reported and tangible basis. UCBA’s NPAs plus 90 day delinquent loans to assets ratio was lower, while NPLs as a percent of loans were higher, although with similar reserve coverage. UCBA reported net recoveries on loans, while Macon reported net loan charge-offs. Net interest income was significantly lower than Macon, primarily due to the lower yield on assets; however, UCBA also recorded a negative loan loss provision. Non-interest income to average assets was similar, while non-interest expense as a percent of average assets was lower. UCBA’s net income to average assets ratio was higher, primarily driven by the difference in loan loss provision expense and lower non-interest expense. At September 30, 2013, UCBA had total assets of $511 million and as of February 14, 2014, UCBA’s market capitalization was $57 million.

 

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares (“WAYN”), Wooster, OH operates 12 branches in rural areas in northeast Ohio, approximately 35 miles west of Akron, Ohio. WAYN’s asset composition was similar to Macon. Loan composition was more heavily weighted toward 1-4 family residential mortgages (inclusive of MBS), but was otherwise broadly similar. Asset quality was more favorable and reserve coverage related to NPLs and NPAs were comparable with lower loan charge-offs supporting a lower reserves to loans ratio. Funding composition reflected a somewhat higher level of borrowings and a higher level of equity. WAYN’s lower asset yield and lower cost of funds lead to a slightly higher level of net interest income, which combined with a lower provision expense and lower non-interest expense, was only partially offset by a lower level of non-interest income,


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.8

 

 

which resulted in higher net income to average assets ratio. At September 30, 2013, WAYN had total assets of $400 million and as of February 14, 2014, WAYN’s market capitalization was $31 million.

As a result of the Peer Group selection process employed, the Peer Group companies reflect less favorable asset quality than the industry median (3.29% NPAs to assets plus 90 day delinquent loans versus 1.74% for all publicly-traded thrifts). In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a higher level of tangible equity than the thrift industry median (12.32% of assets versus 11.33% of assets for all publicly-traded thrifts) and recorded a comparable level of net income as a percent of average assets to the industry median (0.62% versus 0.60% for all publicly-traded thrifts). The Peer Group’s comparable level of net income stems from the combination of lower net interest income, slightly lower provision expense and non-interest expense, and a lower effective tax rate.

The table below compares key financial characteristics and pricing ratios of the Peer Group to fully converted non-MHC publicly-traded thrifts. The Peer Group’s median price/core earnings (“P/Core”), price/tangible book (“P/TB”) and price/assets (“P/A”) ratios reflected discounts to the fully converted publicly-traded thrifts, although the P/Core discount was minimal.

 

     Fully Conv. Publicly-        
     Traded Thrifts     Peer Group  

Financial Characteristics (Medians)

    

Assets ($Mil)

   $ 771      $ 710   

Market capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 94.66      $ 79.69   

Tangible Equity/Tangible Assets (%)

     11.57     12.25

Core Return on Average Assets (%)

     0.60     0.59

Core Return on Average Equity (%)

     4.34     3.90

Pricing Ratios (Medians) (1)

    

Price/Core Earnings (x)

     17.20     17.07

Price/Book (%)

     96.11     86.30

Price/Tangible Book (%)

     102.39     92.06

Price/Assets (%)

     12.34     10.51

 

(1) Based on market prices as of February 14, 2014 per Table 4.3.

Given the limitation in finding an appropriate number of fully public-traded companies that are similar to Macon in terms of total assets and market capitalization, the thrifts selected for the Peer Group were relatively comparable to the Company in terms of the overall selection criteria and are considered the “best fit” group. While there are many similarities between


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.9

 

Macon and the Peer Group on average, there are some notable differences that lead to the valuation adjustments discussed herein. The following comparative analysis highlights key similarities and differences between the Bank and the Peer Group.

Financial Condition

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Macon as of December 31, 2013, while the Peer Group reflects balances as of September 30, 2013. The Company’s equity-to-assets and tangible equity-to-assets ratios of 4.14% were well below the Peer Group’s median ratios of 13.07% and 12.32%, respectively, and were also lower than all of the Peer Group companies.

As discussed in Chapter 1, in addition to the significant operating losses reported for each of the three fiscal years ending December 31, 2011, which were primarily driven by large provisions for loan losses and valuation losses on OREO, two other items have also significantly impacted the Company’s equity as of December 31, 2013. First, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s deferred tax asset totaled $26.8 million and there was a valuation allowance equal to $22.6 million against this asset resulting in a net deferred tax asset equal to $4.2 million. Secondly, there was a $7.5 million accumulated other comprehensive loss ($5.5 million unrealized losses on AFS securities and $2.0 million unrealized loss on AFS securities transferred to HTM). A valuation allowance of $2.9 million on the deferred tax benefit related to the unrealized losses on AFS securities was included in the $22.6 million DTA valuation allowance. Under certain circumstances (including the Company’s ability and timing to generate future taxable earnings, not triggering a change in control under the Internal Revenue Code, among other items), the Company’s substantial NOLs would be available to offset future taxable income potentially resulting in the reversal of the valuation allowance on the DTA, positively impacting capital.

The Company’s tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.90%, tier 1 risk based ratio was 10.52%, and its total risk based capital ratio was 11.79% as of December 31, 2013. Moreover, the Company did not meet its internal capital target of 7.00% for tier 1 leverage, but did meet the 10.00% for tier 1 risk based and 11.00% for total risk based targets. While the Company’s regulatory capital ratios were lower than the Peer Group medians, both the Company’s and the Peer Group’s regulatory capital ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the minimum regulatory capital requirements. The Bank’s capital ratios were higher than the Company’s as a portion of the Company’s subordinated debentures, proceeds of which were infused into the


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.10

 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2013

 

            Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets     Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates     Regulatory Capital  
            Cash &
Equivalents
    MBS &
Invest
    BOLI     Net
Loans (1)
    Deposits     Borrowed
Funds
    Sub.
Debt
    Total
Equity
    Goodwill
& Intang
    Tangible
Equity
    Assets     MBS, Cash &
Investments
    Loans     Deposits     Borrows.
&Subdebt
    Total
Equity
    Tangible
Equity
    Tangible
Capital (2)
    Tier 1
Risk-Based
    Risk-Based
Capital
 

Macon Bancorp

                                         

December 31, 2013

      4.37     22.84     2.54     65.42     87.21     5.10     1.84     4.14     0.00     4.14     1.90     34.38     -6.09     1.35     38.04     -23.11     -23.11     7.02     10.52     11.79

All Public Companies

                                         

Averages

      6.03     20.83     1.86     66.92     74.39     10.80     0.38     13.23     0.71     12.52     3.34     4.23     5.06     3.80     1.71     4.67     3.78     12.60     19.42     20.52

Medians

      3.76     16.71     1.94     69.25     75.80     8.67     0.00     12.35     0.02     11.33     1.01     -0.58     3.31     1.18     -2.09     -0.76     -0.59     12.30     18.11     19.32

State of NC

                                         

Averages

      12.31     16.24     1.88     63.49     76.01     3.49     0.00     17.84     0.10     17.74     0.83     3.13     2.74     3.34     -45.19     -6.59     -7.03     15.04     23.19     24.45

Medians

      12.31     16.24     1.88     63.49     76.01     3.49     0.00     17.84     0.10     17.74     0.83     3.13     2.74     3.34     -45.19     -6.59     -7.03     15.04     23.19     24.45

Comparable Group

                                         

Averages

      7.58     25.13     2.28     60.48     77.02     7.36     0.22     14.15     0.68     13.48     0.66     11.19     -0.25     0.98     -4.81     -0.43     -0.45     12.17     20.85     22.10

Medians

      5.83     27.65     2.55     57.39     79.45     7.21     0.00     13.07     0.38     12.32     -0.71     -0.03     -1.52     -1.19     -3.53     -2.51     -2.53     11.27     21.64     22.91

Comparable Group

                                         

ASBB

 

ASB Bncp Inc

  NC     10.37     26.50     0.02     56.84     77.71     6.72     0.00     13.69     0.00     13.69     -2.73     -17.47     6.54     -0.48     -16.48     -12.24     -12.24     NA        24.73     25.99

CHEV

 

Cheviot Financial

  OH     2.68     31.46     2.64     56.96     79.68     3.40     0.00     15.74     1.84     13.90     -6.58     -17.64     -1.97     -4.74     -20.83     -13.27     -14.57     13.47     25.00     25.50

FCLF

 

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

  IL     18.82     17.43     1.30     57.16     80.74     7.04     0.62     11.37     1.81     9.56     17.09     91.30     -5.01     24.20     -2.00     -6.73     -7.54     9.54     15.73     17.68

FSFG

 

First Savings Financial Group

  IN     3.38     27.15     1.96     61.89     72.33     14.48     0.00     12.45     1.51     10.94     3.37     -3.14     4.89     -3.34     69.23     -0.81     -0.45     10.36     15.78     17.04

FRNK

 

Franklin Financial Corp.

  VA     9.34     36.38     3.24     48.26     61.06     15.43     0.00     22.79     0.00     22.79     -1.07     -11.24     13.11     1.02     -5.06     -3.24     -3.24     17.83     26.32     27.57

HTBI

 

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

  NC     14.25     5.97     3.74     70.13     74.30     0.25     0.00     21.99     0.20     21.79     4.40     23.74     -1.07     7.17     -73.91     -0.94     -1.81     15.04     21.64     22.91

PULB

 

Pulaski Financial Corp.

  MO     6.76     3.76     2.57     83.01     79.22     8.89     1.54     9.10     0.31     8.79     -5.31     40.67     -8.40     -6.55     2.70     -1.78     -1.83     NA        NA        NA   

UCBA

 

United Community Bancorp

  IN     3.25     42.12     2.61     48.35     83.06     1.96     0.00     14.35     0.62     13.73     1.85     16.44     -9.38     -1.90     -5.51     32.70     35.15     12.18     25.69     26.95

UCFC

 

United Community Finl Corp.

  OH     4.90     32.42     2.54     57.62     80.32     8.00     0.00     10.44     0.01     10.43     -4.08     3.09     -8.79     -5.37     -0.01     6.84     6.91     10.26     18.52     19.78

WAYN

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares

  OH     2.00     28.16     2.24     64.54     81.72     7.37     0.00     9.62     0.45     9.18     -0.35     -13.79     7.59     -0.23     3.75     -4.88     -4.88     8.71     14.23     15.48

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale.
(2) The tangible capital ratio as defined under the latest OTS guidelines at period-end. For holding companies this represents the value for the company’s largest subsidiary.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.11

 

Bank as additional capital, did not qualify as Tier 1 capital for the Company as of December 31, 2013. Moreover, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 7.02% as of December 31, 2013 did not meet the 8.00% requirement of the Bank’s Order, while the Bank’s total risk based capital ratio of 11.97% was above the 11.00% required by the Order. The Bank’s pro forma capital ratios are above the leverage and risk based capital ratio requirements of the Bank’s Order and the Bank must maintain those capital levels as long as the Order is in place; therefore, limiting the Bank’s ability to leverage the new capital beyond those capital requirements.

The Company’s regulatory capital ratios (tangible capital as defined by the OTS and total risk based capital) of 7.02% and 11.79%, respectively, are significantly less than the Peer Group medians of 11.27% and 22.91%. The Company’s pro forma capital position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds from the Conversion; however, the Company’s pro forma equity-to-assets and tangible equity-to-assets ratios of 8.81% at the midpoint, will still be measurably lower than the Peer Group medians of 12.90% and 12.25%, respectively. Accordingly, the Company will continue to have relatively lower equity protection from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower overall funding costs driven by higher equity, the Company will be more limited in its ability to leverage. At the same time, the Company’s relatively higher pro forma capitalization compared to actual December 31, 2013 capital levels, will negatively impact the return on equity.

The IEA compositions for the Company and the Peer Group were similar, with loans constituting the bulk of IEA for both. The Company’s loans-to-assets ratio of 65.42% was slightly higher than the median Peer Group ratio of 57.39%. Comparatively, the Company’s MBS and investments to assets ratio of 22.84% was slightly lower than the Peer Group median ratio of 27.65%. The Company’s cash and equivalents to assets ratio of 4.37% was lower than the ratio for the Peer Group’s median of 5.83%. The Company reported BOLI as a percent of assets of 2.54%, similar to the Peer Group median of 2.55%. Overall, Macon’s IEA amounted to 92.63% of assets, which was slightly higher than the Peer Group median ratio of 90.87%. Both Macon’s and the Peer Group’s IEA ratios exclude BOLI as an interest-earning asset. On a pro forma basis, immediately following the Offering, a portion of the Offering proceeds will initially be invested in shorter-term securities, increasing the relative proportion of cash and investments for the Company in comparison to the Peer Group over the short term, pending longer term deployment into higher yielding loans. Furthermore, IEA to total assets for the Company will strengthen.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.12

 

The Company’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that included a greater proportion of deposits than the Peer Group’s funding composition. The Company’s deposits equaled 87.21% of assets, which was above the Peer Group’s median ratio of 79.45%. Comparatively, the Company reported borrowings to assets of 6.94% (including subordinated debentures), while the Peer Group’s average and median ratios were 7.58% and 7.21%. With a significantly lower equity to assets ratio of 4.14% versus 13.07% for the Peer Group median, the Peer Group had significantly greater funding capacity stemming from equity.

Total interest-bearing liabilities (“IBL”) as a percent of assets maintained by the Company of 94.15% was higher than the Peer Group average and median of 84.60% and 86.66%, respectively. Following the increase in equity resulting from the Offering, the Company’s ratio of IBLs to assets will compare more favorably to the Peer Group’s level.

A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its IEA/IBL ratio. Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio of 98.39% was lower than the Peer Group’s median ratio of 104.86%, primarily because of its significantly lower equity. The additional equity realized from stock proceeds will serve to strengthen the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio in comparison to the Peer Group ratio, as the increase in equity provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will lower the level of IBL funding assets and will be primarily deployed into IEA.

The Company recorded asset growth of 1.90%, minimal deposit growth of 0.90%, and borrowings growth of 38.04%, over the last twelve month period compared to the Peer Group’s median asset shrinkage of 0.71% funded primarily by deposit and borrowings shrinkage of 1.19% and 3.53%, respectively. The Company’s overall asset growth was reflected in MBS, cash, and investment growth of 34.38%, while loans decreased 6.09%. Comparatively, the Peer Group’s loans declined at a median rate of 1.52%, while MBS, cash, and investments decreased by a minimal 0.03%. The balance sheet growth rates in Table 3.2 reflect soft loan demand and higher credit standards in general, resulting in slight asset shrinkage primarily from the repayment of borrowings for the Peer Group. The Company’s balance sheet growth on the other hand reflects curtailed lending activity and an increase in investments funded by an increase in deposits and also new borrowings intended to extend liabilities and lock in relatively favorable borrowing rates.

The Company’s total equity and tangible equity both declined by 23.11% over the past twelve months due primarily to an increase in the unrealized loss on securities AFS. Further, an increase in the DTA valuation allowance against the deferred tax benefit associated with the unrealized loss on AFS securities also increased, contributing to the Company’s decline in


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.13

 

equity. Comparatively, the Peer Group’s median total equity and tangible equity declined by 2.51% and 2.53%, respectively. Macon reported a net loss compared to the Peer Group’s median net income (-0.05% of average assets versus 0.62% of average assets, respectively). As a mutual, the Company does not pay dividends while the Peer Group’s median dividend payout ratio was 31.53%. The Company’s equity has decreased at an annual rate of 20.55% over the past four years and while the Company’s stock proceeds will increase the Company’s equity, the Company’s ability to further increase equity will depend on its ability to further reduce valuation losses on OREO and loan loss provision expenses, which would facilitate earnings improvement and better position the Company for capital growth.

Income and Expense Components

Table 3.3 shows comparative income statement measures for the Company and the Peer Group, reflecting earnings for fiscal 2013 for the Company and for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013 for the Peer Group. The Company reported a net loss of 0.05% of average assets for fiscal 2013, which was lower than the median net income of 0.62% of average assets for the Peer Group. The Company reported pre-tax income of $60,000 and an after tax net loss of $415,000, or 0.05% of average assets. The Company’s net interest income to average assets was higher than the Peer Group’s, primarily because of higher interest income and the higher yield on IEA driven by the higher level of loans and lower level of cash and investments, partially offset by higher interest expense and higher cost of funds. The Company is currently deferring its interest payments on the trust-preferred debentures, however the interest expense related to the debentures was accrued and reflected in the Company’s interest expense.

The Company recorded higher loan loss provisions (0.53% versus 0.09% for the Peer Group median), resulting in slightly lower net interest income after provision (2.40% versus 2.60% for the Peer Group median). The higher loan loss provision expense was related to the significantly higher level of net loan charge-offs recorded by the Company (0.94% versus 0.32% for the Peer Group median), which is the result of its higher level of problem assets. Although, higher than the Peer Group, the Company’s loan loss provision for fiscal 2013 was the lowest provision in the past five years and represents a significant decrease from the prior years as reflected in Table 1.2.

Non-interest income to average assets was higher for the Company (0.72% versus 0.59% for the Peer Group median) and primarily driven by its higher gain on sale of loans. The


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.14

 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended September 30, 2013

 

                  Net Interest Income           Non-Interest Income           Non-Op. Items           Yields, Costs, and Spreads              
            Net
Income
    Income     Expense     NII     Loss
Provis.
on IEA
    NII
After
Provis.
    Gain
on Sale of
Loans
    Other
Non-Int
Income
    Total
Non-Int
Expense (1)
    Net Gain/Loss
& Nonrecurring
Inc/Exp (2)
    Extrao.
Items
    Provision
for
Taxes
    Yield
On IEA
    Cost
Of IBL
    Yld-Cost
Spread
    MEMO:
Assets/
FTE Emp.
    MEMO:
Effective
Tax Rate
 

Macon Bancorp

                                   

December 31, 2013

      -0.05     3.77     0.84     2.92     0.53     2.40     0.27     0.45     3.16     0.04     0.00     0.06     4.37     1.07     3.30   $ 4,241        NM   

All Public Companies

                                   

Averages

      0.52     3.75     0.75     3.01     0.22     2.79     0.45     0.56     3.04     0.12     0.00     0.28     4.04     0.96     3.10   $ 5,542        29.28

Medians

      0.60     3.75     0.70     3.06     0.15     2.87     0.10     0.46     2.84     0.04     0.00     0.27     4.08     0.93     3.12   $ 4,989        31.73

State of NC

                                   

Averages

      0.44     3.39     0.51     2.88     -0.18     3.06     0.25     0.53     3.32     0.21     0.00     0.19     3.74     0.64     3.10   $ 4,720        29.87

Medians

      0.44     3.39     0.51     2.88     -0.18     3.06     0.25     0.53     3.32     0.21     0.00     0.19     3.74     0.64     3.10   $ 4,720        29.87

Comparable Group

                                   

Averages

      0.58     3.55     0.68     2.88     0.14     2.73     0.24     0.47     2.69     0.09     0.00     0.23     3.87     0.85     3.09   $ 5,156        27.59

Medians

      0.62     3.62     0.60     2.83     0.09     2.60     0.15     0.44     2.78     0.05     0.00     0.25     3.79     0.77     2.95   $ 4,530        27.86

Comparable Group

                                   

ASBB

 

ASB Bncp Inc

  NC     0.18     3.06     0.60     2.46     -0.19     2.65     0.29     0.64     3.58     0.37     0.00     0.07     3.24     0.72     2.52   $ 4,368        29.68

CHEV

 

Cheviot Financial

  OH     0.30     3.23     0.75     2.49     0.20     2.29     0.14     0.39     2.37     -0.04     0.00     0.11     3.72     0.93     2.79   $ 4,973        26.35

FCLF

 

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

  IL     0.66     3.39     0.61     2.78     0.14     2.64     0.16     0.24     2.13     0.06     0.00     0.31     3.59     0.79     2.80   $ 6,880        31.83

FSFG

 

First Savings Financial Group

  IN     0.72     4.17     0.60     3.57     0.29     3.28     0.08     0.58     2.94     0.00     0.00     0.28     4.75     0.77     3.98   $ 3,862        27.83

FRNK

 

Franklin Financial Corp.

  VA     0.88     3.76     1.34     2.42     0.05     2.37     0.01     0.26     1.58     0.12     0.00     0.30     4.08     1.74     2.34   $ 11,150        25.52

HTBI

 

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

  NC     0.70     3.72     0.41     3.30     -0.17     3.47     0.22     0.43     3.07     0.05     0.00     0.30     4.25     0.56     3.69   $ 5,071        30.05

PULB

 

Pulaski Financial Corp.

  MO     0.75     3.97     0.50     3.47     0.93     2.54     0.98     0.46     2.86     0.00     0.00     0.37     4.24     0.56     3.68   $ 2,810        32.84

UCBA

 

United Community Bancorp

  IN     0.55     2.99     0.60     2.39     -0.15     2.54     0.13     0.59     2.64     0.15     0.00     0.21     3.22     NA        NA      $ 4,692        27.88

UCFC

 

United Community Finl Corp.

  OH     0.57     3.65     0.77     2.88     0.33     2.56     0.33     0.71     3.09     0.21     0.00     0.14     3.83     0.88     2.95   $ 3,670        19.09

WAYN

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares

  OH     0.51     3.58     0.59     2.99     0.02     2.96     0.04     0.37     2.69     0.00     0.00     0.17     3.75     0.73     3.02   $ 4,082        24.86

 

(1) Includes net valuation losses on OREO, if applicable.
(2) Includes gain/loss on sale of securities and nonrecurring income and expense.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.15

 

Company’s operating expense ratio of 3.16% of average assets, which was negatively impacted by the high valuation losses on OREO, was significantly higher than the Peer Group’s median of 2.78%. On a post-Offering basis, the Company’s operating expenses are expected to initially increase modestly due to the additional stock-related benefit plans and certain other expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company. The Company will seek to offset these additional expenses through balance sheet growth and reinvestment of the Offering proceeds. Moreover, the Company also projects ongoing valuation losses on OREO; although at a diminishing rate. These expenses are included as part of core earnings for both the Company and the Peer Group.

The Company’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 86.8% was slightly less favorable than the Peer Group’s median ratio of 85.0%. This is due to the Company’s higher operating expenses, which more than offset the benefit of its higher net interest income and non-interest income ratios. Additionally, and as previously mentioned, the Company’s high loan loss provisions, which are not incorporated into the efficiency ratio calculation, have also been a material factor in the Company’s inferior net income versus the Peer Group’s.

Non-operating items for the Company and the Peer Group were similar with both recording minimal levels of net gains on the sale of securities. Comparatively, to the extent that gains have been derived through selling fixed rate loans into the secondary market, such gains may be considered to be an ongoing activity for an institution and, therefore, warrant some consideration as a core earnings factor for an institution; therefore they are not considered to be non-operating items. However, loan sale gains are still viewed as a more volatile source of income than income generated through the net interest margin and non-interest operating income. Neither the Company nor the Peer Group recorded extraordinary items. Overall, non-operating items were not a factor for the Company or the Peer Group.

Importantly, the Company recorded a tax expense of 0.06% of average assets versus the Peer Group’s tax expense of 0.25% of average assets based on the median. As the Company’s tax expense was primarily driven by the increase in the DTA valuation allowance, the Company’s effective tax rate is considered not meaningful, whereas the Peer Group had an effective tax rate of 27.86%. To the extent the Company reports future pretax earnings, the Company has projected an effective tax rate of approximately 30% beginning in the fourth quarter of 2014.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.16

 

Loan Composition

Table 3.4 presents data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions (including the investment in MBS). The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a slightly higher concentration of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans than maintained by the Peer Group (35.99% of assets versus 32.52% for the Peer Group median). The Company also maintained a higher ratio of MBS as a percent of assets (13.69% of assets versus 12.39% for the Peer Group median). The Company reported a balance of loans serviced for others of $225.5 million, while six of the ten Peer Group companies also reported a balance of loans serviced for others, resulting in a Peer Group average and median of $149.6 million and $18.2 million. The Company and the Peer Group also maintained relative balances of loan servicing assets.

Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was also similar for the Company and the Peer Group. The Company’s CRE loans of 18.96% to assets was similar to the Peer Group median of 17.00% of assets, while the Company and the Peer Group both had relatively insignificant exposure to multi-family loans (0.87% of assets versus the Peer Group median of 3.84% of assets). Both the Company and the Peer Group also recorded minimal commercial business and consumer loans as a percent of assets. The Company’s construction and land loans-to-assets ratio of 9.42% was higher than the Peer Group median of 2.99% of assets. The Company’s risk weighted assets of 65.27% of assets was slightly higher than the Peer Group median of 61.13% due to the Company’s higher level of construction and land loans and somewhat higher loans to assets ratio, as well as a somewhat lower level of cash and equivalents as a percent of assets.

Credit Risk

Given the importance of asset quality in an investors’ perception of value in the current environment, we sought to include thrifts with similar asset quality characteristics in the Peer Group. Accordingly, the ratio of NPAs (including 90+ day delinquencies) to assets equaled 6.26% for the Company and 3.29% for the Peer Group median, as shown in Table 3.5. While our selection criteria included thrifts with NPAs to assets above 2.00% and not higher than 10.00%, none of the Peer Group members had more than 6.00% of NPAs as a percent of assets. Adjusted NPAs to assets (including 90+ day delinquencies), were 3.33% for the Company versus 2.10% for the Peer Group, indicating that the Company had a more significant level of performing TDRs (which are reported as NPAs, but not adjusted NPAs), which also


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.17

 

Table 3.4

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2013

 

    Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets                    
    MBS     1-4
Family (1)
    Constr.
& Land
    Multi-
Family
    Comm RE     Commerc.
Business
    Consumer     RWA/
Assets
    Serviced
For Others
    Servicing
Assets
 
    (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     ($000)  

Macon Bancorp

                   

December 31, 2013

    13.69     35.99     9.42     0.87     18.96     1.06     0.47     65.27   $ 255,475      $ 1,883   

All Public Companies

                   

Averages

    12.38     33.17     2.92     7.27     17.31     4.13     1.86     64.71   $ 1,583,919      $ 15,855   

Medians

    10.41     32.22     2.00     2.48     17.76     2.87     0.32     65.36   $ 30,304      $ 275   

State of NC

                   

Averages

    8.38     35.38     3.89     1.34     17.55     1.27     2.06     62.17   $ 0      $ 0   

Medians

    8.38     35.38     3.89     1.34     17.55     1.27     2.06     62.17   $ 0      $ 0   

Comparable Group

                   

Averages

    13.22     31.94     3.25     4.34     16.18     3.64     0.92     59.12   $ 149,571      $ 921   

Medians

    12.39     32.52     2.99     3.84     17.00     1.51     0.35     61.13   $ 18,237      $ 162   

Comparable Group

                   

ASBB

  

ASB Bncp Inc

  NC     14.01     26.88     2.71     1.17     21.88     1.44     3.87     58.51   $ 0      $ 0   

CHEV

  

Cheviot Financial

  OH     2.20     40.84     0.41     3.86     9.98     1.48     0.46     52.66   $ 149,616      $ 1,292   

FCLF

  

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

  IL     5.38     20.84     3.22     4.89     19.03     8.58     0.23     61.90   $ 110,527      $ 885   

FSFG

  

First Savings Financial Group

  IN     10.77     30.66     3.97     4.05     17.81     3.65     1.45     63.81   $ 0      $ 0   

FRNK

  

Franklin Financial Corp.

  VA     24.75     6.92     7.70     11.71     22.84     0.00     0.00     64.53   $ 0      $ 0   

HTBI

  

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

  NC     2.76     43.88     5.07     1.51     13.22     1.09     0.24     65.82   $ 0      $ 0   

PULB

  

Pulaski Financial Corp.

  MO     0.35     34.38     4.78     3.83     23.37     15.51     0.19     NA      $ 6,124      $ 49   

UCBA

  

United Community Bancorp

  IN     34.27     30.63     0.82     5.75     10.29     0.71     0.75     46.76   $ 71,825      $ 695   

UCFC

  

United Community Finl Corp.

  OH     17.80     42.42     2.76     3.16     7.21     1.53     1.76     56.98   $ 1,127,267      $ 6,018   

WAYN

  

Wayne Savings Bancshares

  OH     19.92     41.99     1.09     3.51     16.19     2.40     0.25     61.13   $ 30,349      $ 274   

 

(1) Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties, including first and second mortgages and home equity/HELOCs.

 

Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.18

 

Table 3.5

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2013

 

    REO/
Assets
    NPAs &
90+Del/
Assets (1)
    Adj NPAs &
90+Del/
Assets (2)
    NPLs/
Loans (3)
    Rsrves/
Loans HFI
    Rsrves/
NPLs (3)
    Rsrves/
NPAs &
90+Del (1)
    Net Loan
Chargeoffs (4)
    NLCs/
Loans
 
    (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  

Macon Bancorp

                 

December 31, 2013

    1.34     6.26     3.33     7.32     2.73     36.88     29.00   $ 4,981        0.94

All Public Companies

                 

Averages

    0.41     2.67     1.72     3.29     1.43     68.48     55.00   $ 6,321        0.43

Medians

    0.16     1.74     1.28     2.32     1.25     52.57     44.95   $ 1,219        0.23

State of NC

                 

Averages

    1.46     4.47     3.59     4.35     2.10     71.76     31.60   $ 2,575        0.31

Medians

    1.46     4.47     3.59     4.35     2.10     71.76     31.60   $ 2,575        0.31

Comparable Group

                 

Averages

    0.65     3.68     2.62     4.95     1.65     41.78     28.66   $ 2,623        0.34

Medians

    0.58     3.29     2.10     4.16     1.79     35.76     31.41   $ 1,195        0.32

Comparable Group

                 

ASBB

  

ASB Bncp Inc

  NC     2.05     2.97     2.27     1.60     1.77     109.37     34.02   $ 1,163        0.28

CHEV

  

Cheviot Financial

  OH     0.71     2.60     2.02     3.30     0.47     14.06     10.20   $ 1,646        0.49

FCLF

  

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

  IL     0.93     2.22     2.10     2.23     1.48     66.18     38.56   $ 964        0.25

FSFG

  

First Savings Financial Group

  IN     0.12     2.39     1.49     3.58     1.34     37.36     35.08   $ 1,226        0.30

FRNK

  

Franklin Financial Corp.

  VA     0.63     5.79     5.27     10.49     1.87     17.83     15.88   $ 1,069        0.22

HTBI

  

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

  NC     0.87     5.98     4.92     7.11     2.44     34.15     29.19   $ 3,987        0.33

PULB

  

Pulaski Financial Corp.

  MO     0.50     4.84     3.00     4.74     1.82     35.88     29.67   $ 10,901        0.94

UCBA

  

United Community Bancorp

  IN     0.12     4.22     1.98     8.31     2.17     26.10     25.36   ($ 553     -0.21

UCFC

  

United Community Finl Corp.

  OH     0.53     3.61     2.10     4.94     2.04     41.25     33.16   $ 4,952        0.47

WAYN

  

Wayne Savings Bancshares

  OH     0.01     2.14     1.04     3.27     1.17     35.65     35.49   $ 870        0.35

 

(1) NPAs are defined as nonaccrual loans, performing TDRs, and OREO.
(2) Adjusted NPAs are defined as nonaccrual loans and OREO (performing TDRs are excluded).
(3) NPLs are defined as nonaccrual loans and performing TDRs.
(4) Net loan chargeoffs are shown on a last twelve month basis.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obrained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.19

 

contributed to the Company’s NPLs to loans ratio, which was significantly higher than the Peer Group median (7.32% of loans versus 4.16% of loans).

Reflective of the Company’s higher level of problem assets was the higher level of net loan charge-offs (0.94% of loans versus 0.32% of loans for the Peer Group median). The Company also maintained a higher level of reserves to loans compared to the Peer Group median (2.73% versus 1.79%) and comparable levels of reserves to NPLs of (36.88% versus 35.76%) and reserves to NPAs and 90 days delinquent loans (29.00% versus 31.41%).

Interest Rate Risk

Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, the Company’s interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group. The Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 4.14% was significantly lower than the Peer Group’s median of 12.40% and the Company’s IEA/IBL of 113.32% was also lower than the Peer Group’s ratio of 118.75%, thereby implying a greater dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain the net interest margin for the Company. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Company with more comparable interest rate risk characteristics as currently maintained by the Peer Group, particularly with respect to the increases that will be realized in the Company’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Macon and the Peer Group. The relative fluctuations in Macon’s net interest income to average assets ratio were slightly higher than the Peer Group and, thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.6, the Company is exposed to a somewhat greater degree of interest rate risk exposure in the net interest margin. The stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding the Company’s assets.

Summary

Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the Peer Group companies, recognizing that the primary selection criteria were the financial characteristics and the market in which the Peer Group companies operate, RP Financial


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.20

 

Table 3.6

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2013

 

    Balance Sheet Measures                                      
    Tangible     Avg     Non-Earn.     Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income  
    Equity/
Assets
    IEA/
Avg IBL
    Assets/
Assets
    9/30/2013     6/30/2013     3/31/2013     12/31/2012     9/30/2012     6/30/2012  
    (%)     (%)     (%)     (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)  

Macon Bancorp

                 

December 31, 2013

    4.14     113.32     4.77     -7        10        -16        11        27        5   

All Public Companies

    12.59     121.20     7.55     2        -2        -7        -2        -1        -1   

State of NC

    17.76     128.48     8.03     4        -1        -6        14        -8        -8   

Comparable Group

                 

Average

    13.56     118.64     8.18     3        -6        -7        1        -11        0   

Median

    12.40     118.75     7.71     2        -4        -7        1        -7        -1   

Comparable Group

                 

ASBB

  

ASB Bncp Inc

   NC     13.69     125.89     6.05     10        -2        0        11        -2        2   

CHEV

  

Cheviot Financial

   OH     14.16     109.51     12.37     -4        -4        -4        1        0        -4   

FCLF

  

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

   IL     9.73     116.52     12.89     -4        -10        -10        -20        -7        4   

FSFG

  

First Savings Financial Group

   IN     11.11     115.65     8.81     1        -14        12        1        -25        4   

FRNK

  

Franklin Financial Corp.

   VA     22.79     121.37     7.31     12        -4        4        -8        1        -4   

HTBI

  

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

   NC     21.83     131.07     10.01     -2        -1        -13        16        -13        -19   

PULB

  

Pulaski Financial Corp.

   MO     8.81     123.96     8.12     0        -3        -17        12        -7        -6   

UCBA

  

United Community Bancorp

   IN     13.81     108.65     7.07     3        -5        -19        -4        -18        8   

UCFC

  

United Community Finl Corp.

   OH     10.43     120.99     3.68     10        -7        -21        7        -36        23   

WAYN

  

Wayne Savings Bancshares

   OH     9.22     112.76     5.49     6        -7        0        -10        1        -4   

NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.

 

Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
   III.21

 

concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Company. In those areas where key differences exist, we will apply appropriate valuation adjustments in Chapter IV.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Company’s conversion transaction.

Appraisal Guidelines

The written regulatory appraisal guidelines required by the Federal bank regulatory agencies specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of a converting institution. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences leading to valuation adjustments; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory appraisal guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that no valuation analyses can possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in the Company’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor the Company’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.2

 

conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate whether updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the Offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including the Company’s value, or the Company’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

Valuation Analysis

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.3

 

1. Financial Condition

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

    Overall Asset/Liability Composition . The level of IEA to assets for the Company and the Peer Group were similar. Loans were the primary component of both Macon’s and the Peer Group’s assets, with the Company recording a slightly higher concentration of loans and somewhat lower MBS. The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected slightly higher concentrations of 1-4 family residential loans and MBS, but had similar diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans with higher exposure to construction and land development loans. Cash and cash equivalents were somewhat lower and the RWA to assets ratio was somewhat higher for the Company. Macon’s funding composition reflected a higher level of IBL consisting of higher deposits and slightly lower borrowings (including subordinated debentures) than the Peer Group and significantly lower equity. Overall, the Company reported a higher yield on IEA than the Peer Group median, which was only partially offset by a higher cost of IBL, which resulted in a higher yield-cost spread than the Peer Group median. IEA/IBL for the Company was lower than the Peer Group median because of the Company’s significantly lower equity. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio will be more comparable, but remain below the Peer Group’s median ratio. On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Credit Quality . The Company’s NPAs (including 90+ day delinquencies) to assets ratio was higher than the Peer Group median (6.26% versus 3.29%). Adjusted NPAs (excluding performing TDRs) as a percentage of assets of 3.33% was also higher than the Peer Group median of 2.10%, indicating that the Company has a materially higher level of performing TDRs. This high level of performing TDRs also contributed to the Company’s higher NPLs to loans ratio as compared to the Peer Group median (7.32% versus 4.16%). The Company had a higher level of reserves to total loans (2.73% versus 1.79% for the Peer Group median) and comparable reserve coverage to NPLs and to NPAs (including 90+ day delinquencies). However, the Company’s net loan charge-offs were also higher at 0.94% of loans versus the Peer Group median of 0.32%, which resulted in higher provisions for loan loss expense (0.53% of average assets versus 0.09% of average assets) than the Peer Group median. Moreover, the Company recorded valuation losses on OREO of 0.51% of assets, which contributed to higher operating expenses (3.16% versus 2.78% of average assets for the Peer Group). The Company’s RWA-to-assets ratio was also somewhat higher than the Peer Group’s. In the context of the Peer Group selection criteria, which consists of companies with comparable credit quality, Macon’s higher NPAs, adjusted NPAs (excluding performing TDRs), and NPLs, as well as the Company’s somewhat higher RWA, combined with higher net loan charge-offs and valuation losses on OREO, lead RP Financial to conclude that credit quality was a moderately negative factor contributing to our adjustment for financial condition.

 

   

Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Company operated with a lower level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group (27.21% of assets versus 33.48% for the Peer Group median) and slightly lower borrowings (including subordinated debentures). As a result of the Offering, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase. The bulk of the Offering proceeds will be infused into the Bank as capital (at the midpoint, 80% of net Offering proceeds will be infused into the Bank), with the remainder used to make deferred payments on the subordinated


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.4

 

 

debentures (subject to prior regulatory approval) and deployed into investments. While the Company does not expect to repay the principal on either its subordinated debentures or other borrowings upon completion of the Conversion, the Company plans to make deferred interest payments on its subordinated debentures, which have been deferred since December 31, 2010 and totaled $1.6 million as of December 31, 2013. In addition, after the Offering, the Company expects to continue to service the debt going forward. Importantly, the interest rate on the subordinated debentures is adjustable and based on the current interest rate approximates $440,000 per year. RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Funding Liabilities . Macon’s funding composition reflected a higher level of IBL as a percent of assets compared to the Peer Group’s median (94.15% versus 86.66%), which was attributable to the Company’s lower capital position. Higher deposits, which included minimal brokered CDs and slightly lower borrowings (including subordinated debentures) translated into a higher cost of funds for the Company. Following the Offering, the increase in the Company’s capital position will reduce the level of IBL funding the Company’s assets and the IEA/IBL, which is currently lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, is expected to improve. Nonetheless, Macon’s equity to assets ratio will remain well below the Peer Group median. Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities was a moderately negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Equity . The Company currently operates with significantly lower equity-to-assets and tangible equity-to-assets ratios than the Peer Group. As a result of the Offering, Macon’s equity-to-assets ratio, although improved, will continue to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s. The Company’s pro forma capital position implies less leverage capacity than the Peer Group, more dependence on IBL to fund assets, and a lower capital cushion to absorb credit quality related losses than the Peer Group. RP Financial concluded that equity was a moderately negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

On balance, the Company’s balance sheet strength was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a moderate downward adjustment was applied for the Company’s financial condition.

 

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

   

Reported Earnings . The Company reported a higher yield on IEA (4.37% versus 3.79% for the Peer Group median), higher cost of IBL (1.07% versus 0.77% for the Peer Group median), higher loan loss provision expense (0.53% versus 0.09% of average assets for the Peer Group median), and higher operating expenses (3.16%


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.5

 

 

versus 2.78% of average assets for the Peer Group median), which included 0.51% of average assets in valuation losses on OREO. The Company had minimal pre-tax earnings and a tax expense that resulted in a reported net loss of 0.05% of average assets for fiscal 2013. Accordingly, the Company’s effective tax rate was not meaningful. Comparatively, the Peer Group had an effective tax rate of 27.86% and reported net income to average assets of 0.62% based on the median. Reinvestment and leveraging of stock proceeds into IEA will serve to increase the Company’s earnings, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by continued higher operating expenses, including from additional Company projected valuation losses on OREO, as well as expenses related to new benefit plans being implemented in conjunction with the Offering and the expenses typically associated with operating as a publicly-traded company. On balance, RP Financial concluded that the Company’s reported earnings were a significantly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Core Earnings . Both the Company and the Peer Group recorded similar gains on the sale of securities, which is not considered to be part of core earnings. Accordingly, the Company recorded a core loss for fiscal 2013, while the Peer Group recorded meaningful core earnings over the last twelve months. As reflected in Table 1.2, although the Company’s valuation losses on OREO (which are considered part of recurring operating expenses for both the Company and the Peer Group) decreased between 2011 and 2012, valuation losses on OREO have increased from 2012 to 2013 from 0.39% to 0.51% of average assets. Future core earnings are largely dependent on whether loan loss provision expense and valuation losses on OREO will decrease. RP Financial concluded that the Company’s core earnings were a significant negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated the degree of volatility associated with the Company’s net interest margin falling outside the range exhibited by the Peer Group. Other measures of interest rate risk such as the capital and the IEA/IBL ratios were significantly less favorable for the Company, indicating that the Company maintained a higher dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain net interest income. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s capital position and IEA/IBL ratio will be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds and, thus, diminish the Peer Group’s relative advantage, in this regard, and improve the Company’s interest rate risk exposure position. On balance, interest rate risk was a somewhat negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

   

Credit Risk . As noted above, higher charge-offs, provisions for loan losses and valuation losses on OREO were negative factors contributing to the Company’s operating losses. Higher levels of NPAs, adjusted NPAs, which exclude performing TDRs, and NPLs expose the Company to relatively higher credit risk. Consistent with the Company’s higher charge-offs, their higher reserve coverage ratios reflected somewhat higher coverage to total loans and similar coverage to NPLs and NPAs. RWA as a percent of assets are somewhat higher than the Peer Group median, while a higher loans-to-assets ratio coupled with greater exposure to relatively higher risk construction and land loans were the drivers of the Company’s higher RWA to assets ratio. The Company’s higher level of NPAs continues to expose Macon to relatively higher credit risk than the Peer Group and the Company projects continued


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.6

 

 

measurable valuation losses on OREO. Accordingly, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a moderately negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. The Company’s higher level of NPAs and adjusted NPAs, which are reflected in the loan charge-offs and valuation losses on OREO, expose the Company to a relatively greater threat to future growth and profitability. The high level of performing TDRs could negatively impact earnings if any of these loans become non-performing. In addition, at this late stage in the credit cycle, the Company projects ongoing elevated loan loss provision expense and additional valuation losses on OREO and whether the Company achieves the projected reductions in such expenses is uncertain. Accordingly, future reductions in core operating costs could therefore come at a slower pace compared to the Peer Group. Moreover, the Company’s lower equity to assets ratio (which on a pro-forma basis will continue to be well below the Peer Group median), combined with the fact that the Bank continues to be subject to the Order (and the Company to the Written Agreement), will continue to have a negative impact on the Company’s earnings growth potential. While the Company has a valuation allowance established for a portion of its DTA, under certain circumstances (including the Company’s ability to generate future taxable earnings, not triggering a change in control under the Internal Revenue Code, among other items), the Company’s valuation allowance on its DTA could be reversed, positively impacting capital and providing for additional leverage capacity and increased earnings. On balance, RP Financial concluded that earnings growth potential was a moderately negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Return on Equity . Current operating losses have resulted in negative returns and erosion of the Company’s capital base, while all of the Peer Group members have reported positive earnings. The Company’s ability to generate positive future operating income is largely dependent on the projected further decreases in both loan loss provision expense and OREO valuation losses. Accordingly, return on equity was a moderately negative factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

On balance, the Company’s profitability, growth and viability of earnings was considered to be significantly less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a significant downward adjustment was applied.

 

3. Asset Growth

After shrinking for three of the past four years, the Company’s assets grew by 1.90% over the last fiscal year, while the Peer Group median reflected a (0.71%) reduction in assets over the last twelve month period. Over the four year period, the Company’s assets shrank at an annual rate of 7.65%. The Company’s asset growth during fiscal 2013 was driven by MBS, cash and investment growth of 34.38%, as loans decreased by 6.09%, compared to the Peer


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.7

 

Group, which saw loans decrease by only 1.52% and experienced minimal change in MBS, cash and investments. The Company’s asset growth was funded largely by increased borrowings. On a pro-forma basis, the Company’s equity to assets and tangible equity to assets ratios of 8.81% will continue to be measurably less favorable than the Peer Group’s ratios of 12.90% and 12.25%, respectively, resulting in less leverage capacity. Moreover, as long as the Order is in effect, the Bank’s ability to leverage capital will be limited compared to the Peer Group due to the higher Tier 1 and Total Risk Based capital ratios imposed by the Order. On balance, RP Financial concluded that a slight downward adjustment for asset growth was warranted.

 

4. Primary Market Area

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. Operating in the Smokey Mountains region in western North Carolina, the Company serves a somewhat rural market area, as indicated by low population density and relatively low household income compared to the statewide aggregate (except for Henderson County, which was higher) and low per capita income (except for Henderson and Transylvania Counties, which were higher). Per capita income measures for four out of the six primary market area counties were less than the comparable North Carolina measure and median household and per capita income for all of the market area counties, as well as the state of North Carolina, fell well below the comparable nationwide measures. The December 2013 unemployment rates for the counties in which the Company has branches varied with Macon and Cherokee Counties reporting higher unemployment rates than those for the United States and North Carolina, while the remaining counties reported unemployment rates that were the same or lower than on a nationwide and statewide basis.

Overall, the markets served by the Peer Group companies were more favorable with respect to supporting growth opportunities, as they generally operated in more populous and affluent markets than those served by the Company. As the Company’s lending markets have a relatively higher proportion of older residents, lending continues to be sluggish as demand for second homes and vacation rental properties remains curtailed. The Company’s competitive position in the primary market area, as indicated by deposit market share, was stronger than maintained by the Peer Group companies in general. Macon’s deposit market share equaled 38.03% in Macon County versus a 11.51% average and a 10.42% median deposit market share


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.8

 

indicated for the Peer Group companies in their respective primary market area counties. On the other hand, Macon County reported a slightly higher unemployment rate of 7.3% than the average and median of the Peer Group companies of 6.2% and 6.0%. Summary demographic and deposit market share data for the Company and the Peer Group is provided in Exhibit III-2. On balance, we concluded that a slight downward adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.

 

5. Dividends

Based on the various restrictions contained in the Order and the Written Agreement, the Bank may not pay dividends to the Company and the Company may not accept dividends from the Bank or pay dividends on its common stock without the prior written approval of the FRB. Future declarations of dividends by the Company’s Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.

Six of the ten Peer Group companies paid regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 1.72% to 3.68%. The median dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 1.95% as of February 14, 2014, representing a median payout ratio of 31.53% of earnings. As of February 14, 2014, 71% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting a median yield of 1.48%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.

From an equity perspective, the Company’s dividend payment capacity will be enhanced by the Conversion and resulting increase in capital, although Macon’s equity position will continue to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s and core earnings remain at a minimal net loss on a pro forma basis. In addition, the Company’s Written Agreement and the Bank’s Order, both of which restrict dividend payments while in place, are both negative with respect to the dividend. In addition, the Company will not be able to pay a dividend on its common stock until it makes good on previously deferred payments on its subordinated debentures and resumes regular interest payments on this debt. Furthermore, in accordance with the Written Agreement, the Company must obtain prior approval from the FRB before paying the deferred interest on the subordinated debt and resuming regular interest payments. On balance, we concluded that a moderate downward adjustment was warranted for this factor.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.9

 

6. Liquidity of the Shares

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All ten of the Peer Group companies trade on the NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $31.28 million to $307.64 million as of February 14, 2014 with average and median market values of $119.42 million and $79.69 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group companies ranged from 2.3 million to 50.2 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 12.3 million and 6.9 million, respectively. The Company’s Offering is expected to have a pro forma market capitalization and shares outstanding that fall within the range of the Peer Group. Like all of the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock will be quoted on the NASDAQ following the Offering. Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s common stock will have comparable liquidity to the Peer Group companies, with shares outstanding and market capitalization falling within the range of the Peer Group. Therefore, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was necessary for this factor.

 

7. Marketing of the Issue

We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Macon: (1) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; and (3) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in North Carolina. All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.

 

  A. The Public Market

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues, and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays various stock price indices for thrifts only.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.10

 

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the overall stock market has generally trended higher in recent quarters, although there has been some pullback in the market year-to-date. The rally in the broader stock market that started at the end of the second quarter of 2013 continued during the first half of July 2013, as the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) closed at multiple new highs in mid-July. Some favorable economic data and assurances from the Federal Reserve that it would continue its easy monetary policies were noteworthy factors that fueled the gains in the broader stock market. The broader stock market traded in a narrow range during the second half of July, as investors digested some mixed second quarter earnings reports and awaited fresh data on the economy. Economic data showing a pick-up in manufacturing activity and new unemployment claims hitting a five-year low propelled the DJIA to a new record high at the beginning of August. Following sluggish job growth reflected in the July employment report and lowered sales forecast by some retailers, stocks retreated heading into mid-August. The downward trend in stocks continued through the second half of August, with the DJIA hitting a two-month low in late-August. Ongoing worries about the tapering of economic stimulus by the Federal Reserve and the prospect of a military strike on Syria were noteworthy factors that contributed to the downturn. Some favorable economic reports as well as subsiding investor concerns about Syria and the Federal Reserve scaling back its easy monetary policies helped stocks to regain some upward momentum during the first half of September. Stocks reversed course and traded down to close out the third quarter, which was attributed to renewed fears over the Federal Reserve scaling back its financial stimulus program and mounting concerns over the budget standoff in Washington.

Stocks fell broadly at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2013, as investors weighed the consequences of the budget impasse in Washington and the possibility of an extended shutdown of the U.S. Government. Indications that lawmakers were nearing a deal to raise the federal debt ceiling and end the shutdown of the U.S. Government fueled a stock market rally heading into mid-October. A last minute compromise to raise the debt ceiling, which averted a default on the national debt and allowed for the re-opening of the U.S. Government sustained the positive trend in stocks through late-October. The DJIA closed at a record high in late-October, as weaker-than-expected job growth reflected in the September employment data and subdued inflation readings raised expectations that the Federal Reserve would stay the course on its easy money policies at its end of October meeting. An overall


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.11

 

strong month for stocks closed with consecutive losses at the end of October, as investors who were expecting the Federal Reserve to downgrade its economic outlook were surprised that the Federal Reserve’s assessment of the economy was unchanged and, thereby, raised expectations that it could taper its stimulus efforts as early as its next policy meeting in December. Favorable reports on manufacturing and nonmanufacturing activity in October, along with comments from a Federal Reserve President suggesting that the Federal Reserve should wait for stronger evidence of economic momentum before tapering its bond-buying program, contributed to a rebound in stocks at the start of November. The DJIA closed at multiple record highs through mid-November, with a better-than-expected employment report for October and comments made by Federal Reserve Chairman nominee Janet Yellen during confirmation hearings that the Federal Reserve’s economic stimulus efforts would continue under her leadership contributed to the rally that included the DJIA closing above 16,000 for the first time. Stocks edged higher in the final week of November, as positive macroeconomic news contributed to the gains. Stocks traded lower at the start of December 2013, as a number of favorable economic reports stoked concerns that the Federal Reserve would start to wind down its stimulus efforts in the near future. After five consecutive losses in the DJIA, the stock market rebounded on news of the strong employment report for November. The rebound was temporary, as stocks eased lower ahead of the Federal Reserve’s mid-December meeting. Stocks surged at the conclusion of the Federal Reserve’s meeting, as investors approved of the Federal Reserve’s action to begin measured paring of its $85 billion a-month bond buying program. The DJIA moved to record highs in late-December, as more favorable economic reports helped to sustain the stock market rally through the end of 2013. Overall, the DJIA was up 30% during 2013, which was its strongest performance in 18 years.

Stocks retreated at the start of 2014, as profit taking and a disappointing employment report for December weighed on the broader stock market. Mixed fourth quarter earnings reports translated into an up and down stock market in mid-January. Concerns about weakening economies in emerging market countries precipitated a global stock market selloff heading into the second half of January, as the DJIA posted five consecutive losses. News that the Federal Reserve voted again to scale back its monthly bond buying program by another $10 billion, despite recent turmoil in emerging markets and soft jobs data, added to the selloff to close out January. A significant decline in January manufacturing activity drove stocks sharply lower at the start of February. Stocks rebounded heading into mid-February, as disappointing job growth reflected in the January employment report and congressional testimony by the new


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.12

 

Federal Reserve Chairwoman eased investor concerns that the Federal Reserve would not continue on its current course of easy monetary policies. On February 14, 2014, the DJIA closed at 16,154.39, an increase of 15.5% from one year ago and a decrease of 2.5% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 4,244.03, an increase of 33.0% from one year ago and an increase of 1.6% year-to-date. The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1,838.63 on February 14, 2014, an increase of 21.0% from one year ago and a decrease of 0.5% year-to-date.

The market for thrift stocks has also generally shown a positive trend in recent quarters, while pulling back in January 2014. The rally in thrift stocks started at the end of the second quarter of 2013 gained momentum early in the third quarter of 2013, as June employment data showed job growth beating expectations. Financial shares led the broader stock market higher heading into the second half of July, as some large banks beat second quarter earnings estimates. Thrift stocks edged lower at the end of July, as investors took some profit following the extended run-up in thrift prices. Some favorable economic data boosted thrift shares at the beginning of August, which was followed by a downturn amid indications from the Federal Reserve that tapering of quantitative easing was becoming more likely. After trading in a narrow range through mid-August, financial shares sold-off in late-August on the threat of a military strike on Syria and a weak report on consumer spending. Thrift stocks rebounded along with the broader stock market during the first half of September, which was followed by a slight downturn on expectations that the Federal Reserve could begin tapering its monthly asset purchases at its next meeting and the looming threat of the budget impasse shutting down the U.S. government.

Thrift issues stabilized at the start of the fourth quarter of 2013 and then traded lower as the budget impasse in Washington continued into a second week. A deal to raise the federal debt ceiling and re-open the U.S. Government lifted thrift stocks and the broader stock market to healthy gains in mid-October. Third quarter earnings reports and signs of merger activity picking up in the thrift sector boosted thrift shares in late-October, which was followed by a slight downturn at the end of October and into early-November as the Federal Reserve concluded its two day meeting by staying the course on quantitative easing and the benchmark interest rate. Thrift shares followed the broader stock market higher through mid-November, as the financial sector benefited from the better-than-expected employment report for October and a continuation of low interest rates. A larger-than-expected increase in a November consumer sentiment index and a decline in weekly jobless claims supported a modest gain for the thrift


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.13

 

sector in late-November. Thrift issues generally followed trends in the broader stock market throughout December 2013, declining in early-December on the uncertain outlook for the Federal Reserve’s stimulus efforts and then rallying higher on the stronger-than-expected job growth reflected in the November employment data. After trading in a narrow range into mid-December, the rally in thrift issues resumed following the Federal Reserve’s mid-December meeting and announcement that it will begin to taper its bond buying. Thrift stocks participated in the broader stock market rally to close out 2013, with the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts posting a gain of 25% for all of 2013.

Shares of thrift issues traded down at the start of 2014, as the 10-year Treasury yield approached 3.0% in early-January. Thrift stocks were also hurt by the disappointing employment report for December and then traded in a narrow range in mid-January, as investors reacted to mixed fourth quarter earnings reports from the banking sector at the start of the fourth quarter earnings season. Financial shares participated in the selloff experienced in the broader stock market during the second half of January and the first trading day of February. Janet Yellen’s debut congressional testimony as Federal Reserve Chairwoman helped to spark a rally in thrift stocks heading into mid-February, as she indicated that there are no plans to change course from the Federal Reserve’s current monetary policies. On February 14, 2014, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 685.1, an increase of 16.1% from one year ago and a decrease of 3.0% year-to-date.

 

  B. The New Issue Market

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the P/B ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.14

 

Table 4.1, reflects two standard conversions and one second step conversion that have been completed during the past three months. The two standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for the Company’s pro forma pricing. Both offerings were completed in January 2014, closing at an average of 109% of the midpoint valuation range, raising an average of $28.1 million of gross proceeds. These two offerings closed at an average pro forma P/TB ratio of 63.6% and reflected average price appreciation of 5.0% after the first week of trading. Through February 14, 2014, these two standard conversion stocks were trading at an average of 2.2% above the offering price.

Importantly, there are some similarities and some key differences between the Company and the two recent standard conversions. Edgewater Bancorp, Inc. of Michigan (“Edgewater”), which closed its offering on January 17, 2014, at a P/TB ratio of 55.0% had a lower level of NPAs on a pre-conversion basis (3.84% NPAs-to-assets versus 6.26% for the Company) and was reporting losses on a trailing twelve month basis (pro forma core ROA equal to -1.4%). Gross proceeds of Edgewater’s offering equaled only $6.7 million and thus, the post-conversion market capitalization and expected liquidity of the newly-issued shares of Macon will be well in excess of Edgewater’s issued shares. Edgewater is not listed on NASDAQ and is significantly smaller in asset size ($120 million), but operates in relatively similar rural markets.

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. of Rhode Island (“Coastway”) closed its offering on January 15, 2014 at a pro forma P/TB ratio of 72.1%. Coastway is also smaller than Macon in terms of asset size ($381 million) and has a lower NPA-to-assets ratio (2.16%) and was profitable in the period leading up to the completion of its conversion (core ROA equal to 0.1%). Coastway’s gross offering proceeds of $49.5 million fell roughly in the middle of Macon’s Offering range and Coastway’s common stock currently trades on NASDAQ.

We believe that of these two newly-converted companies, Coastway is relatively more comparable to Macon as it is larger than Edgewater and has a similar size branch network (11 branches) in comparison to Macon (13 branches). Coastway had a significantly higher tangible equity to assets ratio as compared to Macon on a pro-forma basis (16.3% versus 8.81% for Macon), which suggests that the Company should be at a discount relative to Coastway’s pro forma conversion pricing ratios.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.15

 

Table 4.1

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Conversions Completed in the Last Three Months

 

              Pre-Conversion Data                             Contribution
to
    Insider Purchases        

Institutional Information

  Financial
Info.
    Asset
Quality
    Offering Information     Char.
Found.
    % Off Incl. Fdn.+Merger
Shares
       
                                      Excluding Foundation           % of     Benefit Plans              
                                                                    Public
Off.
                            Initial  

Institution

  Conversion
Date
    Ticker   Assets     Equity/
Assets
    NPAs/
Assets
    Res.
Cov.
    Gross
Proc.
    %
Offer
    % of
Mid.
    Exp./
Proc.
    Form     Excl.
Fdn.
    ESOP     Recog.
Plans
    Stk
Option
    Mgmt.&
Dirs.
    Div.
Yield
 
              ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil.)     (%)     (%)     (%)           (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)(1)     (%)  

Standard Conversions

                                 

Edgewater Bancorp, Inc. - MI

    1/17/14      EGDW-OTCBB   $ 120        8.15     3.84     33   $ 6.7        100     86     19.5     N.A        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     13.5     0.00

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. - RI*

    1/15/14      CWAY-NASDAQ   $ 381        7.24     2.16     25   $ 49.5        100     132     3.2     C/S      $ 300K/2.5     8.0     4.0     10.0     1.8     0.00

Averages - Standard Conversions:

      $ 250        7.70     3.00     29   $ 28.1        100     109     11.3     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     7.6     0.00

Medians - Standard Conversions:

      $ 250        7.70     3.00     29   $ 28.1        100     109     11.3     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     7.6     0.00

Second Step Conversions

                                 

Waterstone Financial, Inc. - WI*

    1/23/14      WSBF-NASDAQ   $ 1,598        13.32     5.04     43   $ 253.0        74     115     3.4     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     0.8     0.00

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

      $ 1,598        13.32     5.04     43   $ 253.0        74     115     3.4     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     0.8     0.00

Medians - Second Step Conversions:

      $ 1,598        13.32     5.04     43   $ 253.0        74     115     3.4     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     0.8     0.00

Averages - All Conversions:

      $ 699        9.57     3.68     34   $ 103.1        91     111     8.7     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     5.4     0.00

Medians - All Conversions:

      $ 381        8.15     3.84     33   $ 49.5        100     115     3.4     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     1.8     0.00

 

              Pro Forma Data           Post-IPO Pricing Trends  

Institutional Information

  Pricing
Ratios(2)(5)
    Financial
Charac.
          Closing Price:  
                                                        First          

After

First

          After
First
                   

Institution

  Conversion
Date
    Ticker   P/TB     Core
P/E
    P/A     Core
ROA
    TE/A     Core
ROE
    IPO
Price
    Trading
Day
    %
Chge
    Weeks(3)     %
Chge
    Month(4)     %
Chge
    Thru
2/14/14
    %
Chge
 
              (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     ($)     (%)     ($)     (%)     ($)     (%)     ($)     (%)  

Standard Conversions

                                 

Edgewater Bancorp, Inc. - MI

    1/17/14      EGDW-OTCBB     55.0     NM        5.5     -1.4     10.0     -13.1   $ 10.00      $ 10.00        0.0   $ 10.25        2.5   $ 10.25        2.5   $ 10.25        2.5

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. - RI*

    1/15/14      CWAY-NASDAQ     72.1     114.2     11.7     0.1     16.3     0.6   $ 10.00      $ 10.92        9.2   $ 10.75        7.5   $ 10.19        1.9   $ 10.19        1.9

Averages - Standard Conversions:

        63.6     114.2     8.6     -0.6     13.1     -6.2   $ 10.00      $ 10.46        4.6   $ 10.50        5.0   $ 10.22        2.2   $ 10.22        2.2

Medians - Standard Conversions:

        63.6     114.2     8.6     -0.6     13.1     -6.2   $ 10.00      $ 10.46        4.6   $ 10.50        5.0   $ 10.22        2.2   $ 10.22        2.2

Second Step Conversions

                                 

Waterstone Financial, Inc. - WI*

    1/23/14      WSBF-NASDAQ     80.7     23.05        19.0     0.8     23.5     3.5   $ 10.00      $ 10.66        6.6   $ 10.58        5.8   $ 10.60        6.0   $ 10.60        6.0

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

        80.7     23.1     19.0     0.8     23.5     3.5   $ 10.00      $ 10.66        6.6   $ 10.58        5.8   $ 10.60        6.0   $ 10.60        6.0

Medians - Second Step Conversions:

        80.7     23.1     19.0     0.8     23.5     3.5   $ 10.00      $ 10.66        6.6   $ 10.58        5.8   $ 10.60        6.0   $ 10.60        6.0

Averages - All Conversions:

        69.3     68.6     12.1     -0.1     16.6     -3.0   $ 10.00      $ 10.53        5.3   $ 10.53        5.3   $ 10.35        3.5   $ 10.35        3.5

Medians - All Conversions:

        72.1     68.6     11.7     0.1     16.3     0.6   $ 10.00      $ 10.66        6.6   $ 10.58        5.8   $ 10.25        2.5   $ 10.25        2.5

Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Fin. Did the business plan, “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

 

(1) As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
(2) Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
(3) Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
(4) Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
(5) Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
(6) Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
(7) Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
(8) Former credit union.

February 14, 2014


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.16

 

As noted previously, neither of the two companies completing standard conversions over the last three months was based in the Southeast. There have been no standard conversions completed in the Southeast since July 2012.

Shown in Table 4.2 are the current pricing ratios for the offerings completed during the past three months that trade on NASDAQ. Coastway Bancorp, the company that completed a standard conversion during that timeframe is considered to be more relevant. The current P/TB ratio of Coastway Bancorp equaled 73.47% as of February 14, 2014.

 

  C. The Acquisition Market

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Macon’s conversion value of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other thrift institutions operating in North Carolina. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were 13 thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2000 through February 14, 2014. Additionally, there were 63 acquisitions of commercial banks in North Carolina over the corresponding timeframe. The recent acquisition activity may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Company’s stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Company’s Offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Company’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence Macon’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Macon’s stock would tend to be less, compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift and bank stocks. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.17

 

Table 4.2

Market Pricing Comparatives

Prices As of February 14, 2014

 

        Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                  
        Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)  

Financial Institution

  Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang Eq/     NPAs/     Reported     Core  
  Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     Assets     Assets     ROA     ROE     ROA     ROE  
        ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

All Non-MHC Public Companies

  $ 16.51      $ 344.10      $ 0.82      $ 15.47        17.42     104.92     13.36     113.87     18.14   $ 0.29        1.72     47.73   $ 2,478        13.23     12.34     3.00     0.55     4.13     0.51     4.01

Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)

  $ 10.40      $ 207.57      $ 0.49      $ 10.03        11.75     122.40     17.39     122.64     11.82   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 989        10.28     10.26     5.27     1.00     8.41     1.04     8.90

Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)

                                       

CWAY

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. of RI

  $ 10.19      $ 50.43      $ 0.09      $ 13.87        NM        73.47     11.96     73.47     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 381        7.24     7.24     3.90     0.13     1.74     0.20     2.80

WSBF

 

Waterstone Financial, Inc. of WI

  $ 10.60      $ 364.71      $ 0.90      $ 6.19        11.75     171.32     22.82     171.81     11.82   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 1,598        13.32     13.29     6.63     1.88     15.08     1.87     14.99

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.18

 

8. Management

The Company’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Company’s Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Bank suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective and made progress in addressing deficiencies and implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Company’s present organizational structure. Currently the Company does not have any senior management positions that are vacant. The Company recently hired a new CFO with public accounting experience to prepare Macon to operate as a public company and its prior CFO, who has been with the Company for approximately eight years, is now its Chief Operating Officer. Moreover, the Company has and continues to strengthen commercial lending management. Similarly, the returns, equity positions, and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in making progress toward the safety and soundness of their companies and in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.

 

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

As a fully-converted regulated institution, the Company will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group companies. At the same time, the Bank is subject to the terms of the Order and Macon is subject to the Written Agreement and both are assumed to remain in effect post-Conversion. We have considered the regulatory restrictions on the Bank paying and the Company receiving common stock dividends, regulatory restrictions on the Company paying dividends on its common stock and making distributions of interest on subordinated debentures, and the enhanced regulatory oversight that regulatory agreements imply. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. Based on the available public disclosures, none of the ten Peer Group companies are subject to similar regulatory agreements.

Taking these factors into account, a moderate downward adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.19

 

Summary of Adjustments

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

Key Valuation Parameters:

  

Valuation Adjustment

Financial Condition

  

Moderate Downward

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

  

Significant Downward

Asset Growth

  

Slight Downward

Primary Market Area

  

Slight Downward

Dividends

  

Moderate Downward

Liquidity of the Shares

  

No Adjustment

Marketing of the Issue

  

No Adjustment

Management

  

No Adjustment

Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform

  

Moderate Downward

Valuation Approaches

In applying the accepted valuation methodology originally promulgated by the OTS and accepted by the FRB and the Commissioner, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the Conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions, insider purchases, and Offering expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).

In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.

RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

    P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. However, the Company’s operating results for fiscal year 2013, including on a pro-forma basis, rendered the P/E multiple not meaningful in this valuation. Accordingly we have considered the Company’s recorded and core earnings vs. the Peer Group’s but did not consider the P/E multiple to be meaningful given the Company’s lack of reported and core earnings.


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.20

 

    P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of a conversion offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value; particularly as the earnings approach has been rendered less meaningful to the Company’s valuation in view of Macon’s recent operating loss and low earnings reported by the Peer Group. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

    P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed previously, RP Financial concluded that, as of February 14, 2014, the pro forma market value of Macon’s conversion stock was $43,000,000 at the midpoint, equal to 4,300,000 shares at $10.00 per share.

1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The reinvestment rate of 1.23% (net of tax) was based on the Company’s assumption that the proceeds would initially be invested in short-to-intermediate term U.S. Treasury securities and the 1.75% yield assumption reflects the prevailing five year Treasury rate as of December 31, 2013. In deriving core earnings, adjustments made to reported earnings are to eliminate non-operating items, such as gains on the sale of securities. The derivation of the Company’s core earnings for fiscal 2013 is set forth in the table on the following page.

 

     Amount  
     ($000)  

Reported Net Loss

   ($ 415

Less: Gain on Sale of Investments (Tax effected @ 30%)

     (251

Addback: Change in DTA Valuation Allowance

     429   
  

 

 

 

Core earnings/(loss) estimate

   ($ 237


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.21

 

On a reported basis, the Company recorded a net loss of $415,000 or 0.05% of average assets for fiscal 2013. Deducting the gain on sale of securities of $358,000 (or $251,000 on a tax effected basis) and increasing the DTA valuation allowance of $429,000, resulted in a net loss of $237,000 or 0.03% of average assets on a core basis for Macon. Both the Company’s reported and core earnings were significantly lower than the Peer Group median reported and core ROAA of 0.62% and 0.59% of average assets, respectively. There is a positive impact of $125,935 on reported and core earnings from the Conversion (at the midpoint), which represents the net of the reinvestment income from the conversion proceeds less the expense associated with the benefit plans. The resulting pro forma reported and core net losses are $289,065 and $110,665, respectively. Accordingly, the Company’s pro forma P/E ratios are not meaningful on either a reported or core basis. The Peer Group’s average and median P/E ratios were 20.23 and 18.24 times and the average and median P/Core earnings ratios were 18.74 and 17.07 times.

2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value. In applying the P/B approach, we considered both reported book value and tangible book value. Based on the $43.0 million midpoint valuation, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 59.17%, as shown in Table 4.3. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 88.13% and 93.57%, the Company’s ratios reflected discounts of 32.9% and 36.8%, respectively. In comparison to the median P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 86.30% and 92.06%, the Company’s ratios reflected discounts of 31.4% and 35.7%, respectively. At the top of the super range, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 66.14% and reflected discounts of 29.3% relative to the Peer Group P/TB average and 28.2% relative to the Peer Group P/TB median.

3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.22

 

Table 4.3

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

Entegra Financial Corp.

As of February 14, 2014

 

            Market     Per Share Data                                                                                                  
            Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)  
            Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/     Yield     Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported     Core  
            Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share       Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE  
            ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

Entegra Financial Corp.

                                         

Supermaximum

    $ 10.00      $ 56.87      ($ 0.01   $ 15.12        NM        66.14     6.79     66.14     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 838        10.26     10.26     5.86     -0.03     -0.28     -0.01     -0.08

Maximum

    $ 10.00      $ 49.45      ($ 0.02   $ 15.95        NM        62.70     5.95     62.70     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 831        9.49     9.49     5.92     -0.03     -0.34     -0.01     -0.11

Midpoint

    $ 10.00      $ 43.00      ($ 0.03   $ 16.90        NM        59.17     5.21     59.17     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 825        8.81     8.81     5.96     -0.04     -0.40     -0.01     -0.15

Minimum

    $ 10.00      $ 36.55      ($ 0.04   $ 18.20        NM        54.95     4.47     54.95     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 819        8.12     8.12     6.00     -0.04     -0.47     -0.02     -0.20

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)

                                         

Averages

    $ 16.51      $ 344.10      $ 0.82      $ 15.47        17.42     104.92     13.36     113.87     18.14   $ 0.29        1.72     47.73   $ 2,478        13.23     12.34     3.00     0.55     4.13     0.51     4.01

Median

    $ 15.05      $ 94.66      $ 0.67      $ 14.91        16.28     96.11     12.34     102.39     17.20   $ 0.24        1.48     42.53   $ 771        12.29     11.57     2.26     0.63     4.68     0.60     4.34

All Non-MHC State of NC(6)

                                         

Averages

    $ 16.50      $ 197.79      $ 0.45      $ 19.08        25.92     86.45     15.44     86.86     24.41   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 1,181        17.88     17.80     3.90     0.46     2.29     0.47     2.27

Medians

    $ 16.50      $ 197.79      $ 0.45      $ 19.08        25.92     86.45     15.44     86.86     24.41   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ 1,181        17.88     17.80     3.90     0.46     2.29     0.47     2.27

Comparable Group

                                         

Averages

    $ 13.07      $ 119.42      $ 0.65      $ 15.15        20.23     88.13     11.98     93.57     18.74   $ 0.19        1.66     40.82   $ 933        14.05     13.46     3.44     0.58     4.30     0.56     4.13

Medians

    $ 11.00      $ 79.69      $ 0.58      $ 13.99        18.24     86.30     10.51     92.06     17.07   $ 0.24        1.95     31.53   $ 710        12.90     12.25     3.13     0.62     4.55     0.59     3.90

State of NC(6)

                                         

ASBB

 

ASB Bncp Inc

 

NC

  $ 17.45      $ 87.95      $ 0.26      $ 20.06        NM        87.00     12.00     87.00     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 733        13.79     13.79     2.82     0.19     1.37     0.16     1.13

HTBI

 

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

 

NC

  $ 15.55      $ 307.64      $ 0.64      $ 18.10        25.92     85.91     18.88     86.73     24.41   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 1,629        21.98     21.82     4.97     0.73     3.21     0.77     3.40

Comparable Group

                                         

ASBB

 

ASB Bncp Inc

 

NC

  $ 17.45      $ 87.95      $ 0.26      $ 20.06        NM        87.00     12.00     87.00     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 733        13.79     13.79     2.82     0.19     1.37     0.16     1.13

CHEV

 

Cheviot Financial

 

OH

  $ 10.45      $ 71.42      $ 0.25      $ 13.30        NM        78.55     12.17     89.19     NM      $ 0.36        3.44     171.43   $ 587        15.49     13.90     2.60     0.24     1.46     0.29     1.77

FCLF

 

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

 

IL

  $ 9.09      $ 63.72      $ 0.53      $ 10.49        16.84     86.69     9.85     103.14     17.07   $ 0.24        2.64     44.44   $ 647        11.37     9.73     2.22     0.66     5.11     0.65     5.03

FSFG

 

First Savings Financial Group

 

IN

  $ 23.25      $ 52.59      $ 2.09      $ 28.88        11.63     80.51     7.85     94.92     11.12   $ 0.40        1.72     20.00   $ 687        12.00     10.71     2.29     0.71     5.64     0.76     5.90

FRNK

 

Franklin Financial Corp.

 

VA

  $ 19.11      $ 230.76      $ 0.69      $ 19.97        23.02     95.69     21.54     95.69     27.65   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 1,075        22.51     22.51     5.59     0.91     3.98     0.75     3.32

HTBI

 

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

 

NC

  $ 15.55      $ 307.64      $ 0.64      $ 18.10        25.92     85.91     18.88     86.73     24.41   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 1,629        21.98     21.82     4.97     0.73     3.21     0.77     3.40

PULB

 

Pulaski Financial Corp.

 

MO

  $ 10.32      $ 117.35      $ 0.70      $ 9.04        14.74     114.14     8.90     118.86     14.76   $ 0.38        3.68     54.29   $ 1,294        9.04     8.76     4.33     0.72     7.58     0.72     7.59

UCBA

 

United Community Bancorp

 

IN

  $ 11.00      $ 56.65      $ 0.52      $ 14.41        19.64     76.33     11.06     79.70     21.29   $ 0.24        2.18     75.00   $ 512        14.49     13.96     3.98     0.52     3.77     0.48     3.47

UCFC

 

United Community Finl Corp.

 

OH

  $ 3.48      $ 174.80      $ 0.04      $ 3.65        34.80     95.34     9.95     95.43     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 1,756        10.44     10.43     3.43     0.57     5.62     0.44     4.34

WAYN

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares

 

OH

  $ 11.00      $ 31.28      $ 0.74      $ 13.56        15.28     81.13     7.62     85.00     14.85   $ 0.32        2.91     43.06   $ 410        9.40     9.01     2.14     0.51     5.24     0.53     5.40

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

 

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.23

 

assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio that is computed herein. At the $43.0 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 5.21% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 11.98%, which implies a discount of 56.5% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 10.51%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a discount of 50.4%.

Comparison to Recent Offerings

As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings can not be a primary determinant of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds versus deposit withdrawals) and were not meaningful for the Company. As discussed previously, two standard conversions have been completed within the past three months and closed at an average pro forma P/TB ratio of 63.6% (see Table 4.1) and, on average, increased 5.0% from their IPO prices during the first week of trading. In comparison, the Company’s 59.17% pro forma P/TB ratio at the appraised midpoint value reflects a discount of 7.0%. The current P/TB ratio of the only recent standard conversion that trades on NASDAQ (Coastway) based on pricing as of February 14, 2014, equaled 73.47%. In comparison to the current P/TB ratio of this recent standard conversion, the Company’s P/TB ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 19.5% and at the supermaximum value, the Company’s 66.14% P/TB ratio reflects an implied discount of 10.0%.

Valuation Conclusion

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of February 14, 2014, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, equaled $43,000,000 at the midpoint, equal to 4,300,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $36,550,000 and a maximum value of $49,450,000. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 3,655,000 at the minimum and 4,945,000 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be


RP ® Financial, LC.    VALUATION ANALYSIS
   IV.24

 

increased up to a supermaximum value of $56,867,500 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 5,686,750. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.3 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.

Exhibit 99.6

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS

555 METRO PLACE NORTH

SUITE 524

DUBLIN, OHIO 43017

 

 

(614) 766-1426        (614) 766-1459 FAX

October 23, 2013

Mr. Ryan Scaggs

Chief Operating Officer

Macon Bank

One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

Re: Business Plan Proposal

Dear Mr. Scaggs:

This letter represents our proposal to prepare a complete four-year Business Plan (“Plan”) for Macon Bank and Macon Bancorp (collectively “Macon” or the “Bank”), to fulfill all regulatory requirements relating to Macon’s conversion and stock offering (the “stock offering”). The Plan will focus on Macon’s new four-year pro formas, the impact of the stock offering on Macon and Macon Bancorp and the planned use of proceeds at the Bank and the holding company.

Keller & Company is experienced in preparing business plans for filing with and approval by all regulatory agencies. We prepared thirty-two in 2010, thirty-three in 2011 and thirty-two in 2012, and all were approved. Macon’s Plan will be based on the format provided in the attached Exhibit A. We will prepare the four-year pro formas and each discussion section in accordance with regulatory requirements and based on your input, including the use of internal strategic planning documents. Our objective is to ensure that the Bank’s Plan is in compliance with all applicable requirements, and that management and directorate are knowledgeable of and comfortable with the assumptions, commitments and projections contained in the Plan, making the Plan useful for the future. We have filed numerous Plans with the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and the Comptroller of the Currency in connection with standard conversions and second stage conversions and are familiar with their requirements for business plans.

Macon’s pro formas will incorporate the most current interest rate projections available. Our procedure in preparing the Plan and four-year projections is to request key financial information, including the most recent internal financials, strategic plan and budget, investment portfolio mix, recent lending activity, interest rate risk report, level and maturity of borrowed funds, deposit activity, costs and yields and other data from Macon. Based on a review of this information, I will then schedule a time to meet with management to discuss the Bank’s plans and expectations for 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, focusing on such items as use of proceeds, deposit growth expectations, loan origination projections, paydown of borrowed funds, new products and services, increases in general valuation allowance, changes in real estate owned, reduction in nonperforming assets, capital expenditures, increases in fixed assets, investment strategy, expansion via merger/acquisition transactions, branch plans, overhead expenses, fees and charges, total compensation, etc. We will then prepare initial financial projections tying the beginning figures to Macon’s September 30, 2013, Call Report balances, incorporating the Bank’s current yields on interest-earning assets and your current costs of interest-bearing liabilities and then update the pro formas when the December 31, 2013, Call Report is available. Assets and liabilities will be repriced based on their maturity period, with such items tied


Mr. Ryan Scaggs

October 23, 2013

Page 2

 

to rate indices and the yields and costs adjusting based on interest rate trends. The projections will be based on Macon’s actual performance in 2013, in conjunction with the input from discussions with management and the Bank’s new budget for 2014. We can introduce numerous scenarios for internal use as part of the preparation of the Plan to show the impact of alternative strategies and the impact of proceeds at any other levels rather than the midpoint as required by regulators.

With each set of pro formas (Exhibit B), we will send Macon a discussion summary of the assumptions for easy review and comments (Exhibit C). After your review of the pro formas, we will make any adjustments that are required. When the pro formas are complete, we will provide the final pro forma financial statements, as well as pro formas for the holding company (Exhibit D). The holding company financials will recognize the current and projected income and expense activity of Macon Bancorp.

With regard to the text of the Plan, we will complete each section in draft form for your review and revise each section based on management’s comments and requests. We will also send a copy to the conversion counsel for their input and comments. The Plan will be in full compliance with all regulatory requirements. We will also prepare a quarterly comparison chart each quarter after the stock offering for presentation to the board, showing the quarterly variance in actual performance relative to projections and provide comments on the variance, at no charge.

Keller will also prepare presentation material for the board of directors and review the new Plan with the board of directors for their approval.

Our fee for the preparation of the Plan text and pro formas is $25,000, plus out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $2,000. The fee includes a retainer of $5,000 to be paid at the time of accepting this proposal. The retainer will be deducted from the total fee at the time of completion of the Plan.

We look forward to working with you and would be pleased to discuss our proposal or answer any questions.

Sincerely,

KELLER & COMPANY, INC.

Michael R. Keller

President

MRK:jmm

enclosure

Accepted this      day of         , 2013.

 

Ryan Scaggs

Chief Operating Officer

Exhibit 99.7

 

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

   
Advisory | Planning | Valuation    

March 17, 2014

Boards of Directors

Macon Bancorp

Entegra Financial Corp.

Macon Bank

220 One Center Court

Franklin, North Carolina 28734

 

Re: Plan of Conversion

Macon Bancorp

Entegra Financial Corp.

Members of the Boards of Directors:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Boards of Directors of Macon Bancorp (the “MHC”) and Macon Bank (the “Bank”). The plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank, will be merged into Entegra Financial Corp., a North Carolina corporation, (“Entegra Financial” or the “Company”), which will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the conversion is completed, the MHC will cease to exist, and the Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Entegra Financial. Therefore, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders. We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company in an amount equal to MHC’s total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the prospectus used in the offering.

The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in the Bank. We further understand that the Bank will also establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the Company’s liquidation account, pursuant to the Plan. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank).

In the unlikely event that either the Bank (or the Company and the Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including depositors of the Bank to the extent of their deposit balances, would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of December 31, 2012 and [SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBILITY DATE] of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by the Company. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of the Bank alone, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank), to fund the liquidation account distributions due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and the Bank has positive net worth, the Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, then the Company’s liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

 

 

Washington Headquarters    
Three Ballston Plaza     Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600     Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201     Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com     E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


RP Financial, LC.

Boards of Directors

March 17, 2014

Page 2

 

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank), and that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to the Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs above. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
RP Financial, LC.